^

>

,-fv

"-Jd^HaJ^-t:

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in

2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft

Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/arabicgrammarofwOOharduoft

IHOD GASPEY-OTTOSAUER.

ARABIC

GRAMMAR

OF THE WRITTEN LANGUAGE

REV. G. W. THATCHER, M. A., A. D. WARDEN OF CAMDEN COLLEGE, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES, AUSTRALIA.
FORMERLY SENIOR TUTOR, MANSFIELD COLLEGE, OXFORD.

522125

LONDON.
DAVID NUTT, 57-59 Long Acre, W.

SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON &

NEW

DULAU & CO., 37 Soho Sqtiare, W. Southwark Street, S. E. YORK: BRENT ANO'S, Fifth Avenue and 27th Street.
0.

CO., 100

DYRSEN & PFEIFFER (CHRISTERN'S), 16 West 83rd Street. THE INTERNATIONAL NEWS COMPANY, 83 and 85 Duane Street G. E. STECHERT & CO., 151155 West 25th Street. . STEIGER & CO., 25 Park Place. BOSTON: BITTER & FLEBBE, formerly C. A. K(EHLER & CO., laOBoylston Street.

HEIDELBERG. JULIUS GROO&

1911.

PJ
63o7
Rll

The Gaspey - Otto - Sauer Method has become my sole property by These books are continually revised. All rights, right of purchase. especially those of adaptation and translation into any language, are reserved. Imitations and copies are forbidden by law. Suitable communications always thankfully received.
Heidelberg.

Julius 6roos.

Preface.
During the
I

last ten years of

my

teaching of Arabic

have often found that my pupils had received much help from Harder's Arabic Grammar^, and have been asked whether there was a similar work in English.

When

was asked by the firm of Julius Groos

extent,
I

to write

such a work using Harder to any

consented,

gladly

and

trust this

many

students of Arabic,

Grammar may be useful to who cannot read German.

a grammar of Arabic as it The spoken language varies

The

present work
is

is

has been and

in Arabia,

written.
Syria,

Egypt,
is

Morocco

etc.

but the written

language

same for all; the chief difference between the modern and ancient literature consisting in the introduction of new words to meet the requirements of advanced knowledge. Each lesson should be thoroughly mastered before the next is studied. Each exercise should be carefully worked and compared with the key.
the

In the supplement only a few extracts from older books are given, as the Koran and other works of this class can easily be obtained. Special attention is given on the other hand to selection from modern novels,
journals and correspondence.

To
classical

those

who w4sh

to study the
I

Arabic further

grammar of the would recommend the last

^ Arabische Konversations-Grammatik mit besoiuierer Beriicksichtigung der Schriftsprache von Ernst Harder. Heidelberg, Julius Groos, 1898.

IV

Preface.

edition of Wright's Arabic

Grammar

published by the

Cambridge University

Press.

The various
published
at

styles of

Arabic handwriting

may

be

studied in the Specimens d'ecritures Arabes (with key)

the Imprimerie Catholique in Beyrouth.

to

handy guide

Arabic literature
1903.

is

M.

C. Stuart's

^'Arabic Literature"

London

Sydney (New

South Wales), September 1910.

G.

W.

Thatcher.

Table of Contents,
PaRes

Preface
lutrodnction

Ill
1

Alphabet

1.

Pronunciation

4.

Classification of Letters 4.
8,

Vowels

5.

Nunation

7.

Suktin
14.

Tashdid
15.

8.

Hamza

9.

Madda

13.

Syllable

Accent

Numerals

15.

Abbreviations 16.
Exercises in reading
17

First Part.
Lesson
1.

Article

23
Collectives

2.

Feminine.

3.

4.

r..,^ Broken Plural <^

Number
Broken Plural
Declension.

25

.29
33
.

5.
6.
7.

X.

Genitive

y.

36 40

Genitive (continued)

^^

44
49
53
57

8.
9.

Pronominal Suffixes /^
Demonstrative Pronouns /\
Adjectives

10,
11.

Verb<^
Verb with
Imperfect
suffixes
^^fL

^^.

61

12.

67
71

13. 14. 15. 16.

Moods of Imperfect
Jussive ^<"

76

80
Present Participle.
^y\

Imperative.
Passive.

Verbal Noun

84

17.

Particles

j^.,j

and

^^\

89

VI

Table of Contents.

Lesso n 18.

Derived Forms of Verb

II. III.

94
100
107
111

19.

and IV. Forma

VIII.

20.
21.

j>

22.

Forms Forms IX. and X. Forms

V. and VI.

Vn. and

116

23.

Classification of Verbs.

Doubled Verbs
^

121

24.
25. 20.
27.

)>

Hamzated Verbs Hamzated Verbs

129
136

28.

Weak Weak Weak

Verbs.

A. Assimilated verbs
B. Hollow verbs

143
151

Verbs. Verbs.

....

C. Defective verbs

167

29.
30.

Doubly Weak Verbs

Quadriliteral Verbs.

184

Verbs of wonder. Optative.

,

The verbs

^^
,

**i

y^J ^.v^
,

i\j

ot,

d^
31. 32. 33.

j.1l>

Jo

ids

^1^ and

its sisters

193

Relative sentences

202

Numerals.

Dates.

Age

210
225

Numerals (Ordinals)

Second Part.
Lesson 34.
35.

Noun
Nouns of Place and Time, Instrument, Diminutive
.
. .

233

240

Relative Adjective.
37.

Adjectives

244
249
251

Proper names

Feminine
39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45.

Number.

Broken Plurals

256 268

Broken Plurals (continued)

Declension of

Noun
Emphasis.
Permutative
.
.

274
278

Use of Cases.
Pronouns
Prepositions

.287
290

Adverbs

305

Table of Contents.

VII
PagcB

Lesson 40.

Conjunctions
Conditional sentences
Interjections

313
<^vv*'?

47.

321'

48.
49.

327

Arabic V^erse

382
345
33

Supplement
Arabic-English Vocabulary
Englisli-Arabic Tocabulary

437

Arabic Judex
English Index

449

450

^^ i*jiJY-0-

'!tl.?!!:lt^i^if^. f!L^'<^-'O^^MM^ sci..,^fj^^,a^-,^

Introduction.

1. left.

Arabic characters are written from right to

The alphabet (sLi^

hija)

consists

of 28
all

characters

(Oj5> harf, plur. Oj^.^ huruf), which

sonants.
different

represent con-

Most of these

letters

are written in slightly

forms according to whether they 1. alone or 2. are joined to a preceding letter or joined to a preceding and a following letter or jollied to a following letter only.
...

stand
3. 4.

are are

Joined to
1
1

Names

of the Standing
alone.

preceding

letters.

preceding
letter.
1

and
following
letters.
1

following
letter

T;ani

only.

scription-x,^^ ^,,_ ^e-*<^^^^*^

^^V^

lsS\ alifi

a
A
i 1

ob ba
sb-

-,

^
o
cu

b
t

ta

,:.

Vi>.
!
i

^
A
*

LS-

tba
1

c!>.

{h.HL(*-i^^
1

6
1

s"^

r*

^'^'^.^-

;.>

ha

^
J^V

.>

vvi kha

^
j

^
dh
r
1

l\'^

dal

3li dhal
%\]

J
^^
>>

j^

*t(n^*

ra

x\rabic

Gram mar.

Introduction.

Jonied to

Names

of the standing
alone.

preceding

letters.

preceding
letter.

and
following
letters.

following
letter

Transcription.

only.

j^lj

zai

J
LT

z
AW.

O^
6
.

sin

U^

AW

^^^^ shin

<Cv

Mi;

sh

OLo sad
Slao

-'

u^
o^

u^
u^
J3
Ja

/^

A5

dad

^2

/to

sJi ta
A)
,

.;-j.
-b
-

L
it

i>

^i? za

b
:

-^^^;
e

O^ am
Cr^ ghain
o'i fa
.

t
ot
(3

6
^^*

X
A

gh
f

o
c3

Ows qaf
V--W?

^
::>

kaf

^
i

A
^
r

5C^
JL

s-

^
]
*

q
k
1

^^ lam
A-yo

mim
li^^n

'^-

>

m
n h

OjH
o'lP

-^

o
8

a
^
J-

ha
'^

^\^

waw
ya
1.

3
(J^'

w
^
J

s'h^

L5
letter
I

y
its

Note
is

The
a)

(alif)

has no sound of

own but

used merely

ditions (see 10),

as a support for hamza under certain conor b) to lengthen a preceding a vowel (see 6)


Introduction.
'^

_
8

or

c)

at the

end of

3r^^

plur.

of verbs

(see 6,
is
i-

Note

4).

The
10).

first real

consonant of the Arabic alphabet

2.

(see

3 and

Note

When

the letter
it is

tft is

used as the feminine ending

of nouns or adjectives
is

written as

ha

()

with two dots

(*)

and

called
9lj

X-bj-?-^

5lj

til

marbuta, the or dinary ta being calle d

xL^

G.

tft

tawila.

s^not This ta of the fenainifle^endingjs^not pro- ^^,^ ^ i|i2^^ ^ ^^

!

nnnnrH_ij) mf^dyrn

v_ft^word Ar^^^^-except when ^followed bv beginning wit h a vo^^J^-somyJ. The modern usage is observed
G.O.

^..
\.

C^

i^a

in the technical terms of this

O

book

e.g.

hamza

for

^; hamzat

^O^

i ,tj^

al-wasl for

^^\
3.

jS^.

Note Note

In

NW.

Africa f

is

written vJJ and q

are

v_5.

4.

The

following
p;

letters

foreign words: ^j

^
'

=
^

ch (as

sometimes used y. o~ in church), \3

in^

^i^y^

2.
The
six
letters
1

^
These are called

^3

can only be joined ^ j 3

to preceding not to

following letters.

xJLaLu ^3j^, hurtif munfasila i.e. separate letters; the e } , G. '^y others are called kJLa^sa^ ^;j^ huruf muttasila i.e.
united
'
^"^

letters.

Among ordinary combinations of letters in writing /> ^t^^ej.j ^^ ^^^v ^*i^e-^ the following: ^htifi^'''***-^ are
sr.

ba-ha

,^
^*-

^
zs

'-':^

ha-jim-jim

^ or

(joined to preceding

letter

^) lam-alif

6
^'

ba-ya

sin-ha

^
i

I4m-ha

ta-M
iA'jk

^
^
S

sad-ha
'ain-jim

lam-mim
mim-ha

^
^

^
i

jim-ha
ha-jim

=^ fa-ha

mim-mim
yaha
ya-mim.

fa-ya
J,

^* nun-ha
;^.

nun-ya

^ ha-mim

4
(et.

Introduction.
^s-TA-t'-n (i^i^t^6^

fSTAel
,i^,h.t

-.

o o

^'^'^'^Pronunciation of the Consonants.

The

folio wiDg

letters

are

pronounced

like

their

English equivalents:

O
jIm
this.

ba

= =

b.

o
j

ta

=
d.

t.

e^ tha

j.

o dal ^=
r.

o dhal

= sh J lam = 3 waw = w.

ra

zai

=
y.

=
=

=
f
.

th as in think,

dh

z.

shin

as in

shot,

y^ ui fa
^^

sin

=
n.

=
s

th
as

as in

in
so.

1.

mim
(^

= m. ya =
u

nun
(^

=
^

kaf

= ha = h.
k.

and

are also used

6).

to lengthen a preceding

or

vowel see

The
^

following represent sounds foreign to English:

is

hamza

a click produced

by a quick com-

pression of the upper part of the throat.

of air

ha is an h pronounced with a strong expulsion from the chest.

is

^ kha
(JO sad,

a guttural ch as in the Scotch "loch"

but more from the throat.

[JO

dad, _b ta

and

Ji?

za form a group of
^j^
s,

emphatic sounds corresponding with

d,

J placed against the palate instead of against the teeth.

c,

and

distinguished from

them by the tongue being

produced by com-

'ain is a very strong guttural

pression of the throat

c

and expulsion of the breath.

hard sound between a snarling pronunciation of gh and r.

ghain
has
a
V qaf is a

k sound produced

in

the throat, (hke

the cawing of a crow).

4.
Classification of the Letters.
1.

Arabian grammarians divide the

letters of the

alphabet

(sL^ii

^^f=-

hurtif

alhija')

into

a)

those

Introduction.

which are
b)

dotted

{x*.^^ O5.5- hurQf rau'jama)

are

and
hurftf

those

which

not

dotted

(iOU-^

v-?^.^

niuhmala).
2.

More

practical

is

the

division

into

a)

Sun

letters

(i>Ly...MJbJt

^^j^i alhurQf ashshamslya)

^^y

namely

^, ^,

^,

^'

jO'
1

^y ^

<->^^

"^

-^ ^

^^^^^
letters

assimilate
(XjjiJi

the

of the Article,

and

b)

Moon

^3j^^ alhuruf alqamariya), comprising the other

of the alphabet,
1).

letters

which do not assimilate the

^

{see

Lesson
3.

The

letters

alif,

waw and ^^
al'illa)

ya are called Weak

letters (id*it

v^j^,^

huruf

because they are often

interchanged or dropped under the influence of other Contrasted with these, the other letters of the letters.
alphabet are called Sound
assahiha).
letters
"

(x^i^^^^i <J^j^\ alhurnf

'

.-J^f^

Vowels.

^_^shj^''

^'^ ^^'> ^^-^ >^-'7r^.

Every consonant in a vocalised Arabic text is provided with a vowel sign or with a sign indicating the absence of a vowel. Amtfrfx^t'

The vowel
SJj^

signs (jXc): shakl, Plur.

S^^\ ashkal

or

shukiil) are three in

1.

number:

is^\5 fatha,

a small diagonal stroke over a con( /L.

sonant

g,

as in o da.

$*^>^^fsj^^

/U.s>tg^

j*^^^

2. '^JmS

kasra a small diagonal stroke under a cqn-^,,,,^,^

as in o di. />U^'>**^ aiajv
-

sonant
2.

'-^'^

^^-^-^-^^

iU/i2

damma,

a small 3 above a consonant

ii

as in o

du.--''r2.^.^W

^^^^^ ^--j^ ^^"^'^

Introduction.

The
written

sign indicating the absence of a vowel

It
is

is

-^

above a consonant.

called ,.j_jXw

sukun

o^sAy>. jazma^e.g.

kun.

Note
represent
^
faj,ha

1.

all

The three vowel signs above do not actually the vowel sounds used in pronunciation for while
p.,

preserves the a sound after

^,

c,

c^^

it

inclines

to

^A.^yw the sound of au in "taught" after the

y'inr

Emphatic

letters ijo, {jo^

Jq^

Jjj^

^Q^

usu ally thinned down to the sojuuiof e after

the other letters as in

u-^

kelbun.

G,^-

Note

2.

In Arabic a vowel

is

called a

"movement"
G
w * ^ J

(Xij:>-

haraka) and so a consonant

i.e.

is either

"moved" {^^^^ mutaharrik)

G
'

provided with a vowel, or "resting"

(q^U-

sakin)

i.e.

without

vowel.

6.
Long Vowels and Diphthongs.

The long vowels a, i, u are expressed in Arabic -J followed by I, ^^ ^ (written by the signs -1
'without suklin), thus jLo
G
J

malun "wealth", ^j^ kisun

"a purse",

.5j-b

tiilun ai

"length".

The diphthongs
as

and au (now generally pronounced

Enghsh a and

o)

are written
Go
^

^^
,

o ^

and 3 n
.

as c;aaj

baitun "a house", ^Jj.^ khaufun "fear

Note
i

1.

In a few words a
-:

is
'

expressed by a short vertical

'
!

stroke over a consonant as in IlX^

"that",

hadha

"this", ^;i5oO dhalika

lakin "but",
2.

*JJi

allahu

"God"

etc.

(Note
'

At the end of a word a

is

often expressed by

followed by (^ (without dots or sukun), thus

^^

rama "he

Introduction.

threw", i^
it

ila

"unto".

As soon as
)

this

^^

ceases to be final

returns to the form

e.g.

U^ ramahu "he threw

this

him".

The Arabian grammarians

alif bisurat alya'

call

the suil

"^^^y*^.

^J^\

"alif in

the

form of ya".
1

The

sign for a at

the end of a word (whether

1 alif

or ^^)

is

called ._^AaiU

wAjM

maq s ara "alif that can be shortened" because it is ehortened when followed by a word beginning with hamiat ahvasl (see 11). ^^^O-Xjmtl^ fi,**^. jt*-M.

/h-5

Note
writing

3.

In a few word^^-efltfing in at an older form of

^

them with

or io

occurs.

These are

'sj^<^>

or ^lj ^
or

oLp- j^ayatun
v.^5;

"life",

H^Lo

or ^!lo salatun

"prayer", bjij

^<t^^

zakatun "alms", *Jj^* or ijjj* tauratun "Torah" (the

t<aw).
4.
(

7>vtw.ik

Mosaic

^J^*i>

*^ ^-W^Li^^ .M>iu-f

a ^-^

^.^-Alxw- ^>,.***xc*'*il^^ >

Note

An

is

written but not pronounced after the

e.g.

^^J^JJ^L*
^i^u-u^t

with which some verbal forms end wrote"

in the
I5-*,
-^

|*xA^b katabu "they

is

ramau "they threw".

o.

The
(

also not

pronounced
/

'ff

word XiU mi'atun "hundred".

^'V
^.// R^^u^ 4
-^

c^ U^yxfkJt t>*^

7.

^
an.

Nunation.

At the end of nouDs and adjectives, when indefinite, the three vowel signs are sometimes written double,
thus _L,
,

._!_

and are then pronounced

G
o^

?m,

in,

This
sign
for

is

the so-called Nunation (qj_^' tanwin).

The
LIj

an

has

as

well,

except

after

e.g.

baban, KiJLi- khalifatan.

When however an
find
it

is

a contraction for aijnn

we

written

^^^

as j^jsi^

hudan

(for

hudayun); as

Introduction.

a contraction for awim

it

is

written

or \J- as

^Aox; or Laoc 'asan (for 'asawun).

8.
Sukun or Jazma.

The absence
cated
e.g.

of a vowel after a consonant

called

is indi-

by the sign _^
Jjci

^^^
^,i>.xX5'

sukun or

K^^

jazma

qatlun "a killing",

katabat "she wrote".

The letters ^ and take sukun when they form diphthongs, but not when they only lengthen vowels
(see

6).

For the omission of sukun with the lam of the article see 9.

A
'.

vowelless

consonant
2).

is

said

to

be

^i^

sakin

"resting" ( 5, note

9.
Tashdid.

When a consonant occurs twice without a vowel sound between, it is written once only and the sign
J!!_

(called

josX/ixj

tashdid)

is

placed

over

it

e.g.

marra "he passed by", ^U marrun "passing by". The consonantal sound however must be distinctly pronounced twice.
Tashdid often indicates assimilation.
(oi

Thus the ^
the word to

of the Article jf

al

is

assimilated

when

Iwhich

it

Ijlhe i is

is prefixed begins with a Sun letter (see 4). retained in writing but without sukun; and

ftashdld

is

written

over the following letter

Article

e.g.

^j,.^

shamsun "sun" becomes with the

shamsu "the sun";

^v^^l

ash-

J^

rajulun

"a

man" becomes

J^yl

arrajulu "the man".

Introduction.

^1

9
'an "that", ^^
'

>

O^J

Again the

^.,

of the words
is

^.,!

min
^
j
'

i^/

'

an d

" '

'an "from"
Lo

assimilated to the J and ^ of

^^
"",

la "not",

ma
r

"what" and

^
'

man

"who,

whom"

in

inf*

^1 alia

= an-la,

"that not", U/5

-

mimma

and

LU 'amma
"from him
j

^
<^'

"t!

"from what", ^^^

mimman and ^^^^ 'amraan

(c)

who": so also ^1 'ilia 'in-la "if not". So metim es the letters o, c:^, j, o, o^, ^, Jj? are assimilated to a following o. jt^uXtf. lo^-^ht- ottt- p.if.e> Here also the letter assimilated is left in the writing
but without sukun, while a tashdid
is

written over the

e.g.

oo^t aratta

arad-ta,

^i^

labittu

= labith-tu.

Hamza
two kinds

__ (hJIp
;cliiiit

cf.

1,

Note

and

3)

is

of

.,

>

1.

:^^

hamzat
nl^i

alqat',

which cannot
alwasl,
11).
a^^'^

be dropped and
is

2.

J^o^I

hamzat

which
j^o^^*^^
^
)

omitted under some circumstances (see

It is generqllj^writ.tp.n

unde^(with

ahovp (wifh
letters
t,

'

or

-it-

one of the

3,

j^ but sometimes
it:

L^
^

independently.
I.

The

following are the rules for writing

it is

At

tlie

beginnin g of a w^or d

always written

th With

e.g.

yol

'amrun,

h-jI

'ibratun,

.,3!

'udhnun.

^_^L01

a)

Pr eceded by -1- a and

it

1.

followed

by

e.g.
*

a or

.sukun
2.

is

written above

e.g. 3Lww sa'ala,

^^1. ra'suu;

followed
3.

by

it

is

written
it

above ^^

,j^
e.g.

ya'isa;
(J/-JJ

followed by _i_ u

is

written above

ba'usa.

10

'

Introduction.

b)

Preceded by

it

is

written

above (^ eg.

^^

bi'run.
c)

Preceded by _i_ u

it

is

written above 3

when
i,

followed by a or u, above
s_aj_^ yuallifu,

^
it

when

followed by

e.g.

J^^

suila.
is

d)

Preceded by_gukun

written above

when

followed by _^, over ^

when

followed by u,
(j^j~o

over

when
e)

followed by
If
it

e.g.,
is

jLwj yas'alu,
I

yab'usu.

hamza
is

preceded by
little

or ^
line

of the long

vowel,

written a

above the

without any
if

bearer

e.g.

^-Xm^ tasa'ala, ^yi maqru'atun;

1,

preceded

written above the stroke that ^ of long joins the ^ to the follpwijig letter e.g. iC-xIai> khati'atiin.

by the

it

is

III At the end of a word:

a) It is

c^

'^'-'^
it,

not affected by the vowel that follows

i

but
after

is

written over
e.g.

after _I_, over ^ after

a,

^_, over
a,

^^

\^ qara

iyb yaqra u,
\^,>*'>^^

j.}c>

danu

^y3Li>

khati'a.
b) After
5

sukun
(

it

has no bearer

e.g.

9j./to

dau'un,
written

^
I

shai'un.

With the ending an the hamza

connecting the previous

is

over
the

the
e.g.

stroke

letter

with

however the preceding letter cannot be connected the is omitted and the hamza
shai'an; if
\

Lj^

written without bearer e.g. ;> juz an.\.

11-

Hamzat
1.

alwa^l.

a word

In some cases the hamza at the beginning of is no essential part of its form, but seems to

Introduction.

be written only to prevent a syllable from beginnii. with a vowel. In such cases, when it follows anothei word, the hamza is dropped with its vowel, a sign called
wasla
.J!_

(iULo^) is

put in place of the hamza and the

two words are read as one. If the preceding word does not end in a vowel, then one is given to it in accordance' with the rules below (4). The Hamza in these
cases
is

called

Jwo^

j^ hamzat

alwasl.

The

I,

though

preserved in the writing, is not pronounced, neither has the wasla any effect on the pronunciation.

Examples: ^oUJl js^ 'abdu

sarafa (from
2.

'Iqadiri;

o-^^lj wa'n-

ui^tJ,
is

^j^'3\

,vl o-j1, ra'aitu 'bna 'lamlri.

\^3u<<*-i
t's

The hamza

hamzat alwasl:
^5l

Za,

-^

(^

a)

In the Article

al e.g.

^oUJi Js^ 'abdu

I

'iqadiri.

b)

In the Imperative of the

e.g.

form of the Verb

(Lesson 16)

^xS''\

vi^Jls

qultu 'ktub "I said: write".

c) In the Perfect, Imperative and Verbal noun of the VII, VIII, IX and forms of the verb (Less. 18)

e.g.

(j^lj

fa'nhazama.

d)

In the following eight words: (e,^A'LA>^.Q,*^.^*uju p-'^

-

Go
j
)

5,0

Q^^ ibnun

*'son".

iCw)

^-o

fimra'un or
i

ynm- /^^^^j
^

gJ*
ioo[ ibna tun "daughter".
-?

-^H
^^^^
8

ru'un "man"!

cM
jT.-;.?

(ithnani "two"/4e,^^)
1

1^1 imra'atun "woman". ^^

(Masc).

""-

-^1 ismun "name".

^
^

s^La^
C^^J

1
/

L)

iiinanatani "two (ithanatani **two (Fem.).

ci^l istun "buttock".

3. If the word preceding a hamzat alwasl does not end in a vowel, then the final consonant generally

A
Introduction.

.ceives

a kasra

e.g.

^.a^I

sXi

qadi 'nsarafa "he

also takes

has already gone away".

after
it.

The nunation

Exceptions.

The

Preposition

^y,

min "from"

takes

_1_ be fore the.

rticle as oJjJi

^^ miaa 'Iwaladi "from

takes

the boy"; in
\;j|
^y,

other cases

it

the usual

e.g.

mini 'bnihi "from his son".

The Personal pronouns ^ hum,

antum, the ending
of

kum and ^|
mudh (=

tum

of the 2"^ Pers. Plur. Perf.

Csj^

the

verb

and the Preposition o^

mundhu)
e.g.
jsJJl

"since" take _i_

before The

hamzat alwasl
curse them";

kijil

la'anahumu

'llahu

"May God

jjj.ii
'

^1.

ra'aitumu 'Iwalada

"You have

seen the boy".

\^

^^^ word preceding the hamza ends with ^ which lengthen the vowels before them, then mmmo*^^' although the writing is not altered, the vowel must be
ifauitU

I^

kiZ^

or

pronounced short
^ij^il
ytbhtfuf^s

(see

13, 3) e.g. jJj,i

_^\ abii 'Iwaladi,

fi

ddari.

If

oM. oYoi

the

however the word ends in and the ^ takes takes

-0.O
- o ^

i^

or 3_1_, then

_2_ in place of the

S
.

")

sukun

e.g.

^^U!
jJJf

^^nax:

^3 fi

'ainayi Imaliki "in the eyes

'llahi

of the king"

jilj-xa/fj

mustafawu
^^

"the chosen

ones of God".

'

^^j^.

.7^

/
^

The conjunctions
the general rule

lau "if" and ^\ au "or" follow

after the 3.
foils

and take

4. The hamzat alwasl well as the pronunciation:

out of the writing as

Introduction.

a)

In the expression

^^\

"In the
b)

name

of God".
^!^^

bismi'llahi (for

j^u,

ibnun "son" when it conies that of the father between the name of the son and a -9- J o
In the word
(and not at the beginning of a
line) e.g.

c^.

^\h-\

^ j^

of Alkbattab". 'umaru 'bnu 'Ikhattab "Omar the son

If the ^^1 is predicative the
!

is

preserved e.g.,^^ ^^i o^j

zaiduni'bnu 'amrin "Zaid

c)

is

the son of Amr".

if

In th e Article
li

al.

preceded by the Pr e-

Jf'f

position i
la

"to,
e.g.

_the strengthening for" o

Particle^

"verii/ ^

j4-/

I'^aJ""

"'

^^^

'"*""'

^^.

lilwaladi "to the boy",

If the
falls

^^ lalhaqqu
j,

"verily the truth".

.^

noun begins with

e.g.

th en the
liHailati

of the Article

out also

xi2

(for

^)

"%^^.^^
Jj

Similarly
"to God".
d)

from if allah "God"

is

formed

hllahi

The

of the harazat alwasl

may

drop out, when

preceded by t he Interrogative parUc leJ_e.g.

(for i.IIii)

i^l abnuka

"thy son"?

If a
alif,

12.

Madda.
vowelless hamza with fatha (a) is followed by a hamza and vowel are dropped and one then the sign
is

alif

only

written, while

above

this is written
alif
a,

:i^ called

sli madda

(really
is

the second

written
e.g.

horizontally above)

which

pronounced

^\

Introduction.

r^minun

(for

^H),

1^

(for ir,) ra'ahu,

^|y5

qur'anun

(for ^;i;;^).

Note.

In
is

many books

the usual

which lengthens the

it

_^
e.g.

vowel,

provided with this sign, when

"desert".

precedes

hamza

i>\j^ sahra'u

The
1.

13:
Syllable.
syllable:

There are two kinds of

a)

Open, consisting of a consonant and a short

e.g. vlJi/ ka-ta-ba.

vowel
b)
O

and vowelless consonant

Jo
^ ^

Closed, consisting of a consonant, short vowel e.g. the 2"^ and 3^^ syllables

in

-wixX^'

ka-tab-tum.

vowel

Syllables consisting of a consonant and a long are considered closed since the letters ^ ^^
I

are considered vowelless consonants e.g. (^^lo da-rl.

A
.lo

consonant followed
as closed
(as
if

considered
da-run.

by the nunation is the n were written)

also
e.g.

If

2. No syllable can begin with a vowelless consonant. such a case arises from inflection in Arabic words,

a hamzat

alwasl with

is

prefixed e.g. wOii'l 'uktub

"write" (for ^^S' ktub).

In writing foreign words an

Hj^^) is prefixed e.g. ^^^i:*^!

u nchangeable ham za

(iaiiJi

aflatimu "Plato", or th e

first

consonant

is

provide d with

a vowel

e.g.

Uo^s faransa

(for fransa)

"France".

<x

Introduction.

3.

No

syllable

sonants.

If

can close with two vowelless c. such a case arises from inflection, the
out
e.g.

one
(cf.

letter falls

iyi qal becomes Jj qUl "say",

11, 3).
is

also 6,

Note 2 and

The only exception to this rule words in which these letters \, ^,

vowel
are

in the case of

lengthening a >
e.g.

followed
,

by a doubled consonant
..Ij

J^

'

farrun, for

Ji

from

farirun.

^^>y%^

14.

Accent.
1. In words of more than one syllable the accent never on the last.

is

2. If

the last syllable but one

e.g. ^Jb qala,

is closed,

it

receives

the accent

Jyb yaqdlu,

^_^^ kliayyattina,
if

Ux^JC^I^ ijtama'na,
3.
is

^\iy*pA akhbarnakum.
the last but one
e.g.

In words of three syllables,

falls

open, the accent

on the

last

but two

Jjcf

kataba. In words of four or more syllables the accent is carried back until it meets with a closed syllable
\3

^,

>

mdshwaratun, Ox;^* tajannabata, iujj^amukatabatun.

e.g.

8j^,cc^

15.

Numerals.
In former times (and occasionally still in some forms of literature) the letters of the alphabet are used to indicate numerals. In this case the order of the letters is that of the old Semitic alphabet, followed by the letters peculiar to the Arabic alphabet. This
1.

artificial

alphabet

is

called sX^.^

^5j^ huruf

al abjad.

Introduction.

.r-l9
3.

20.

^
d
r

200.

LJ

30. 40. 50.

60.
70.

300.

U^

G
l3

400.
500.

o
cu

4. 5.
6. 7. 8.
9,

o
LT

600.
700.

80.

f-

800.

U^
Jo

c
J::

90.

O^

900.
.000.

100.

10.

^
is
o
.*

This order
o

^j

given in the following line: o^o^ o^^^ ^wj Cf^i^o

-.o

but that used in

2.

NW.
r

Africa differs slightly from this.

in general use f
1

The numerals
I

now
1

are:

12345678
These are read from
left

to right e.g. Uiv 1897.

16.

Abbreviations.

A
ila

stroke resembling a

madda

is

generally (though

not always) put above abbreviations eg.

akbirihi

^!
its

for .3>1

^1^

"and so

forth" (literally "to

end").

The
the

following abbreviations are in

certain persons: >ju5

common
^^3

use after
^'i

names of

\JUi

J.^

salla 'llahu ^alaihi

wasallama "God bless him and give

him peace" used

after the

name

of

Mohammed.
"Upon him be

=^ j.X.Ji kAs^

'alaihi

'ssalamu

peace" used after the names of other prophets.

Introduction.
o

i^j
be

=
=

>

jL^
i^\

Uj,

^^ radiya 'llahu 'auhu

after

"May

Go.
''^^ the

pleased with him" used Companions of MohaiTimAH

the

names of

^j

^J](

x^^ rahimahu

'JIahu

"May God have

.

compassion on him" used

after the

names of the dead

Exercises in reading.
I.

tib

kul

qum hamun

qui bal abun

wa H

ta

bi

yadun

kai

dum
J^

ft

nam dhu khudh

J^

^an
3J.

lam

ma
vlj

la sir

v^
II.

^_;

kullun dalla tibbun

madda lubbun wai

farahiin qatlun shariba

hasuna fariha qatala kataba

J^l
ibilun

V^
hablun
v^:-^

v>
darbun

^^i
khafa

3Li.

^ ^
ha^anun

tala

husnun

(j-L)

,^5

o^/.

J^
^2^

^^

J^
filun

^_^
nurun

ra'sun khifti

qumta mautun jarun baitun

L5j^

J^l

^X

j^,

jara akala
Arabic Grammar.

bikrin nahrin bahrin bukhlun zahrin

Introduction.

m.
^^.L^
L^wij
caJLj

>^j1^

ujLx5'

vi>.>JC5'

c^\Ax^

Mribun nafsan qulna katibun kitabun katabtu katabat

katabtum asasun
;^j.A^

fattish fattasha

aqtulu tadribu jaktubu

A-XJLaLu*

^Ui'

-j^

!y*J^

'lx>o

maktubun shughliikum kitabuhu takbruju ba'athu farihna

l^aJlX^*
A-^Ob^I:*

C)^"^*

O^J^

Lw.iL>

p^lXft

takhtalifti

tariqukum ta'banu saratanun jalisan miftahun

tadaraka

ihinarrat

ittakhadhtum
C-

ijtama'na

ikhtilafun
G^^^c,

^^.

^^
G^

G,

js^^^

'ala ila akbidan jwi

akilun
-

mu'minun tatadhakkaru idtarabat

o^o
G
^o
o
^ >

2j

mu'allifuna

mu'akhadatun

istahliflm

isti'nasun

musa

^'^

IV.

ta'iifan

Lol-x:5^

^CCs^La*^
^
^ 3 ^

^.Jajtil
^J0.o

J^t^^-^it

j-gj

^'iy*!^.^

oL*^
oS

,^cCJLwd^
^

0
1<:>

i J

^ ^

aS^

^^3

>*02

oJl

^c^

X-M^Lali

\xP>L,^^^

Uf^

^j-

J^
^o

.^I

XiLvOjt
w^j

sw--

so

a,
OvH**.

^S^^jj

^5 O^^

L^

^JyC

JwX/0

Introiluction.

s^^\

o:^

V-^^^

cr^

j^^5

j^^3

j^'^^

r^^

'J*

cr3
i

04

^ o jo-o

' o ^

Oo

'

>

e03

i\

V^J^ jJN>

>w)Jtii

J,t

^Lo

jJcmo

^^-^Jjj

J;?LyO

^_jjj>-

QA.4..MO

J.]^

^Lxc^i IlX^ l5j^^

jiaiiii

^*-s**JiAJ5

^ O ^

w ^O^

^'bM'*}

^b

^^

b^ 0<^

M'

'

-,

O ^ Co

J*.b^

*.J

b^^

-,b->

-b-

O-O

W-.JO4

^O

S^

b*

^^

^ i

^bM>o

sbEJ'

J**

Introduction.

^O^^

JS

O^

3 3

SS

>

O 0,0

O JO,o

>

oS

"X-

Transcription and Translation.

alqutru 'Imisriyu yukauwinu 'zzawiyata The land the Egyptian forms the angle 'shshamaliyata 'shsharqiyata min afriqiyatin wayuqalu the northern the eastern of Africa and it is lahu aidan wadi'nnili li'anna qismahu enlied also the valley of the Nile because its part 'Ijanubiya waqi'un baina silsilatai jibalin the southern lies between two chains of mountains, wayakhtariquhu nahru'nnili Tazimu and cuts through it the river of Nile the mighty, masahatuhu jighrafiyan arba'umi'ati alfi milin Its area (is) geographically 400000 square murabba'in 'Imuqasatu wa amma masahatuhu the measured, miles its area and as for fahiya 65 alfa mlHn murabba'in minha 5 736000 it (is) 65000 miles, of which 5 736000 square

faddanin ardan zara'iyatan. faddans (are) seed ground

wayahuddu hadha

'Iqutra

mina 'shshamali 'Ibahru

on the North the sea 'Imutawassitu wamina 'shsharqi khattun yamtaddu the Mediterranean and on the East a line which extends
this

And bounds

land

min khani yunusa from Khan Yunus

'ala 'Ibahri

'Imutawassiti

ila

on the sea the Mediterranean

to

'Ibahru 'ssuwaisi 'ala 'Ibahri 'I'ahmari wa Suez on the sea the Red, and the sea 'nnubati biladu wamina 'Ijanubi and on the South the district of Nubia; 'Igharbi biladu barqata. the West the district of Barqa.

Tahmaru
the Red;

wamina
and on

Introduction.

wa And
Iqutra the land
fa

'nnllu the Nile

nahrun yakhtariqu
(is)

river

(which)

cuts
ila

throuL

^Imisrlya

mina

'Jjanubi

the Egyptian from 'idha wasala ila

the South

to

'shshamaU the North

'Iqahirati

qurbi

and when it comes to the neighbourhood of Cairo, _nqasama ila far'aini yaslru ahaduhuma raa'ilan It divides into two branches, goes one of them tending Jla 'shsharqi hatta yasubba ila 'ibahri 'Imutawassiti
to

the East until it flows into the sea the Mediterranean inda madmati dimyata wa '1 akharu yaslru ma'ilan at the city of Daraietta and the other goes tending
^

'Igharbi hatta yasubba ila dhahka the West until it flow^s into that thaghri rashlda. the frontier of Rosetta.
ila

'Ibahri 'inda

to

sea

at

wayanqasimu
,

'Iqutru

'Imisriyu

bihadha

divided the land the Egyptian in this ii tibari ila qismaini janubiyin washamallyin au way into tw^o parts, a southern and a northern, or qibllyin wabahrlyin fa'lqismu 'Iqibll'yu a southern and a sea-coast, and the part the soutliern, wayuqalu lahu 'ssa'idu au raisru Tulya yamtaddu and it is called the ^a'ld or Egypt the upper, extends
^^
.,
.

^^^

akhiri hududi misra januban from the end of the limits of Egypt (on the) South

mm

ila

to

nuqtati tafarru'i ^nnlH wa'lbahrlyu the point of the branching of the Nile; and the sea-coast,

wayuqalu lahu raisru 'ssufla yamtaddu min nuqtati* and it is called Egypt the lower, extends from the point
tafarru'i
'nnlli
ila 'Ibahri

'Imutaw^assiti.

of the branching of the Nile to the sea the Mediterranean, wayuqsamu 'Iwajhu 'Ibahrlyu ila And is divided the portion the sea-coast into thalathati aqsamin mutawassitin wahuwa 'iwaqi'u baina three divisions, a middle, and it lies between
^

far ayi

'nnlli

the two branches of the Nile,

waqad summiya and it has been named

'Ibahraini

lidhahka raudatu on account of that the garden wayuqalu lahu aidani 'dhdhalta and it is called also the Delta

of the two rivers limushabahatihi on account of its

Introduction.

'lyunaniyina the Greeks, washarqiyin wahuwa 'Iwaqi'u ila sharqlyi 'dhdhalta to the East of the Delta hes and an eastern, audit 'shsharqiyu 'Ihaufu wayuqalu lahu wagharblyin and is called the border the Eastern, and a western gharblyiha wayuqalu lahu wahuwa 'Iwaqi'u ila lies called and it to the West of it, and is hadhihi hiya 'Ihaufu 'Igharbiyu 'aqsamu These are the divisions the border the Western.
biharfi

'dhdhali

'in da

-(Semblance

to the letter

dhal

among

'Iqutri

'Imisrlyi

'ttabi'lyatu

of the land the Egyptian the natural.

'amma 'aqsaniuhu As for its divisions

bi'khtilafi

Tidarlyatu
administrative, 'I'azmani. of the times.

fatakhtalifu

the

they

differ

with

the

differing

First Part.
First Lesson.
(Oj^l
1.

(j^^jJl 'addarsa

Tawwalu.)

There

is

no

indefinite article in Arabic.

2. o
is

The

definite article for all

is

genders and numbers

^ v^

j!

'al,

which

prefixed to the
it

noun which

it

defines, '=''^'^'

at the
e.g.

same time depriving

of the nunation (Intro. l)f^*'*!t

^:i^ baitun "a house";

J^^f 'albaitu

''the

house".

The hamza

11)

and
its

of the article is hamzat alwasl (Intro. so w^hen it follows another word is dropped

vowel and in pronunciation the J follows immediately the vowel of the preceding word e.g.

with

^o^\

^(j babulbaiti "the door of the house";

v.:i4jr^

babilbaiti "of the

albaiti "the
3.

door of the house"; oJjTC)Ij' bab'** door (accus.) of the house". '
is

In pronunciation the j of the article

assimilated
^ j
^.
it

to the Sun-letters (Intro.

4,

2)

o o
word
e.g.

j J
to

^ji
is

o^

ijo

Jo

Jb

i)

^^

when

the

which

attached begins with one of these

the

'^S\

'arrajulu

man

(j...*.^!

words the J
is

is

written without vowel-sign

ashshamsu "the sun". In such and tashdid

attributes
If the
it

placed over the Sun-letter.

4.

Adjectives

as

are

placed

after
article

tlie

nouns they quahfy.

adjective

noun has the

e.g.

the'

must have

also

^ojy^

j^ nahrun

aridun "a wide "the wide river".

river";

,jLuJtJ?
"'

llL'f

'annahrul'arf^u

First Part.

5.

The copula
e.g.

"is" or "are"
jll^\

is

not expressed in
"the river

i^rabic,
is

Ja^/s^

'aunahru 'arldun

wide".
6.

The

personal pronouns of the singular are:

G?

'ana
'anta
'anti

I.

^^-^

'

V-*-

^i]
^-^il

Thou

(masc.
(fern.).

Thou

jj>

huwa He.
hiya She.

Vocabulary.
'-5

0^
'

'jLo bustanun a garden.

^
'

(kabirun great,
\

;^ bahrun a sea. Go . -Aoi qasrun a castle.

;jLi>

j^;^

large.

khubzun

bread.

-/

,.i;^j

baitun a house,

v.^^ tai^dbun good.

Jv>. rajulun a man. ^^s [alqadi the judge ->toliii (see Lesson 6, 2
[

^otyo

saghlrun small.
a place.
[beauti(

^li^
^

j^^ mahallun

^^^
^
.:>

hasanun
.
.

Note

2).

ful.

^w-:^ kuwaiyisun
^
J^xli? annilu the Nile.

jta'banu tired. (without nu nation, q4*'-*

*
-

(see

Lesson

41).

^ .^^-vi^
vol>o g' ^
^
'i.^

hablbun a

friend.

Go.

^ nahrun a

river.

sadiqun upright.
_
e

tiU/i

malikun a king.

shari

un a

street.

^3oc 'adilun just.

^j^
^
'
.-.

'

'aridun wide.

fqabihun bad,
j

dis-

.y,Av.i|^

msanun

man.

"c^

graceful.

Second Lesson.

Exerci^

1.

^^

^uiJi
-^-0

_ ,u.^

13,

_ ;ji pi _

;j;j-

^ i

9 i

Transcription.

alkhubzu taiyibun. ana rajulun alqadi rajulun taiyibun. anta ta^anu. huwa habibun taiyibun. arrajulu huwa 'Ihabibu ^ssadiqu. ^ shshri u arldun.

khubzun

albustanu kablrun. albustanu 'Ikablru albaitu ssaghlru. mahalluii hasanun. -- arrajulu hasanun.^- insanun qabihun. annllu nahruu. malikim adilun. albahru kablrun. qasmnkmvaiyisun

taiyibun.

'^^'^

r.io. place.

^ Thou ^T^

Exercise
''

2.

^^'^-2^

~
(j

^^^

g^^'^e^

art a

good man.

^s

a beautiful
.

am^red.
river.

The
art a

beautiful castle
is

and
I

judge

upright.

bad man.

- am an The wide

wa) the wide

street.

upright friend.

The - Thou

Second Lesson.
M
>

JO

The Feminine.
1.

Most feminine words take the ending |_^ atuu

form of
t

(for

this

see

Intro.

1,

Note

2),

e.g.

^"i

First Part.

an "a

son",

xj^l

'ibnatun
G.
'^.j^jS

"a

daughter";

-^

^abirun "great", feminine

2.

kablratun.
the

The
or

adjective
is

agrees
to,

with
e.g.

noun which
'i^Si\

it

qualifies

predicate

-oXl5

'ahbnatu

'Ikabiratu "the big girl",

b^^

'iJSi\

ahbnatu kablratun

"the girl
3.

is

big (or old)".

are

Some words

feminine without

having a

feminine ending:
a)

Nouns denoting females

e.g.
<yjs>

*|

ummun

"a

'ariisun "a bride", mother", ^*^fof a woman).

b)

Hindun (name
i

Proper names of lands and

nunation)
article),

cities e.g. ^^^j^

misru

(without

"Egypt,

Cairo",

*UJi 'ashshamu

(always with
c)

"Syria, Damascus".

Names
e.g.

of those parts of the

body which occur

Jc>-^

in

pairs

Jo yadun
etc.

"hand",

rijlun

"foot",

^^

'ainun "eye"
d)

Many

single

words,

among

the

commonest

being:
{jojS

'ardun, earth.

^j^*,^
.13

shamsun, sun.
narun,
fire.

y^
lo

khamrun, wine. /*#*;

darun, housctJ^^L**rihun, wind.^*^IJ!5^

^j.^ nafsun,
v_j.a,

self,

soul,

y^

suqun, market.
as

Note
Note

1.

Some words
38).

are

used

both

masculine

and
h\

feminine, (see Less.

2.

a'u (see Leas. 38).

Other feminine endings are i^ '-2>-^^i<i^ C^^'/^'/^^^-

and

Second Lesson.
o

Note^3.

Nouna ending

in 8-1. denoting male. re

,.

Collectives.
4.

Many words

singular in form have a collective

meaning e^.
olives
^.

;>
is

hajarun

To

indicate

"rock", ^^^: zaitunun a single object" Ihi feminine

to

ending

s^

atun

appended

such words
t^,,_

e.g.

\^
-^
,,

"

,,

,^>ratuD"apieceofrock.,astone';L>^-.^^^^^^
a (smgle) olive".
5.

'^

j^,a<;
The
latter

^,-;
to

Interrogative

particles

>

sentences are introduced by the

is

or

f.

prefixed

word of the sentence.

Vocabulary.

the

first

l^

ijaddun a grand1

father.

fo^
\

|hadirun present,
j

^eady.

"^

/jaddatun a grandxl-^ '^^^ mother. 1

^ g^^
-

\^^

^ ^
^5

salihun honest.

^^
^^^^

u ^ j /shadldun strong,
,

violent.

fhakimun a wise ^^^' P^^^^^^^i^"junainatunagarden.'^^''^

'

na'am
la no.
,

yes.

^
?j|j-

\^\^\m a bird.
/tali'un
1

rising (of

G'
^

'

Qw,.
2
',

the sun).
-^/^

*^L^ saatun an hour.

^^
5

fqadimun
I

old,

ancient
,

^^
'

mukillun shady.
,,,_^.
'

^5^)

(of things). ^

^
*-

^o^ jadidun
o

j:

khadimun a manservant.

new.

^^

waladun a boy.

^^
-'
X

'

jkhadimatunamaidj

servant.

First Part.

.^2/)

muti'un obedient.
qahirun conquering.
nazifun clean.

InXJU

ixmlikatun a queen.

^^\5

fgharibun setting (of

the sun).

Vj^
oucJai
s^

fiwazzun goose
[

Or, ftuffahun apple ^^' (collective).

|

JH
o

(collective).

'

r..

(shajarun tree
\

c^^jyo

maiyitun dead.

j^
Exercise
3.

(collective).

<

G^

iJ^cS

G^

,a
G.

JO -OS

G--.^o*

-o4

G.

^'

.G
^ i

G.,
^ o ^

^ClrO

^ff.

^ o<o

oS

-S o

^ ^

>

- o^

j-^sS

G-^
of Cairo)

Jo
J^o-o

G^-JO

G-^-o^
iOou^lJ-l

(a

name

>Liiil ^.ao^

Kx^Lw->i--^ jW^^
GxJlIxL
I

Transcription.

aljaddu kablrun.
.

natu 'ssaghlratu. hali 'Ijunainatu ibnun salihun. kuwai3asatun na'ami 'Ijunainatu kuwaiyisatun. sa'atun hasanatun. albaitu qadirnun. addaru'^jadialwaladu hadirun. datun. arummu hasanatun. rihun shadldatun. arrihu shadidatun. a'anta na'am ana ta'banu. hal anta 'Iqadi. ta'banu.

aljaddatu kabiratun.

alib-

Tliird LesHon.

29

ana 'Ihaklmu. hal hiya i^alihatun. la hiya qabihatun. ashshamsu taliatuii. ashshajaratu 'Imuzillatu. alkhfidimatu mutratun. misru 'Iqahiratu. alyadu nazlfatuD. afiwazzu tairun.
la

al'iwazzatu 'Imaiyitatu.
Exercise

4.

The mother is present. A great lire. Is the garden large? No, the garden is small. The new house is small. The wind is violent. Art thou (fem.) the grandmother? Yes, I am the grandmother. The beautiful daughter. The king is just and the queen is beautiful. The setting sun.

/ Third Lesson.

Number.
1.

There are three numbers in Arabic: Singular

(^^vjU

(o^

mufrad), Dual

muthanna

or iwj:j tathniya)

and Plural
2.

(Hi

iam').

l^t.v-i^^^^^-^^ >,^*u^/4^^^,. 4j

(either

The Dual is formed by adding to the word masc. or fem.) the termination ^^.1- ani for the

nominative,
.i5Xo

qj

aini for the other cases, e.g.

^.yijU

a**^^

malikun a king;

malikani two
cases).

kings'^
A-^

(nom.j; ^^^JIa malikaini

&.)vLo

two kings (other

malikatun

queen

^^jU^ijU

mahkatani two

queens
cases).^

(uom.)

,^^Ii<JU

malikataini

two queens (other

Note.
suffix is

In

the

fem. the H

is

changed to cy whenever a

added.

X^

tiA..*JL% \jia-e .'^A.

AAl^^C^^t v,vAv*v-v

30

First Part.

3.
a)

The

Plural

is

of two kinds:
(^L-m.j!

The Sound

plural

^i

'aljam' assalim)

formed by the addition of endings

b)

to the singular.

kassar)

The Broken plural (j^J^S ^^\ 'aljam' almuformed by a change of vowels within the word and in some cases with an ending as well, (see
Lessons 4 and
4.
5).

The Sound

plural masc. of

nouns and adjectives

for

^^

is

formed by adding
".yj

q^-^

tina

the

nominative

**'*^'^*'*^nd
jo^'o&*K. of
^,[Tfi^c^i)

Ina for the other cases after the case-ending

the nominative singular has been dropped, e.g.

Singular.

Plural

Nom.

Plural,
^^y^^^^

other cases.
maliklna.

^i5U/o

mahkun.
kathirun.

qj.^^ malikuna.

y*:jS
^^

q^-v^

kathiruna.

(j^jty^ kathirma.
is

*^

The Sound

plural of feminines

formed by changnominative and

"l^wf i^S

atun into of atun for the oi atin for the other cases, e.g.
Singular.
i050L>

Plural
oLoL>li>

Nom.

khadimatun a maid-servant.

khadimatun.

Plural, other cases'.

oUoli
Note.
jtitfia'JHJ

khadimatin.
a masculine sound plural,

Some feminine nouns take

^' ^^"*^

sanatun a -year Plur. ^^_y^M sinuna; some masculine

nouns

also take a feminine

sound

plural, e.g.

,.^i_j-c>-

hayawanun

animal, Plur. ioIjU-c^ hayawanatun.

5.
I
I

gender

Adjectives agree with their nouns not only in (see Less. 2, 2) but also in number except

Third LeflBon.

iiJ.'c^)tr-^ftV0h'rt'
(

^^1

that: a) when the noun is in the So und fem. phir. t lm adjective i s usually in the fem. singular, though it is '*' occasionally in thejeni. plur, when persons araiiidk;ated.|* ^'*^ b) Broken plurals being originally Collectives, take thet^tLf^L/v.

adjective in the fem.

sing.^ee Lessons 4 and^);^

*^

^^tr^jf**ljj,f ',tIiiT^

Examples of the regular agreement:

^'
'

(khadimun hasanun a good

1

(beauti-

a^T.,?^.

cr^ r^^
G'

ful)

servant.

^'

'

Ka..^
- ,

(khadimatun hasanatun a good maidI

N/iOur>

servant.

'

'
,

Ikhadimani hasanani two good serI

^..U..^

C)^^

,'

vants.

"'..ji-^w^>

^.jjcu^ ^.,La^^l>

fkhadimatani hasanatani two good maid- servants.

.._^oL> khadimuna hasanuna good servants.

of exception a):
,

Example
^|'

^^^^
or as the

(khadimatun hasanatun good maidservants.

indicates persons

noun

l3Ls. oLl*^ oUol> khadimatun

hasanatun.
are:

gr^

6.

The personal pronouns

1.

^
;

^
l
'-,

"

u huwa

' '

he.

U^

(huma they
{

t,^^

^
'

|hum they / ^^ ^^. ^-""'(^^3,)/ I

I

hiya she.
*^

('^^''=-

^"'^ ^''"'-

O^

^'^^^ i p""""*,
(fern.).

ft</t-M-fl.^

fe^?

'

OS

lanta

thou

^^^

(masc.).vxu
(anti
i

o.os (antum you you two r^i (masc). (masc. and tem.). , ,,^ jantunna vou
i
j

i^l (antuma

^^

-2

thou _
^-^^
'

o^M "^
J

(fem ^ ^^^"^^

'

(fem.).
^

^^

inahnu
I

we

}uL.y^^

,'

^^

(ana I (masc. 1 and fem.

^^

(masc. and
fem.).

32

First Part.

Vocabulary.

^-'^ JDiu'allimun r*^ a teacher.

I

"-

-b^-wc
(-1^3
'

fmabsutun
tented.

coii-

.mu'allimatun
'"^^^

za'laim vexed
IJailun
1

a (female) teacher.
'

~r^ ^^-r

,,

.,

%^i lamrun
^'

flashing.
t* '

'

mgnt

(collective).

kh aij atatu n
*

lij lailatun a uight.

G ^^
LgJ

^"^
Go, ^a^
^^^'

(fe"'') bailor.

fmuslimun a Mos|

naharun a day.

I^^^^

4^iii mashghulun busy.

la'ibun playing.

JJ^

Y^,

(khabbazun
1

g_
^^e-

a baker.

j^
'

Jharatun a quarter (of a town).

[

L^
"-H^^
G \1

jmujtahidun
industrious.

^j^ muzlimun
,

dark.

gha'ibun absent.

>

o^i-^ kaslanu
j
5.

idle.

G w. Jb'ui^ khaiyatun a tailor.

^1*^ fnajjarun penter. |

a car-

Exercise

C)-5^^^ o'ubU^ij

(^_jiDuJ-i

j^^_ytA/j

KljLvp-U

Fourth Lesson.
Transcription.

88

nahnu za'ianuna. hal antum mabsutuna. lailatani wanaharani. hali 'Iqadl inashghQlun. na'am huwa mashghalun. - alkhabbazuna mujtahidOna. alibnatani gha'ibatani. alkhaiyatu wa'lkbaiyatatu mashgbalani. alkhaiyatuna wa'lkhaijatatu muytahidana. alrauslimUna 'salihuna. waladani la'ibani. albaratu
almu'alliratlna salihQna. almu'allimu 's^filihu. almu'allimQtu hadiratun. arainani 'llami'atani.

la

nazlfatuD.
Exercise
6.

The teachers The quarter (of the town) is clean. Are you (two) inflashing eye. are present. Are you vexed? Yes, we are busy. dustrious? They The Moslem is pious. No, I am contented. The beautiful tailoresses are (raasc.) are absent. The night is The boy is industrious. present. The servants and maid servants are tired. dark. Two busy physicians. The physician is busy. Yes, Are the bakers idle? Two clean hands. and the carpenters are idle, they are tired.

Fourth Lesson.

The Broken
Explanation.

Plural.

Arabic words with few

exceptions

consist of three consonants called Radicals together with certain vowels and sometimes prefixes or To indicate patterns or type-forms of words suffixes. Arabian grammarians use the three consonants Ja6
(see Note)

the

representing the
^3

first

radical,

the c the second

is

and the

the third

e.g.

slJiS

kalbun "a dog"

said
(for

to be of the

form jj^;

l>.i'

of the form

J^;

^
^

\lh) of the form ^li;

jviif;

^i

'ahmaru "red" of the form

'^S^l of the form J,li';

hJZ^

of the form ^^msj^.

Arabic Grammar.

34

First Part.

JJjes is

Note. A few Arabic words have four used for them.

radicals.

The pattern

There are 31 patterns of the Broken Plural (Less. 3, 3), A complete list of these is given in Lessons 39 and 40. Among the most frequently used are:
a) ^Ixsl

e.g.

Si^\

'auladun plur. of 0J3 waladun

farasun "a horse";

"a boy";
\J\J;.\

G-O -OS _ ^j^i^f 'afrasun plur. of ^j^ j

'ashrafun plur.

the

same way
^Li/o

"noble". In Go are formed the plurals of J^Id tiflun "a

>
-'

of

^^j^

sharlfun

baby"';
b)

matarun "rain^; c:^^ waqtun "time".

'bit
e.g. ^_y^,

Gj^

/^

0^

buhurun
of

Goplur. of ^:^ bahrun "sea";

Gjp-^_
l3^^5

G-E^
plur.

'ustidun

vXwl

'asadun

"a lion";

dy^
f^
i i

Gjj

shubudun

G plur. of ^x^Ui

shahidun "a witness";

right".

vyb>

huququn

plur.

of/i^haqqun "a
*

In the same
heart";

G c-

way
G oJ

are formed the plurals of

,,

^,^ qalbun "a

jo^ jundun
G,
c)
^'l*5

"an army"; ^^^ malikun "a king". _' GoGe.g. ^bb' kilabun plur. of v^Jb^ kalbun "a
'

'

'

dog";

j!^

rijalun

plur. of

J^
G
^ ^ -

rajulun "a man";

so

also are G o
^-vo^

formed the plurals of J.-o^ jabalun "a mountain";

G

rumhun "a
Gjj
d) Jots e.g. G G
J ,

spear";

G^j
v,j.^x5^
>

^
'

kabirun "great",

yu?
kitabun

11/

G^
plur.

kutubun

of l-^j:^ ' G'

"a book"; ^^j^

mudunun
G joS

plur.

of X-oj^ madlnatun
^

G-

"a

city"; ^>.
G ^o
e)

sufunun

plur. of iCUaAv saftnatun "a ship".

'

Go-

J^*5i

e.g.

^1
^

'anhurun plur. of ^i nahrun "a

Go
plur. of
-

G^
river";
;
\

^^| ashhurun
arjulun plur. of

^^

shahrun "a month'j _

OS

Go
Jw:-^

J^^

rijlun "a^foot".

Fourth Lesson.

85

Vocabulary.

The small
of the form

after a word indicate that the Plural is given under that letter in this lesson.
letters

g^3 wasikhun
Q o.

dirty.
diffi-

Ju^

tawilun long.
(alfuratu
i

^,

/.

fsa'bun
1

hard,

->o

^-^^
fjjjb

cult.

^5y^5
a

the Euphrate.s.

J^P^mgi^A

(d)

tanqun

way.

w^

mukhli^un honest.
swift.

Js^

sahilun easy.
(C?)
\

^.j^ sarl'un
"^"o^-

X
(~
^ ^'

;""""

ledge, science.

^v^Clf alma4i the past. ^ t-^

^l3 nafi'un useful.

f(b)
[

i^^\ al'Ml the high.

shartun a con-

^J^
--

dition.

^ "-"^
^-"^

((b)
i

harfun a

letter

(of the alphabet).

^^"
-

,r

fthabitun firm, per-

\'_:

farabiyun Arabic,
I

manent.
/(c)
I

^^

Arabian.
saifun
^

'
I

"*

salihun
(

pious,
77.^^

^iu^

(b)

a sword.l*

*.,

zr"

hoAest.
^"^

o*\
^i^is

^o^*-it^v>^'.

qati'un cutting.

^i;*v^-**^^

^_ww^wi^

harisun watchful.

^',-

y^b nasun people.

7.
3 y

^
<^

Exercise
^
^ O ^

-<

JO

Go.,Gi
J

^J

JfoB

G-^
G^^
J ^

G.j

G^w-J
G-o^

>o

^',--J
->

G,j
G
^
>

>

G*G
-

-'?'0

C.-OS

J ,

^ ^ ^

*oo

G*^

Gjj

o io^

o^

36

First Part.

Transcription.

huwa kitabun

sa'bun.

kutubun sa'batun.

misru wa'shshamu madlnatani hasanatani. almudunu turuqun sahilatuD. kuwaiyisatun. arultimu nafi'atun. ashshurutu sa'batuii. huququn thabitatun. shuhudun silahun. huwa shahidun salihun. alkilabu 'Iharisatu. alkalbu harisun. alqulubu sufunun sarfatun. 'Imukhlisatu. al'afrasu hasaarauladu mutf una. aramtaru 'shshadldatu. natun.

ii

aljibalu 'aliyatuu. al'auqatu 'Imadiyatu. alassuyufu qati'atun. urufu Tarabiyatu. aFanhuru 'Ikablratu. hum nasun kibarun.

Exercise

8.

The dogs
cult

way.

are swift
Difficult

and watchful.

ways.

The

It is a diffiindustrious boys.

The Arabic
rights.

letters are difficult.

They

are (^) per-

manent

An

Are you great people? mountains are beautiful. Useful books. The No, we are honest people. Arabian cities are dirty. The Arabian sciences are The swords are long. The Nile and difficult. The past month. Euphrates are two great rivers.

honest heart.

The high

The

little

babies.

Fifth

Lesson.

1.

Further forms of the Broken Plural are:

'^sth

f)

e.g.

iLj3 wuzara'u plur. of ^j^ wazirun "a

i\ja\

Vezir,

minister";

'umara'u plur. of

^1

amirun

Fifth Lesson.

87

"a princ e

il^

sufani u

plur. of plur.

jaa^

saftrun

"an

ambassador"; ^1^1 ,'usara'u

of ^a^I

'aslrun "a

This

is

a very

common

plural

for

words of the

form J-o6 wh en they denote ^ per sons.otpctv^t>it^

g)
iti*5i
e.g.

ibj^xil
-

'asdiqa'u

plur.
2

of
,

/JjJw)
'

J^^jJ
' '

'os

sadiqun "a friend"; iLot anbiya'u plur.

"a prophet";
'
""
,

of^onablyun
'

,v-w*

^Lyit

'aqriba'u plur.
_,

of v.^ j5 qarlbun "a

S
.

OS

relatiyej ^Lxcl aghniya

plur. of ^^ic

ghanlyun
^j^^'i
'

"rich".

h) ^.jt^ e.g. qLv.^

^

fursanun plur. of
_

farisun

"a
"]

rider^;

oj jjlJsJb
.
..

..

buldanun

plur.

of jsL
O
^

baladun "a qadibun "a

o J 6 district"; ^UAiai

qudbanun

plur. of

^j^^xAias

rod, sceptre".
2.

Nouns with

four radicals
"^/^

(JJl*i)

have the follow-

ing Broken Plurals:

i)

/fun

Bt/'o-Hj

JJL* e.g. u^-^^z)!^.^

'
J

kawakibu

plur. of v^^^^s^^d

^ *

kaukabun "a

star"; lj,l:^* tajaribu

G^ o ^ plur. of iuyf*' tajri-

batun "an attempt".

plurals of

In the same way are formed the

jewel";

^y>. jauharun "a

office"; iOJcX^ e.g.

^j^-^a maktabun-J;g^T

"a school,
k)

maktabatun "a Jibra^".-^^*'**^*^*'^

j^i;^

^^jx^Us fanajuiu
3

from

,->^->^

finjanun "a cup

^ ^

GjOJ
i^JUA^ suuduqun "a coffer
jJj-^ khinzlrun "a pig

j^

/^joUao sanadiqu from

^Lc>

khanazTru from

38

First Part.

In

the

same way

are

formed the plurals from

..ILL. sultanun "a sultan"; v-j^x^Co

G
o

maktubun "a

letter";

JojOi qindilun
This form

**a

lamp".

is

four radicals which have third and fourth radicals.

1)

used for the plural of all words of a long vowel between the

nUIjc a rare

form used specially

'^ G^ e.g. 8LLot^*talamidhatunpl.ofv3s-fcJLj

3.

Go

for Jiving beings

tilmldhun "a scholar".

The

following words deserve special notice:

^

Go

i^

^0

^i
'abna'un.
G ^o
iool
"

'ibnun "a son" plur.

qj.>^j

banuna or

9ljj|

Go
'ibnatun or s^^^ bintun ''daughter,
girl", plur.

-,

oUb

banatun. Gs
j^S

'akhun

"brother",

plur.

G. o j~>t

'ikhwatun

or

^y>-\ ikhwanun.-^j^wjjti*,

Go^
^-,^1 'ukhtun "sister", plur.

G^.5
oij^i 'akhawatun.
1.

*^::

Some nouns have two or more forms of Broken G^j Go^ G^ bil;iarun, Plural e.g. j^, bahrun "sea" has j_j-^ buhurun, O joS G ^oS y^S abhurun and y-^S abharun.

Note

j^

Note

2.

Some words have

different

forms of the Broken

G
Plural with different meanings
or "a verse of poetry".
e.g.

o^

<i/^, baitun

means "a house"

is

In the former sense the Plural G ^o5 buyutun, in the latter c^Loi abyatun.

o^-u

Vocabulary. G

c,l3

farighun empty.
G
-

U'^^ nansun
noble.

precious.

^,^> karlmun

(Other words in the lesson.)

Fifth Lesson.

Exercise

9.

5*
jt^t

SoS

j^y\

>

* * jo-o-

^.,^Lc

^bj^^^ o^/f'^ ii/^'f

(j^jJl

a^mJj/

X-Jlatii

Oj-^^i

i^^\

...jj^JLs^

iJAAot

J --0*. > G^OLXxLbO 0L;LJ|^ ^.j^sX^x:^

O-?^^

Transcription.

walwuzara'u gha'ibuna. aramiru asirun. asdiqa'u raukhlisuna. annasu aghniya'u. albuyutu Taliyatu kuvvaiyisatun. ma-f katibu nafi'atun. assalatinu *kibarun. arrimahu

tawilatun. basatinu hasanatim. almu'allimima mabsutriua wa'ttalamidhatu mujtahiduna. assunduqu

farighun.
'nnaflsu.
'Ikablratu.

assufara'u

hadiruna

buldanun ghanlyatuD. albiham (albuhQru) aFaqriba'a humu 'I'asdiqa'u. aljauharu

annafsu 'Ikarimatu. biduna wa'lbanatu mutfatun.

Exercise 10.

albanuna mujta-

The cups are empty. The pigs are animals. The Sultan is just. The princes and ministers are present. Long letters. The letter is long. Noble souls. The scholars are busy. The boys are contented, they are playing. The horsemen are

tired.

are absent.

Are the ambassadors present? No, they Are you relatives? Yes, and we are friends. The big coffers. The jewels are precious.

Beautiful verses. present and the sons

The brothers and sisters and daughters are absent.

are

40

First Part.

Sixth Lesson
-/o.

Declension.
ujT'fht.
y^,^in^_gt<^

^^''^'''

1.

There are three cases in Arabic: the Nominative

Genitive,

(j,

raf ),

obHque or prepositional (_>

nasb).
--

jarr)

' =

:''^'***^and

Accusative

(u^^^aoj

'^-'"^'"'f

^'*'*^'** -^''*"'*

v*rrfz^*i^''--='f2.

These cases are expressed:

^'^^-''fZ^'H^

a)

When

the

word

originally
un,
in,

has

whether
plural

it

be a masc. sing, or

fern.

sing, or

nunation broken

by the endings'

an, (written _^

>-i^y'*f^jfe^'**'l8^pWhen the

j-*K
p^-^-y.
u^yy^i^tiiM.

for the
c)

word has originally no nunation by nom., and a for the other cases. ^ //,

following

the word is defined by the article or a in the genitive whether it has nunation or not orie^inally by u, i, a.

When

word

*j
htjte

Jbxamples.

a)

Nom.

i.^Lw

sariqun "a thief".

o^^l

^S^ khadimatun
auladun
''children".
o^i^l

"a maid-servant",

Gen.
^

*^;L>^

sariqin.

X^Oui^ khadimatin.

auladin.

a^<py..^

Ace.
b)

S.'u^

sariqan. iOooli- khadimatan.fob^^l auladan.

*^V^^
^

Nom. xi^xmakkatu ''Mecca' './ij^Uvosanadiqu "coffers".

and Ace.
;.

!^^^7^^^V^^- Gen.
c)

K-Co

makkata.
c:^^^!

^joUao sanadlqa.

Nom.

.LaJI

assariqu.

v_.a.:>uo

sahibu- Ibaiti

"the master^ of the house".

Gen.
Acc.

ijjLwJi

assariqi.

v.i>^f

^^^

sahibi- 'Ibaiti.

.VjjLaJI assariqa.

o^^^xif

w^5>Lo sahiba-

Ibaiti.

-^

'

a-ru. of>^*

Sixth /Lesson.

41

/
Note
1.

word

wititout original tanwin is called

by the

^^^

Arabian grammarians O-^oa/o

fectly) declinjBd. (see Less. 41).

^
in

jrhair

munHarif

i.e.

not (per- *^2;?i**

\^ot^ Words
{^
into

which end
iyin into

^^ preceded by kasra contract

in: (^

iyun and (^
i.

iyu and ^^

jyi

;i77.7hM

In the Sound plural they drop the ^^ o ^

qacjin
'*a

altogether

*^'^f
AM^^U^0 ^^

e.g.

O^ls

jud_ge"

for

^j^^

qa(Jiyun (nom.) or

^g^^

s* t^
'2^^J^
"j

qa(Jiyin (gen.)Jj^^LiLli

alqadlt "the judge" for

j^Uil

alqfi4iya

(nom.) or
-

-/toUJi
-'
'

alqadiyi (gen.) Plural,

nom. q^^Is qa4tlna;

uncontracted
e.g.

-*.../
Other
forms
are
uytolS

gen.

^j^ty^ls

qadlna.

_y

qa^iyan

(ace).

3. The forms of the dual and plural have already been given in Lesson 3 so that the declension of the noun is
'

Note

now
+ 3.
=

complete.
3.

4U
fi

prepositions govern the genitive, thus:

115

''^/

^3

"in" as ^.^JJ^

ft

bustanin "in a garden";

KXi

j.

ft

raakkata "in Mecca".

'ala

^
i
li

"on"

as

^CJa j^

'ala

'Ijibali

"on the

mountains".
"to,
for^'

as

jJ^' lilwaladi "for the boy"

(see Intro.

11, 4_c).

min "from"
=

as o^Axii
-

^
^^i^

mma
-

Ibuyuti "from

the,

house^r^
4.

A^V'
the

><?^ f

-^

-^

The

relation of a
idafa;

word and

its

following genitive
is

is

called

xili?

governing word
vJ...c2/a

called
ilaihi.

Ouos/j Juos/j

mudaf and

the geni genitive nJI

mudaf

42

First Par

,.:

Ay 5.^=^-5
is
Js.:>..

'f

^
of

The word
means

that governs a genitive

article,

itself definite

but never takes the

''the

thus

c>^^ baitu rajulin

house of a man".
^i^yo

J.>^i

baitu

'rrajuli

means

''the

house

'^^^4*A^y
^^7
I'jfht^

When

f^Z-^U. sition j

the governing word is indefinite the prepomust be put before the following genitive e g.
*'a

J^^jJ^ ^*^:^ baitun lirrajuH

house of the man"; or

c:a>o

one

may

say Jc^Jl oj-o

,j^

baitun min buyuti

'f^'

'rrajuli (literally)

"a house from the houses of the man".

Vocabulary.

4f

11-1

rx

^os fahmadu

Ahmed

?)'7/ >ai)

ij^ suqun a
c,

market.
'.'

'

t^'-S

(wasi'un wide, / spacious. ( Jo-i.y^

,,
(

^,l:>

iarun a neighbouii /

'

J.y*7 *''^^

j4i qabla before.

^
Jj.'
'^
^^

'-'

umaru Omar

'

>

(name of a man).

35hibun master, 'owner, friend.

(zaidun Zaid (name of a man).

--- jalyauma
r>=^5
{

the day

to-dav.

'}^ ^^

fmashhurun
I

renowned.

-,n.
----

>
^IaA/i
'

_zabrun a back.

^^
'^^J
".

j-fircruncil.
I

miftahun a key.
,_,

e.o. jzaujatun a spouse,

wife.

-r'^

^,'i babun (pi. ^\y^ abwabun)agate,

.
,

*"
^"^-^

'^J'

door.
^^Xa/0
^ .'
(J"^j

jra'sun a head, I beginning.

maftuhun open.
(raflqun a companion.

^^-^

^^=> hikmatim wisdom.

o. .. Kiii^

makhafatun

fear.

Sixth Lesson.

43

Exercise

11.

U^J^^ j^ c>^l VL.

'

cJ^ LT^^^^t

|^l s^'^ si^l v^'^

^ ^^1
j,oL> v-oLfr
^o<

j-i-AJw

^iJOl

^:^f
i

.--

0^0

^j,>

r^jo.

,t,t

6.

>*f

Go.
'^^

i^i...
" " *
I

.00-

ji-

G.-.

-o*

"*
,

'^f

'

o Jo

i ^

0-0

Transcription.

sahibu
zaliri

'Ibaiti

'Ifarasi.

miftahu babi'lbaiti. maftuhatun. 'umaru sahibim lizaidin. basatiuu 'shshami masbhuratun. kalbu 'Iwaladi harisuD.
ft'ddari.

gha'ibuni 'lyauma.

alfarisu 'ala

aramlm

gha'ibun

khadimu Tamlri abwabu^lmadlnati

kutubu
'rrajuli.

buyUtu 'Imahadiriina fl'lmajlisi. zaujatu 'Iqadi hasanatun. ra'su 'Ibikmati makhafatu 'llahi. baitun min buyuti 'ramiri ft'ssuqi. antum badiruna ft biistani 'ijari. aljran qabla 'ddari 'rraftqu
dlnati
'aliyatun.

'ttalamidhati

nazlfatun. qasru 'ramiri fi'lraadlnati.

nahnu

asdiqii'u

arrijalu

qabla

'ttarlqi.

\
Is the

Exercise 12.

he

is

master of the servant in the house? No, in the garden of the neighbour. You are the

friends of the

man.

The

merchant
'

is

present in the

s-.

\i

44

First Part.

market of the city. The door of the house is open. The man's dogs (dogs of the man) are watchful.

the council. Is the physician present? The physician is absent and the wife of the physician is present to-day. Ahmed is a friend of the judge. The gardens of the city are spacious. The relatives of the physician are rich.

The

king's ministers are present in

Seventh Lesson.

The Genitive (continued).

1.

The Dual and Sound

with
its

final

..

plural masc. lose their vowel when- they are followed by a

genitive;

thus the ending

qI
ai,

ani

becomes

i_l- a,
b"

^_1_
ata,

aini

becomes (^-1ataini
u,

^fi

atani becomes
atai,
.^3

^^

becomes

^-^

una be-

comes 3

^^
^ o ^

ma becomes
baita 'rrajuli

1,

e.g.

^^'
J->yi i/^
^o*
\

>o

the two houses of the

man.
\\
'r'^

""tl

'"'
I
j

baba baitayi 'rrajuli the two doors of the two houses of the man.
ibnata 'Iwaziri the two daughters of
^j^g

..o
I

^j_^l bJj^
-.0^
i

minister.

oI
I

fd^^

l5^'
..o^

^"^^^^

baitu 'bnatayi 'Iwaziri the house of the two daughters of the minister.

Jj^i
yo^
vXJ^f
^
y

>^
y

y^^y

I
I

mu'allimu 'Iwaladi the teachers of

the boy.

yy
I

t_5^ -^^

kutubu mu'allimi

'Iwaladi the books of the teachers of the boy.

2.

The words

^1

abun

''father",

^\

akhun

"brother",

^ hamun

"father-in-law", ^3

dhu "master.

Seventh Lesson.

"^

(lfi#****^)

45

possessor" (onl}^ used with a genitive),

famun 'mouth"

take the followiug forms before a gepitiy e:

Norn.

_^\

aba

Ace.

Li

aba

Gen.

^| abl akhi
haral

rZ^.*^

Jf\ akhu

iif akha

^f
^^^
^
'

l^^XK

^^

hamu

U:> hama
IJ

^1^
^^^-u^
.**-rA

30 dhu

dha
fa

j^J dhl
fl.

y
Thus:
j^4-:^ jji

fu

vij

^o
father.

V.

abu rauliammadin Mohammed's

[

"'

rf

'

""
,

darabtu aba zaidin

struck

Zaid's

o .

wajhu dhl

^^^^^

(^3 ic>3
(

husnin the face of the beautiful man (literally "of the possessor of beauty").

3.

belonging
adjective,

word cannot be separated from a genitive to it, therefore if it is qualified by an the adjective must be put after the genitive
article),

(and have the

%u4*\y^\

e.g.

^jjJi

^:>vxj

baitu

'Iwaziri

'Iwasi'u

"the

spacious house of the Vezir".

An

alternative

form would be:

Iwasi

^jjJJ ^i_^i c>^i albaitu

lilwazlri.

4. If the genitive refers to two nouns, it must follow the first while the second takes the suffix of the personal pronoun (see Lesson 8) e.g.

iulL^o^
*'the Vezir's

j^3-^^^

""^^"^

baitu

Uwazlri

wabustanuhu

house and garden".

lii^-^j

^JjS\ ijJ yada

and

'Ibinti warijlaha

"the

girl's

hands

(dual)

feet (dual)".

5.

The

genitive
e.g.

is

often
3 , O

used partitively and to

qit atu

A^^A'*^. denote material

^-cZf

^
Cii

iuLi

Jahmin "^j^iece

^x^ of

flesh";

b^s o^"^^

finjanu qahwatin "a cup of coffee";

i;^
6.

^^.5'

kursiyu khashabin "a seat of wood".

genitive often occurs after
its

The
or

an adjective to
JsJLs

define
,u:/ajJ.'

Hmit

application,

e.g.
(i.e.

JJixJi

qahlu

Taqli

"little
i.e.

of understanding"
"stupid"; JUI
yxi5^

as regards under-

^^z"*-

standing)

kathlru 'Imali "abundant

^-y-^*=>

^TtXT"^
''^'^^*

of wealth" i.e. "rich"; "beautiful of face".

Notp.
defining

^>pi
'

hasanu 'Iwajhi

'

This genitive is improper and stands in place of a accusative, hence the rule in Lesson 6, 4 does not
it,

apply to the word before

is definite e.g.
-/i3l.5> i>w>-jJl

which can take the ~

'

article

when

it

'-^
I

^Lxmj^^

K-Uv^l

j^^^

^5

'ibnatu 'Iwazlri 'Ihasanatu

t^r/K^-iftf*''

'i^vajhi

*^^^t.%*gL'

hadiratun "the. beautiful daughter (lit. "the daughter the beautiful of face") of the Vezir is present".

ts^t*M>x^

T"^'

7. Some nouns are used in Arabic with a following ^'genitive denoting a quality, where in Enghsh an ad-

fn9fi*mt.

jective

is

used.
plur.
i^i

These nouns are such

as

^^oLo

sahibun,

v^L^I ashabun

"master, possessor"; ^3

dhu, dual,
fore

dhawa

(with omission of the final ^j be-

the genitive),

;glur.

^^o

dhawu and
plur.

the

feminine

sing. oli3

dhatu,
^.jf

dual

Ij'io

dhata,
pi

oi^i dhawatu
"mother";

j^/i^

"_possessor";

abu "father";

ummu

^r ibnu
o

"son", e.g.
^

r^ V^>Uo
^
^

sahibu 'ilmin "master of learning

i^. ^learned".

'

dhatu husnin "possessor of beauty

i

O-"^ ofo

beautiful (fem.)".

Seventh Lesson.

47

"Jj Cr^^
:.'.'

-^'

't

f 1

aba
i.e.

lisanaini "father of

two tongues

dissembling".

"^ O^r^

'

":

O^i

'% jibnu khamslua sanatan "son of 50 years i.e. 50 years old". \

Vocabulary.

c,

J3

/j ^t
a
^

(abu bakrin Abu Bekr, (name of

I

oo

J^
^.

khubzun
nadidun
r
i

bread.
iron.

a man). '
tribe.

'

cXjJ^^>
G
^ ,

j-

AAJj

qabllatun a

banu asadin
^Xam) _j-*j

(sons

of a lion), name of an Arabian

tribe.

g^
o.

{
I

shaikhun an old man, head of a

tribe,

Sheikh.

/maWatun knowA^yW ledge.

o.
j

; 3ui jamalun

beauty.
miser-

J,J^ kidhbun a
g.o,
-

he.
-j**.*.;
|

'j.^*

^V
'

fbukhlun
I

:-sk4

^^-

hness.

~^ hujratun

^w roomj l<^'
-

J<^ zillun shadow.

'

i^^s*^*^'

"

^1'['

niatbakhun a
kitchen.

j^ri

c"^"^
9Lw.i

APj zuhdun abstinence.

nisa'un

women.

^^ (luqmatun a bit (of ^^*^^^ bread, meat (fee). 1

y^ Exercise
^'
,

y^ij"

tajirun a merchant.

13.
o

0^^
>^o

!'iU-^ /^.4v<orA/*/.
^

'

- >

-0-0

JJSS

,o<

*- ^

>

^yl
b5

O^...^ ^jj_^|

Ixa^

JUt

^^
^^[^1

^\

^\

^U^ 30

_^ J^

^_^;:a^

..i:^!

kjj^.r^^'^'

48
J
-.

First Part.

JO.O

Ow-oJ

o^

Oo

^O^
/o v-^i

O ^

C,^

SJOJ
^'^-i-'.-^^^ti-

.''^jBN'^t'*/.'^'^'

5ec

i',

<-^'*sr

'

^>-4f^
~

' '
'

'

^-^
==

'
',

'

-0-0

o^

Transcription.

mu'allimu
'Iqabihu

'Iwaladi
abti

ashabu

huwa

lisanaini.

thiru'lmali. - ibnata 'Iwaziri

'Ibaiti 'Iwasi'u

maftuhun.

huwa

qabilatu bain asadin hiya qabilatun mina Tarabi. zaujatu 'Ihaklmi hiya dhatu liusnin wa jamalin. hali 'ramlru karlmu 'nnafsi. la huwa kathlru 'Ibukhli. ashshajaratu dhatu zillin. zuhdu abi bakrin mash-

qalilu 'raqli.

ibnu abi bakrin kahasanata 'Iwajhi. babu

'ilmin.

arrajulu

hal

huwa

dhii 'ihiiin? La,

kutubu dhawl

'ilmin nafi'atun.

hurun.
'*--

kablratun. luqinatu khubzin saghTratun. finjanu 'Iqahwati hadirun. kursTyu hadidin ft 'ibustani.

'aina 'bnati 'Jqadi laini'atani. qit'atu

'Iqabliati 'Ikathiru 'Imali salitiun.

lahmin

shaikhu

Exercise 14.

present.

The boys are stupid. The stupid boys are The physicians (Broken pkir. f) are learned. The girls (Less. 5, 3) are beautiful. The men

present are learned and the women present are beautiful. The tailor is bad, he is a liar (father of lying). Abu Bekr's servant is present and the two maidservants of Abu Bekr's brother are absent. ] The cups

are in the room.

4 No, they are

(^) in the kitchen.

is

One

of the sons (a son of the sons) of the sheikh

50 years old. Is the merchant rich? rich and miserly (much of miserhness).
are the friends of kiugs (Plur.
b).

Yes, he is The learned

Eighth Lesson.

Eighth Lesson.

^1
^'

^^ c^,

Pronominal Suffixes.
1.

'^^^^

The Personal Pronouns

a)

{ytr^j^

damlr) exist in two

(JwuiJLo

forms:

Independent
b)

i.e.

standing alone

^c
The

damir munfasil) or
verbs or prepositions

attached as Sufl&xes to nouns,

(J^jo;:^

^^j^ damir muttasil).

Independent forms have already been given in Less. 3, 6). 2. The forms used when attached to words are:
Sing.
3^^
.^^.fu^t^j.

Dual
,

Plur.

(^-^

Masc.

hu
ha
ka

o^T^J*^

L-^ _ U^ huma
>
\

^ ^
Is' ^

hum.

3r^

Fem.

\J>

^'"^^

^ hunna.^;^^
kum.
i.-^*-

2"^ Masc.
2^d
1^^

^4
'^

,- i

ItS

kuma

Fem.

^^ ki

^ kunna.
li

Masc. and Fem.

(with a verb
3.
J,

^
nl).
'

na.

t,^-**-.:

These Suffixes attached

to a

noun correspond
**his

to

our Possessive Pronoun

e.g. ^jUi'

kitabuhu

book":

attached to a verb or preposition they answer to our

Personal Pronoun in the objective case

*'he

e.g.

wy^ darabahu

struck him";

Lu minhu

"from him".

Note 1. Nouns to which these suffixes are attached employ the forms which they have before a genitive i.e. they drop the nunation and in the dual and plur. the q; while the words O Os G * <^\ j,\ ^t^- have the forms given in Lesson 7 (except that with
the 1st pers.. pron. sing,
l^ami);

they become ^\ abl, i^^i akhl,

:i
'.

^'
r
--.

Arabic Grammar.

4-

,r.

"

'

4-

First Part.

^iU^l^
Note
/

t?
hu,

2.

The

siiffix,fes

U^ humS

and

hum

are

changed

to hi, L*^

hima and
i

^ him when
ai e.g.

attached to a word

.^#^1
j

ending in
o

i,

or

o/^

xjUJ' kitabihi "of his

i^^*i^.\

book", ^4-g-oUy kitabaihim "of their two books".

^
y

Note

3.

The

suflBxes

kum and

hum become

kumu and
Note
is

^
4.
(

humu when

they are followed by a word beginning

'iiJ''*i^'

with hamzat alwasl.

//yj^ i^OJ^
(

The pronominal

suffix

of the
(.9.

1st

person sing.

always
4.

5 ya after a vowelless

>A7*^"S^
-"/

The

prepositions

jOc

'inda "with,

in,

in
J,t

the
ila

'

-*>^'possession
"to,

of",

^^ min "from"
attached
(e.g. aJsjLt

ji

'ala

"on",

unto"

are

to

the

pronominal suffixes

without change
*JLx:

'indahu "in his possession",

alaihi
is

"on him") except in the case of the P^ person

o

which

as follows:

^^0J^

'indl

"with me",

^ minni

"from me",
i
li

Ji

'alaiya "upon.jaae", Jpilaiya

la

"untojne".
the
suffixes

"to, for"

assumes the form 3

1^'

before
is
J,
li

except with the

5.

person which

"to me".

The English verb

in Arabic not

" to hav e" is usually expressed by a verb but by the prepositions j,

ma' "with"; thus "Zaid has a book" may be

by

^[ji^=>

joJ

or

\^[x^=>

jo:

jOc

or

6.

The

particle

0!

or

Oh!

in

forms of address

may

be expressed in Arabic by C ya with the following

Eighth Lesson.

ju^'i'

hi

xxn

word in the nominative without nunation e.g. jJi' ya zaidu "oh Zaid", but with the following wordf^in "^'"^ the accusative if that is followed by a genitive 'e^g7
t^

(^wUl j^A^' b ya saiyida 'nnasi "oh Lord of (the) men".

For further
---

details see

Lesson

16.

Vocabulary.

fbaina between,
I

O^
^
c3^-5

v.

.,-

Ta'ishatu
\

Ayesha,

-.'

^-^
"^

among.
paper
reed,
(collective).

^-^^
P'"
ii

(name of woman). ::'^

- fwaraqun
1

-^^^ khaitun
^"^
/-^^
'

thread.

^r-

^ r^
I

(qalamun a
\

r.^^ pen.

l^MA.^^us

.1

^^
^:
^^'^J I I
c

hibrun ink

^ > V^'^'^ ^ll

ismun name.
sa'atun hour, watch.
gold. ^

If ^^^^of woman). (name

,^^i^^^
,

lii dhahabun

6_
^Nv^

/saiyidun
lord
.^'
.

master,
''w...^''c^**^*^

.^
'
..

'

^^''**^*^JtJJ; saiyidatun mistress, cr^-H' ^^^

I

abdu 'rrahmani Abdurrahman, (name of man.

iit^j.^lly

.^^^^

^^^y-

servant of the
Merciful").
^

,,^

^^_^4.^

rmahmudun Mahmud (name of

I

man).
of

^jU^
rJw.
"^1

(pi.

^
I

^
o
.

/himarun^ "^? an ass. ^ ^'

c^ (tr.f man). ^^T' (name

I

r^bdun
{

a slave,

^^^^^^^^
^j.

XC25 fiddatun

silver.

^^
r

> o

.;^^^
'

fatimatun Fatima,
I
I

'/|.

(name of woman).
/-

^
o
o

^^^ hindun Hind, (nameof woman). -aa^f^ia-

pvvwvr

o^^^o- Jo,

Exercise 15.

4*

52
I

first Part.

-^

3 ^

it

i^

3t

^OiJ^05

O ^O-o

* J O

P-

OS

^ ^

w-o

3 S.^

^,

^3

tj

i>

Exercise 16.

older

sons, the name of the the (name) of the younger O servant, is the physician pre(small) is Hasan. No, (0) my master, the physician is absent; sent? the wife and son of the phj^sician (Less. 7, 4) are preHast thou a gold watch (watch of gold) or a sent. I have a silver watch, silver one (watch of silver)? Yes, (0) my master -^ IJave you horses (plur. a)? Are my servants in the we have horses and agses. market? No, your servants are in the garden. brother's wife is beautiful (beautiful of face).

Abdurrahman has two

(great)
is

Mahmud,

My O my

mistress,

art

thou content with (^^ thy slave?

Yes,

am

content.

He

is

content^ith
-"

his

servant.

IS

U
^li

^^i.

,,

>

^mth

Lesson.

&8

^'5

J^

#
1.

Ninth Lesson.

.y^j
al-'ishara)

Demonstrative Pronouns.
(s,U;^|

The Demonstrative Pronoun

in its simplest
cases;

*^t

ism

form

is:

Masculine Sing,

dha

for

all

Dual n6m.

.16 dhani, gen.

and

ace.

tihi,

1j

ta for all cas es;

taini.

Dual nom.

^.^li*

tani, gen.

and

ace.

^
ula'i.

^^
.
i-

Pluralfor_Jboth__genders_and^jil^

J^! ala or

^\\

--->//>

P^x

These forms are however rarely used.

2.

The words

for *'this, these" are

formed by
to

pre-

fixing

\s>

(written ^ see Intro.

6,

note

1),

some of the Fem.

simple forms above.

Sing. masc. \o^

They
hadha

are:
for
all

cases.

sOvP

hadhihi (rarely

^0^\

for all cases.

^.,U^

Dual masc. nom. q1 Ov^ hadhani. Fem.

Gen. and ace.

hatam.

^j^
for

hadhaini.

Fem.

^jyiP hataini.
all cases.

Plural &ijS> ha'ula'i for both. genders and

3.

The words

"that,

those"

are

formed by
J)

/'

adding
the

ka

(in

simme

forms.

some They

cases

with interpolated

to

are
>21j

f
^

Siag. masc.

^\o dhaJca^or JU*3 dhalika; fem.

tab

54

First Part.

Dual masc. n om.

gen.

Jo 13

dhanika or isoto dhannika;

and

ace. ^S^k^^
^iob'

dhainika or ^S^:^ dhainnika.

tanika or

Fem. nom.

^'h

tannika; gen. and

ace. vj5U<o tainika or ,^^3xi tainnika.

Plural
ii^o^^i

^\\

ula'ika

(more rarely ^"i^\ ulaka or

all cases.

ulalika) for

both genders and

.^jdtm^TrAls

Z2lt

\'^^

4. If the demonstrative qualifies a simple noun, precedes it and the noun takes the article e.g.

..j^.^j^,^-j ijj> hadha 'Ikitabu "this book".

But
or
I

if

the

noun
iJvP

is

a pronominal
these
e.g.

sii|Eix

defined b^ra following__gfinitive the demonstrative is placed

f.J^

'^f^^^^y

after

^UT

ibnu 'Imaliki hadha

kitabiikum hadha

"this

son of the king" IJ^

yours".
5. If

f^^^LxT

^^^. J 'this book of

7^_77:

the demonstrative

as subject of a
a) If

is used pronominally and nominal sentence, then:

is

the predicate
e.g.

an
I

indefinite noun,

no copula
"this is

is

necessary

l-jU^3

Jv^

hadha kitabun

a book".
b) If the predicate 3^^ pers. pron, is used

defined by the article the a copula to prevent the demonstrative from being taken adjectivally (as in 4) e.g.
is

as

jJjJl

tJsJ)

hadha huwa 'Iwaladu

"this

is

the boy".

c) If the predicate is defined by a following genitive or a pronominal suffix, the demonstrative is put first

and no copula
your book".

is

needed

e.g.

^
ma

v^^ \0^
O

"this
3 O

is

<o

6.
j

The

Interrogative pronouns (-L^iZ^^I

^[

ism

alistifham) are

man

"who", U

"what" (sometimes

Ninth Lesson.

55

ls3wo

madha),
**h

j^|

aiyun

fern. '^1

aiyatuu "which"

^^

kam
/

ow much ? how many?"

is

cr

indeclinable

(,^^>^^

mabnl).
it

The
a

genitive
e.g.

relation

is

expressed by placing

after

noun

Q^ v^jUy kitabu
\

man "whose

book?"

I
is

Lo

is

also indeclinable.

After

some

prepositions

it

written ^ as ^J lima "for what?

(^t,

why?"
is

fem.

iLj|

is

declinable

and

treated as a noun, ^^^^

e.g. Jo*.,

''^

so takes a fo llowing

noun i n

the genitive

j^l

***-''

aiyu

rajulin
girl?"

"which man?"

c>.^

xlf

aiyatu

bintin

"which
I

^y takes .the following noun in the accusative

e.g. )M>*

o ^

77Wi

MjJj
/

fJ'

kam waladan "how ma ny

The
interrogative
particles

bovs?"
(I,

'''^*^i'*f^^

Note.

J^) are not used

'

before the interrogative pronouns.

Vocabulary.
Jols

qatilun killing.
,

^j^\ anisun amiable.

Ja^ lahzun glance.

s ,. (jH_yA^

^^

L>a^ shakhsun, person.

^-^

, l^-'i

,_.-^x^

sababun cause.
mis-

f >

qamusun dictionary.
?.'

^
^

M muslbatun
I

manzarun look.m^,
j

""^^
'

fortune.
desire.

?r?r

*"^

ghaflatun carelessness.

V.>J^ ma^lubun
^

e,..
I wol

jimra'atun woman.
<

^
oo^

^^^^*^^ >^^^-

(in distinction

from

(man).

j^

'umrun

life.

56

First Part.

Exercise

17.

_^

1l\p

Job'

^;^ty^

^i^^iV*^

-^

^UJlj'6'

qIJuoJI

b5_^

K^L>Li>

l\P

^i^

vi>-o

IJV^

_5_53

(3'->jil

J o

O-CytoL:>
'uciii^

J^OJ^^J
^^.yto'L:?"

^j-Jlii ^3

^1

^'

UxUi

Exercise 18.

This is a good man and that (fern.) is a bad woman. This is the judge. This judge is upright and that These friends of thine are rich. physician is learned. This son of the sheikh is amiable and that daughter

of his is beautiful (of face). O my master, what is thy desire? What I want (my desire) is paper (and) pen and ink. Who is the minister's son, this or that? J Whose son is Hasan? This is the minister's son. \^^<r-jy^ How -7 Hasan is the son of Abdurrahman. ' Hast many sons has Abdurrahman?/ He has five. This dictionary thou this book? No, I have that.
^
\

Tenth Lesson.
is

57

useful.

What

is

thy name?
is

My
years

name
is

is

Hasan.

How am 50

old art thou (how years old (my life

many

thy Ufe)? 50 years, or I am a son

are friends.

of 50 years).

These two

men

Tenth Lesson.
J
,

o^

JOS

ji

10^
Ai 1.

Adjectives.
of the

Some
ism
.

commonest forms of

adjectives

(xiAD

^[
o

sifa) are:

a) J^l3 fa'ilun (properly

i.oLo

the present participle)

adilun
_

e.g.

sadiqun

"upright",

JoU

"just",

J^L:^

jahilun "ignorant".
b)
J^jots

fa'ilun e.g. Jva*^ sa'idun

J:5^

"happy", ^xx==

^'^'^'

kabirun "great",
c) i3yt5 fa

kathlrun "much, many".

J
(

ulun denoti ng intensity

e.g.

v3>p- jahQlun

^''i

"very ignorant", i>y^ kasulun "very lazy".

c^iJ^
e.g.

--

*^*V^'

J^o^
d)
j^.jtijc

j<ofa'lanu

(without

nunation)

^^Uj T**'**
.

'*

ta'banu "tired", Qu-csi^ ghadbanu "angry".

2.

^ lU^'

kjusj

^Xi^j^^
'^i#^/i

Adjectives denoting colours or bodily defects

have the following form:

Masc. sing.
Jotri

^"lifkA,

af alu.

Fem.

sing.

^bUs fa'la u.

Plural for both genders

Joti fu'lun.

58 E.g. Sing. Masc.

J ^
CJ

First Part.

ftrmin^TT

Fern.
^ O ^

[ Plural.]

c>j.j^\

aswadu, black

i\c>_y^

sauda'u
ijisxj

sudun
bldun^(c**j|

''

d^l}^<^
^'

L>=^^ abyadu, white ^1^02^ baida'u

'

!f**^i

Ra^tA.-

JTlahmaru, red
-^

'

ii^ hamra'u
-^

JT

bumrun

^^^ir^

V J
.

azraqu, blue

^IsV,:

zarqa u

ycai>l

akhdaru, green
asfaru, yellow

^LAi2i>

khadra'u
safra

yia> kbudrun
Go
J

ea>.

^1

^1 ya>o

Juo sufrun
G o J (jii^

io(-p f^.^ <jiiXl atrashu, deaf

n-

^Lci^ tarsha'u
kharsa'u

turshun

^j^^l akhrasu,
^oS

dumb^Lv^
-o^
ily^^x

^^ khursun
^^
Goj

GoJ

^^\
.

a'ma, blind
a'raju,

'amya'u
'arja'u

'umyun

^/mi-*^^-

r;j

lame

^b-^

^yi urjun

^^^"

r^-

V^>5
Lesson

humpbaQked.^^^^
6,
3).

t^adba u

^.o^ hudbun.
(cf.

^y^!^;^^^^"^^ Notice
'. '

the absence of nunation in the Sing.

"^^

-w^, >/f^'^Note.

The

fern,

of the

dual changes

hamza

into ^ e.g.

K^- ^^'^^.ir^

3.

For the comparative and superlative^f^^j^ectives

Elative
is

5>iNA#i^the
t^,irt^
i^Zblj_
'**'^'^*iy^

so-called

used (the

Jw^c^axi!

^[
e.g.

ism

attafdil).

It is

always of the form Joel af alu,

Elative Elative
v^^^ou^f

wOUD sa'bun "hard"

ttv*^

as'abu *'harder".

kablrun

'great"

^\

akbaru "greater".

"i^^T^!^.

^*^

"^

4. If the second and third radicals of an adjective are the same, they are written as one with the tashdid

in this form

(cf.

Less. 23); e.g.

joAi shadldun "violent"

Tenth Lesson.
(radicals
ojwiit);

59

oj^) makes

its

Elative

j^j ashaddu;

(for

JwJljj

qalllun "few", Elative jii aqallu.

5.
^

The

Elative as comparative
It is

is

tlie

flmp fnr

ail

^Pff^c-x

ggttders

and nu mbers.
"than-,

followed

by ,L

to express

thTEHghsh

M^
otHSu^i

e,g.^j^^,,c<L^^'c^.
zaidun akbaru min 'umara "Zaid

j^
is

cr j^^

^
^\

older than Omar".

wU-^

(j^ ^-xi'l

j^-;^

hindun akbaru

min

zainaba

"Hind

is

older than Zainab".

oUJi
6.

^^

Qji-Jl

albanuna

akbaru

mina

'Ibanati "the sons are older thantij^^-^a^gEteSs".

The
Its

the

article

Elative as superlative is always defined by ?.^^^ or a following genitive or a pronominal '^\^

suffix.
e.g.

feminine

is

Jii

fu'la

(see

Less. 38,

5. c),

^/f^^

^^? al'akbaru
7.

"the greatest"
/>/

[m^oX-^'lsM alkubra :Ji^'

"the greatest" (fem.).

khairun "good" and sharrun "evil" are used as Elatives with the meanings
"better"
^

The su bstantives
and "worse",
Go ^ ^x3*
, J

.^.

^^V^^

^k?^

^^^ iU*^
p.
'^'^7,

e.g.
is

tijX
better

^^X/0

j^ huwa khairun minka "he

^

than thou":

^uy^-^^Vocabulary.

^^ J^f^'^^^'s^'^'^'
^%^,*t^Tst:^tP^^
'

v^oxLlI
*''-o'.

latlfun pleasant.
^

_^ launun colour. Go.

^-A-yo

0^3 wajnatun cheek.

saifun summer,

-^

bahrun sea (used

j^-

g^-

also for the Nile).

sha run

ban-.
^

9U0

nisa^un women (used as plur. of

aly>[).

f-^

j^ "-

thaqllun heav}'.

-^

ic^.j^ madrasatun school.

60

First Part.

^L>
,

fiamfun mosI''

^^

aljamiu 'i'az- __^ J^ liniit. haru the mos4u i-2^ziiai que el-Azhar f jaziratun island,
I

9^2 J^l aslun origin. jhaddun boundary,

,

(in Cairo).

-^-T

i*'j^

<.^,

a.^idc.
,

"

^^r^
^0

sharifun noble. albariha yesterday (used in ace.

as adverb.).

^^
,

^^,

_..,

sa'ilun beggar.

g'o. '^-^^^^r'*"*?

^>^
o
o

shauqun yearning,

V/' gharbun West.

Exercise 19.

j^^
*
^

o^^l
7, 6)

^-t^lj

^J:2>o^ii

^j^l
o

_^Jl3

ui2t^^

(3^^^

^^

(Less.

^i

UftxLi ^.^f^l^^l

c>aJi

'lx.L:>.^

nJootixli

iL^\

J^i ^.
^.^_pJi

Jw^l

^vaxJ^55

^^^^^^i

^\
Ji>

(Less. 7, 6)

^i

_^

^JSJ>

^b-J?^

^ J

Jv4^

^3

^ O

-O^

w ^S

3,3^

O ^O-o

K^
3 o

J.ft*Ji

J^i
^

_^_5
G/
/

JwiixJl

,^

o^

J^j^

y^^J
G
[

^Oo,o

j^o2
-j..*M.5>i

-.

6^^^ G^^
j^AvJ>>
ry^^-^^

_jP

J^

^^y.vC>|

iJ>>.>o

jri'^'^'^

(Less. 36, 7)

^LJ5 i^^ o^\

^j^\

^jii

^IsJ^I

Eleyenth Lesson.
Exercise 20.

61

The lame

The black eyes of the girl are killing. eyes are blue. The Red Sea is the boundary The slave is black. peninsula (island) of Arabia in the West, -f- The of the My house is more spabeggar is deaf and dumb. cious than thine (thy house), it is the most spacious The Nile is wider than of the houses of the city.

girl is in the

yellow room.

The

girl's

^
^

>

^ O

the Euphrates.-^ This book

(book),
(j^'Jil

is

better (q^-^oI) than that

it is

the best of the books.

Most men
idle.

(yiTI

literally

"the most of the men") are

My

yearning for
for

(i[ cf. Less, 8, 4) thee is

more

violent than

thy brother.

Eleventh Lesson.
. , ^
^^-o
J

/
/

o a

The Verb.
1.

The Verb

(jj^

fi'l)

has usually three radical

letters as

C^

kataba to write, but

may have

four or

more

as Is^JS tarjama to translate, (see Less. 30).

Note. In dictionaries the Arabic verb is found in the form of the 3rd sing. masc. perf. active, while the infin. is given as the translation of it. Thus we say kataba "to write" although it really means "he wrote".
2.

The
i.e.

3^^ sg.

masc.

perf. is of the

forms

joii,

Job

or jo^
a,
a,

the

first

and

third radicals always have

while the second may have any one of the three u, verbs having i or u are generally intransitive and denote a state or -quality, those withj^denoting a
i,

temporary

state a^

,'

^i'hazina, to be sad; while those

with u denote a lasting or perm anent state aaj ^JM*^ hasuna, to be beautiful.

62

First Part.

3.

The verb has two main

al-madi) denoting
.lAnli

tenses:

the Perfect

(^^m
dr^*?h^ci^

a finished action,

and the

Imperfect (c

al-mudari') denoting unfinished action.

To

these

the

Arabs add as a third the Imperative

Qi\
last

al-'amr).
4.

The Perfect Stem

vowel of the 3^^ declined by adding

Sing.

sing.

obtained by cutting ofif the masc. perf., and the perfect is to this stem the following endings
is

Dual
.

Plur.
3.
3.

3. 3.

masc.

.a

3.

masc.

i^a
Ij

masc.
fern.
.

_u

2.
2.

o masc. o fem. o
fem.
m.a.f.
E.g.

at 3. fern.

ata

na
turn

ta
.ti

1.

m.a.f.

Uj

tuma

2.

masc.^*
fem.

2.

^
l3

tunna
na.

1.

tu

1.

m.

a.

f.

Sing.

3.

masc.
o
^ ^ ^

kataba he has written, (or he wrote).

3.

fem.

^^^..^ katabat she has written.

,,

2.

masc.
fem.

o^
'

'

fkatabta thou (man) hast

I

written.

>;'

2.

^7^^
a.

(katabti 'thou hast written

(woman)

1.

masc.

fem.

o..*j:5'
'; -

katabtu I have written.

I
I

Dual

3.

masc.
fem.

^^
\:;^

kataba they two (men) have written.

katabata

3.

they two (women) have written.

'^c...

2.

masc.

a.

fem.

U;^;:^

katabtuma you two ^^^^ ^.i^ten.

Eleventh Lesson.

63

Plural

3.

masc.

jr ^^^

^^^^
P'*'*^!'" written.
I

('"^)

havei^.

^tfj^ff^)

-^

3.

f^^ fern.

^v ^^

'

katabna

they

(women)^**
/..,4..,

^
*

j^^^^ ^^^^^^^

a^

masc.
.^.^.:'

|katabtum you(men)have juUj'^

I

written.

rx*

l*-*-^

2.

fern.

cr^
rf

katabtunna you (women) have written.

o ^

..

,,

1.

masc.

a.

fem.

L;^

katabna we have written.

Jot^

In the same
fa'ila

way from verbs of the forms

and ja6

fa'ula

we have:

Cj Ji shariba "he drank",

etc.:

cioyi sharibat "she drank"

i

from

*-^ karuma
etc.

OJ ^

"he was noble", o./iy karumtu "I was noble"

Note.

in the forms above are simply shortened forms of the personal pronouns used as nominatives except in the 3rd sing. masc. where the a is unexplained, in the 3rd ging. fem. where the at is the fem. ending and in the 3rd masc. plur. where

The endings

the u
is

is

simply the sign of the plural.

(The

in this last

ending

not pronounced and is introduced only to prevent the form being read at the beginning of the next word as "and".)

The chief rules for the Concord predicate are:

a)

of subject and

When

the verb

(jJts

fi'l)

precedes

the

subject

(JoiUjf al-fa'il) then:

1. If the subject is a sing. masc. or usually if i t ts a dua l, masc. or a sound plur. masc the verb is put in the 3^ sing. masc.
.

^JjtXl

^j^J:^

kataba 'Imu'allimu the teacher wrote.

f

T'??"

'

kataba 'Imu'allimani the two teachers

^r--^^-

'

o-^^

'- /kataba

'Imu'aUimuna

the

teachers

v-^

wrote.

64
2.

First Part.

If the subject is
^ay-.

diately
plur.,

or

a fern. sipg. follow^ immethe verb, or a dual fern, or a soundL.fem. a broken plur., the verb is put in. the
.

3 ^*^ sing, fern

:,.w.^o.o

..^

katabati

'Imu'allimatu

the

teacher

j,o^

...

^.^L^Uxil
'
.w^JClo

ciwj
I

katabati 'Imu'alHmatani teachers (fem.) wrote

the

two

'

katabati

'Imu'allimatu

the

teachers

(
} ^

yj^^l

c>^>j:^

katabati ttalamidhatu the pupils wrote.

3. If the subject is a sing. fem. not immediatelyfollowing the verb, or a collective (see Less. 2, 4), the verb may be in the 3^^ sin g, masc. or fem.

xjL*II

*]

(vi>^>^)

w^

kataba

(or

katabat)

lahu

'Imu'allimatu, the teacher (fem.) wrote to him.

sXa
^-aLlII

(c>J^I)

J^i

akala

(or akalati)

ttairu

minhu,

the birds
b)

(coll.)

ate of

it.

If the subject

with

it

comes first the verb must agree in gender and number.

^_^JL*il yia>

I_^J>3

hadara 'Imu'allimuna wadha-

habu, the teachers were present and went away.

6.

Sentences according

to

Arabian grammarians

are of two kinds:

a)

The Verbal sentence

(X-JL*ail

xJl^i

al-jumla

al-

fi

llya)

when

the verb

(Jsjui

I)

is

followed
e.g.

by the

subject

(called in this case

J^UJ

al-fa'il)

j^

wJC^ kataba

zaidun "Zaid has written".

b)

The Nominal sentence

('x^.^^J

iOU^t al-jumla
i> .

al-

.OJ05

ismiya),

when

the subject (here called IjoCaII almubtada'

Eleventh Lesson.
'that (with

65
first,

which)

is

begun" comes

whether the
equivalent,
sXjJ

predicate

(^1

alkhabar) be a noun or
e.g.

its

an adverbial clause or a verb

jjj

zaidun

waladun
"Zaid

**Zaid

is

boy",

s^^
is

js^

zaidun kataba

(he)

has written".
The
it.

Note.
to

particle
It

Jo

qad

often put before the perfect translated

strengthen
it

may sometimes be

"already",

^"***'*"*"^

sometimes

may

be omitted in translation.

^n
A-ef

^^
'*"

Vocabulary.
-,'
f

^^J^

fahima
stand.
1

to

under-

^-'

._
day.

^
?".:

j-P naharun
1

0^

qaulun speech.
tala^a
I
I

O^AAo

saidun hunt.
^^^i^a *^ ^^^^eive.

C^
--'

-j^

to

rise

(of

J^
J

the sun).
set (pf

o ^

V>
oo.
^j,.^

Igharaba to
^

the sun).

^-^^ ^^^^^^ i;i;d.^r -^^

g^^^t.
.

'^

..^ kasara
j.

to break.
glass.

shamsun

sun.

g. s

o_
y4>
'

*isj^^

kubbayatun

qamarun moon.
\
1

'

'

qasada to
after,

ba'atha to send.
strive
for.

.f^
j^\jLwv
' : '

make

iO
G

-^

f^i^j^^^ p^3^^t_

sa'ihun traveller.
f

^L5> hakimun governor.

J^^

dakhala to enter, go into. (d:)

to

^^
jsju
< :

raja'a to return,

(^i)

-j> kharaja
^3ii
^

go

out.((A)

ba'uda to be distant.
, f

nazala to alight. (0

nahwa
about.

towards,

9U ma'un water.
c pi

-^

khamrun

wine.

Go>^tjii^j>

^
G
o

^^?^"^ ^^^^-

^.'Hm.cu-

G-

haushun courtyard.

iCcu
*

sa'atun hour.
5

Arabic Grammar.

66

First Part.

vX>3 wajada to
s
[

find.
(plur. g)

j^oLc

ghulamun youth.
f

ghaniyun
rich.

'

talaba to seek,
require.
^'^

L5f

v^"^
c'^*^

_ 1^
^-^

fataha to open.
fariha to rejoice.

ta'amun food.
sit.

-^

^j*^^ jalasa to

^)

^y!^ J^
U--^i

l^^Lij

Jc*J:i

;3L:>J1

iso^JuXJ, ioLjJm

^^U

j^^

Ujy): ^Ui

Loyi

Lo

:^5

sUi (Intro. 11,3)

(Intro.

9)

ovX^s

KsiL^

v^ju^i

_^r?''

.loJl

oJvjo

A^..tk

,3 1--

Twelfth Lesson.

67

Kxercise 22.

The verb

is

always to be put at the beginning of sentences.

written your letters (plur. k)? Yes, we have written our letters. The beggar sought food from me. The maidservant opened the door of the house. Hast thou gone out to the hunt to-day? No, I did not go out to the hunt, I went into the city. Has the sun set? Yes, the sun has set (accus.). and the moon has risen. . .Mohammed and his sons entered the city j&nd went out (dual) of it. -^ The men sat. We 'returne'c] from the hunt and sat. They drank (the) coffee. I received the guest at my house

Have you

(j^JOc) this night.

maidservant, hast thou returned

alighted
at

from the market?

the peasants. say (my speech)?

the house of (iot)

girl,

hast thou

understood what

Twelfth Lesson.

The Verb with

1.

Suffixes.

When
it is

of a verb

a personal pronoun is the direct object attached to it as a suffix in one of the

e.g.

forms given in Lesson 8

struck thee",
Note.
the suffixes
,cO..>i3

J>^^^^ clarabtuka "I have

darabani "he has struck me".

i

The
e.g.

otiose
J-

in the 3rd plur. masc.

^f

is --

omitted before ^'T*r^*/i >// fh<^ a*

^j^j^

dlarabiln

"they have

struck

me"; and
e .g s^^.^n-f4i
->''"

is^

added to the 2 "^^ plur. masc. before the

struck her".

suffixes

\^_y^yo darabtumuha "you have

'^^

^).

68

First Part.

2.

The verb
1)

See Less. 23,

in Less. 27, is given here.

kana "to be" is weak (Jjc*^ inu'tall. and its conjugation will be explained but it is needed so often that the Perfect
^^\i

Sing.

3.

masc.

..jli'

kana he was.
kanat she was.

vi^Jli'

/4

^ tran/u^
r>**V
15

2.

masc
fem.

v.-/^>L5^

kunta thou
kunti thou

(m.) wast.

r^.^'

2.

c:.a^>

(f.)

wast.

1.

masc.
masc.
fem.

a.

fem. s^:^ kuntu I was.

Dual

3.

ul^^

kana

the}^

two

(m.) were.

3.

liil^
^ i
Cj

kanata they two

(f.)

were.

2.

masc.

a.

fem.

'u*^^'
3 ,

kuntuma you two

kanu they

were.

Plur.

3.

masc.
fem.

!jJl^

(m.) were.

3.

^i kunna
3 3

they

(f.)

were.

2 masc.
2.

*:c;y
^ 30
i

kuntum you

(m.) were.

fem.

^^^y^
a.

kuntunna you

(f )

were.

3.

1.

masc.

fem.
of

\jS
..!5'

kunna we
is

were.

The

Perfect

used with the Perf. of

another verb to express the Pluperfect of the latter, the subject being often placed between the two verbs e.g.

V^^
3

'V
,

^ "' JSjj
.

^^
.
.

'i/

f^^^^ zaidun kataba Zaid had

I
f

written.

w^

L^j^

O^yi o^

kana

'rrijalu

sharibu
(cf.

the

men

liad drunk,

Less. 11, 3 b).

Twelfth Lesson.

69

4.

When
is

^1^ is

used as a copula

its

predicate

(^
rn eUii
.

khabar)

put in the accusative

(w-s^^j

na?b

(see

i.

Less. 30, 12), e.g.

'/ N^b oo^ ^I .V
.-"t
r

r.

"

kanat fatimatu 'bnata

'ImaHki

JFatimawas
(

the king's daughter.

r
r.

*'*'''

'

kana zaidun waladan Zaid was

('

>jtvy

^ " '*f7 1/ f ^,^^^^) q13

'

kana 'Ibustanu kabiran the garden was large.

5.

Any
(^j^j^a/j

verb in Arabic

may

govern

|ts

own Verbal

Noun

masdar) in the
this,

accusative.

When
'l>5

an

adjective

is

attached to

the two words together are

e.g.
\\^^J^^

translated in English

by an adverb

'i

fariha farahan 'aziman, he rejoiced greatly "he rejoiced a great rejoicing", cf. Less. 34).

(literally

Vocabulary.

^
-.1'
,

balagha to reach.
|khabarun(pl.j''u;ii
(

V' ^j
^^^i

taraka

to

leave,

abandon.
tajirun (pl.^i^' tuj-

!;i>

akhbarun) news.
to sealer)

^
s

f
\

jamn) merchant.
darbun
blow.
stroke,

t(i)^ khatama ^^'

\

n J ^-^ Vj^^
I

^'-

J^l akhadha
v-j^ haraba to
'

to take.^T;?^-

muhimmun important.

r^
flee.

(W
G JO ^^JLI^

mamliikun

(plur.

"

salima tobesound, -- i^ whole.

eLJU^ mamaliku)
Mamluke.

-^^
^

^^^^
.Go,
"^^.jj5>

hazina to be sad.

,^

huznun

^
sadness.

^"^

[hakimun (pi. hukkamun) ruler,

j

lU

governor.

70

First Part.

'^

aliyun Ali (name of man).

kill.

bida'atun
f.^i
'

(pi. .jLAn:

^
^-^'

bada'i'u),

wares,
vj

qatala to
I 1

goods,

^^'
^
'

qaFatun
citadel.

fortress,

.^ sami'a to hear. ^'

- '

s
I j

^,&euM, ^^^^

I
I

salimun

Selim, IS^V "^ "" {xi2.m^ of man).

j^^
^

asara to take V) prisoner

'
'

r
""^

^^
-^

os

'aduwun

(pi.

9|j^i

jj bal but.

a'da un) enemy.

Exercise 23.
'UAJj/i3

J^J

Jo;

(J^J"^

U)

/*.xi

^\j;

iiXjyis

;3*^

^^>.:^i

IlXP

'uotU

^5^'w>U-gi

bj,^X-^!

Jc^P

lj;>

dUIf

;:>
..J

^j^4.Lwj

oUJ) oOj^
,'^^^i
^r-^*

~
J*^

'lPjJ^-wj

j.*.^-!

j,

'^j^yj

/**J

^atj'uc^

IJoJ^

^^S^^

-o

5Sj

i ^

>

OS

^o^

Jvjj^.i:

Li./;^

rJ^j'^

v3L:>-yi

q!^'

(Less. 7, 2)

^-xxi'

^u

Exercise 24.

struck them (fern.)? No, struck them, the men have struck them.

Have you

This news

we have not

Thirteenth Lesson.

71

has reached me. Tlie king was just. This sheikh was learned. Wast thou present yesterday in the assembly? No, I "was absent. children,-**^ girl, hast thou understood me? were you diligent? The girls were present I have understood thee. and rejoiced greatly.^ Her name was Hind. The ^. king took the enemies prisoner and killed them. O merchants, where are your wares, have you left them Have you heard it? in the house? We have
(plur.)

>?

^
thy

heard

it.

Hast thou (oul) written

sister write it?

it,

or did

They both wrote

it.

Thirteenth Lesson.

The Imperfect^^v^^ ^*.**m*^J

.

The Imperfect

tense

,1^

almudari') expresses

^ 7X

an action still unfinished and is translated in English by the present, the future or when used without a conjunction after another verb by the present participle.,
e.g.

y^\

^.^_^^>iiu

^L;Jt ^>Jb- jalasa 'nnasu yashrabiina

sat
^'

'Ikhamra "the

men

dri nking
^""^

(literally

"they were

drinking") wine".

2. The Imperfect Stem consists of the three radicals of the verb, the first having no vowel, the second having a, i, or u (the dictionary always tells which is used with each verb). The persons are expressed by prefixing ya, ta, 'a and na to the stem with the addition in some cases of suffixes also. The Moods are indicated by adding the vowels u for the Indicative, a for the Subjunctive to the last radical, which is left without vowel for the Jussive.

|
i

Prefixes and suffixes indicative mood:

added

to

imperfect stem in

72

First Part.

3.

masc.

j 3.

masc.

.^1

j 3.

masc.

^.^3

3. fern.

J 3.

fern.

j*

^^\

3.

fern.

^
^^
^^

2.

masc.

j*

2.

m.a.

f.

.^i

2.

masc.

2 fern.

^
f.

2.

fern.

j*

1.

m.

a.

1.

m.

a.

f.

Full form
imperf. stem
-

of Imperfect Indicative
Hub)'.
'

of ^SSs' u

(i.e.

Smg.
,,

_,.

3.

^^'

masc.
fem.

v^.
s-,;uaCi
-^

/yaktubu he writes
\

(or

^^^1 ^^i^^j

3.

taktubu she writes.

'5-

/taktubu
\

thou thou

(masc.)
(fem.)

2.

masc.
iem.

^.;:Xi'

^^i^est.

2.

^x^^iJ

>y

rtaktubina
writest.

l;/i^*D

1.

masc.
masc.
lem.

a.

fem.

^^^\ aktubu
.^U;:^
i

I write.

^^-^

T^

Dual

o
3.

x''y fyaktubani

they

two

(masc.) write.

ecw^
j;^^^
^

i).

.^

p^-^
^- ^^^'

,'.^>.'.

/taktubani they two (fem.)

\

write.

v^

"

^'

^^s^masc.
fem.

o^-i"^'
.

t^k*'^'^^^! y<^^

two

write.

xy%{iu)
Plur.
3.

>yo.

ryaktubuna they (masc.)

{^^,it,

^.,^^
'C,,o.
^^yjS^^

ryaktubna
y

they

(fem.)

"

3.

^.j.i^g

^^5'

taktubuna you (masc.)

^^^^^^

2.

masc.
fem.

^..^xX:.|

2.

r^-t-^'
J

taktubna you (fem.) write.

1.

masc.

a.

fem.

^x^

o -

naktubu we

write.

Thirteenth Lesson.

73

3. Th e, vowel of the second letter of the i mperfeH | stem must be ascertamecl from" the cTTctionary. The I ' following points however may be noted:
:

a)

Most verbs whose second or third

(i.e.

radical is

a .i*^

guttural

^ g t t

""

"-^

^^ *

^-g-

Imperf. gjcaj yaftahu;

j-MT

f^

fataha,

i*^'^

mana'a "to hinder, Imperf. /^ii^-

yamna'u.

There are however

many

exceptions as

ji>i dakhala

^o

enter", Imperf.

jJoJ

yadkhulu; iil i^JSgU

i>i.J

balagha "to

reach';, Imperf.

^^ yablughu;
^""^

raja'a^

'to^return", Imperf.
b)

U-y^

yarji'u.
joti

':^

I./^^ jf^^
A^^^'

Verbs of the forn^

shariba
"to

Wila

generally take
v1;'J^j

as

^j^

drink^Imperf.

yashrabu;

exceptions however occur as

Imperf.
v.^.^.^.^-^.
J
i

vl^^ hasiba

"to esteem",

yahsibu.

(v.;,;..^.^

hasaba "to reckon"

j

^?^- '::2

o-

makes
c)

^.^.^Avc^r.

yahsubu).

-yl^^

^ciTLsIj'

Verbs of the form jii/fa^ula* take _1 as

"to b e noble ", Imperf.

1/
^

'

^
.

karuma
4.

1^
vJ^
e.g.

yakrumu.

The Imperfect
but
it

action,

may

be

in itself denotes only unfinished made to indicate the future by

putting the independent word

prefixing the

saufa before
v^^J*:^

it

or

contraction

sa,

vJ^

saufa

yaktubu or v^Xll sayaktubu "he

5.

will write".

The Imperfect

of

^^1^

(which

futnrft Tn^f^,nincy| is J

"

generally has a

Sing. 3. masc.
,,

3.

fem.

O-^ O-^

yakunu he
takunu she

will be.
will be.

74

First Part.

Sing.

2.

masc.
fern.

O-^-^
0-^5-^^*
a, fern,

takuuu thou

(m.) wilt be. wilt be.

,,

2.

takunlna thou

(f.)

,,

1.

masc.

^.^j^i
\'

akunu

shall be.

T\ Dual
^

3.

masc.

(yakimani thev two (m.) ^ ^ ^^l3^ {^^ill ^^

-^

,,

3. 2. 3.

OP fem.
masc. masc.
fem.
a.

j^'

/takunani they
\

^.,li^-

^jii

two

(f.)

i,^^

fem.

^^j^

takunani you two will be.

Plur.

0-^->^ yakununa they (m.) will be.

3.

^_j yakunna
3

they(f.) willbe.

3^

,,

2.

masc.
fem.

0>^-^' ^^^^nuna you

(m.) willbe.
will be.

2.

^^- takunna you

3 3 ^

(f.)

,,

1.

masc.

a.

fem.
^^l^

^.jj.)Ci

naktinu

we

shall Be.

6.

The

Perf. of

used with the Imperf. of another

verb gives to the second one the meaning of the Latin

imperf. e.g. u-ajJj o^\

kana zaidun yaFabu "Zaid

was playing".
7.

The Imperf.
to

of ^l/ used with the Perf. of another

verb gives
perfect
e.g.

the latter

the

meaning of the Future-

*'Zaid will

<^x^ Oot ryj^. yakunu zaidun kataba have written".

Vocabulary.

'

^J^
._oti

Shan un

.;

o
,

o.

street.

^j^^:!

\^

rtauflqun success .r ^f ^^^ ^^^^y

';,,.,, la iba to

play.

"^

^Ifc 'arafa to know.^ -' / ^ u aghniya u (plur. of

/ i

OS

^lU/allaKu God.

'
(

^::v^ghaniyun)rich.
rd^i
c'**'^

^
Thirteenth Lesson.
^

75

,jo qadrun value.}

- ^-'-'T^' lanba
.

dukhft^^
i

cr^ thamanun

price.
(

drink

smoke").
^^^

J^J^
<'^
i ^

hamala
(

to carry.

(^;
*

Jj;;

{^fj'^^^^^^^
.
, ^

am

or

(in

a
;:>Ju'
"

r'-*-M double
o.o.

question). ip:^----iV
village. v..,i

I
^

^^'^^^'' wards,

^^^^'*'

i^^ qaryatun

^J'i

Ijsi:

^ ^ ghadan ^ to-morrow,

Av>w

^
j-oc^]
-

qabrun grave.

;;^f^

o^

C^baqqun

^^
right.

'

fahadun one (with

suffix
I
1

- C^
_ ^wli
-:

^jUtahadu,

hammalun
rhimlun
I

porter.

hum

one of them).
^

..

load,

-f-

v-^J dhahabatogoawk}^.^^^''^^*^
-

burden.

"^

a^^
^'.

faina where? whither?

^
oo.
^j;:

~^^^ V^i. zuhrun midday, ^m-^,^

f^^/^a
I

o^^

/dukhanun smoke, Jkjl

\
-

tobacco.

^^

'zzuhri, in the afternoon.^^^_^

>y^ :
i 3

XT
OS

/^'^i^ ?

^--^
Exercise

...A^.

2o.^^^

^'^ ^"^jiJuTTT^^^
"^'"^

"^r^"^^.

cr

c)*.
w
.
J

05

"

JO "'C
".O-o
.
J

-^.....
O.
..0.0.0

.0

JJO.
JOS-0 *^
^^^t:^^

JO.

'

o|

c>v>fXt

Qjl*.;^::.

'^.^\

3 O^ ^>-*^.

.i

^^
J.

dU.*.>?

-0
viioi

^,0.
^.jLa^Aj

.OS j^)

...

J-

*..
J.-*.>

.,.Ej
'jjsj>-l

x*.>Jo

C)-?^

J^^
^
i
Ji

o -0.0

-J-o. j.^^

S^*.

J.o.

76

First Part.

QjyisLs"- 1^5' Q.:^*

H^^i CT?J^
l^

i'u^i

C^'W^^Jlr*

ljL>0

^^^xXj ^

fill

c>^
5

^^.^_j-*.pJnj:^

(3'^^

'h

u^xXi (accus.

cf.

Less. 12, 4)

sJsju

XAjci"!

Oj,^

s
-.

liUjjc^

O J , o

Exercise 26.

Will you Dost thou smoke? I do not smoke. No, we shall be two be present to-morrow with us? absent. What does he desire from me? He desires his right from me. The girl sat playing with

us.

Zaid knew (use

.^l/

w4th imperf.) the sheikh of

the tribe.

I did not
{i\)

know him.
thy house;^

carry the load to

The porter Dost thou underwill

stand what I say (my speech)? -^ No, I do not understand it. The men were present going to the hunt. I shall When wilt thou return from the hunt? return to-morrow. Wi ll this news ( plur.) reach him? The king It will reach him in the aftern'bon.

will

be

just.

The sheikh smoked

(^^l^

with imperf.)

much

tobacco.

wares to
to thee.

my

house?

merchant,

thou send the The porter will bring them

wilt

Fourteenth Lesson.

The Moods
1.

of the
.'uiili

Imperfect.

The Imperfect

(c

almudari') has three

Moods

which are distinguished by the vowel of the third

Fourteenth Lesson.

77

radical.

In this

it

resembles the noun with

c
.^.^isx

its

three

case-endings.

(Hence the .term

which means

"resembling".)
Note.
thus,

Arabian grammarians treat the imperfect as a noan,

,..!

where we should say that the conjunction

anna "that"

requires the Subjunctive Mood, the Arab says that the particle

q! governs the imperf.

in the accusative.

The
1)

three

Moods

are:

The

Indicative ending in

corresponding to the
called
^/JOCj

nommative and hence

almudari" almarfu
2)
,

p_^jll

Pj^^i^^I

/^-'

e.g.

yaktubu.
corresponding
^^^f^^QJ

The Subjunctive ending

to

in

the accusative and

called
^
3 O ^

^^_y^\ pjl-^i
yaktuba.

almudari
3)

almansub

e.g.

w>ocXj

The

Jussive with a vowelless ending correspondJ

J

mg
Note.
dropped,
alwasl

O ^O ^
\

30
I

to

the genitive and called ^^ -^X

O
J o ^

^
.

f 0i

,ucil

*^5j^

^^

almudari' almajzum The Jussive

e.g.

^.^ojCj

yaktub.
which

"^^J
is

; '^**^

originally

ended in

now

^^^^^^^,

but reappears

before

a word

beginning with hamzat

e.g. l-^'jXI1

v-.^xXj yaktubi-lkitaba.

2.

The Imperfect Subjunctive

Singular.
^
3

is

declined as follows

Dual.
, 3 (J^
'"

O ^

3.

masc.
fem.

v-.>ocXj

yaktuba.
taktuba.

3.

masc.
fem.

l*joCj

yaktuba. J*
taktuba.

3.
2. 2.

v.^,.jjCj

3.

L*j.:Xj

masc.
fem.

v^5o

taktuba.

2.

m.

a.

f.

Lxsj" taktuba.

^5>^' taktubl.
CJ:ri aktuba.

1.

m.

a. f.

First Part.

Plural.
3.

masc.
fern.

[^^
^
i

yaktubii.

o -

3.

^xJoCj
ij-A^j
^ O J o ^

yaktubna.
taktubu.

2.

masc.
fern.

2.

^yJ^
f.

taktubna.

1.

m.

a.

v^A^ naktuba.
fern,

Notel.
and

In the 2"^^ sing.

and in the 2nd and 3rd dual

is

plur. mascl. tho final

q
\

of the Indicative
is

dropped.

In the 2nd

and 3rd
suffix
is

plur.

the otiose
to

added at the end except when a

e.g.

attached

the

verb

sj-t-^Xj

yaktuubhu.
is

Note

2.

The Imperf. Subjunctive

of

declined like

the indie, subject to the same changes ia the endings as in the verb above.
3.

The Subjunctive
*'that",

is

used after the conjunctions

9)

'J

an

51 alia (see Intro.

li,

"that not", JcS^

^,:^

j
^

hatta "until, so that", 6

kai,

jCi likai,

h'an

^^
/

"so that",
fa

:Iii

If alia,

(:5

^^^ li'an la)

"so that'not",
that", ^\

^^
^,^
.

and ^ wa when they mean "so

"unless
that,

au when
lau

iji^^means

until

that"

and
e.g.

,.J

"not"

^
'

(used

as

negation of the

future),

talaba an yahdura ir^^ present".

<'p^;w^A'

"he

required

that

^:^, ^^\ ^^^^Jlb he should be

T**?"!'^*
0U4xi)tM^i3t76.
"^^^

Note.
"^^^^

(-J
'^^

is

a contraction for

,.,1

,.,

JCj

^5

la

yakunu an

^^*

that".

Vocabulary.

The vowel
;
-

after a verb is that of the in the imperfect.

(i)

second radical

"^^

-.

/
\

kashafa

to

un-

^-^^
j"*'

/
I

amrun command,
affair.

cover, examine.

79

Fourteenth Lesson.

^
'^\

amara (u) to com|'man"dTtakes^acc.

j

^->^-^
.,

maujodun

existing.

of the person).
to

,,,

;mafqadim wanting,
(

iai

isaraaha
(with

h person 'and
, .,

allow for the

^_.

^y>^

not present.
(")

"t^lTimii
,f..-.~,*
.-i.-.^...

,,,

for

J^

^^Z'*'^

^^ ^^e.

U.JitSi'r^i^ 3^-^z'

'-ila

(a),

to do.

';-; /sarafa to
I

^>^n'T '"^*'!rtep-^ <s.. spend

(time).
1

'i-f
^.tct

/amama
|

before (of
^'v^'^^

i^^^^x

L^
1.

'

j^^
'

firashun bed.

r>

,d^p^

.rv

^
^
-^
-.

[waada
(,vith
'

to

promise

'^^rT

ace. of the ^^^

3j; raqada

(u) to sleep;
/-x (i)

"

.P^^i^/J^'^^
^^
^

jsj^ qasada
JJsLc

to

mtend.

.L

-^ sirrun a secret.
o.

^-/;.

>^

't.

'aqilun intelligent.

ii^

'->

Exercise

^'

^^

baina between.
'

""*^'

(T^V

iU v,:>^3

J^

^j'uCiJl u^JLla-J

(^vX;^ y^-'i^i ja:=>

>

O^OO

O^

.>

- O-o

J J

o NJ

vJlli-i

^j^^>li

JwJUiJJ

JoL*Ji

^yj

^^^5i

otxiXJ

^ -O

.>

O^

Exercise 28.

We

require thee (from thee)

16, 6)

(see Less.

with us.

(fem.)

He

sleep (so that

he might

sleep).

The

entered

present the bed to women intended

to be

80

First Part.

to

go out of (from) the house.

to see

sent a

boy with

Mm
^1
^1

what

(U)

he would do.

Mohammed and

^^j>
./b-f

to go to (i[) the market. I house to see what thou art doing. I have commanded the servant to appear (be present) They went away until they entered the before me. ^ have prom ised him that that shall be a ^^^J' secret between me and (between) him.

his servant

intended

shall return to the

Fifteenth Lesson.

^The
/htt>rt/ttyf'^^
1-

Jussive.
(j.3jj>UI

The Jussive Mood

pj'^^5

almudari'

0-^^

almajzum) has the same forms as the Subjunctive except that where the 3^^ radical is the last letter, it takes

jazma

(suktin) e.g.

Singular.
.,30^

3.

masc.
fem.

v^:0o yaktub.
O
3

3.

masc.
fem.

Ljc^ yaktuba.ll;^' taktuba.^

lli^' taktuba.

O^

3.
2:
2.

^^^^s:^i
o

taktub.
taktub.
taktubi.-

3. 2.

30^

masc.
fem.

>_^jc^'

masc.

!y^
f.

1.

m.

a.

^.,^\ aktub.

Plural
3.

masc.
fem.

ijv<j' vaktubii.
^^^LoCj

3.

yaktubna.

2.

masc.
fem.

i^Ixi taktubu.
^
ti

2.

^.v<j taktubna.
Cj

0.

1.

m.

a.

f.

^^5o naktub.

Fifteenth Lesson.

81

2.

The verb

in the Jussive loses its^ (see Less. 27)

is

when

the last radical

Singular.

vowelless (see Intro. 13, 3)

e.g.

Dual.

3.

masc.

3. fern.

^^ ^^

yakun
takun

3.

masc.
fern.

GyLj

yaktlna

3.

liyo
f.

takUna
takUna.

2.

masc.
fern.

^^' takun
J,yo takuni
f.

2.

m.

a.

ijyCj

2.

1.

m.

a.

^\
3.

akun.
Plural.

masc.
fern.

l^j^ yakunQ

3.

^^
!>jy^*

yakunna

2.

masc.
fem.

takunu
takunna
nakuu.

2.

^^y^
f.

1.

m.

a.
is

^^
in

3.

The

Jussive

used:
the
"let
3"^*^

a)

Alone,
e.g.

especially
v^-JcXj

pers. to

express a

command
sense
it

yaktub

him

write".

In this

is

generally strengthened by a prefixed i e.g.

"let

v^xXJ liyaktub
particle,

him
its

write".

If <J precedes this

^-^ooCJli

the j loses

vowel

e.g.

falyaktub

"so

let

him

write".

b)

After

la

used for prohibitions

(^^^

^'

la

annahyi)
LJli

e.g. .wsjc==u

la

taktub

"do not write

^'

la

takun gha'iban "be not absent".

Arabic Grammar.

82

First Part.

"^

V.f.f/

c)

After

lam used

to

deny a statement.
e.g.

Here

the Imperf. has the force of the Perf.

^^.^cXj

lam yaktub "he has not

written".
yet".

It is also

used after

LJ lamma in the sense "noj

d) In the protasis sentences, (see Less.^^7).

and apodosis of conditional

Note.

The

jussive
an,

adding anna or 1 and 2, e.g.

may be rendered more emphatic bythus forming the so-called modus energicus
I.

^
t-^
-wi^

Modus energicus
CISmg.

Modus energicus
o,j^,,
,

IL

o
3.

masc.
fern.

^^^y fyaktubanna
^^^<. jhe shall write
.-v^A^o

O^^
..vjaCj

yaktuban.
taktuban.

3.

taktubanna

,jt*u*wi^

J,

2.

masc.
fem.

^^y^^ taktubanna

^^yjaCj>,'taktuban.

Ouv^

^^^t'

2.

Q^j
f.

taktubinna

^^y^

taktubiu.

,,

1.

m.

a.

.-y^S aktubanna

53Stvv)^
Dual
3.

cv^^ aktuban.
^^^

^--^

masc^^.r^L^' yaktubanni. i^*-r<j^B:,

^Lx^j taktubanni.
I.

^^T^ TT

^TTem.
2.

Y/>.s^

ene^gt<:

m.

a.

j^LaJOCj

taktubanni.

Plur. 3. masc.

^a)Cj yaktubunna
^LuxjCj yaktubnanni.

q-*.:0o

yaktubun.

4^W^

3.

fem.

2.

masc.
fem.

Q^ii^^j

taktubunna
taktubuanni.

^xX^j" taktubun.

2.

^L;^:c>Cj

w-jO.

1.

O.JO.

m.

a.

f.

^-yjSji

naktubanna

qxX^ naktuban.

Fifteenth Lepson.

r
exhortatio n
tlie

g3

These forms (not much used) are employed for and are often strengthened by prefixing
e.g.
^J^IjoCJ

particle 3,

layaktubanna

*'let

him 'sW^.

surely write".

They

are also usejL after the prohibitiv e

write".

"^
_

e.g.

^y^

la

taktubanna "thou shalt not

Vocabulary.

S^ -

i-.A.

^L^
o
rSj^jo

janibun

side.

[ghadiba tobeangry
I

"

'^

^r

'

'

(followed

by A^).

('^

dlqun anxiety, need, pt^

";,

C--r-^it^C;^S^
mana'a JO prevent/u.,:
dukhulun entrance.
shai'un thing.

qadaraji) to be able.

^^

^^ 3^0
9^-i;

,^
-""

^^j^^j- ^^^^^^^
^

(noun).

sjt^ another

than he.
,

fgbaribun

strange

v^j^
I

'pi. ^Ij.i:

^^"^ kadhab a(i)

ghuraba'u.
*

.-,,,
^

ir o
to
lie.
.,
.

"=

l^

wloo daqiqatun minute.

^
5
^

la and.

{J*Ax

^JCJ

^^^
e'_
^^bCo

maudi^un
\

'^

^^ ^^^^ ^^ say.

place.

makanun

^y
n1 Exercise 29.^

nurun

light.

(Less. 16,

4 a) o^^t

J^j^' ^

^Lyai

^Lit ^;aj*

:^

'

6*

84

First Part.
o ^

0'

JJ^7
4''^^

lie

j^i

^lIlT ^ii
Q^Xi

d
as])!

^>j
did not

^_^i

j^jKJ

Jo

>^f^. ^^3

Exercise 30.
1

understand it. girl, do not he.

(U)

know

the affair and

did not (.J)

boys, do not open the door. Tlie pupils were idle and did not

boys, be not idle. [A) write the letter. They heard your speech and did not understand it. Do Do not prenot leave your friends in (the) anxiety.

vent

me

from entrance
girl.

to [o^Ss)

you.; Be
(the)

not angry

with me, o
father
(.
.

Let us drink

coffee.

The

his son were not able to return to their house that-they should return).

and

Sixteenth Lesson.

The Imperative.
1.

The Imperative ^^\

Jsjts

fi'l

aFamr

is

formed

from the Jussive b}^ omitting the pronominal prefix, but as a word in Arabic must not begin with a vowelless letter (see Intro. 2), a hamzat alwasl (Intro. 11) supThis hamza takes the vowel ported by is prefixed.
I

if the second radical has radical has or _!_ e.g.

but

if

the second

^^x^
a
3

kataba,

Jussive

u^^Cj

yaktub,

Imperative

bi-

'^Xk^S

uktub.

Sixteenth LssBon.

85

^yo
o

daraba, Jussive

^ycoj

yadrib,

Imperative

^/o\

idrib.

^J^

mauaa,
.

Jussive

-c>Uj

yamna',

Imperative

>Ut ^. imna
e^i>\l3

u;LJI if

v^^l idhhab
it".

ila

'Ibabi

waftahhu

"go
only

to the
2.

door and open

is

The Imperative
Sing. 2. masc.
2.

naturally found in the 2"^ pers.

^^^\ uktub

'

d<^.I^o'JCj^
i

fem.

^f^

joi>-

f./X

uktubl

Dual
Plur.

2.

masc. and fem. masc.

llxS'^

uktuba uktubu
nktubua.

2.

\^\
^

J &

fem.
of
'l^ is:

0*^^^^

The Imper.
Sing.

2.

masc.
fem.

^
j,y^
13^5'

kun
kuni
ktina

2.

Dual
Plur.

2.

masc. and fem.

masc.
fem.
is

2.

lyy' kunu
^T^ kunna.

3.

2.

The Imperative

negatived

by ^ with the
introduced by:

Jussive (see Less. 15, 3

4.

b).
is

Direct address (the vocative)

a) if it

The

particle G
is

ya followed by a noun, which,

article

stands alone

put in the nom. without the

86

First Part.

and without nunation

in the sing.

but

if it is

followed

by a

genit. is jjut in
L

the accus.

e.g.. j^f^

ya waladu
Abdallahl"

"Oboyl"; ^1 jyl'
(literally

ya 'abda

'llahi

"0

"servant of God").
particle
Lg.j|

b)

The

aiyuha;

fern.

L^T

ai3^atuha;

[fKt^ strengthened

0$i7
in the

form L^f "

ya aiyuha followed bv a noun

"1

,^

nom. and always with the

article e.g. js^cJL:dl

L^j G

ya aiyuha 'ttilmldhu "0 scholar P"^"

For further

details see Less. 48,

1.

Present Participle.
5.

The Present
agentis)
is

Participle

(J^Uil ^\^ ism alfail,

J-cls

no men

of the form

e.g.

^^6

katibun

"writing".

The

Participle

is

dechned

like

other nouns

and

generally has a sound plural

e.g.

Masc.
Sing.

Fem.
katibun
katiban
_

nom.
ace.

^ ' k^i\^

^'

writing

iOJK katibatun

,,

Ljii'

,,

xol^ katibatan

,,

gen.

^'l^ katibin

iCol^

katibatin

Dual nom.
^^^'

A^'i katibani

,,

^-^^^^ katibatani
(j^^'l^ katibataini

gen.
Plur.

^J^^ ^'

katibaini

,,

nom. ^j^jI^ katibuna

ace. ^^^'
(j^V^'l^

oLjI^ katibatun
oLIjI^ katibatin.

"

katiblna

gen,

Sixteenth Lesson.

87

After ^1/ the Participle

expresses

a condition in

the past

e.g.

Lji^

jc^

^^\^

kana zaidun katiban "Zaid

was writing" thus having much the same meaning as

JJL'

^^^'

(see Less.

13, 6).

cf^'^rtf^^i, f^-^y^C.

There is no infinitive in the sense of the 6. European languages in Arabic. The EngUsh infinitive is
expressed by a sentence in Arabic
e.g. xlvsJ
is
,.,t

wXj;'

jJs^
it".

yaqdiru zaidun an ya'malahu "Zaid

able to do

The Verbal Noun.

G.
7.
o ,

Every verb

in Arabic has a

Verbal Noun

(.joa>

masdar).
'

In the simple verb this

may be
G^^

more of some 40 forms.

G o^~\

Among

of one or the most common

Joii fa'alun

Go^

are J^Jk'lun as

^
-

qatlun "killing";
-

(from

verbs of the form

_^);

Jots)

as

G.^

farahun "rejoicing" (from

"entering",
"rising",

andUi^
_

fu'ulun as

3y>o dukhulun
^^JLb
,

^^y^ khurujun "going

G
}}

out",

tulu'un

O^j^

nuzulun "descending".

For

details see Less. 34.

-^

^yS 0-^

iL

Vocabulary.

'

-,'

/sakata(u)
I

^^^^^
^yCww
- - " '

silent.- ^^

to

be

^
'

Habisa to put on
\

(clothes).

^^\ --

sakana(uj to dwell.
/
I

thaubun
o ^

(pi.

v^Li

'^^
^

saiyidatun
mistress.

woman,
G o^

thi3^abun) garment,
clothes.

.-

Joe fa'ala to do.

-^3

wastun middle,
centre.

88

First Part.

j J^ taraqa to 5

knock

at.

ujL^I ajaba to answer.

=,r /
^

(zarifun (plur.

&'L

-^>

zurafa'u) a witty person, wag.

^^

fa'inna for, junction).

(coii-

Exercise 31.

c^JLxs

(what)

3L>-vvJt

LgJoi

l5j^^
lit

^-^^^
^

J_^i>^l o^
Oii

U^3

^_^aJI

i[

v^lJ

,0X1

^^]S

c^ol

^1

Exercise 32.
See,

boys,

what you have done.

side.

and
^ f
f

sit

by

the room.

you going? We are going to the market. come down from the mountain. you two 5v^^^)

my

friend, enter

scholar,

w^as

going to

open the door of the city. Whither are

boy,

scholars.

Seventeenth Lesson.

89
,>>

write your twojfitters.

lie

girl,

speak the truth and

living?

not.

Where

is

Mr. {>y^ Hasan

VA He
are
I

c^

is living in the middle of the city. doing? are putting on our

What

We

clothes.

you was

writing a

letter,

when

(vj)

our friend entered.

(

Do

not prevent

me from

entrance to

j^) you.

Seventeenth Lesson.
J

The Passive.

The A ctive JV oice is called in Arabic *^JL*iT 1. alma'lum "the known" because the agent is known, when the active is used as in "Zaid struck him";
the

Passive Voice
is

is

called

^3.^

^^

almajhul
is is

"the Coniht.

unknown" because when

"Zaid

the

passive

used as in

^'

''

struck" the agent (the striker)

is

unknown.

ff Vf-.

The Passive
of vowels.
2"^ takes

formed from the Active by change j^*^"*"

perf. the
1^*

In the

radical takes

_^, the t-M.'X

i

__.

In the imperf. the prefix takes J_, the

All the other vowels are as in

2*^ radical takes _I_. the active e.g.

Perfect.

Sing.
n

3.
3.

masc.
fern.

"^f^ duriba he was struck.

vii^jy:^

duribat she was struck.

2.
2.
1.

masc.
fem.

K:^y,:o
o
y

duribta thou (m.) wast struck.

duribti thou
(f.)

v.:>^^y:3
3

wast struck.

m.

a.

f.

vii^j^xs

duribtu I was struck.

90

First Part.

Imperfectum.
^

- O

Sing.

3.

masc.
fern.

L-J^jAisj

yudrabu he

is

struck.

3.

L-J^j tudrabu she

^y^c'S
^ O 3

is

struck.
art

2.

masc.
fern.

tudrabu thou (m.)

tudrablna thou
I
(f

struck.

,,

2.
1.

^^y^j
f.

art struck.

m.

a.

^/o\ udrabu

am

struck.

2.

The Passive must not be used

is

in Arabic

when

the agent

expressed; thus "Zaid has been struck by

claraba

Omar" must be rendered by Ij^jj ja^ Vt^ ^umaru zaidan "Omar struck Zaid".
The Passive
dhukh'a
*'it

is

often

used impersonally

e.g.

S3

has been mentioned", or

Passive Participle.

"it is told".

3.

The
the

passive participle (J^xai

^[

ism almaf ul)

is

of

form
It is

j_^a/j

mafiil

e.g.

uj_^;c5U

maktubun

^'written".

declined like other nouns and generally

has the sound plural.

The Particle
4.

q[.
iCJU:^

Nominal sentence
6, b)
is

{:U^^[

jumla ismlya
particle

see Less. 11,

often introduced
is

by the

^[ inna
(ijsjolt

"verily",

which

followed
accus.

by the subject

almubtada') in
in

the

and the predicate

predicate
^ils.
is

(jj^\

alkhabar)

the nom.
3,
w
...I

The
e.g.
.

often

strengthened by the prefix

G

L\jj

^^[

inna

..

o.

zaidan 'aqilun or JoLxi

"verily Zaid
is

Ij^j:

inna zaidan la'aqilun

intelligent".

Seventeenth Lesson.
If the subject is a personal

91

pronoun,

it

is

attached

as a suffix (see Less. 3) to ^t e.g. xjl innahu "verily he".

Note.
pronoun
i.e.

Alternative

forms

are

used

with
I";

the
lil

lt

pers.

Si

^^^^

and ^-o[ innani "verily

inna and

Ult innana "verily we".

.^y^Mi </^r*%f A^T^Jifl^K-e -^iV

^f

5. a)

The Particles ^!,1 and ^^l The Conjunction "that" is expressed

in Arabic:

By

an

(see Less. 14, 3)

with a Ygr l

senten ce

(Less.

lljTUie verb being either in the

perf. [{j/j) or

the imperf. subj.

-Nfj y^::!^.

{^yakA ^J-^^
^

e.g.

Q^ (^5^^^

-r^^ talaba

'Iqadi

an yahdura

zaidun the judge required Zaid to be present (to appear). Oo^ ^ ^ ^ OS JO ^ J^jj ^^J ^t vi>^x4.^ sami'tu an dhahaba zaidun
I

heard that Zaid had gone away.

If

more than one verb

subj.
e.g.
u^^-?r.3
is

is

dependent on
the

.1,
is

the

imperf.

used throughout and

A
^

not
'
*

repeated

xoLj^
ziru

^x^^

y^-^.

-..I

Hjj-^^

f^ amara

'Iwa-

an yahdura

muhammadun

vezir

commanded Mohammed
b)

to

wayajlisa bijanibihi the be present and sit

^
>^

beside him.

Bj^^nna
(as

with a Nominal sentence, the noun

the

^
'-^
J;^

immediately
the accus.

following

conjunction
If a

being put in
it

with

1\).

pronoun follows
pers.
iJ?

is
j

added

to

^.''^f,

as a suffix.
J^t

With the P*
'*^\

pron. the

double forms
llif

anni and

annaui,

anna and ^'D

annaua are used.

-X)

(^"'^^'O

^*^

^-

'

92

First Part.

If the predicate is a
if it is

noun

it

is

put in the nom.,

a verb (%ee Less. 11,

6) it is

put4n

the perf. or

the iraperf. indicative, e.g.

JoLc Ijo:
it

^\

e5^
(i.e.

balaghani anna zaidan 'aqilun

I

has reached

me

have heard) that Zaid

is

intelligent.

y:as^,

\j^\

^1

^t

lamu anna zaidan yahduru

know

that Zaid will be present.

Vocabulary.
r

^ .^-tij
/
(

I
\

dhakara

to

mention, l^)

siratun manner of life.

loss.

anisun amiable.
for

khusrun

j^5 qabila to receive.

G= . KjJv^

i
^',-

li

*^^

.K

/shaja'atun courage. \
/

/hadiyatun a
i

gift,

present.

daraba

to

^y^
^

sururun joy.
i
\

^j^}'\

strike, coin.
-

salahu 'ddini
Saladin.
'azlQiun powerfui.
I

^-^^
\^=2^ sikkatun coin.
J

O J Oii

alqustantinl-

yatu
l

Con-

r^

/ \

^-^

stantinople.

'

" -

mashghulun
.U
/
\

majhulun unknown.
ghalaba
conquer.
to
\yj

hadama
destroy.

to

r"^

Lw

mu'arrikhun
historian (sound
plur.). ^>*^ ^^^^^/"jUi

0VS3 waqtun time.

^'1

^jy>
'

I
I

jkhatarun
\

J^^^

danger.
fear.

Jv,w.i:

ghasala to wash.V
'

^^3- khaufun

wwUi salaba

to crucify.
\

Seventeenth Lesson.

93
liftinK up,

o-

-.

rmunajjimuu
\

astro-

"-;

/rifatun
I

rf^
.

loger.

'^j
3b=

raising.

qlla (passive of
j

"^
^c,

^^'
^'

,,,i,kia but.
i
\

qala "to say

I
,

).

^ najmun

star.

'^^-^^

khashabatun a piece of wood.

Exercise 33.

KjtiftJI

UJt_^l c:a^J^P

i>LxAli>LL.M^

J,

XX^il

l\P v:>oy;3

0-.0-0

^1

>JO,

o ^

'i!lT

t^^

Xil

o.*i ^

L>o[

(Koran, Sura

2,

151)

\^y^'*--

N%i-3W

v.:>jl^

sLtl uXP ^[

IJsXaC:

f_^Jljw

tjc?

,*^A/)

^>o

(Korau, Sura 103,

2)

.^.^.i*

^ qL^^I
J^
Lpl
JLfcJ

K-j.-ixi>

Exercise 34.

The doors
sent

of the house were opened.

(uj) joy.

was received with

It is told

The prethat Saladin

that 3'ou
to (ooLc)
I

was a powerful

sultan.

is

did

not

know

were busy today.

Was
news

this

news known
to us.

you?

Truly

this

unknown

know

94

First

Part.

that

Hasan

conquered.

Truly the men mentioned are my

^

is

the conqueror

and that thou

o

art the

friends.

His courage has been mentioned by (jw^) the historians. Your clothes were washed.

Eighteenth Lesson.

Derived Forms of the Verb.

1.

The Simple verb (which alone has been

treated so
).

far) is called

^^

J^*5 fi'l

mujarrad ("the naked verb'

(u3

From
fil

this

is

formed the derived verb

litterally

^:vo Joe

"the verb in which is an 14 forms of this latter, each consisting, of the three radicals of the Simple form with the addition of one or more letters and having a meaning which is a modification of that of the Simple These with the simple form are designated by form. Of these the first 10 only are the numbers 1 to 15. in common use, and the ten seldom occur from any one root. The forms of a root in actual use are given

mazid

fihi

increase").

There are

in the dictionaries.

General list of the Perfects in each of the 2. 15 forms with its modification of the root meaning:
I.

Simple form
11).

^ii

fa'ala,

joi

fa'ila or jJtj fa'ula

(see Less.

Forms increased by one

'\n. j^*i fa^'ala, (with

letter:

doubhng
as
^fl2*>

of the second radical).

Meaning

I]3.te:nsiye

qata'a "to cut", *ii

as

qatta'a "to cut to pieces";

or

causative
to

'alima

"to know",

'allama "to

make

know, teach".

Eighteenth Lesson.

95

\III,

Js^b fa'ala

(with

introduction of an alif after

the nhit radical).

Meaning: Relatio n of the

kataba "to write",
or
ov-'il?

actio n to a person as v.Uc/

kataba "to write to someone";

jjcs

Attempt

to

do the action as
kill,

qatala "to kill",

jjls

qatala "to try to

fight".
^Lagit

IV.

Joisl

afala (with prefixed

Bi*^

hamzat

alqaf

cf, Intro.

10; the

first

radical losing its vowel).

sit",

Meaning: Causative as ^wJb- jalasa "to

ajlasa "to

jjJL>i

make

to sit".
letters:

Forms increased by two

~v^

Jotij tafa^'ala (with prefixed

ta

and doubhng

of the s^ecmd radical).

Meaning^^eflexive of

11.

as SJi qallada "to gird"

jJUj taqallada "to gird oneself".

VI.

J^lij

tafa'ala

(with

prefixed

ta

and ahf

introduced after the

first radical).
III.

Meaning: Reflexive of

as

jsil5

qatala "to fight",

Jolii taqatala "to fight one another".

^^11.
^the

Jotai[ infa'ala (with prefixed

hamza and nun

h^za

here and in
cf.

all

the following forms being

11).
I

hamzat

alw^asl,

Intro.

Meaning: Originally Reflexive of

but generally

used as a. Passive as .ww^^d kasara "to break" .^"7^1

mkasara "to be broken".

- ^ ^ o

VIII.

^!^jui>\

ifta'ala (with prefixed

hamzat alwal and

its

ta

introduced after the radical, which loses

vowel).

96

First

Part.

Meaning: Reflexive of
^ ^ ^ o

I as

<^

jama'a "to

collect,

unite" ^^^^l ijtama'a "to collect themselves, to assemble".

IX.

Jsjti^

if alia (with prefixed

first

sion of the vowel of the the third radical).

radical

hamzac alwasl, omisand doubling of

and Defects as
be crooked".

Meaning: Used only

.<*j>l

for Colours

ihmarra "to be red";

^\

i'wajja "to

Forms increased by more than two

letters:

X.

Jsjta;Cww|,

istaf'ala

(with prefixed c>^l

first radical).

ista

and

omission of the vowel of the

Meaning: Properly Reflexive of IV as ^^\ aslama

^ ^ o ^ o

**to

give up"

JLvJCvwI.

istaslama "to give oneself up".

XI.
XII.

3l-*t

ifalla a ra re secondaiji

form of IX.

j.^j*M

ifau^ala

XIII.

Sy^ii

ifauwala
I

rare forms occurring in certain verbs only with

special meanings.

XIV.

^ll^l if anlala
,ll*ll

XV.
3.

ifanla
list

Any
is

verb in the above

called

that has Reflexive

meaning
4.

^ ^lix*

mutawi

The imperfect

from the perfect according

a)

of the derived forms is formed to the following rules:

if

IV

The prefixes ya, ta, alif, nun receive the vowel the verb is increased by one letter only (II, III, forms), otherwise a.

Eighteenth Lesson.

97

b)

The second
with

in the forms receives a.

radical receives the vowel prefixed ta (V and VI)

except
it

when

c) The first radical remains as in the perfect; the u for third radical receives the vowel of the mood the indie, a for the subj., sukun for the juss.

perf. falls

The haraza away

Thus

at the beginning of in the imperf.

some forms

in the

i
'

the Imperfects are as follows:

Perfect.

Imperfect.

II.

jii fa^ala
fa^ala

jJtL yufa^'ilu

III.

:^'i

JscLL yufa'ilu

IV.

afala

Jotaj

yuf ilu

V.
VI.
VII.

J^'

tafa^'ala

jjtiil

yatafa^alu

J^t'Uf tafa'ala

|jJ:liJ yatafa'alu

>^i J^i

infa'ala

Jota>L,j

yanfa'ilu

VIIL
IX.

ifta'ala

Jotiftj'

yafta'ilu

if^alla

Jsjtaj

yafallu

sfif^/*^-^-

ja^

X.
5.

istaf'ala

Jo^ax^ yastafilu.
is
1)

io'tj^f,^
'

The Imperative

general rule (Less. 16, omission of the prefixes.

formed according to the from the Jussive by the

|

If the first radical thus

must be put before it this is hamzat alqat'

vowel a
(fatha);
i

becomes vowelless a hamza In the IV. form 13, 2). (Intro. 11) which receives the in the other forms it is hamzat alwal
(Intro.
"^

j
I

and

receives

(kasra).

Arabic Grammar.

98

First Part,

Jussive.
11.

Imperative.
fa"il

^kl

yufa^il

HT.
IV.

JjiUj yufa'il

fa^il

^ri^ yufil

afil

V.
VI.

J9Vi yatafa^'al

tafa^al

J.tUI yatafa'al
^ o ,

J^Ui
o

tafa'al

^o

VII.

Jota^o

yanfa'il

infa^il

VIII.

Jotiaj

yafta'il

ifta'il

IX.
O

jIUp':
O ^
^

yaf'alil
o

if alii
o - o

X.

Jou;Cawo

yastafil

istafil.

6. The Participles are formed from the Perfects by prefixing a mim with the vowel u. The prefixed hamza is dropped. The second radical takes the vowel
i

in the Active, a in the Passive.

Participle Active.
11.

Participle Passive.
Jota/5

jJdxi
^i

mufa^iluu

mufa^'alun

III.

^[Aa mufa'ilun
JotL)
6 W..J

Jwi^iij

mufa'alun

IV.

muf'ilun

Jota/o

mufalmi
mutafa"alun
mutafa'alun

V.
VI.
Vll.

Jota:oo

mutafa"ilun

JouJOo

J^U;oo mutafa'ilun

Js^Ujoo

Jot&>u

munfa'iiun

G ^- J Jotaix

munfa'alun

Eighteenth Lesson.

99

Participle Active.

Participle Passive^
jotili

VIII.

J^

mufta'ilun

mufta

aliin

lA.

jou mufallun
J.*ft^ mustafilun

X.

joUiJJ mustafalun.
(jSJLi maclar) of the Derived

7.

The Verbal Noun

is

forms

as follows:

from

II.

jii fa^ala:

^^
G, '

tarilun.^--e--t^.,jiiil/
lif^
(fi

in.

j^b' fa'ala:

alun (more often

/.

idcU^mufa'alatun)

IV.

jo^M

afala:

JLi^Mfalun
yi^* tafa^'ulun
Jo^Uj tafa'ulun
^

V.
VI.

Jotaj

tafti^'ala:

J^lij tafa'ala:

VII.

joUi^ infa'ala:

JLxail

infi

alun

Vni.
IX.

jotii[

ifta'ala:

CWt

ifti'alun

^i
J.ialt

ifalla:

.J
^^Lj^J

3i>^l ifilalun
- ch6

X.

istafala:

istifaluu.

Ua^

h.p-ot
"

Note the introduction of an

Verbal nouns
plural.

alif of
II,

before the last radical in all except

..g

prolongation and VI.

enerally take the regular feminine

i

7*

100

First

Part.

Nineteenth Lesson.

II.

Form J^.

1.

Conjugation o^

^^ "to break
Subj.
^

to pieces,

smash'

Imperf.
Perf.

Indie.
J

Juss.
O w ^
3

^
O ^
vi

w -

^ ^

J)

^ w ^

>

O w ^

.AV.XJ"

O
-/.VS.XJ

V.

^ J

>
o s ^

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Iraperat ive
O
v

Part. Active

>>.vXo

^.-^^

etc.

Part. Pass.

.^.Ca

Verbal noun

^.-y^^j*.

In some verbs there

is

a seco ndary fo rm of the

e.g.

Verbal

Noun
5
^

of the
o.

form

i3L*aj

from vo>^

"to

welcome" v^L>,j

The Passive
J

is

in the Perf.

,^^

etc.,

in the Imperf.

^ 3

-A^Jo etc.
2.

The form

Jsii

denotes:

JSineteenth Lesson.

101

a)

strengthening of the

meaning

e.g.

break",

j^

**to

"to break into pieces, smash".

b) It
(like
JotsI)

has usually a Causative or Factitive meaning

e.g.

"to learn'

^
e.g.

"to

make

to

learn,

teach".

Note. In these
form,
J!lS
it

cases, if a verb is intranBitiv e in the

Simple
'i--^.

becomes transitive in JI.

yo

"to
if

be numerous",*^
transitive in

"to

make numerous,
it

increase'^

whi le

it is

the gimple form,

"to reach",
c)

becomes dojibhn- transitive

in

II. e.g.

jij

^
e.g.

"to

make (something) reach

it

(someone/to transmit)".
t hinking .
'

Sora^imes

has the

meaning of

esteeming
a
liar",

CjCsS "to he", v^JJ' "to esteem (someone)

"to be sincere" ^iJsSo "to think (someone)

^S%

,Vj^

sincere,

believe".

d) It is often O o from jsJb^ "skin,

used

to

form verbs from nouns

-

e.g.
1

leather"

is
,

formed jJb- "to skm,

"peace be on thee"
i.e.

"
bindjbpoks)"; from
is

^^

o^^

^^L.^I

formed J^ ^.1 "he greeted him"

said "peace

be upon thee" to him.

III.

Form jii.

3.

Conjugation of ^'l^ "to write to":

Imperf.

Perf.

Indie.
^A.jlio

Subj.
".-^'l-^

Juss,

^Xi^

V-^"^
<^-lXj

c:axjI^

v^obCi

s^^\S:i

102

First Part.

Imperf.
Perf.

Indie.

Subj.

Juss.
^ ^

^^f
o ^ ^
'
..1

^.L^
>.'.

^^
Cxits
etc.

^^.l-

vl^'i^t

etc.

etc.

etc.

Imperative
(_^*0

Part. Active
G
^

l5^'

j^

etc.

Part. Passive

wolXo

Verbal noun
Passive, Perf.

ljLc^',

more usually

K.*jiX<5

v^]^
J^li
is

Imperf. Indie. v_^j1Xj

4.

The form

used to express th e relatio n

s^j'l^

of the acidon^Jto_a_j)erso^ e.g. ._^^ "to write",

"to write to (someone), correspond with".

It

also

very often
J^i

expresses
,J.j'o

an

attempt

to

do
kill,

something

e.g.

"to kill",

"to attempt to

to fight"; /jl^ "to precede", to c ompete with"

5.
.

/^Lww "to try to pre cede,

The

J^'i

form

is

always transitiv e and takes

e.g.

the Accus.

of the Person
'<^iil5

k>^^

"he corresponded

with him",

"he fought with him".

IV.

Form ^^s,
sit".

6.

Conjugation of y^l=>i "to make to

Nineteenth Lesson.

108

Imperf,
Perf.

Indie.

Subj.
o ^

Juss.

<C>MAJL:>-I

>

o - o

O ^ O

of.

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Imperative o OS
Part. Active
j^^^:i*l etc.
o

^^J^
O
-.

>

Part. Passive

^JL^

Verbal noun

(wviL^t

Passive, Perf. Jjlr^f

Imperf. Indie.

JJ^,

7.

The meaning of the

(cf.

jjtif

form

is

causative or

factitiye

jis).

It

makes

intransitive verbs transitive

and
- -

transitive

doubly
to

transitive,

'y^
to

''to

be present",
present";

jxa:^] *'to
o

make
sit",

be present

i.e.

bring,

^J^
as

"to

JJb*? "to make

to s it, seat".

Many
meaning,

eausatives,
e.g.

verbs employ both the II. and IV. forms sometimes with different shades of

^^

and Ui-T are both used

to

mean
"to

"to inform"; while

means
~"

"to teach"
"

and

ju f
'

inform".

104

First Part.

The
nouns
yif'

jots

form
G
o

is
J

often_used to form verbs

"to do
"to in
in

fro

e.g.

from

^^^ "morning" ^^^\

^

the
the

^ Off.

^W:.'

morning"; from
evening";

'iLv^

"evening"

^^.v^i
O
s.

do

04v

from ^S^[ "Islam" ^^\ "to receive Islam,

Vocabulary.

become a Moslem".
^^^,^^.d.^^^
to defeud.

'\{^^L

'^{VLTiLt
--:
LIII.
1

^^ m.
uX^
'

^-^^

to treat in a friendly way.^ A*"^ to kiss.

to witness, III. to see.

3^

II.

^-^^

half.

^^
^NxA^l

IV. to destroy .2^^^^

3>> around .*^.^ 3,;,,ie,r^/

^t
if

..os (to

^'

be (Hterally do in the morning").

"to

not, except.

/
^i

^ only.

^l^ ramping.
*^f*.>'^f
/"

/^M horizon.
,

'r-

TTT
III.
,

-..

vaJL:>

to disobey.
'

5^
^
f^^ ' ,

ni. to interrupt.
,,
.

..^.^^"^"f /^^^/ ysl

(

pi.

yoljt

rt command. J
^^^"'-

speech.

0.

o',^.
P^-

i:Jtosend.
^ ^

)
ay-efu*

^^
-'r

^f^J
f

^15 bedouin,
.

IV.. to inform

(,..y

-''^^^-

-""
j
^,

"concerning").

^ r^
'^

^^
^I'

J..
^^

tr

bnng.*.^..^

^b
,f^tu^>^

(father (literally
i

"begetter").

^ ^""^
'.

1
\

1^- ^.^ bring forward, pr^ent.

to

4'{f3j^'

^
^
^

-r-

(II.
1

cause

to

^^' to become dark.

to

-^

C^

reach, conyey.L*-^'

'^b^^'>^

..Li

ask advice

of.

^^, P'

^^-^

^^

,/V/^

^;..:^

to equip. Ti^-w^w^-^Cfe .^*^:s^ ull. to attack.

[3

Wtf4^'

'

A hrt^ *nc
jq^

Nineteenth J.e^^on.

-^

"

^vT ^'-4

^^"^^-

11

Ml' [immediately, ^^^

{

(ad-

verbial aecus.).
to take ^g^3-j;3;

^
ij3

" -

from.

^
,

^
r

n.

good S_
have
witfi,

jou distance.
IT.

_
'
.r

(to mix, III. to to 111.

JaL>
to seek.
to.
I
I

intercourse
(ace.).

''.^^^tf^y

''Li to be neighbour

HI
jj

to frequent the

o^'

<^U),
neighbou^^^^^^^^^^

^^1
''
\

^jX^

society

of (acc.).t-^;ir

,1^
^

,^ p^^p^^^^ ^.

r^
^
' -

WIV.
i
I

to deprive, (with two accus.).

(see ] Intro.
"' 3).

manage.

Jy^i n. to determine.

'^^
\
'

life,

Note

"'

6,

_
"^z

^,^.^^.^

VvX^o II. to
'

believe,

(a.)

" V
j^i

fill,
\
(

to watch,

ob-

serve. VA^ji_r^-r

Ti ' +^ f^i ^ -sLw to trave l, j > ^^-scw-js^t^^^v

*. -r*r, *r,oT*r^

a^ a.

^*.^,

J*'''

'

'^ to cover, overwhelm.

friendliness.
^.ws.^

c-^
^
,

peace, greeting.
as, like.

^^^ <^^c^
f^*'^^

IV. to tfeat kindly.

ht^^tJiCeruxf^/gfJi
(

js^^ to
j

find.

J'

Exercise 35.

(jo^l'l

^[

^^^.^

*^-^^5

s!~i^

(*J^

jty*^^

^..
*-^3

2
(3^

.
'j^

.o.^
^Vj-^.J

j*,.^

S"^^^

..Oc

. c-o

.0.0.
J^>ww^5b>

>.>.o^

^^o;
^.vjjot''*

-v^UJl

sJa-U

'''

iOw-O

....

O.

jbM<0

..

...

JCl^j

JO

.>

. .

.^Clc

.V.

o...

>w.

OrO-O

106

First Part.

j^tXi^

UJiIfw
0>

lis!

5[
>

^^1^ ^^J^lIj ^

'^'

O^

s>-

(Perfect for the English Future)

o ^ oE ^iLoAiij ^[^
,

Vj*-^^

V*-^^

1>

J^^^i

(proverb)

,o^aj

^'fj

^jJo

qIavJ)51

f?r^'-^3

^Exercise

36.

servant, bring us the coffee.

^ The judge com,

^\

to (that they should) bring forward the robber. kiss thy hands. Convey to him my greeting. -^ I have commanded thee, o girJ, to convey

manded them

We

my

greeting to them.

informed him of

but he did not beheve me. Do not beheve The proposing is from men, the Sethis boy, o girl. determining is from God. I ask advice of my friends
affair,

[^^

this

in anxiety. Thou hast seen many cities and had intercourse with many peoples. - Send tbat man to

Twentieth Lesson.

107

mo
Do

so

that

(i)

may

treat

him

(4^1)

kindly.

not disobey

ol (the)

man.

my
I

have conquered the robbers. Damascus. Bring in (cause

commands. Defence is the right bring thee the good news that we

have travelled to to enter) the pliysician

We

Twentieth Lesson.
^

JO

O^

O w

V.
1.

Form
is

jlii.

The
o.

jjtij

form

the

same

as the jvii \nih a

prefixed

Conjugation of ^I^i' "to take over, receive":

Imperf.
Perf.
/U-AW.!}

^^7etc^^l^\

Indie.
A-l^vwOj

Subj.
- w ^ ^ ^

Juss.

7,

^ ^ ,

^ ^ ^

-fali:i
-

w ^ ^

^ - ^

OS

,^

'J.Uoo X ^ ^

.^
js
^

-E

OS

^E

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Imperative
o a ^ ^

Part.

Active
Gs
.

^>

^^A.-v^* etc.

Part. Passive

^J^x^

108

First

Part.

Verbal noun

^.^
Imperf. Indie.
is

Passive, Perf. A^^'S

2.

^.^^
11.

The
*j^5

V. form JJlij

the Reflexive of t he
-iJlS

form

Jots

e.g.

"to separate",

"to
"to

separate oneself,

to

scatter";

Ac^ "to

teach"

llij*

teach oneself
fro

i.e.

to learn".
It
is

"^ a lso

used to form verbs

is

nou ns
"to "to

e.g.

from aLa^j "a Christian"

formed

.j^:j

become
become

^^
y,A4CJtAo'^

a Christian"; from a Jew".

It

^^_^. "a Jew",

"t o

o^j
t

J2i5^

often

has the meaning

e.g. o
->.5^j

hink onesel f, to

represent oneself as",

"to think oneself great,

be haughty";
"^

L>Lj

(from

^A

"a prophet") "to represent

oneself as a prophet".
^4

j
I'
.

VI.
3.

Form.
the

J
fixed
J

The VI. Form

is

same

as III. with a pre-

,.1-^ d
.
J

Conjugation of

J^'iLaj

"to fight with

one another":

>

i
^
**

^S
J
'? o

PertPerf.
y

Indie.
^ ^

Subj.
^ ^ ^ ^ ^

Juss.
c>^^-^
Lp'i-a^

^^

'i-'-^'^*

J*j''-^^

J^J^^

^)
)

'^S

^ ^^ ci^XjUj
o .
. ^

..^.

.....
J^jliiXj

.....
t}.j'JiAj

JoLftXj

X
.

^.lzJjUj
o

J.jUaj

JjU;cj

JoL;u

rj i 'J
j
i

,
^l.jLft;Cj
.

^::^j'liij

(J.jU;Cj

J^jIraj

i
A.

'

v--^
etc.

. .B.

Joiiijf

JoLiiji
'

JjLJiJi

V -J
\

etc.

etc.

Of

etc.

'

Twentieth Lesson.

109

Imperative
Part. Active
O
*
^ * 1

JjUj

etc.

Part.

Passive JoLSa^

Verbal Doun JoLaj

Passive, Perf. JoyiJ'
4.
e.g.

Imperf. Indie. JjLSaj

the Reflexive of the
III,

The

Jiilii

form

is

form

Jjii)

"to fight",
if

J^juiij

"to fight with one another",

its

therefore

the

verb occurs in the Sing,

Collective,
e.g.

subject
ji'Lftj

must be a Plural or a
"the

ili-yi

fought with one another"; *yiJf JoUj (^^ "the people fought with one another". This form is used more often than V. to mean "to 3
is

men

Collective)

i
I;

^\Sci

"to

pretend

to

be'

blind";

o^'

"to p retend to be dead ".

Ji'

V. to speak.= f "^^'*'7''"-

lL^
Laji
'

all

(adv. accus.).

z!^^

(morning, ace. "in the morning".

also.
(

1)

^>^!^ necessary, duty.

'

vT

to

cbme

forIt'

r"^
5.XJ*

ward. /*--^'**^

V. to
trace.
(

follo w.^^^^^^^t^^

^
J^'

V^

(V. t o jsepa rate" from nnft flnother, .^^^^H*^,

I

*Vi^ "*'*^
r>->?> r>->!

VT

tn fUsHArsp
after.

.oJw>
(

V.^1;o narrate to one another, Vl. to converse.

LJ when,

^
o

from (the presence

of
.

cr

.).

'

r-.

V. to show oneself
brave.

lT^

N:^

side, direction.

110
^

First

Part.

'^^

'

j
\

J 3^^^=^

presence, appearance.
to

j\V. to woniJerTbe^ ^-^-^ j^astonished.tfi^/

X^W.

be grateful.

"^^ extreme, extremity.

^U>
-'

tendeLieeling.Wg>>.

r^
-

mediciner''"'"'''"^

v,.^^j^j
-**'-

name.
^^
,

d nS

.^=)3

V. to remember.

"^..-IIr^

'

u^^^-^^
^'.':.

:U

appointed,
fied

speci-

..5 people.
'

^w?j^
'^''-

j
^

VT

to have the honour.^ ^ ^M^

^^
-

^
'

'

^-^^^li" VI. to meet one

)

o ,,

(or
)
1

tlC-l^
'i

(plur.

n^J^

another.

l5^M Christian.
V. to say farewell to one another.
^fa^^A*^.^^"^^-

-^nu

^ ^

xc^-

^^^^^.^^^^/etJ^ilS:*

"-

^wv.> VI. to

be bold.<^^'iju^J^J^^3
Exercise 37.

SP-Ax

..i-t

O
S-

-^^t

dU3

(about)

J,

JjuX^ UJb*

j-=^^3

j^^^

?/^

^:>i,i:jcj

^1 (from thee) dW^i[ v^iLi^

O S^OS-

l-*:v^r^

^_^xjf;A;oo Lo]^

^O^

^^

^^^^

)Clw.

I_y5j^*

eU3

v3L^J5

?t-fw

U.i

/AJ^il

-^Ai5

,*>,j^J

'^

Twenty-first Lesson.

HI

|(

Exercise 38.

speak Arabic? No, we do not speak Arabic. They did not speak with us. We conversed about this affair. Hast thou learnt what thv teacher has taught thee? Yes, I have learnt it.

Do you

These pupils learn the science of medicine. Do not speak thus, o child. They separated from one another that they might follow the way and meet at (^) an

appointed place.

was greatly astonished

(I

was

astonished the extreme

of astonishment) at (^)

him^

Truly we are exceedingly grateful (we are grateful the excess of gratitude). The Moslems and the Christians

fought with one another. We said farewell to one another so that we might disperse.

Twenty-first Lesson.

VII.
1.

Form.
(intransitive):

Conjugation of jlij]^ "to break"

Perf.

Imperf.
^

Indie.

Subj.

Juss.
j-sX>Li
o

r*^\
' -

f*^.

j."*^
-

^%

'f'

-O.

.0,

r->-^\

^awJCo

^^.vmXu

^-.Xo

il2 2

First

Part.

Imperf.
Perf.
^ O - ^

luclic.
>

Subj.
^
^

Juss.
- o ^

O ^ ^

^ o -

o ^ ^ o

-OS

-OS

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Imperative
^0

Part. Active

_^aO^;>j

^^y^^[
Verbal noun

etc.

Part. Passive

^^y;^

0-0
LwXJi^
JO^

Passive, Perf. ^^vXil

^^^.t^aJOu -vJu

Imperf. Indie. ^.^)Co

\t\ni

^
.

Simple form,

VII. form is originally the Keflexive of the but generally it contains the idea of allowing some action to be done to one i.e. it has a
2.

The

jjt^^^l:

Passive sense as

^^S'

"to uncover",

^jL^i^[

"to be

jjf^'^-rrt'

uncovered".
3.

^
<\

,j^o {
*'

The VII. form

is

begin with hamza, waw, yk,

wanting in all verbs that ra, lam of nun.

ij j )

-T^^'

^
4.
i*^..

VIII.

Form,

/>

Conjugation of

^c^^z^t c

"to assemble",

v^j^/

ftw^

o'Xux^ Co^
Perf.
- -- o

Vta**a./7- i"*! *c-75^ Ira perf.

a'tt.\d.

Indie.

Subj.
- o ^

Juss.
o
- o -

!i.T/i

t^U

C
>

- o

^_

- o ^

- o -

Twenty-first Leflson.

113

Imperf.
Perf.
V^\K4iA.'>

Indie.

Subj.

JU8S.
o

-o

L-?-^'
-

-OS
etc.

-OS
etc.

Part. Active

^.Jcs^

Part.

Passive

5-*^

Imperf. Indie.
5. The ^ introduced after the goes certain changes:
first

-*x>r.

radical under-

^^'AP^JIL.

I *
(

a) If
>=>>

the

first

radical
is

is

o^> i^>

^,

the ta
J^

one of the emphatic letters changed into a _b; this is

is

assminated
tashdid
strike"

'lo"'a

or Jd which

then written with

ilLuIt;

e.g.

-JAi_3o_jnake''

forms
ris e"

^j^
iil>t;
****^'

"to

forms

0^[;

;il>

"to

forms

lib

"to be dark" forms

^[

and

lib\.

b) If the first radical is o,

to o; this is assimilated to a^fi,

J or j, the ^a is softened ^^^^^ ^ which is then written '^^'^

^ji^^^^^J^^IJ:,^^^
^

^i/orms
is e^, it

^^i-V

>i
/^
the

forms
c) If

>3r

and ;i3L
radical

^^:^<^..,J2.^^
sometimes assnulfates
/

the

first

e.g. v.::^-

forms

v.:I4^J

or ^^>3[.

Arabic Grammar.

114

First Part.

6.

The

VIII. form
e.g.

is like

the VII. the Reflexive of

"to
to

the Simple verb

.-

from

collect"

is

formed
but has

^ ^ o

-jC:5-[

"to

collect

themselves,

assemble";

also

the sense of doing a thing for oneself

e.gJrom

S
1

"to acquire"

is

oneself.
A-J^^"
'to

Sometimes
strive",

it

formed ^^.^^[ "to acquire for has a reciprocal meaning e.g.

"to strive with one another"

*jkax3>l

Vocabulary.

VIIL
/-W.5

to

be

to divide.

.experienced.

^
/-

division, ^^t\..(kL^rr,^)i,A^

\g[^Jo^ej2ingled.
M/i:

(Vni.

to

approach

J^
\jj^

plur. JLi/>Mikeness.

Vj^
(

(with ^y.).cr,jJl
(adv.),

much,

very.

lot

seel behold!

Jas to cleave, rend.

ojsj:
"

number.
*yi3

to inflame.

'r-

^^ U*^
Go.
ATftUH"

VIII. to beseech (^^

someone).
"".:.

VII.

(literally

be
the

widened"
breast)

"to of
to

jifi

excuse,

pardon.<:''tf-^^>:**iiJ*

z/^

rejoice.

l^

oii

VIII. to appify

to.

[VII.
j
I

(Hterally

"to

Js^b> a porter, bearei\

G
.,

extend itself"), to be pleased.

Jvfc

f*^*^^<^

(V. with
a
I
(

to

do
be

vjU5'
'

book,
I

letter.

j.^^
to

favour,

to
to.

^Vj^
.

to strike,

VHI.

generous

be excited.
J

^^S now.(l^^/
^r:
I

-c***^'

i^U

y^Li* plur.

^t

feeling.
G-

to
I

>
- J

look. expect.
^

VIII. to

pUv. hearing.

hIsIXo reward.

a /w^rj^^i^?

ijS-- 1 0'^^^fif, satisfy

Twenty-first Lesson.

115

J^4^ deed.

^Lii youth.
flog.

jJb^ to lash,

^ ^*, "^-^

{
I

nearness, neigh-

bourhood.

^^
^^^
o.

a \fish.(2"^)
I
\

ji,^ army.
I.
f

VIII. to confess^

(something lj)
ACtZn^*iML,

-^
(^

'gjuA^

truth.

to help, VIII. to^^^^^J conquer (Hterallv "to be helped" _by Gpd),^;^^Xr^

to think.

Jo foot.
I.
l>
1

'si

mil.

i*A^-X. ^

and

Vm.

to

j>i\\]l,

to

honour; A^i^fr* >jc>ej

tremble.

o^i>

fear.

<>^
all.

\:

f
1

VIII. to busy oneself,

work.

whole,

^j
f
Exercise 39.
O ^

j
I

VIII. to crowd; verbal noun, "a crowd'

^ ^ 0-0

(Intro.

9)

v.:>iaJUr>{

x*.xi>

j ^t^

^^"bil

<4JC>[

o^
^^^Jjj

^ ^ ^

(V^=^^[

>^

O^

^o

^"^

j^^i^
-o
^

o^-o ^Lj>:r>^^

>

o^o
|ifU/o

G>
Jw>j

jjJiS

-o

8*

116

First Part.

Ow'O

*^w^

^1

^ ^ O i

Off.

^o^

^^

^^

o^

^1

sO^

>

^c

^J^

o,

("from fear" adv. accus.)

\iy>

U^^'jA _^% j^'^^

^U./s4^^-^^^.(>/

^L^ji

.^^^

^1

^^^1 ^LmJi

Exercise 40.

f^'i^
'

Do not approach us. We assembled in the neighbourhood of the city. Do not expect us. We were exceedingly pleased that you were present with us. The army of the Sultan was defeated (broken) and the Christians conquered. Think not that thou hast conquered us. 1^ Truly, he is honoured by all. We are There was a great crowd diligent and work much. in the streets. The feelings of the men were stirred as they heard that. Work and do not play, o children

Twenty-second Lesson.
^

JO

o-o^

g;

K)

JOS

IX,

Form. C^Ao^^ ^i.^/^^^^

1. Through the meeting of two similar letters at the end of this form certain assimilations and conThe rules for tractions take place in the conjugation, these are given in Lesson 23.

Twenty-second lesson.

1X7

Conjugation of

"^^

"to be or

become

red".
f-tt.
;

ca>J^:^lf^^3 c/^aUt *xj#vwU4^-

fS^'Mu* acc-^>*<<
Dual

IL.T.

^.

Sing.
3.

Plur.

p.

m.

;^|

|^>t

,^^^

3.

f.

^]:^l^
Ojj*^!

^>^i-^^
Uijj^l
-

ojJ^i
^j;*i

2.

m.
,.

2.

1.

Oj_^;

CO
o ^ ^ o

s,co
a^j:r*>t

1.

o^^*>l
ludic.

ij^^^^

o ^ ^ o

Imperfect.

Subj.
-

Juss. ^^.^^

bmg.

3.

p.

m.

^..^

j,^*^j

_,^

JJ^'

^ o ^

~ * o ^

^ o ^

2.

J}

f.

* ^

55

1.

j>

J,
5^

Dual

o^

3.

m.
a^ o^
f.

It

3.

5>

2.

j>

Plur.

3.

J)

m. O^jr^

br^.
o^
^ o ^

*fr^*^

3.

5?

f.

118

First Part.

Imperfect. Indie.
Plur.
2.

Sub}.

Juss.

m.

^^^.i^'

l3^-

|_5^-

^-

I-

oj^-^^
W^O^

o;r*^
w-<0^

OJ-T*^
O^O^

Imperative.
Sing.
2.

m. ^^>]^

Dual.

2.

|^[

Plur. 2.

m. f^^Z^^

2.f.

^^^i
^..^.^

2.f.

^^>:t

Part. Active

Part. Passive not used.

Verbal noun
2.

,l^s>l.

Passive not in use.

The IX. form

(for the

is used only for Colours and Defects corresponding adjectives see Less. 10, 2), e.g.

c>yJs^

to

be or become black.
.." :. yellow, pale.
'

^^-s- ^'-^o

(J

11

11

^o

^j^A
J^^\
y^=>-\

white.

^ .^^^ ^
-C^-r

jp>

^^.jjui^

red.

'^

^ gu^.^^A^/U

11

11

11

11

gi-een.

^^[

crooked.

The very

rare form XI.

J'^xst

is

according to some

a stronger, according to others a weaker form of IX.

,

e.g.

,U5>[ "to be or

become

red".

Twenty-second Lesson.

119

X Form
3.

^^

*>

.. n

Conjugation of

^^^.m*.-:?Um|

"to esteem

beautiful":

Imperfect
Perfect
Indie.

Subj.
o

Juss.
o o

cr^"^I
O

^^0^0

o ^ o

0.0

Q-^*^^.wO
i

q.*0=WJ

^^^wm^^\.i*0

o ^ o

o ^ o

o ^

o ^ o

O ^ O

o ^

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

i4^

Imperative
O
O ^ o

O ^ O J

Part. Active
o ^ o
jj;\.w*>^\wwt

etc.

Part. Passive

,.,-..m.:<?um^

Verbal noun ...Llcs^t

o ^ o

>

Passive, Perf.
4.

(^jAw^.:$\^f

Imperf. Indie. ^^^.IWLo

The X. form:
Is

a)

originally the Reflexive of IV. e.g.

^1
e.g.

"to

give

up" ^jLlil[
b)

"to givre oneself up".

Denotes "to desire or ask for oneself"

"to ask pardon".

"to pardon" Uiill

c)

Z---^^^'!^^
e.g. ^^j-mo^

Denotes "to esteem or think"

"to

"to be
"to

beautiful" ^^^l^j^

think beautiful" ll^

be

120
^ ^ c ^ o

First Part.

disgraceful" f^^^^x^i "to esteem (something) disgraceful,

wrong".
d)

Often has a Causative meaning,

^ ^ o
-.

e.g.

^_Ab> "to

swear", oUl^^Iam? "to

make

to swear".

Vocabulary.
jf'^i'Z.

2 Loo world.

/!,

plur. ^^yo

meadow.
Ireat, im-

^r-^U

^
^^^
r-r"

.^.^.-.'T'^":

...

fX.
1

to

esteem

/
'
'

'J^\ esteem
^

P^^tant.

forbidden.

l^(^ event.
'
(

^1 '
^

opinion.

to serve

-K^i^
t*-^tMm4.ts.

' r"^^
iJ,J:5>

X. to takeinto ones service.

p
jsAi
i:^

X. to enquire.

government.

J,

A. to receive.

J^^^^^'t-f. 3^
^
,

X.

to use.
i^hiye,

doOvrA) t^Aitesdi

i^c^d>^'M^ii>\^ sKt:
future.

lii reed, pen.

^fi'i^*^
I

jJil^
sUi
..i

^^
will.

^^.
X.

difficult.

*JJI

if

God

^
9,

to enquire.

Exercise 41.

"^^^-^^v^^ene^f n.ft7.

iou^l

IjJii

cr

cTj^f (Lesson
^5-^

^j)

LL

jj^

j.*^'

qi"7

L/*)!^

^-^"^

iswo^l

,Lj>l

o-Iiij

Twenty- third I.esson.

121

(Less. 12, 5)

C^ iukir
,

^liillir

\jX^\

^ ^\^'\

Exercise 42.

not esteem this event important. girl, hast thou become red? I saw the men become pale (white). Do you think right (beautiful) what he has done? No, we think it disgraceful^^ The plants have become green, y^ I have taken this slave into^^-jAljLi service. He is taken into service by the government.'^ They have received this foreigner well (a great receivnig). Do you use this pen?/- No, we do not use it, its use is difficult. Do^you think it right that I should take this man into service? I think it

Do

why

^i^
"

^'^ ^^^

wrong.

Enquire

concerning (^^) this matter.

He

went out

to the reception of the vezir.

y
'^

Twenty-third Lesson.

Classification of Verbs.
1.

Verbs are divided by Arabian grammarians into:

a)

Sound

(^ii:

^).
^

^^^^^2^
^> V^i^Sii^
'

b)

Not sound

(^L ^^
I.e.

(Jt^^^

These
^'

latter are O o
Jjts

again divided into:

the Correct verb
i.e.

A^^^^
(a)

^>^

comprising ling

>-AL:a*

J^
and

"Doubled verb"
3^^^

the

verb in which
(b)

the

2''^

radicals

are

the

same

j_^

jJii

122

First

Part.

is

""Harazated verb" a hamza.

II.

i.e.

the verb in which one radical

Jjcjw

Jots
is

the

"Weak" verb
or a ya.
^
'J

in

which one of

the radicals

waw
'J

N ote. The
In

terms *iLw and

^>^

are often used as identical.

this case the doubled verbs and harazated verbs are regarded as Sound. The terms Regular and Irregular are sometimes used loosely for Sound and Not sound. This use should be avoided as all these verbs follow certain laws, though they suffer some changes of form due to the laws of contraction and assimilation.

Doubled Verbs.
2. The following rules govern the conjugation of verbs whose 2"^ and 3^^ radicals are the same letter:
I.

These two identical radicals are written as one

JJ^c>[

with tashdid (or as the Arab grammarians say

*

'assimilation" takes place):

a)

When

the

1^*

and

3^^ radicals

have vowels
2^*^

(are

ij^j^i/i

"vowelled"), in which case the

e.g.

radical loses

its

vowel,

io from JJo;
"3

^o

from c:JUo; Jo from

Perf.);
Act.).
is

Jji (Pass.
JJl3
(III.

Perf.);

from ij3 (Dual from

J.Jfo (Part.

5f3

from

form);

5b
The

Exception:
b) If the

Pass. Perf. of III.

AJo.

first

radical is vowelless
in

(^Ll) and the

S^^ radical has a vowel,

which case the 2^ radical

from JJjo.
2^^*^

gives

up

its

vowel

to the l^S e.g. 0J^

is

i
V

II.
its

When

the 3^^ radical

vowelless, the

retains

vowel and contraction (-Uoi) does not take place,

Masc, Perf.
vi>JJa;

e.g. 2. Perf. Sing.

Juss.

Ajjo Imper.

JJol.

ys^S^

'lii*^^ cQ.Aj'S
-

A^ua.

*' "

* ^m #/.
-

o^t.,u^

s/x<l^ Cav^
123.

^
Note

,-,

Twenty-third LesBOiu;

1.

Doubled verbs of the Joe and

jsjis

form are thus

^^
^-^

'*'*'"

only distinguished from those of the Jois form in the uncontracted forms, e.g.

'"*

/ua

J^ (=

JJ^) forms in 2nd ging. Masc. Perf. v^IJl*.

a
I

>1'M /a

Note 2. In the Jussive mood and in the 2nfl Sing. Masc. Imperative contracted forms occur very often. In these caaei to prevent two vowelless letters coming together (Intro. 13, .3) at the end, the doubled letter takes a vowel (either fatha or kasra, or (Jamma when the Imperf. has 4amma), e.g.
Jussive: UwXj,
mi

OJo and

0^

beside JJjsj.

o yoi-

Imperative: d^ beside JJot.

The other forms

as JJol,

of the Imper. are formed either from JJot

1

^Ot,

1^0

or from

3o

as

lo ^O

yo

but always

3^ *^

III. When the 2*^ radical is separated from the by a loDg^.vo weljjio contraction can take place,

i^^
|^

e.g. Part. Pass.

3.

J^'jJ; Verbal noun of IV.

'i'ily,

Conjugation of Jo "to show">

Perfect.

fu^JL^alMx^^

Sing
11

3.

m.
f.

33

Di]

^'^

~ iur.

t^O

3.

):

Ujo

5?

^0

^ o -

<.

2.

m.
f.

2.

V^'vS
v.:>JUo

n
5>

^0
LUJo

1.

Imperfect Indie.

'-

&/ Subj.
JJjsj,

Juss.
also
o J o ^

Svxif^
i
^ -

JJ^. 31:
3Ji-

oj^ or

j^
i,

i ,

^^i-

JJjsj

or Jjsj

124

Imperfect Indie.

Juss.

JJoa

ijJi

(J)

o ^

3j

Part. Active 3lo

>

Part. Passive

j^j^

Twenty-third Lesson.

125

Passive.
Perf.

Imperf. Indie.

Juss.
c *

3:
<;jS
^
>

3i4
53J-

o -

>

3ia
J

a'^"'^^'
J i

3St
etc.

etc.

etc.

Derived Forms.
Perf.
II.

Imperf.

Imper.

Part. Act.

PartrPftsr-ft*^t^

JJo
lv>

JJjo
l\^,
\

JJo
jjio

JJj^
3iiJ

J^jo
Jl>

JlP-^-*

III.

(Passivj JJ3O

^5ljo)

IV.

jot

jjsj

jjoi

Jj^
JJisxi

3^jt

V.
VI.

Jjjj,-

JJ^ij

JJjsJ

JJjJ

=1'^3ljo

A^-.
OtJs^

o...
JJlJo
JJjvit

S.,j
JtJU^

^'OlJo

VII.

jjol

Jj^

3jv^

3^Jot

(The VIII. form of

j^

"to stretch out"

is

given

here, because in the VIII.

lation

form of 3o there

is

assimi-

33;

(see Less. 21, 4^ b.)

126

First Part.

Perf.

Imperf.

Imper.

Part. Act.

Part. Pass.

IX. Seldom occurs.

-A..

0>.XXai

(J^XX/.vo

JJ>Xa<w)

(jJsXw.^

Vocabnlary.
*:i

then, thereupon.
(

'6

determination.
to go. G
pi.
/,e

(u) to stretch

out,

3J i
,>fcm*^^^J^2^^

IV. to help, VIII. to extend.

^^^ V.
2 , jsj>, s
' I
l

li JfCa^

o^jo^ boundary.
(on

J^Uv. tablecloth.

uncle

the

f*^

father's side).

^ as (with
0-. -

genitive).

G o

Jpi people.
custom.
-t
g (u) to

-!)'J

Ljj> in.
.o..

to

make
-o..

war.

w)j Bedouin.
narrate ("to

Gs

[pl.iu^Avo^French-

cj-)-

"'^^
.

man.
(i)

to

determine

r^
narrative, story,
history.

(with ^).

(u) to collect,
(

t / ^ Vn. i/J,:Jt^
<^

^
Go.Pu>

- -

(u) to injure,
I
1

VIII.

to compel.

i-^

joinMh^^
count ly. to -prepare, X. to prepare OBfeself.
(u) to

^-Hn)to O^ lieve,
I

think,

be

esteem.

time, fate.

vXx:

'i.Mrti*-^

Lo to be cheerful.

^JaJ,

pi.

i\^j companion.
yfetart.

'

J.x:>^

journey,

^ wv=>
^J

IV. to love.
extensive,

_j^!j^n-i.f-vc>-j

jJi>^
-*

pi.

ijL=> horses.
I

subjects
I

(of

aI)

to be

settled.

kingdom).

/?

Ct^

Twenty-third Iveeson.

127

((u) to loosen,"

VII.
^

^ j^

to

become

loose,

0=^
"';:

^^
i

^^ "^ad.
'
..

slack, feeble.

':;

^
^-^/o

Jo,

pi.

jol haQdV^-i/t'/u>.

possible,

"-f^^"^'-'

31^

!(''"?'
I

4Ai)

to

be

long.

VIII. to refuse. (.giri!lto*jQ

(

^^

(IV.) to
...

urge (upon
4-

^}^^
-5>

P^-

^^

intelligent.

A-^
.

J*)-

heat.
(s^. "^

^^^
=

^^^'
^

y^ (u) to pass by.

"
'

Jo^

to

be new, V. to be renewed.

."
'

(P^^^-

of

G ^2 G ^^ J^t, pi. .3UI hope.

(

^1,0
I

^^
knocks

dirham") money.
(u) to strike,

IV. to

feel,

perceive
Om-ncy^ccu^)

:/
(3"^

f j

LT^ L

(with \J).

ring.

. .

oy' cold.
olj

LTr^

bell.

valley.

complete. r'V^^' ^^

^^
^^j: I "^^
^

tree.

/mulberry
\

'^

(collec-

^
e^;

to be strong,

VIIL

to^^trengthen one)

tive).
/

^^

..

fig (collective).

/i

11

X-

-^

Cr'

/a5>

X. to deserve, .^
ride,

i;

m1*^7M>

L-i^^wJT^,

vmeyard.

v^^, to
.

^-^
\!

Exercise 43.

128

First Part.

^lyiJi

yj

'-^-t^j^

4^^^

'iJ^Juil

lWp-^;!!

ijol^xjt;:^^!

OiiOi-o

Jwjjs

(adverbial
s>>
^
I

accus.) I^^^^^^ ^tr^iS '^f>

U^
^
0-0

ii)JJ
^

^^^
::,

S>

^OS-o

O^-

W--E'

'

O^

o ^ O'O

o^o2

o^

JO

^^

^ -

i^

o^;JI jl^lj

^_^j5?

l5^!^^

^^

^.

^j^.w.^t

Ui

jvc

Q_^^

u^^

j^5

^1 ^xxit

p^Xil^

ot^^^

-^Exercise

44.

'n^**^

/*^

by

Yes, we have felt it. Have you felt the heat? Hast thou passed by this place? I did not pass

by it to-morrow, if God will. Do you believe that he will appear before the judge? We do not believe that. The rich people count their money. We have prepared ourselves for the
it,

but

I will pass

pj'^^

Twenty-fourth Lesson.

[^J^

129

journey.

y~ Do
^im

thought

you think him a brave man? I a brave man, but to-day I do not think

Lj'^

him so (^jo^).

Thy
it

presence rejoiced us.

We

are glad (rejoiced) of

(^).

(a

Ring the bell./ The

entered/ I loved

boy did not complete his speech, when (vj) his father... Do not speak much (make little thy speech).

her very

much

loves her
for

and she loves him. us (strengthened itself on

to the sea.

He

He strong The heat was too great l^ This extends

loving).
city
us).

deserves a great reward.

^^^

a^-^T^

Twenty-fourth Lesson.

The Hamzated Verbs.

The Hamzated verbs

is

are of three classes according

first

to

whether the hamza

the

radical as in SJ^-^ "to

take"; or the second as in 3tl "to ask"; as in Li "to read".

2.

or the third

In the conjugation of these verbs the following

rules are
a)

employed

(cf.

also Intro. 10):

is

At the beginning of a word the hamza

always

written with alif e.g. jeif, Pass. Perf. Je>I.

at the end of a syllable and has written with alif after Vatha, with ya after kasra, with waw after damma e.g.
b) If it
it

comes

no vowel,

is

J^b (Indic. Ivoperf. I.); Je>^ (Indie

Imperf. Pass.

I.);

<>^

(1.

Sing. Perf. Pass.

I.

of

Li

"to conceal");
9

il^

Arabic Grnmmar.

130

First Part.

(1.

Sing. Perf.

I.

of

Ti

"to read");

^ji

(Part. Act. IV. of

^\
.

"to be true, believing").

c)

If

it

has kasra or

damma and
e.g.

follows fatha

it

is

written with ya or

waw

^j^

"to despair"; ^wj.j

"to be brave".
Exception.

At the end of a word

it

it

is

written

with
Indie.

alif
I.

even when
of
it
ly^).

follows fatha e.g. tJb (Imperf.

d) If
is

has fatha and follows kasra or damma,

it

written with ya or

waw

-e.g.

o^i^j (Imperf. Indie.

(Perf. Act.
I.).

11.

of Jjt);
e)

Jj^
is

(Part. Act.);

^3

If it
it

has kasra or

damma and
waw

follows a vowelless
e.g.

letter,

written with ya or

^wLu or ^jmXu
^^y)\
I.).

(Imperf. Indie, of ^j^); ^y^^i

JJL.1^

(Icnperf. Indie, of

(Imperf. Indie. III. of

3U); J^Ll

(Part. Act.

f) If it has fatha and i s follow ed by the alif that lengthens the vowel, the latter is written with madda

(see

Intro. 12.)
I.

e.g.

jviT

(Perf.

III.

of J^f);

13>T

(Part. Act.

and follow s

an,

If however it has fatha of the same). ahf that lengthens the vowel, it is written
e.g.

independently

JsLI (Perf.

III.

of JlL).

and g) If a hamza is prefixed to the first radical that radical is a hamza, then two hamzas will come together, in which case ahf with madda is written in place of both. The III. form and the IV. form will
thus be identical in the Perf.
e.g.

^j^T(IV.) "to believe";

id^\

(III.)

"to blame".

J/

-^

r ^

Twenty-fourth Lesson.

0^^\.
or

13j

If the prefixed

hamza has kasra

is

hamza

damma,

of the root

changed into the ya or

e.g.

waw

the l/^ that

\^

lengthens

the vowel
I.

'^C^\^

(Verbal noun oflV.);

I.

Vl^u

34^

(Imper.

of

jj1);

Jjt

(Imper.

of

'^1);

yiLt

(Perf. VIII.

of

y\

"to quote").

h)

The Verbal Noun

in verbs of

of the

II.

form takes the

form
e.g.

idxaj*

which the
II.

last radical is

hamza

ioyij'

(Verbal

noun

of

t^).

>
and

3.

Peculiar forms of certain special

Hamzated verbs
"to

a)

The verbs 3^1

"to

take",

U!

command"

^'t

"to eat" drop the first radical in the Imperative

I.

of the
etc.

form

e.g.

3cL "take"; Fern. j^J^, Dual \XL

'

jA

"command",

"eat".

T*vi& c>iL,vi^-

C^ 1,^^

r^t-

b)

The verb 3l1 has

in the Jussive a regular form

Jc-wwo

ti^.^

OLvj (written also J^avj) and a form

of the
5LI[),

with omission
(as

hamza.

So in the Imperative
etc.

J^

well as

Fem.

J^

c)

The verb jvil

to
.

in

the VIII.
ta

form assimilates

the

hamza

the

following
'"^

e.g.

6^\\
-rf

Imperf.

'^^

>

Indie. <A^<Uj

fsn^'Z-^^Y

^f^'^^

^^ *i$^ -^
first

^^^^^^ >ft,c/-w*T,

4.
is

Conjugation of verb, the

radical of which

hamza:
vAil

"to get accustomedto^'^j>,^-^a*e/.

//^^ ^^^x

4;^^^

132

First Part.

Perf.

Imperf. Indie.
i,t.

Subj.
.^t^

Juss.
cfr^

^s
c:^!
^ o

3.

Otib

^^.
^.t.

v^iy
o.f.
Utilj-

U.S.

^^
;...^

.1^

^\i
^ .1.

o^^
.^Ij.t.

c^i
o

O^lj^

O^lj"
-I.

^E^

^ail

o^^'

Jl\i

J^}

JJT
etc.
ete.

^T
etc. etc.

Imperative

^^v^ '^^\^^ *
*

o ^

Part. Active

BtC.

Part. Passive

,^4*^ vK^y&7>^
^r

"^

Passive Perf,
"to hope":

Imperf. Indie.

Jvl

Imperf. Indie. J^b

Imper. J^^l. Imper.

Xi[,

jji\

"to quote":

Imperf. Indie.
Derived Forms.

yi;'u

Imperf.
Perf.

Indie.
>wE^

Imper.

Part. Act.

Verbal

Noun.
G
.

II.

a!!
s>
.

in.

JJT
0.. E
or
,

^\V,

IV.

^7
3 Z.S.,^

^yi

V.

Jit

,/-/.^^**^ Art/' ^>-A

'^ ^r^'

j
Twenty-fourth Lesson.
.?/-

133

vf
VI,

/Ju. f-trrrrL

'^

oJ

Perf.

Imperf.
ludic.
.^fil

Iraper. ^

Part. Act.

^^'^^^

Noun.

VI.
VII.

Jjli

Lu
all

\^ Lj
i\

Wanting waw, ya,

in
ra,

verbs

beginning

witli

hamza/
...

ij^

lam, nUn.

(jCac/it^-yu^^w/t*

-^
O-vy^

VIII. uJb:j;

..aL-L

u.Ai>ji

IX.

W^ng.

^^^^(^^
v.jJLxAwi

Uf^^

X. ^.^LcmI u^Lo.vu

Vocabulary.
'-r -TT^
'
ft
j
I

to appear, IV. to

to

take,
for

III.

to

show.
be friendbe

3^1

z-U^^
-**^HA4r

blame,
take

VIII.

\
1

III. to

to oneself.

^aEI

U^^
-

Iv with.
III.

5U w^ealth, possessions.
inti-

^M
cr

to

Go
-^

mate with.
to
ie

ijj>

bread.

tru e, safe,
religious
,

)^l^ beggar.

IV. to believe
(in

^^

to be satisfied.

sense).

_5
jjj)
(1^)

properly
G
-

\i)Xa

^^

(to hope, V. to observe (with ^5 of thing. {

food.

(plur.

S^i;)

G ^j.iju3

angel.

G, . Kjb -!>
1

manner.
bedouin
I

apostle.

G.

^c^^jo
.^- ' -

(adjective).

'

X>iLv5

resurrection.

^o
-

'

(sound plur.) move-

^
(

religion.

G
.-

^^'
I

^^^

the

r-^

day of judgment.
to travel.

ijxi^ sick,
"to

ill.

ii

make an
V.

impres-

"

fe

sion,
III.

to

bo

in,

fluenced, affected.

134
G>

First Part.

. .

'ij\^ heat.^W^
'^7^*^.^:
j=^'^
-"

y^

i^-"-!^

Jo:i

killing.

(^)

to

be

late.

^"^-^ astrologer.

- o ^

>o
-

invitation.
_^
*

,.,. % ' ^-f, kJL^, jL> condition.

,. y^^
^ ^ E , O
^

j
1

ly. to
^
-^_^,^

let (for
x.

hire). fciuurtAi^ ^
.^_,-,j

'

^^ .a^

to

n allow

.>U^I
-^

to hire.{>w^v^*^^-*'
'

thing ^
J,),

(some^^ or
'

^i

oos

l4t7>^^-3,; ^-""w:'./^ ;

thousand.
(pi.

'^O^i,^
piastre,

X. to ask
. .

for permission.
^ , ^ J^=>l

cj^.^ ^^^

<>.ii)
-'^ ^^-"^
'

^^

fto assure, V.
<

J,j| to edit.
.3 -?

to

be assured,

certain.

L> "^-^
v^^lj'

/ (P^*
I

lT'Lt^)

watch-

i;i word.
^
'

""^".^v^^T

'

y^^ij dictionary.
.

^.

to prepare oneSelf.

'^'^--\>^./ferii:^^(4^^^)

-/;;V

-r-'
L^^

[if

to

let

^.^
s',
-a:^

way.
.

j^^r^^
.

i^id.us^

loose, shoot.f.>e, seef^l

injurious.

^i^>,,wv^ 3-^ ^i

03,b powder, gun.

^,

^3^ ^fl^ excusej^y

^il
11.

^^^"1'.^.^^!

i^-

*^J^f ^ V

to discipline.

^'^>^^^^

Cr^

thnno-kt

w^Uduty ofJ^.
^'
'
1

Commander.
of the Faithful, (title of the caliph).
-ShfiiO

r^^
e.o^
j^j

^^^^

reward.
0-H>

^Exercise
*i]Li

45.

c>^f

Kailjii^

iCv^iijII
,,^0^

^^suaIs]]

^^:v^-^i

j^
^aXjX-..

0^0^^

(Moslem

creed.)

^^5f

^^^^

^->^5

^i^^-i^

Twenty-fourth Lesson.

135

ll'

Lii^ is?^ ^ ^e^5^

(^^v- accus. "in order

to'*)

>

o^o

wE

>

oE

o * ^

136

First

Part.

/^Exercise 46.

the money? No, we have not take it now. Eat and drink Take the reward of your until thou art satisfied. I X*^^work. They both seated themselves to eat. think that 1 am affected by the heat, j He hopes that his father will command us to appear (that we appear).. _ |jf -'We came forwardS Excuse us for our lateness. to ask permission of the Commander of the Faithful*/ Truly to come in to him, and he allowed us that. this book is the work (editing) of the sheikh Mohammed.-^ Eat with us. discipline Do not blame us. the lazy scholars. -/- The discipline of the lazy scholars do not blame (with is the duty of the teacher. spoke pleasantly to him us is lack of blaming). He took (we were friendly with him in speech). (Vni.) a house.

taken

Have you taken it, but we will

We

We

We

"

Twenty-fifth Lesson

Conjugation of verb the second radical of which

is

hamza.

3L
Perf.

"to ask".

Imperf. Indie.

Subj.

JU/

JLwo
iS^ o

(also wTitten Jw..vo)

3Lw^

(J->^)

51

etc.

etc.

etc.

Twenty -fifth Lesson.

Jussive.

187

oLmu

(Jw*^)

or

Jw^
^ ^

n
OS o
5)

E
'

o j

J^^J
o

ococ
1)

J-1
etc.

etc.

Imperat]ive.
o

O ^

(also

written
C,

or

(
etc.

i?

55

of

etc.

Part. Act.

JJLl
(also

Part.

Pass.

^3rj.Avs./i

written

J^-..^

or

jj^^*^)

Passive Perf. J.^, Imperf. Indie. oL**^ (also written

Jwavuj.'J^ ^^^ 'j^

Example
Indie.

of the form joe: jo^ ljIXj

o

v^^"to be

cast

down".

^'^ ?,

I
Imperf.

>o^
(also

written

v,-a->Cj)
o

o
(

Imper.

^^\

>

v^O^ j>.

Example of

the form Joe: (_w^ "to be brave".

Imperf. Indie.

{j^y^.

Imper.

^j^^^L

138

First Part.

Derived Forms.
Perf. Imperf. Indie. Iiiiper.

Part. Act. Part. Pass.

r^.j./i^#{

III.

^3sL^

JjLa^j

i}jLv

JJLyw^

(^sLww^

^o

>oj
(J^/pvU

ooS
J>Xvv)

Go^
Jo^avvO
jvx/.vJOa

OS

IV.

jL>.)

JLw^/O

V.

oL*vJ*

jLvwJIj

u^.'W'J*

oLv.JOo

VI.

jL,vv.j

jeL.MJu

JsL/^o

iJoL-vJOo

jsLwJOq

\ !lV.
VIII.

0L*v.Jj^

Jo^rtWb^Aj

JnXm*J[

Jw^avsA/Q

uLw,a^

j.L;J[

^
}

^'^

^^^

pbJU

(from *^

"toMnd up

a wound'* as this form of

jL^ does not occur).

IX. does not occur.
..So ^ o

00

..'o

Oo^o^
,.*wMkX/jvwQ

OSo

A.. ^jIXavi

A~bAJC/.v,J

/WlAAam^

^jCC/i^syQ

Verbal NounJ-J^i^'
II.

%Js
kJslJ
2.

IV. 311^

VI.

5|^

VIII.

^Li;J[

III.

v. %L'i

vii. 3lJ5
I

X.
is

p^^
hamza:

Example

of verb, whose third radical

ry^to
Perf.
S-,

read".

Imperf. Indie.
^.0.

Subj.
S-o^

Juss.
p^ 0^

'/

I/H
i>.o^

lyu
S.o^

iyb
.,0^
1-ftJ
-*

l-H

OS..-

oiyj

iy^-.

Twenty-fifth Lesson.

139 1

Perf.

Imperf. Indie.

Subj.

JU8S.

a^>'
c-oE
i-oE

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Imperative

l^

Part.

Active

^^Is
^

o >

j;^S
Pass.

:^^\

etc.

e/'/t^l

'.

Part. Passive

v. Jl*

Perf

^jryi
o
^
i

Imperf. Indie.

lyb

OAjJj etc.

Conjugation
E^
^

of

verbs

which

take

kasra
i>

in

the

o ^

Imperf.:
rative

Up

"to be healthy", Imperf. Indie.

^J^^,

Impe-

^y^\
sin''.

Conjugation of verbs of the form Joi: ^^^^ "to

Perf.

Imperf. Indie.

Imper.
LLL>t

\
etc.

Tt^'f

i> -

tC^^^tlil

etc.

etc.

140

First Part.

Conjugation be slow".

of verbs

of the

form Joe: ^L^ "to

Imper.

Imperf. Indie.

o^k^
etc.

^Lxj
etc.

etc.

/a^.I
/^j^'^^l

i^)^'
Derived Forms.
Perf. Imperf. Inclic.
=.
II.

Imper.
w.

Part. Act.
$ .J
(^yi>)

Ppt. Pass.

^ W.J

9.>
iyi/>

S^
\ji
.o

;^yb

^yj
;^_^b-

III.

^^Ub
i>

^_^lo' i
o
>

r,Lio

s.

cs.

i^Oi

IV.

i_jii

;^yb
^...

^ji\
:..

^j^
$w..J

lyw

2..

)_-fi;oo

f. .-

*i

..:.

'i.

..;

VI.
VII.

LUj
. ,o
iJijt

^Lii;u

LUj
-o
L5'^i
^ .&

i^jlsXA

\j[^x^
5.-.OJ

i>

^o^

9.o>
^5-^^
9
.oj

i^-^-Si

i-a>^

..o

^ .o.
(Ji;:^

9-^0^

VIII.

Ija5|.

L5y^I

L5j^^

iy^

IX. Does not occur.

. O.O
i>

O ^ O ^

O ^

(J

-f-

O ^

(J

-i^o ^ O 3
I

X.

|jiXv.t

^^JiX..^

(^Jii^t

^JiAAWw^

Jix,*JWWO

-'i^^'^II.
"^

idb:,-

IV.

-A:i\

VI.
VII.

3,Ui'

VIII.

sfjcil

III.

T^^lii

V.

3/:; \

9lJiJ[

X.

9!j2;cl[

'ilr^' ( ^'P' '^.flwi**^-

Twenty-fifth Lesson.

141

Xi^i-^ ^wrf*^ Vocabulary.

II.
f

to

help,

(355

success

give (only of

,,

j'^
_^

^'^'^

^-'z'

,,;
3/=Lii>

i'%^-^^--^^- U'
V.
III.

to d&ve;^-^^-f^^i''
to-

peg ^ ^
-

^y>!
to cleave.

address.

/^J-^ '^ '

^
^^

of,

about, eoncern

(Pl ur.

nation. ('/'/''^^

^ ^
Oo
.

good (noun),
price.

better.

tl^ (P^^^i)

*^i^^^^^^^'

'^i^
g.

(pl^r. Iriy) fruit.

l6^

III.

to reward.

ic^L> need.
/II.

and IV. to announce (with

Li

-^
woo

(i)

to pardon. '<

^J^^^^

accus.

and

of person of thing).

guilt.

,^A^

j^
ti
Ov^ot^

ambassador.
VIII. to
flee.

yj, to

fill.

J^y
G
sj)

vat, cask.

Said (name of man).

(

^Lftj

apples (collective).
"^

^
^
'
olsv,

to
(of

be

enjoyable
to

5l=> immediately.

food), 'II.

congratulate.

Ijo VIII. to begin.

iya*,
arrival.
J
1

sleep.

c_^>^ return.
^ :

II.

to bring, V. to
^rs

o^/JLo philosopher.
,<t>U3

r"^

come forward
to

grow up,
(adj.).

rise.

to

make.

IV. to set up^ ^<v.^

^-.ixx>

Abyssinian.
[(with
[

^L. sound,
G

*'t

pronominal
perhaps.

a
passing.

suffix)

^_5^

142

First Part.

Exercise 47.

^ib.:^!

^^1^

^xibo

LpuIpU^

J^ l^\

c/i

fJ

^^
^

y!

'jLoI

^5

^^^ycAA

^
'jj1a3^
- O -

Lg.J

Lotj

^Lpji

ci^Lw

eUii j^yo
^

X.AAx!i

Vj*^^
^o

cr
o ^

^'^^^

33,

s^ ^

i ^

33

^ 3m,i-

O^i

-^O

.1

....

^^yji^* (Less. 9, 6)

^i

vXj^JJ

jiJ^I
i3L^

^Is

u^^t^

<^^

j^

^i

Q-

,:i^Ail

!cX^

(for

u^'^-\^

cr

^^

^
Jji

^IslXc (than)

^^ dU

^
>

J^

me)

'<^\S^^

Exercise 48.

Read
pe4;
^

this letter.

(^)

have read

it.

This

woman

seeks _(jwi5)

me

that

may

read her letter to her.

The people appeared asking (Imperf.) concerning my condition. Ask me for what you want (ask me thy need). I ask you to (that vou) pardon my guilt.

Twenty-sixth Leflson.

148

Have you
filled
it.

They began to read (that they read). / I know book. the beginning (Verbal Noun) of this book. I have announced to them the arrival of the Emir. Come forward that I may reward thee. bring thee congratulation (Verbal Noun). are beginners The Sultan set up (Part.) in the Arabic language. **^^. a school.

filled

this
it

cask with

apples?

girl,

We

have

Fill

im mediately .^f

We

read this

We

Twenty-sixth Lesson.
^

JO

O-O^

-O

O m

Weak
1.

Verbs.
y

.^-L&.M^''i^fyHCoj^t

r^"'^'

Go
Jots),

The Weak verbs (Jjjw

is

in

which one of

the radicals
classes:

waw

or a ya are divided into three

A. Assimilate d verbs
is

{i^jiA

joii)

w^hose

first

radical

waw
B.

or ya.

Hollow verbs [^y>-\

or ya.
G

Joe)
'

whose second
,

radical

^^^

is

waw
C.

xj^t^.
-*^^
o
'

Defectiv e verbs (^i^'j

or ya.
A.
I.

Jots)

whose third radical

is

waw

Assimilated Verbs.
first

Verbs w^hose
first

radical
is

in
is
.
'I

,
i

2.

Verbs whose

radical

waw

have the

t
v

following peculiarities:
a)

Those that

ta ke

ka sra in the Imperf. lose their

e.g.

:^

in

the Imperf.
J^xaj

and Imper.

from
also

J^adj **to arrive'

Imperf.

Imper. y^.

Many

that take
e.g.

fatha

'^

I
in the Imperf.

"

have the same peculiarity

;^

First

Part^^^^Cof^J
Imperf. Indie.

Perf.

Imper.

^^.
^..wj

"to place, put".

-*i2j

^
^
^
v^
kasra
3)

"to be wide".

^
.^3

"to fall".

^
^

"to give".

-^

'_^

u^^j
Joti

iw5ji.

^Most verbs

of the

form

take

in the

^
r4

^1 Imperf. (contrary to the rule in Less. 13,

e.g.

^Ijn^
^i^-

(3% "to

trust",

Imperf.

^
or

Imper.

^-

'

"to inherit"

57

^i-***^}*^
"to be swollen"
it^uu' j^'.x*^**,'
11 15

rj

The verbs which Aake damma

fatha

in

the

^K^a^
P^',,

Imperf. and) preserve their ^ are rare

afraid",

e.g.:

J^^
(for

"to be
Js.>5?

Imperf.

Indie.

Jo-_^,

Imper.

J.^.[

^^
"^
,

see below).

-^
also

Those which are

_5

Doubled verbs

retain their

/^
'

in the Imperf. e.g. o^ "to, loje", Imperf. Indie. Ojj.

J -^

Note.
even when

In the Imperf. of the Passive the 3

it is

is

retained,

lost in the

Active

e.g.:

Oo^-^ "to find", Imperf.

^.''
Indie. Act. 0>->r., Pass. vX:>-_^.

b)

If
is

the

waw

is

vowelless
e.g.

and preceded by a
(for

kasra

it

changed into a ya
from

^\

Jo-jp Imper.
is

from

jc^^, so

j^^

the Verbal

Noun jy.

oLi^.i

(for oliii).

Twenty-sixth Lesson.

145

Vo welless waw
jsj>.^ (for Jc>-^)
c)
cf.

preceded by
Less. 27.

damma becomes

e.g.

In the VHI^^fei^pi the

^

the

fol lowing ta e.g.

waw J^5(->
JocijI,

is

y^T^

assimilated

to 1
I

y:Ji{

Jwsoj

"to join" VIII.

Imperf. Indie.
radical is

II.

Verbs whose

first

^.
e.g.
I
'

3.

These Verbs retain

their

ya in the Imperfect

wsvj

"to be easy", Imperf. Indie, ^-v^ou. "to despair",

,,

jj^

^_^Lo (see Less. 25).

it

If the

ya

is

vowelless
e.g.

and follows damma,

is

changed into a
Indie. IV.
Jiai^j

waw
(for

Jaib

"to be awake", Imperf.

Jailo).
is

In the VIII. form the ya

.-

assimilated to

the

*^"'

....

_^5-

following ta e.g.
4.

j*^

VIII.

jj^ut.

Conjugation of the verb whose

first

radical

is

Jjoj "to arrive, join".

Perf.

Iniperf. Indie.

Subj.

Juss.
o
-

^^
o
^ - * - o , ^

J--

J-^
o
^

J^-

3^-i.-

5--^-

'o^
.>

"^'
o

o ^ ^

>W!
etc.
Arabic Grammar.

etc.

etc.

etc.
10

146

First Part.

^i*^.'.

Imperative

f^

\^
Juo

f^^^y^^i^^'^^
etc.

Part. Act.

J^L
3j^_^^
t>x^*
^'^))

Part. Pass.

Verbal
Pass. Perf.

Noun J^^

or j^^oj or

&.i>o

o'Uo^

^^
is

Imperf. ladic.

Jsjo_^

An

example of those verbs, which retain

their ^

in the Imperfect
Jc>-jj

J^^

"to be afraid", Imperf. Indie.

Imper. ^.S.
Derived Forms .
Perf. Imperf. Indie. Imper.
,

Part. Act.

Part. Pass,

II.

kd^^
:ii.

jj:

J^3
- J

. ,

j^ij
3
i

3-fb
o

OS

;v.

:u4l
G
;;

..^

V. 34^^
y
^
- .>

VI. Jwoljj

Jwolyu

j^/^fjj*

J-olj^I/O

]^\^
J^y^
G^wi
J^JkOA/O

^^-^ccT

1^^^^J

^>^i
--W
(J^-^jj,

J^y^ js^
ij^-*'^^

J-^y[

^y^
Ga^
J^ClA/0

"

OS
l3*^'!.

_^,,--^

Vlll.

IX.

Does not occur.

juO*iA>.vo
(_^.Ai>^v0.ivi

A.. iJA:>*Xwrfl

(3>Ofi.X>w../i

jooJCav*.^

Verbal Noun.

^^^
jJ>t_^-

n.
III.

j^x^_^-

IV.

\^i
Gvl.,^ Jv^o^j

VI.

VIII.

J^lii
o

G.,

G---.j>

G-o
VII. juojJl,

G^
X.

JtA33 or xJLol_yj

V.

i3LAa>j:.w5_

Twenty -sixth Lesson.

5.

147

Conjugation of the verbs, whose

''to

first

radical

is

J^
Perf.

be dry", fc^a;
Sabj.
Juss.

Irnperf. Indie.

> ^

Cl

lt^^
l5'

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Imperative

'^A '^:s^:^^
{

^'^'^'

^^t-

o-,t;

L^"**^

etc.

Part. Pass, ijh^j^

Oo.

Verbal

Noun

,j..^
3

Pass. Perf. ^^.^

Irnperf. Indie.

;j^_^

Derived Forms.
Perf. Irnperf. Indie. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.
II.

III.

^j*4^.

u^l-^
>
i

\J*^.
o

u^^
G
J

u^^
G
^
i

o5

os^^
LT"^
o ^ -

Gw*^j

,..>

,,

G.

..^

VI.
10*

148

First Part.

Perf. Imperf. Indie. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.

-9

]VII.

w^xi!

LT^i
o

.^^

VIII. vxii.

^J^J<^

^;^
J

IX. Does not oecur.

-

^ o ^ o

o ^ o ^

o ^ o

o ^ o

>

X.

Verbal Noun.
11.

(Ww^XAJ

IV.

LT*^

VI.
VII.
Vocabulary.

VIII.

LT Uj1

III. XwjL^wX)

V.

X.

U^4-:

Vj Lord
III.

(God).
to

^ o ^ o oc J a K..y,0s.;X^^5

Alexandria.
shortly.,, J
.

make

easy,

-j-5

..<^

V.

to

be made
)

easy, possible.
'
'
I

V. to betake oneself,

to

be

^i
difficult, II. to
difficult.

go.

"^

make

since.

Vj fn. to complete.
to stay^

o4;

time, ci^)^, ^/^^^t,.

stand
OJ^,

still,

remain, IV. to

Vj^

VIII. to be disturbed, excited.

refrain

from (with
to learn,
(

^),

I.

^
" ^3
'

Go.

hearing.
(

ascertain

with

IV. to conduct,
bring.
to

be necessary,

,^j^

seat, throne.

v--^^:^*

incumbent (with
c>)-

to

lay down, to let, allow (only in Imperf. and Imper.). ^-(^'^^

^ g

v.;,vC2i:
o

anger.

^..^^ body.

3'*^^^^-^^ Twenty-sixth Lesson.

(III.
, ,

.^^'
;

^,*f
.

U9
.

tobe suitnblef-f^o'
VIII.

-'

to agroo to (with

^^^
-

^lend, beloved.

^^
I

^),
to
,,.

come

L^(pl.Jj^)marveI.
'

an agreement.

ij^
^rJi

;"-,

dwelling.
(fem.).

ia,

f...'

(to be awake,

X.

to

waken.

who, which

j^\
(properly of a camel
etc. to

j^
-

/(properly "to ^^ violent in

hurry forward.
..
|

m.

to

speak

to,^''^*''"'

^
,

go down

to

r^^=>

address.

^f^X^

'J^

ll'^Tl^^'^^^"'^'
^
,

^23ffl.^-

^^
r
^
c,

I I

on condition
(that).

t^^

-iJwo

s."'.

^jr>
'

director, editor. ^r^ypt-.^dJ^) journal, newspaper.

\K,

^\^\ ''''
-

Ibrahim Pascha.
^_^^^,^^ V. to adwirjpe,^-^-"-^

/v. and Vlir.

to

r^
^-^'^^^

^
;

piety, fear

o/ God.
'^^r*

^^'^

M''^"''-

^L-^

Joy-*^>^Ud

iC/1^ comfort.
" (f 7L-/I. ^^^ u jhmMihc0t,/>rtf bear.
^

iS^ harm. -T^

!to

^^.^ J

"^

--^
^'-^

promise (with' accus. of person, v^ of thhig).

'
'
"'

o
'

ZJ^
'

cistern.

*\^ JT.

W^

^-.IL

.'.

',-'

JV.
\

to

move

^ OJ-Oi

to describe,

^f^

(oneself).

Z- Exercise 49.

' *

*S

c;jo^o^^o.>C).,

.,0*.'

a^

''9

150

First Part,

q
^ ^

isUjuX^X*^))!

i5-

Qj-^^^*
^

J^
^ oo

^Ujs.^>

Joel

J^.0
^

(J

^ ^

o ^

jOw^^w

"^l"^

IJi^

ijjtsjy^j

^i

(*^aU

^j.*^.

^\ J.t

*]

otJii

^\

^^j

L^l /^ilj

li'i

(in

regard to

.)

U.^.:^

^^

L,v.i

otdaR^^S

i^>Xs:.

^iJf

At:

ic>.i5^*

JO->-|

-J^"*

|*"^*J

l*)J^^

J^LiiXi

^1

'lAftAjl

^i!!

^j^

/AjijJClf^

^dlL)

/ai
-Oo

^
I

*^jL:5Xi|

o ^

^So-o

w^

Twenty-seventh Lesson.

151

^^xorcise 50.

You have sought us and not found us. Hast thou laid these books down on the seat? I have not yet laid them down, but I will lay them down Lay them down immediately. shortly. Let If God will, you will arrive at us stay with you.

{X[)

Cairo in
(

(the), cggifort.

long a go
fell

since 6 jtime).

into the cistern.

have already arrived ^^/^ He fled from the bear, he ^t;}, h girl, do not fall. friends, ^(^^

We

lead us to the sheikh of the tribe. Stand will be very suitable for us.

This dwelling still and do not

'JkA
{jsj,{^

move./

The

entrance to

{^J<c)

the Sultan was

made

J-^'-^

It is our duty to bring you to the possible for us. Many marvels are found prince (the bringing j^ou to). I shall describe it to thee in this letter. in Egypt.

^ ^

Your
fallen

letter

has not reached

distress.

(j,t

3,) us.

-^We

have

into
affairs,

great
for

is

God

will

help
(Part.).

(/oSj II)

your

He

(J^)

the Helper

We
^

have agreed that you

(bj^ Accus.).

shall stay with us for a long_time^

Mf> ^^

Twenty-seventh Lesson.

B.

Hollow Verbs.

is

whose second radical 1. Hollow Verbs i.e. those, or j^ observe the following rules: 3

152

First Part.

A. If the

>,

or

9 is

vQw elless,midihe -third

is

radical

is alsojvowfelless,

then the 3 or ^^

dropped

to prevent
3) e.g.

the meeting of two vowelless letters (Intro. 13,

From
below, B,
is

-li

(for yt)

the Jussive should be *yij (see

^

1),

but as the 3 and

it

are vowelless, the

*i.

dropped and

becomes ^/, so Imper.

From

pu (for

m)
(for

the Jussive

is

^,

the Imper. ^.
is

From oli>
Imper.

o^)

the Jussive

v_a^.,

the

If the third radical, by conjugation, receives a vowel, no elision takes place e.g. 2"^ Sing. Fern. Juss.

^yij,

Plur. Masc. Imper. I^jj5.

alif,

So also the
^^, is

when

it

takes the place of 3 or

is

dropped, whenever the third radical

e.g.

vowelless

by conjugation

From

IV.

jlli?

(for '^^]) is

formed 2^ Sing. Masc.

B. If the 3
are observed:
I
I
.

or j^

is

vowelled, the following rules

1) If the of the 3 or

first
is is

radical

is
it,

^
jllb^

given to

vowelless, then the vowel the 3 or (^ thus becoming

iiv

vowelless

mv

then changed to a and

j.^)
is

to

t,

e.g.

^^t^Lx
^^'Hih*^
CM.f^0-S

l^>om

(=

formed

Ikiperf.

:^

Indie,

^^il

From

cL

(= ^),

Imperf. Indie.

^
Indie.

(for

,<-oj).

From oL> (= o^),

Imperf.

oU^:.

(for

Twenty-seventh Lesson.
- -

153
^ -e

- ^ -

So also from
for
i
(J

j^'o

(=

j._^)

are formed Perf. IV.

^S
for

j.jjjl
i

for

(>&!);

Imperf. Indie. IV.

O^

^-^

(for

^yu

Ooj

OoJ
,.yLo);

Part. Act. IV. ^*-^ (for ^jjU for Go^> O^o^ IV. *LiLo (for j^jjw for j.jjw).
j.jjij);

Part. Pass.

O^i

2) If a)

the

first
if

radical

is

vowelled.
radical
is

Then
y>

the

third
ayi,

also
a,

a) axca^ awiy cnvtt,

ay a,
*I5,

ayu become

e.g.

vowelled, S*"*^ Sing.

I
"

Perf.
cj,

I.

becomes

o^ becomes oLi>, ^ becomes

v..;^n-^

3>b becomes

i3'ji,

becomes kJ^.

VII.

Form

Perf. jyii!

becomes jUit and Imperf. Indie, oyio becomes

mvi^
\Ji^

JLo.

p)

uyi
.juo

become

^,

e.g.

Pass.

Perf.

I.

iji

becomes

becomes
and

.^uo.

Note.
e.g. Perf.

The

rules a)

P)

apply also to the VIII. form

,

VIII.

^ ys>'\ becomes
;jJOot

^lA5>t

Imperf.

_yl^.

becomes
C'

Jcsr..

Perf.

becomes ;UOoi.
radical
is

-^Tv
jl

b)

If the

third

vowelless, elision takes

place

aud^
Perf.

^
vi>voji

^^
*,

/j^^"
awi^
aija^

^j'l*
ayi

a)

atm becomes

become

i,

e.g.

|
|l

P^ Sing.
vi^vai>,

becomes

^^^.Ui,

v.l>^^

becomes ^^*^
-^

^jtv^ becomes o->o,

i(i(;i

v^:>^'*-^

becomes vi>^;
Sing. Perf. Pass.
jo o-jo.
/

p)
y
cj

and

tiyi
y

become
y
ci

i;

e.g. 1^*

I.

c>J>J becomes
2.

v;>JLi,

o-yo becomes

The

ine ) Verbal Nouns of IV, and X. dro p the,

the third radical;
e.g.

and add

ta after
*i5i

From
it

the Verbal

Noun

is

'>JS\\

from

is iUuii;o^t

154

First Part.

3.

In the Participle Active, gf, the L. form the 3

and the
JUo
(for

are changed into

hamza;

e.g.

^b' (for

^jis),

.j'wo).

4.

whose second radical dropped and damma

e.g.

In the Participle Passive of the I. form of verbs is ^ one of the two ivaivs is
is

written
I.

over

the
(for

one
6^y^).

left;

from

jl5

the Part. Pass.

is

^j^

is

In the Pass. Part, of verbs whose second radical the is dropped and kasra is written under the

first

radical; e.g.
(for

from

^ (= ^)

the Pass. Part.

I.

is

.A>./j

c^jju^).

Note

1.

few verbs whose middle radical

is

3 or (^ of

the form JotJ preserve the 3 or (^ and are conjugated as Sound verbs; e.g.
,
^

J ^ o *

.j-c "to be one-eyed", Imperf. Indie,

j^ju

etc.

Hollow verbs, which denote Colours or Defects, ahvax8_ retain

the 3 oT^^^^^m the IX. form;
e.g.

^Jf^^ o>^ S

^y^i
5-0
U^'^l

"to be or
'^^

become black" Imperf.

,,

Indie. ^_y^,.
^ o ^

./^^j~^

^ ^^ become w^hite"
often retained
V-Jj.-c^Xawj.
in,

,,

\j

The

is

the X^^form

e.g.

0^-c:a^

Imperf. Indie.

Note

2.

Hollow verbs, which have 3 or (^ as third radical "^

be worth", Imperf. Indie, i^y^^^.
Thj^se Hol low verbs which have fa or nun as toUowing ta or 9?iw; e.g.^

always re tain theif^^e.g.

^jr^ Note
t hird

^'to

3.

rndinal a ssi milate it'watii a

From
From

oU
^'li'

the
the

1st

sing. Perf.
piur. Perf.

I.

is

o^^o (for

^^:/Jji).

1st

I.

is

l;/

(for

LU^).

Twenty-seventh Lesson.

155

Conjugation of

-b'

(=

*yj)

"to stand":

Perfect.

Sing.

pis'

Dual

Lci5

Plural

i_^'i

v-Axb*

U/ls

Imperfect.
Indie.

Subj.

Juss.

Sing. 3.

m.
i

f^3 ^ "
3 ^

O J-

3.

f.

T>^
> J
-.

r^
^
3 ^

r^'
O J^

2.

m.
f.

f^
3

r^

H^'

2.

^J^
i&
.
3-B

u<^o>S
H''

1.

^^!

r->^'

Dual

3.

m.
f.

g^->^

UjA]
3 ^

f\.
n

3.

^U>'
^
3 ^

u^UjiJ

2.

yU>'
m.
f.

Plur.

3.

O-^-^
^
(J

3 ^

.,

> -

3.

o*^.

CT*iM

Cr*i^

15(5

First Part.

Indie.

Subj.
3 3

Juss.
y

3 ^

Plur.

2.

m.
^ O 3 ^
^ O 3 ^

2.

f.

O3 ^
'

rj^
Imperative
O 3

S.

2.

m.
G
f.

2.

^f-^
2.

Part. Act.
6

r^'^
J.,

D.

loj3
3
3

Part. Pass.

PI.2. m.
1)

2.

f.

Passive.
Perf.
5

Iraperf. Indie.

Subj.

Juss.

3^3 3^3

^ ^ 3

o ^

.>

^3

^3

<J

^ 3

,6i
ete.

etc.

etc.

etc.

jtfir'^-w,/i.i**e*^^*^**f'*^'*^erived Forms.
;;

-7r,\/^'<'^

Perf.
11.
r-^^

Imperf. Indie. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass,

Ow.

r^M
>
..
.?

r-f
^
.

r-^
o
^^

r^"
G^ .^

w/^.

III.

ri^
^-

r^'^
J
.>

,,^
o

pjUw
6
J

r^'^
G
^.>

IV.

,fel

(^

r^^

("t^

r^

Twenty-seventh Lesson.
Perf.

157

^^'

Imperf. Indie. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.

V.

j,yij-

j._^
.UXj

j.j.iL

^j^

^j^Xa

VI.

p.Ui-

G .0,

-VII.

lUit
r
*
J ^ o ^

W^U
O
^ o >

f^
^

Csl

&
Oj-s-w*./!

IX.

Oj^j^

^j-^
A-jJIaawJ

^^,^^1

wanting.

X.

*LAXjw|^

/*"^^^1

-*-JiXM,wO

*LftAAVwO

r
^

^'^
G

"*Herbal'Noun.
*?
-.

V.
G..
.y

rj^^

VIII.

*wAASt

.^^CCUtL

m.
IV.
Li'it

VI.
c^

;u^

IX.

Olj^i
G

^-L

,^

VII. !ljJ;

X.

i08-ftX>w!

v^

5.

Conjugation of the form

Jsjii:

_5Li>

(for

v^_^) "to fear".

Imperf. Indie.
Subj.
v-iL^.

Perf.

Juss.

oL>

I
c^L>
^-5l^p

I
Vi>^JL>

oL^'

v-5l^

\.Jl:^

^ii/va.>

ju^o

ete.

ete.

etc.

158

First Part.

Imperative
5

Part. Act.

^^J>

etc.

Part. Pass.

Passive.
Perf.

Imperf. Indie.

Subj.

Juss.

-I

' ^

^ J

o'l^*
'

etc. etc.

etc.

etc.

v:^^^

Conjugation of the form

3l) (for

Jots:

Vjo) "to be long".

Subj.
<3_ji^
^
y

Perf.
y

Imperf. Indie.
iij
y

Juss.
O J
..

Imper.

\f

(3Lb

h,.i

3X

o^^
Vi>s.iLb

>

(3jii>

<3ji2J

i>
etc.
etc.
is ^^\

jJlL
6.

etc.

etc.

etc.

Conjugation of verb, whose middle radical

^^jyo)

xSd (for

"to become".
Perfect.

Sing. 3.

m.
f.

Lo

Dual

|.U> l^u

Plural

'i;^

<)

3.

&^u
^ o
.

5)

OJrf
o

Jo

2.

m.

Ci>-A3

1)

w JO
J?

2.

f.

CH>f
^ o

J o
1)

1.

0_j

}1

Twenty-seventh Lesson.

159

Imperfect.
Iodic.
>

Subj.

Juss.

Sing. 3.
n

m.
>

3.
2.

f.
>
->

55

m.
f.

2.

1.

Dual
n

3.

m.
f.

O^jr^^

j-MJiJ

IjXAiOJ

3,

g5^'
g^jty^

i>^'
^jty^'

ijAX^"

2.

l>i'

Plur.

3.

in.

O^Jt^ri
*

3.

f.

55

2.

m.
^0
-

55

2.

f.

55

1.

Imperative

Part. Act.

Part. Pass

160

First Part.

Passive.
Perf.

Imperf. Indie.
3

Subj.

Juss.

^3

o ^ J

j^etc.
etc.

etc.

etc.

Derived Forms.
Perf.
II.

Iraperf. Indie.

Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.

.x>a.>Q

-r^^

%\.K2A

v/ IV.
V.

JLil

..AA2J

VI. "^Lli
.-

o*

^ o J

VII.

;'

VIII. ^'iL^t

y
O^
it

(see Less. 21, 4a)

IX.

<2jat

vfl;^
\3

wanting.
5

^ O i

>

J X,

-A>.2iAAi>SiJ

'

Verbal Noun.
G
^ o

G
II.

o ^

V.
VI.
G.
o
.-J

VIII.
G
^

III.

Leu
o

IX.

(JuTLCa-Oi^

>.

G-

.,

sj IV.
i^
J-!. *^ t9 9 Aytt-jf'^J

^^j'. iwir

Twenty-Beventh Lesson.

161

Conjugation of the form Joe:

^li
Perf.

(for J^-vi)

"to fear".

Imperf. Indie.

Subj.

Juss.
^,

Imper
-

C)li
^
,

^ ,

s^
^

^ ^

etc.
etc.
-

etc.

etc.

etc.

Vocabulary.

(The

letter in brackets after

a Hollow verb indicates the

radical.)

middle

(j) I.
\

to rise, IV. to

[^

to

become;
following

set,

place, stay.
to Jeaj.
^

(5

= J
to

j^
^

(with
j

I.^P^^^-) t^
,
!

.b^p-

II.

to terrify.
flee. tfivJl*^

never.

^
-

(i)

^lI (^)

to go, journey.

fy
[

II.

to give rest to rest.

way, journey.
(5)

ZJ
oLo

to,

X.

to

turn
to

back,
repeat,

(^)

to die.

oU
and
ws

IV.
VIII.

to

be

ac-

^^^jyl
-*^"^-

(5)

to say, (followed

customed.
j(plur.
'

by ^[
d^

the

exact words used;

'

lT^^
'
,
',

\
(

J^t^jsW-^^H' y *^U^
.

gestion, a gitation

-^^^

not

by ^1
<>'

and

(to'^^ake;

(with

^'-vw

mdirect speech).
(^

j^^
^""^
,

following Imperf)
to beoin. begin.

'

/
fancy,

j^^^ ^
">^t^'

ijh)
II.

to

be

1.^
I

long,
to

and IV.
long,

u:

make

V. IWimagine.
to

2^^
C^GJ^^'
='**j

lengthen.
9lil

IV.

to

come
X. to
"^

upon,
survival,
life. (.fl*^.AiW*^*'

aflflict,

3^

approve.
11

Arabic Grammar.

162

First

Par ar^^,^-.a:cMcu^.
to
to

r*v"^^

misfortune.
Z.

(3)

feel

giddy,
giddy.

lo
II.

make

thrust (of a lance).

while.

of:

(j^)

VIII. to increase,

c^

..A^

pride.

V. to ^imagine.
(3)

IV.
to

to

obey,

caravan.'

X.

be able to
of

^
lunch.
(^

.11^
\

(with accus. the thing).

= 3>i) to attain;
hand over
.,

ilo

(^^) to incline,

bend.

:^ii

III. to

uj^y: setting (of the sun).

(with double ace.).

((jr

^LJ
Jaa>

tongue.
to guard.

Imperf. oLo and

Ji^
-^

^^**^^^

c:aa>j),

to

spend the
^^Lo
(5)

to protect.
to betray.

night.

^Li*
(3)

(3)

TV. to wish.
if.

left side.
til

o^

right side.
(^)

to visit.

o lP
Ub
'-:

(3)

to

be

easy,

IV.
5)

to insult.

IV. to endure,
p-155

company.

''y^yj^'>^

'suffer,

fill, to
(

contradict.
-^ ^^ ^p^j..,^,

C5^

right, truth.

oppose.

true.

_.

jVIII. to take venI

'^
public, general.
r

geance on

(^^).

(^) to
to buy.

sell.

j^ jJl
.

who
f

(masc. sing.).

((^)II. to

determine,

1
f

appoint.
(3)

I
)

(plur. uv^;^) troop,

army.

( O^

^,'

IL, III.

and IV.

to help.

Twenty-seventh Lesson.

168

O.o

>

Friday.

(5)

VIII.

to

need

-^

(^^
\

ol;^ auction.
^jiiwii

(with j,p.
live.

^ij

y
y

II.

to

many.
jcj^i

{^) to
sir.

'ui
v;4^

((^)

VIII. to choose.
-

c-5

sire (used of Sultan

IV. to answer.

^'^^^
j'wL>

or Khedive).

(^) to be good, quiet.

(i^)
evil,
{J)

sjJt^ mother.

^Li3

IV. to
(.cf*

lose.
-xxi^)

..j:;

Ouo
',
-

[i^]

VIII.

to

hunt.

9^
' '

J^

^1^
.

'^-

J^
G ^^

I
(

y III. to be neigh^bour
to.
-j.^jj

^^
r -^^
'
1

IV. to inform,

"benefit.
(5)

^'jOj (plur.

^Loi) place.
G 'o

*^

g^ ^^ wander

round.

^i^i (plur.
VLi;
w^uul

^js)

gazelle.
^1^

Governor.
to cry out.

VIII. to yeafn.>

^.^ {^)
j.|vS

amiable.
(5)

to last.

c>\_^:>-

steed.
,/.'

G^

iUiU

battle.

e>3UJ lead, t^/j^ ^>^^-'^

j.^* towards, about.

bullet. ^A-'*^
III.

t>^/|^-'
|

jjyo
-

incKuation.

^J

cio

to defend.
II.

[{^) to be worthy,
1

(3

fitting.

'^/X^,

to terrify,

X.>;

wife.

js^
G JajL>i3
jLww

II.

to threaten

gjJb advantage.
officer.

(3)

to lead.

iiUiA^

there.

G..

Go^

^yi sparks.

^^

sleep.
11*

164

First

Part.

V^
lli

',

\(ic)
i

to

be absent,

^ ".

away. go awav.

^^
X^y^
^
^

^^^'

(collective).

^-

(5

J) to^ sleep.
^^--S^t^P

government.

Go

'

Jaa5> protection.

.Lb

[^

to fly.

Exercise 51.
Iri^^

wA^' ^3
vi>o!

^-AS

U'^^^ l5^^3 L5^3

vi:AJi

"

(*^

qjI

q^^

(j^

jjX

V^y^ C^

^J-^-V^

^^i

(*-;^^5

^slib

3j? (Optative)

J'^f ull^
i
L^"*
tiis

IjJ^-J^

Q-.

5^j5^

liUeJ

JJU
Jl

Jjij

^^^'v^

3uli

K^lyLw^i^ siJotU KisUJi c>^3

o|._^jci;CJi

A^ j

y'P

'UjOj

^Lw

c>ol

ji*

"S^^ ^

-^-^^ (Intro.

9)

ocVji

^
liki

XJLC.

4y^i

^^i

JsJjJ'5

J^j-^5

!lX^

iCaJ-j

(jnj!

=)

^U

Twenty-eeventh Lesson.

165

"as regards"

.,)

ilji'

d^j^\ (Less. 21,

5, b)

otj J

oijt

jJb>Ul

o-i f^xiUll

jxlax.^

^^ ^

} ^
(J

(see Less. 42, 2, f

^^^0>0^^0^
^^*^\ w z^^;^

^ (Proverb)

^ ,

^ ^

o >

ciULi> ^joi*

^[ ^UUs

xXA>o

(what .... of insult

= what insult)

ioL^)5t

^^

*^i

js^

^iUj

iU-^l

J,

vi>vJ

(j=^'^5

l5^^

J^j^J

cr

f'>Ji^^^

("which the lions fear", see Less. 31,

4)

^oLp U^Iat ^ii

**^**

^U^i

tiUj

^iy?^

J.

(Less. 21, 5, a)

JlLu^

j^^oc^

^^li'

ojli Q^ v^Li*

Iji

u4i

joJv-a:ol

!^X2-i

tj^*3j^

*^^^

cr^'^ jf

166

First Part.

"as regards"
i

.)

l^^Ju
i

^^1d
^

LuJOJi (Optative)
^ ^
'^

j^xj

o ^ *

^;j^>L>Lb

o^

c>^i^l

%^

oLL

L5j:^^

(s^ Less. 42, 2, f

^>Jj
o^Uii

L:sf;5j:i

S^\
LJi^

J,

^1

(Proverb)

Holi[

soU'^i

^
^'^i^S

t^_^U:^.

^yoi

(Less. 34, 6)

liLJt
^ ^ ^

^*j^

^o^'^
^
y

oS

^S-

S-

Oo

^ f

S-

byof^i
y
' '

\_y9An\
^
^ He-

jr^.j^^

j^^
^

^^s^o^

y o ^ ^ ^

so^

/Exercise 52.

Rise
in
this

girl,

and

let

us

city half a year.

us.

come upon
misfortune.

sit.

We
by

wish
(v^)

to stay

great misfortune

You

were

ajHlicted

has a great
return.
fitting.

*0 woman, go away and do not What have you said? We said, this is not Do not say this. Dost thou wish O girl,

that I

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

167

sa^TO thee
died.
visit

He

It was said, the kiug had the truth? did not die and will live long. Truly

we yearn

you (to your you, but was not able to

to see

seeing).
(that).

in the protection of
(Part, of J6\)

God.

Go

wished to

O my
who
in

son,
lives

Tiie merchant,

in Cairo will visit us.

life.

was flying. We flew from joy. -^ Eat They handed us the coffee and and drink and rest. He wished after the handing of the coffee we rested. You. have to sell these eggs, but he was not able. Did you spend made us giddy with your speech. No, we did not spend the the night in Damascus? night in that city. -H^The government appointed him Trust in God and fear not. >-- The coward governor. Repeat your (fearing) does not attain the reward. He will I have already repeated it. question.
sleep that he

God may lengthen your

We

wish that
(the)

He

fancied

This stuff ((JiUs) will not last. approve our opinion. (The) obedience (Verbal Noun of "obey") is our duty.

\/)

'

j'^^

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

C.

Defective Verbs.

Defective verbs, which have 3 or ^^ as third radical are conjugated according to the following rules
1.

The

A. If the 3 or (^

is

vowelless:
is

1. It is dropped, when nothing end, as in the Jussive and Imper. e.g.

added

at the

From Uo
Juss.

(== _^o) "to call": Imperf. Indie.

_^Jo,

cjo, Imper. cjl.

168

First Part.

From
^^j,
Juss.

yo.
j.^,

wo^)

"to

throw":

Imperf.

iflcraic.

Imper.
"to

^^i.

From

i^jii

meet":

Imperf.

Indie.

^J^.,

Juss.

^^

Imper.

^-i^.

So

also in the 11.

form (and other Derived forms):

^^^Jn-j,

(^o forms Imperf. Indie.

Juss. c^Xj, Imper.

cO.

The eUsion
Pronoun
2.
is

takes place even

i y oh-

when

the Personal

added as

^s^\ "call him".

at the

If there is
aii)

an addition

end:
e.g.
2*^

a)

becomes aw; ay becomes ai

I.

Sing.

Masc. Perf.
b) ^^^

of Lco
iy

is

o^^x>; of
%\

^^

is

vi>^^.
e.g. 2*^
is

and
I.

become

uw becomes
vi^^yto^;

m;

Sing.

Masc. Perf.

of

^^
is

is

of ^^aJ

v.J^; of

^^

"to be noble"

o^^.

B.
1.

When
If the

the ^ or

is

vowelled:is

second radical

vowelless, the ^
(of the

or

^^

is

retained; e.g, Verbal

Noun

form Jje) of Ui

(=

of ij^) "to rai^"' 3i^5 2. If the second radical

a)

^j:
is

J^j.
vowelled,

and

there

a, this a being written derived from awa^ with ya when it is with a?if it is derived from aya\ e.g. S'^^ Sing. Masc. Perf. I. of

V a)

W and when
of

is

no addition
az^a

at the end:

become

j^o

is

'ufiO,

^.

is

wQ^.
/a

|3)

^^(^aJi(:alIlgs_J^^/a,

remains;

e.g.

^^
Jii

becomes

^'

Pass.

Perf.

I.

j^l>

becomes
Subj.

(j:o;

remams
remains

unchanged. unchanged.

So in

Imperf.

I.

^^

Twenty-eighth Lesson.
'*

169
-**

.J
'^

7}

w(;a

remains;

e.g.

5^,
e.g.

Imperf. Subj.^cjo,

(iiya

does not occur).

S)
w?(;<*

becomes
(we/M

i*;

Ingperf.

Indie.

I.

j^Js*

ijccijiiies _5x:s>j,
s)

does not occur).

Imperf. Indie.
I.

iyu becomes
(ti(;?i

7; e.g.

^^ becomes
j

^^j,
C)

does not occur).

aivii

and

ayu become a (always written with

I.

j^); e.g.

Imperf. Indie.

^^

becomes

,^tf>3jj;

(^j (from

^ij

"to pasture")

becomes

^j:^.

The same changes

where however
rule 3); e.g. III.

take place in the Derived forms, always takes the place of ^ (see below
(j:|o;

^lo becomes

Imperf. Indie.

(j:iJsj

becomes
b)
a)

(j^iJo etc.
is ^aii

There

addition at- the- end:

=/o^

followed
^^^^

The 3 and ^ are retained when immediately bj an alif (in the Dual); e.g.: .*. o^a^Z, /u*r
Dual, Perf.

I.

5^3, |^^,

u;oj,

lliiJ.

3^*1

Imperf. ^.^i^lj, ^l^^!,

^.,1^^;,

gUsb.

2"^

Imper.

J^oi

etc.
e.g. \yo.

In these cases however iwa becomes iya\

iLr^,*'^
'

becomes

Lyi?,;

Pass. Perf.

i^o becomes Ueo.

2^^^ Sing. p) If ^< or I follows (as in Plur. Masc; Fern. Imperf. and Imper.) the following changes take place:

aim and ayu become

become auna:
i_^o;
3^^^

au,

and so atvuna and ayuna

I.

e.g. 3^^ Plur.

Masc. Perf.
I.

\^_^c>

becomes
\^io^

Plur. Masc. Imperf.

Sy^soj

becomes

and

Qjjto-j

becomes

..j_j^^;

^yt^. becomes

,.,yiJlj.

170

First Part.

(^
''^
I

iw%

iyu

and

uivu
e.g.

become
3^*^

it

and so uivuna and

I.

iyuna become una\

\yoj\
Ijliii

Plur. Masc.

\*yoj becomes
3^^*^

becomes

IjiJ;

\^^'y^

becomes l^^;

Plur.

JO.
ij^y^Aiw

Masc. Imperf.
j

Q^^tv*jJ

becomes ^^^j.
;

^m and

iyi

become

e.g. 2^*^

Sing.

Fem. Imperf.
becomes

I.

^_^jo
I

becomes
o^

(^^^jsJ;
..

Juss. (^j^Jo

(j:Jo

o^

and [an, Qt^A^y

a?/^

becomes

j^j^y^ J*.

becomes
^JiJlj;

ai; e.g.

2^^*^

Sing.

Fem. Imperf.

I. ^^yjxiJLj

becomes
y)

Imper. Sing. Fem. ^^i. becomes

^\,

When

the

of the 3^<^Sing.

Fem.

Perf. is added,

the aiva and aya are first changed to a and then, to prevent the meeting of two vowelless letters (see Intro.

13, 3), the alif is

c:^a/Oj

dropped;

e.g.

o^c^ becomes

o'wco

then c>^o;

becomes oU^ then vi>^.

.

The Fem.

of ..the I)ual is (irregulaply)_Qrjiied

by

analogyjrom Jthe

Sing.

'uOo^^

Ui:0.
c^^x/i?^

The

following forms are regular;

iya),

(since

Mm

changes into
Note.
into
i

Dual

bc-y^.; c>^xiij

Lx^j;

o^y^
is

^3y^.

The \^

as sign of a at the
is

end of a word

changed

Intro. 6,
2.

whenever a suffix Note 3).

added;

e.g.

Uj **he threw him", (see

In

the

Active

Participle

iivun
^!o;
o^oij'

and iyun

are

changed
*L.

into in\ e.g. j^lo

becomes
like

^|^ becomes
in Less. 6, 3.

These forms are declined

Singular.

Nom. Gen.
i^/w

cfo;

with the Article

^j^ljJi

(im* and

become

^).

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

171

Accus. Ut!j; with the Article

Dual.

^jpijJl {^ya remalDs).

Nom.

^ylAtlo;

Gen. Accus.
Plural.

j^^xa^Io.

Nom. Q_^lo

(M-*ti

and

?yt?

become

a),

Gen. Accus.

^^io
^

(ite;?

and

iyi

become

i).

In the Part. Pass, of verbs whose third radical is the two IrOTs"' are contracted into one written with
G

(i

tasMjd', e.g.

^^j^

becomes _^0^.
is

In the verbs whose third radical

the form js

^^,

the

of

changed

to

and

this

is

assimilated

to^^.'

the ^^ of the root; e.g. (^_^ya becomes j^j^.

3.

u^,^

The verbs j^hQsa._ihird

radical is ^ are treated

(j::

in the Deri ved forms as if the ir third radical were

e.g.
|y

from lii:
4.

II.

^3,

III.

^i3, IV. ^^\

of the
II.

etc.

^/>/U^ ^*^A.
is

a)

The Verbal Noun

o.

form

of the

O.

pattern
radical
b)

'lilxsu

(as in the case of the

verbs whose third

G.
o .

a,

is

hamza. See Less. 24,

2, h); e.g. K-^-^*

from ^(w.
{yO-,

In the Verbal
alif\

Noun
yliiXo

of the

III.

form the

is

- awa^

changed into
c)

e.g.

from

J.^ "to meet".

In the Verbal Nouns of of the IV., VII., VIII. j\ -and X. forms, where the third radical follows an alif, the ya is changed into ar Jiamza (without bearer) e.g.
;

IV. from
VII. from

^? "to
.o ^*:oJij\
.

throw":
"to

9liJ[.
*

come

to

an end":

^^

9Lc3iiil.

VIII. from ^"Ju^l "to buy": 5iyJ:[.

. O ' o

. o

X. from JixX^\ "to ask forgiveness, abdicate": 9La*XAi.

^JT"

172

Firsf Part.

.^
and VI. forms
Oi..
Jt!^
;

d)

In the Verbal
in,

Noun

of the V.
e.g.

nyun becomes
^JLj;

uyu becomes
xblj;

becomes

i5^*
5.

becomes

with the Article

^J>^\

and J.^il.

^ ?"^{

In the Participles of the Derived forms iyun %n\ iyu becomes %\ ayun becomes an (written w ith ^^) ayti becomes a (also wril^ji with j^); e.g.

becomes

JCI^Ju-i^iU becomes JJU, with the Article ^iiT; Part. Pass

II.

^^y^ -9}^
tv

becomes

JiJU,

with the Article

^aUi

etc.

Conjugation of the Defective Verbs.

j^J^^^^"^^ ^) Conjugation
5-^^U^
a)

of the verbs whose third radical

Js^:

is ^

Of the form

^
.

tra,,.|

Uf^

Perfect.
(.^^

/
/

^*^^/
Plural

'

Singular

Dual

"*
.

'

^y
i^j

^^r^,

3.

macy
lem
masc.
fern.
J

Uo
^ c>^o
*

3.

masc.
^'^'^

[^o

/3.
3-

masc.
f^^^i

^ 3.
2.

fem.V**^

^^

2.

o_^o

'ujj^o

2.

masc.
fem.

^j^^

2.

2.
o ^ ^

o ^ ^

^ o ^ ^

1.

1.

Imperfect.
Indie.
a<jae^

Subj.
^i^^*

Juss.

Sing.
,,

3.

masc.
fem.

_^0o _^Jo
lcOv.j

"^j-^Jo

3.
2.

_^Jo
>

masc.
fem.

*)0

"i

tcr.*'

2.

r<-cJs.j (J

3*/f-*^a^|v

1.

_^ol

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

173

ludic.

Subj.
Sys^^,

Ju88.

Dual

3.

masc. ^.,Ux:Jo

L^->^
l_^jj

3.

fern.

^^t_^.xj

!_^jsJ

Plur.

3.

masc.
fern.

^ j^Oo

g. ;u*^- '^

t_^^

L?^^

3.

^^11 ^/f^^j^ii O-^^

!_^Jo

O-^'
I_^Jo

'

,,

2.

masc. qjx:J^j
fem.

,,

2.

^^_^Jo

o-^-^'
-JO-

o-^^^"*
JO
C.XJ

1.

^JSJ
Imperative.

_^Jo

Sing. masc.

coi

Dual l^oi

Plur. masc. l_^ol

fem.

jj:o!

Part.

fem. Q_^oi

Active.
(j^ijJl)

Sing.

nom. masc.
accus.

^\^

(with Art.

fem.

iUclo

Ucio
^io

(j^lJJl)

xu.lo

gen.

^iJol)
feoa.

x^iJ
jb./^f-^-***

Dual.

nom.

masc.

q'*-^!^

^Ljo^Ij

Plur.

gen. accus.

^^^xx^b

^^^ty^j^^^lo

nom.
gen. accus.

o^^^
o^^^
^Jw5.

J1

t?..7_o^

ji

Part. Pass.

174

First Part,

p^jf'''!^'"

Passive Perfect.
\>.3'pni
ia/ /Sj

K'^^

"C*^'

Sing. 3. masc.
r,

^o
o^j

Dual

'lac3

Plur.

V l^o

^^!^^^'-^

j"'*

'"'

i,-^7y

^)

^ J
^^

2.

masc.
fern.

c^^xi^^

Uixco

/*-Xxco

2.

cf^^
Vi;^>j0
,,

,,

1.

iS'U^C)

Pass. Imperf. Indie.

Subj.

Juss.
pJs^

^^^

Sing. 3. masc.
fern.

^jo
{^'^
, O
J

^-'H-^.

^jo
{^"^
- o J

,,

3.

p"^
p-^'

2.

masc.
fern.

(j^JO*
^ O ^
C)
.>

>

(J'-^*

,,

2.

Q-^JsJ*

(j?^^*

(J"^^

' ^ O

, ^ O i

Dual

3.

masc. ^llijvj

'^t^^
,

^^
^^>^*
LoiJo

3.

fern.

^^03 ^Ucj^j
...IxcJo

, O

UcJo

,,

2.

W^-^

-c^wt
4U.\*

Plur.

3.

masc. qj^Os^
fem.
^^^jjCJo

!^^
Q-j:Jo

^^^
qxCJo
o ^ o
.>

,,

3.

,,

2.

masc.
fem.

^-j^^^^j

I^JG*

j^o^J'

2.

^>j;jo

^^^jo
(j:Jo

^^^.xj

1.

(j:Jo

pXi

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

175

P)

Of

the form

j^:
uIj^
Ki^gif^

^^
Sing.
3.

"to be pleased".

c^./>^6^

5.

a,A^

Perfect.

masc.

^j

Dual
n

^^

Plur.

I_^^

3.

fern.

^j

y^
o
^

2.

masc.

0^tyi5;

)i

2. fern.

O^^

>i

1.

Imperf. Indie,
Sing.
3.

masc.
fern.

Subj.

Juss.

i^:,jj

3.

^j
J'J^
o ^

2.

masc.
fern.

n
}}

2.

1.

Dual
1)

3.

masc.
fem.

p'^v-^

3.

>

u Plur.

2.
^

o - o^

3.

masc.
^
^

o-

o -

o-

- o *

o-

3.

fem.

2.

masc.
*

o ^

o*

Ci

0^

, o ^

o^

n
n

2.

fem.

1.

>^

O^ji

176

First Part.

Imperative.
Sing. masc. o^.l

fern.

Dual

Lx/i?.!

Plur. masc. \joA

fern.

^^^
[jo\.
(

^^.^^^

Part. Act.

/^st^i)

Part. Pass,

^y^
^^
_i (s.

Pass. Perf.

_=,

(s.

(j;o)

Imperf. Indie.

^^Ou).

> ^j

Verbs of the form

b)
a)

Jots (as

^^^

^^ "to

be noble") are

rare.

Conjugation of verbs whose third radical

is

^:

Of the form
"to throw".

Jots;

^^

Perfect.

Sing. 3. masc.
3.

^J
-

Dual
n

L-;

Plur.

'^J

7)

fern.
o ^ ^

o
17
5?

o - -

tl

2.

masc.
o ^
.-

1J

,^

f)

2.

fern.

^
n

^ ^

1.

)t

Imperf. Indie.
o^

Subj.

Juss.
^

"

Sing.

3.

masc.
o ^

3.

fem.

c^^'
o^

>>

2.

masc.
fem.

^^'
o
^

11

2.

^f
o
OS

5J

1.

Twenty-eighth Lesson.
*

177

Imperf. Indie.
*

Subj.

Juss.

o,

Dual
n

3.

masc.
fem.

C)^^
" ,^
^

^;..

3.

o -

2.

p^!^'
^0
,

Plur. 3. masc.
o ^
)i ,

o.

3.

fem.

Cr^jH
JO,

a^^jr?

o*^^

ti

2.

masc.
o ,
,

0-

2.

fem.

Cy^T-'
o.

o^/
o^

o^y
^

^>

1.

c^y
Imperative.

L5^J^

ry

Sing. masc.

*^j^

Dual

Lyc^t

Plur. masc.

1_^^1

fem.

^J^
Go,

fem.

^^^

Verbal
.A^fr
J

Noun

^^
^l
,
J

Part. Act.

(^L-^0

Part. Pass.
^

^f-^tPl

Pass. Perf.
O

^^
,
J

Imperf. Indic.

^^
-

, O J

OJ

etc.

(^o

etc.

(^jOsi

P)

Of the form
fti

joti:
is

"to meet"

conjugated like

^j,
12

Arabic Grammar.

178

First Part.

^^
all
..

.-..,.

T*;fejr
c)

Conjugation of the Derived forms of

,^

Defective
'*/

verbs.
Perf.
II.

^^^

Imperf. Indie. Imper. Part. Act. Part. Pass.

^
1^'

^
&%.

C^

g^U

^
iiu
so
>

III.

a^

a^^'

^ir

IV.

J^'\

V.
VI.

Jii
J.Sii

- Ji^
iii;^
- o ^

ci^
^^^
c^l

l/-^
iii^

c3^

VII. Jd]i

VIII.

J^,
Wanting.

^y^

0-^1

IX.

I?,

^f

^'^'^^

Verbal Noun.
'V.
t- VI.

,A

11.

^sii
liil and
'ilii

(ji^^
xii--|i>c
^'^

VIII.

sU;J[

^,^^.

III.

IX.

Wanting.
,o

'^4^;
"

^'j'V'

IV

.
5Uit

'

to'
VII.
'

sLiiJLiI

X.
^'

9'JiJU^t

Vocabulary.

f**

'

^z

,Jj to weep.
'i=.j

l5j^
for.

^^ ^'^^'

to

hope

^
-

^^^' l^^PP^Q.

to forget.

j^
^j

^9

'

excuse.
to read.

^ci^

to go, V. to ,^^^^^

wander

J^

(also

kL^) haste.

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

179

\0s.

V. to breakfast.
/

9vXj:

butter.
I
I

to

stretch,

V.

to

^O'

jwo
I

stretch
rest.

oneself,

W
' '

dried dates (coUective).

Go
take_supper.
.

lLc V.

t^.

tobacco.
to
I
(

to

(plur. v;U;^l) herbs.

(

L.<*^^

go away, Part. Act. past, last.

wish (with j of
person
of

"

I.

and VIII.

to be

''

to call, to pray for,

<3tj

j l

watered

(suffici-

ently).Tj^-- fo-fljtk^

^
9Lx.i:

rain

Li^

to

O^J

time.

thing) VIII. (see Less. 21, 5, b) to claim to X.

,

winter
G
-

summon.
G.,^
iCxiij)

remain,

j1j

(plur.

seller.

',

rest,

remainder.
G
,,
^3>A;i5)

j.^ VIII.
lio

to

honour.

o .

(pi.

section,

to approach. {(literally
\

o?

<'/**153iiK

*^^*^,l

o^ason.

,^^

(^

to pasture, feed on.

I.

^^

"to

let

live") to greet.
n:? n'D

^^
"*^
^F?^_

^
\1^

meet, IV. to throw, VI. and VIII. to meet one another.

III. to

and

li^ to bend,
IXi;

to

complain of (^).

yai brevity.
^

IV. to give (with two accus.), VI. to give one another.

^
o ^

to

be sufficient

for,

kJ'^^
G

III.

to reward.

^
\'
G.
-

G^

sheep

(collective).

;c4^ collecting.
G
o -

^^
o

)substitution,^^'^jo ' instead of. \

JO amount.
G
^

J-o

wealth.
III. to

icLi;^

wheat.

be anxious
iwj).

Cr^ straw\

(about

12*

180

First Part.

" } ^

to

be much.

J,i

V. to be slow.
f

drink, wine.
f

'.1^1^
( . ^

the merciful

God.

to intend, deter-

mine

(^).

III.

to call.
1/^/7

^^^
L5f^
.

to cover,

he

fainted,

Go
lap.
II.

'. O . .

'

kt^

l5-^

she fainted,
walk, gait.
-^

to comfort.
to endure. J^j:;^'

^^

III.

^
V
>iVjO

V. to wish,^^*'^

to create.
II.

man.
f

to

recommend,

IV. to overtake,
reach.

charge.
f

recommendation,

[exhortation, charge.
G
-

j^ 'Vt--

_ ^
r-

girl.

^'-.V^T^

II.

to train up.

flight.

^:^'Z'::^.

to escape.

Go.
f

to decide,^VIII. to require, seek.

o ^

to
[

pardon (with ^).

to be hidden, con-

cealed (from

^).

to build,
to water.
()

to

be content.

firmament.
to

t^-^^'^l
II.

be pure,

clear.

to

name,

call.

o.

Satan.

month.

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

181

VExercise 53.

^Jvxii

^JJ^ ^j^j

^1

c>-v^

v,^yj

^Uj ^ ^5-^3 t^' ^ 8>bo j^y^ U ^;^*

^
'ui

^"^^

Jj>

^wsi^':^!

J\P

^^

(Proverb) j:;^

jiju

(for

ojw) uN^
L-j'uixc^t^

iC^Lc ^jT^i sLx^l

xj
^^ii;dLj

jjj^

,3

jlili

si^

Q^

i^j-^j^

^^1

w*^. ^^K
^^Jo

JU^!
UJi:

'L^'Lcy3

vJ^^^i

^Lw ^
L^^r^'

^1

X1ia:>

L^a/o

vXi>lj^

p,^!^i

.^^^^J

uLo

^-Aia.*

>

li-*.J

^i

\j^

Lg-i^

^v>o (-\3-bj

>^J

.Tw.i

",

iXi;
*0-o

\^L
O

^^!>-

'4^ *^ ^^ Uii (Less. 34,

0-.

6)
O

LiLij
3

*0O

^1

O^

^-^

^O-O

^(M>

[5|S^

"^-w-o

-iJiO^

^i

^^

~-o

..

.^fjf-

Jib ^i vXaju^

oi^i

^wUJl

(Less. 44, 5) ^J^

^yt

Ni^'-^i

>y^li>

U J)Uy

xJt
""

(Less. 31, 4)

^ac^x;:.^
'

^LLJUJj
=^

linn

182

First Part.

'i.*^^

^Aaa^^I

Vljr^^

bLa^^UI

lj.jiL>

ol~="j-^5
(J)!

^M

Ljllo
^
^ ^ ^

^dJI

^>^i2aj

^s>

(as pledge)
^ 3 O
3

l>lp.

\j^Xs:.

^.i^JI

^Sa^Cam
^3
7)

S,

s^^ i^^OO

it

<J

Lli

3iT

(Optative:

"May God pardon",

\Os^

Less. 30, 6) \kl

.^b

J^'i

.'C./iL^I

^^

^^^^

l5^- ^

/^^3

iC-b^t

vi:^xjJ5

Lv^

(^.Xj

jJj.il

13^^

uProverb)
'*~g^vJ^

ol^t
&b[^^

..t

^
-

L/Xo^Li

j'4->Jl

iiU3

\i_y:di

'ujAiw

^5'Uj

(Less. 34, 7)

(jyv^^xil

Kxxi^ u^'^'j l^-^.

>

tdXiCtv^s^j^

Os-J^^^O^S
bL/j
BLxail

^1

3^^^^
Lo

jo^i

^y-'

O^OrO

(Proverb)

^^Jo ^^1
O""*""^^^

^-uaiij

(j^jil3

^jLvuii

J^

jJsJij

Lo

"^r

Twenty-eighth Lesson.

188

(J^

jy^^S vi>^

j-yo^t

vi|

1-0^

c>y^

(Proverb)

(Koran,

Sura

1.)

^.JiiLvm

hS^^S

li^x^l

^o ^
was
(^) built

/Exercise 54.

When was
(Part. Pass.)

this

house built?

We

It

in

the

time (jv^) of the last Sultan.

girls?

beg your pardon (we hope from you the excuse). I have read your letter. Do not forget what I have said to thee O my master. Go boy! I have not forgotten it slowness). -^ When will the time of slowly (with

Why

did you weep

(is

our meeting be? necessary for

We
us).

due

(right).

shall give
us.

you what we ought

You have

Remain with

not given us our I heard a crier

in the

(Part. Act. III. of Ijvi) crying (he cries)

with a loud voice.

"

weeping). did not happen.

for

market

The

girl

We

What you have said is sufficient Whither art thou going? Wast thou content with what I said to thee? I met a dog in
me.

fell

fainting.

wept

bitterly (a bitter

What you wanted

the street.
I

^\

What

(how)
to

is

this called in this

Arabic?

Do not be anxious about man. Spare me Hast thou watered the horses? (make me remain We have already breakfasted and, God we
II).

went from the house

meet them

(to their

meeting).

shall shortly take supper.

and
us.

sell in

the market.

Truly,

if

will,

If

God

will,

we

the merchants buy Buy what is necessary for shall meet in the current

(flowing)

month.

184

First Part.

Twenty-ninth Lesson.

Doubly weak Verb.

1. The most usual of the doubly of the followmg three classes:

weak verbs
is

are

A. Those in which one radical another is a weak letter.

B.
C.
<^\f.n^

hamza, while
letters.

Those in which two radicals are weak Those in which

letters.
all

three radicals are

hamzas

or

weak
2.

>

A.
.

Verbs in which
letter.

one radical
first

is

hamza and
hamza, the

another a weak
1)

Those in which the

e.g.:

radical

is

second ^ or j^;
Perf.
'u\jj.
\

\^S

**t

o return

^
Juss.

Imperf. Indie.

^1
o

^3^J
3

(^Iso written

^jj)

^^
o
i>^

^^
oh
I

i-^

i-^

h^
^^-

^.-^j

etc.

V^J-* ^^^-

VJ'-''

Imper.
LjjI

Part. Active

^
.

h
,i,.|

Pass. Perf.

woi.
^

So too the rarer verbs:

ot
^T
\^
3T
2)

(for vjt^t)

''tojnjure^\,

(for (for

j^i)

"to come, return'*.

II. is.j?

j^J) "to bestrong!!^

first

"to strengthen".
is

Those in which the

radical

hamza, the

third 3 or (^; e.g. ^1 "to come".


Twenty-ninth Lesson.
Perf.

185

Imperf. Indie.
6y-

Subj.
6^'

Jusb,' c/
^rf

^^'^'f^'^

viiol

jbf

^Ij

oli*

v.:>oul

etc.

.iij

etc.

.ilj

etc.

oli'

etc.

|c:aj!^

(from\:>Jt) also shortened

'

o
'j
wT/

lii*

Iraper.

'f ^ [,jSj| etc.

'

"-^

/^
T

Part. Active

ol

(with Article

J^t)
r-'^

Pass. Perf. ^1

Imperf. Indie. ^_^.

is

Of

this
t>

verb the IV. form

tJ

^\ "lnJiring"; Imperf.

^
Imper. ot; Pass. Perf.

h-

,.

Indie, ^yj', Juss. o^j;

^Xjl.

^-^J^f
i^^uff^^
^^'^
j)

So also
-S
lol

t^jt

^o_j^fuse"; Imperf. Indie. /^Jv^.P^"^^^****'*^

II.

"to pay";

-5 ^c>\ (with

V y

same meaning); Verbal

Noun
3)

KjoIj.

Those
^ or

in

which the second radical

e.g.
etc.
.

is

hamza,

the

first

^\

.jlXj

"to desgair"; Imperf. Indie. '>-*<-^*

^j^Lu;
4)

Imper. y^U

Those in 'which the second radical

\

is

hamza,

the third

ov

^\

e.g.

^(^ "to_se'.
^ ^ Perfect
.

(Not e that the

hamza is dropped thelV. form). ^^

'

in

the Imperf. and Imper. and in

Sing. 3. masc.

Jb

Dual

Cf^'

Plur.
i

n n
51

3.
2.

fern.

masc.
fern.

^b
o^

UjuI^

n n
i

r^b
i >&*

">)

1.

^s!;

186

First

Part.

Imperfect In die.
Sing.
3.

Subj.
L5jH

Juss.
JT^

masc.
fem.

L5j:?

>>

3.

L5j^'

L5y
C5y*
^-.

-J

>>

2.

masc.
fem.

^J'

J^'

11

2.

-s

-S

1.

^jS
masc.
fem.

^y
ij;

j'

Dual

3.

s^
cfy'

^;
^;-^

>

3.

i^;^-

2.

S^
masc.
fem.
^ o ^ ,

c>^

PlLir.

3.

3.

aij^.
- *

iy

2.

masc.
fem.

2.

1.

^y
Dual
l5j

^f
'

-i

Imperative.
^

Sing.
"

j;

Plur.

"

at)

Verbal

Noun

j^f,

Part. Active g|j (with Article ,^1^!)

^^'^^;

Part. Pass.

^>'

^
/^^^^

-^^

.e

;^^x

^ T^^

^-;!^

Pass. Perf.

^j

Imperf. Indie. ^-;:.

/ft^irCarJUl^'

-^

Twenty-ninth Lesson. ^^

187

When

united

with

a suffix the forms

etc.

used are
(r^^?oArctji^^^'f^'

Tj "he saw him"; lil^ "he sees her"

^ Of
III.

the Derived forms the following occur:

jj;s|^

"t o

dissemble ";
or

Imperf.

Indie.

^Ijj; j^^y/.a

Verbal

Noun Ll^
*

5ll,.^^"I^l^
";

I'^r'^fJ

^^y\y<^}f-^

IV. ^j\

^ show
Noun

Imperf. ludic. j^^; Juss. ^;

or HcU.
^^^^

Imper.

.t;

Verbal

$tj1

VI. (JteLj "to look at one another".

'^
?j
f.'

)
first

VIII. ^^^^
5)

"^

thi^k^\

^^
is

543'-^
hamza, the
'

Those in which the third radical

e.g.

3 or (^;
6)

^^

"to tread"; Imperf. Indie. LLj etc.

is

i^*

Those in which the third radical

j^, e.g. sLw (for 1^^) "to

hamza,

thejj^^^
^*2*'*<

second ^ or
Perf.
La^

be bad"> .r^juTt'
'

Imperf. Indie.
^..i.v.J

***

Juss.

^-^^^

>

etc.

etc^^;r^>^
.

etc.

Imper.

,^

^^

^-^

^^
J^ww
Pass. Perf.

Verbal Noun 9^^

Part. Active

^^,

^L1 (with Article ^lIj|)'''>^C-^

^
is
j^^^vo;

Imperf. Indie.

iL^.

P*-/*-^^-

Of the Derived forms

Imperf.
Indie,

IV. sL-t "to make^hfld";

Imper.

^\\ Verbal Noun

\

HeL-I;

Part. Act.

^. -(c^^^/^BJ

^^^^^

ti^t

188

i>^
So from
cL/i3

i>*'^V
(for

First

Part.

t^/i:)

"to shine, be bright" IV. sUsi

;

7^

Conjugation of sLi
Perf.
5L:>
.

(for

Li)

"to come".
Juss.

Imperf. Indic.
^

^.

(also written

^.)

_>r.

c^^i::^

etc.

^ -^' etc.

r-r*frr--

^*

etc.

6^-=.

; 1

,p-

Verbal
^*^-

Noun

'.

j ^

lii.

l5^:^

^^^*'- -^^t^ve Li-

(with Article

^Lil)

K
Sq_from
sli"

Pass. Perf.
(for

-.^"^^^^
J^f^^"*

^Z"^"^

L^)

II.

form L^ "to prepare";

^^^^'^V^al Nou^^-.
^,.r-*^'

/^. *'ki>iiV
s'lu.

Conjugation of
Perf.

(for

^)

"to wish/^oft^^l^''^/
Juss.

Imperf. Indic.

c>.L;^ etc.

^Lij

etc.

LAj
J;,

etc.

-Jr-

Imper.
Pass.

L;;

^JL^'

Verbal Noun
Part.

and

*xLw<i:v/>

Perf.

-.^
'

Act.^Li (with
B.

Article ^llil).

^-^T^-3

".^
3.
1)

%p}^

^^

Verbs

in

which two radicals are weakjetters.

are

which the first and third radicals These follow the rules that govern the conjugation of the Assimilated and the Defective Those
in

weak

letters.

verbs;

e.g.

*.

Twenty-ninth Lesson.

189

Perf. J3 "to^guard"

Imperf. Indie.
v^;

Jb; Juss. /i,

J,;

Imper. Masc. Slug,

Fern. Sing.

Plur.

fys.

Part. Act. ^ll (with Article ^ijjl).

VIII. form

"
"J^\^

to fear (God)"

Perf. '^^ "to

be complete^-iiilfiL (a p romise)"^.!^

iP^^i^ V.

IV. form ^^S "tg^fulfilavow^- Imperf. Indie.

^^;

Imper. o^l

Verbal
"
to

Noun

sUjt

/
>fcr^-

Perf. i^
'

be near"

Imperf. Indie. Ju; Juss. Ju;

,

Imper. j.

'"^^^

'

^^

are

2) Those in which the second and third radicals weak letters. These retain the second radi cal (see

Less. 27, 4,
Perf.

Note 2 );

e.g.

^^^

"tp_narj:ate". v.-u^

jj>*j^

f>tvtij

Imperf. Indie.
<3^y^-

Juss.
^-^
-

Impel

^3;
.,

^A

--

0^

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.
S

0*

Part. Active

Sj

((^3

vo

Part. Pass.

Pass. Perf.

^3J

Imperf. Indie.
(of cattle, land, etc.). j.:?^^;^,

^3^ "to be welL watered"

Perf.

Imperf. Indie.

Juss.

Imper.

^^^^^

v.:>^3;

etc.

etc.

<5ij\
etc.

^^j

etc.

190

First Part.

^^w/

In the same way are conjugated ^^_^ "to be worth":

^yi
c
/>i>i<U.

"ta.be, ajrong',!.

Conjugation of ^jp^ also written

lis^e".

^^
c|, /d
i

(for

_^^o>)

^Au^

"to

Perf.

Imperf. Indie.

(4q.

^Wt^y)

l5^
etc.

^c^,

(also written LS$p).

vi>^^^x5>

-^^
'lI:^

'^'7^*^
^

II.

form

"to

let

li ve,

greet";
cdt^^^-^

Verbal Noiin
=>^^j-^

contracted iu^'.

^ 4|Jl^ >
"^

>

y^
1

X. form

U^^Aw!;

"t j' spare alive"; /i n the sense

"

to

be ashamed^ generally written with one

i.

^ - o

^^: Perf.

-:5\^[;

Imperf. Indie,

-.^s^^wj.

^4a-*K*cii5<

4.

Verbs in which

all

three radicals are

wea? letters.
in

The only verb

.

of this class,

which

is

common
Juss.

^, use is ^^^\ ;^to_^eel refuge";

^Ij;

Imperf. Indie,

j^^'y;

Imper.
"to,

j-jj^;

Part. Act. ^i (with Article j^^^l). 11.

form

ij{
37:

l53^

show

hospitajity to"; IV.

Vocabulary.

form ^^\ [with same

meaning).

"iuv^Jv^

school.
(to
{

o.o
f

(pi.

^I^o) dirham,

_^
^_sJb>

swear,
to

maKe make
or

X. to swear

^^^'''
1

pi.
"

money.

ova^
^

L-J

L>

(literally
-

Ui[ only.

vf

/
'

to

come with

),

bring (with accus. of person).

to

'^^
p
,

U.:SI_^) need, affair,

^'"'

oo>

*>

Twenty-ninth Lesson,

191

JiU food.

j>^:>.3

existence.
light,

Vj-^
oo

drink.
f(plur. jLp?)

j_4 (Plur.jr^l)
people
'i^
II.

to

flee.

'

inhabitants.

jjL length.
^.4^
life,

JLol

flight.

age.

ui;-^
G .o>
Xjt4.>

(pl.

ui^to-) army.

week.
(Persian; literally

olOj

friendship.

^LI to injure.

'2a V. to be
\

late.

"the threshold" of happiness) I Constantinople.

i.e.

Go
I

G ^oS
(plur. JLxii) deed.

l5*^

Salma (name of woman).

1^
Exercise 55.
^

Jots

.o-o

Gw^-^-.

ot

j.^

l5

^
>

^ O^

/>.^&>o

^^1

^1
^

O w

O ^

O ^O-o

^o^

0^0^

,^

* ^

O^

^w

^M

jiiJl
o
^
^

*JJi

^^

^^ U[
^'s'w-

ti

O'O

^ o

So^

^ o

^-ys^iJl

J,|

^4^^Lw
/o

Ui>
i'

fJU:?-!^.

^^S

;w^))0^

0^0^

oS

sJJ-Ji

Jw^l

(^y^^ ^\

i^-

S-

'u>

^lO^^v3
\^y>l

J5.0
(j^'JJl

oL>
^

0>^i^O.o.o,l
L5.r^

^y^

X-o^l

sAP

s~-j

>o

oc

^^o,o^a-^-.os^

192

w: u^^W^

First Part.

>

>

^_^:^

^^3 ^l\
^^^j

J\y^

os'ud Ui

(Proverb)

X^\
JoJJl

[joj^is

y//~*JJi

^jL>

^s^^\ J^SiS

'ucco

Ccl

^.j^

jJi

(Less. 47, 8) sli

Co

^.Ilil

iL^i*

Exercise 56.

Have you seen us come (we come)? We did not see you come. I wished to see him, but he refused to see me. You have come to us at a most

jjil

S}!^
/

seasonable time (the most blessed

^^\

of times).

^^

\*^

In the coming week I will show you the goods I have (what is with me of goods). We shalF bring you what you wish. 1^- After the greeting we inform you

that

we have come

to

(^t)

Constantinople.

The

physician promised me that he would see nie every day. The master saw that I was ashamed (saw me I was ashamed). Show me the books thou hast (what is with thee of books).

^
Thirtieth Lesson.
h

193

Thirtieth Lesson.

Quadriliteral
2 -^

Verbs.
o

/ ^
is

1.
^ ^

The

Quadriliteral verb

of the form JJlis e.g.

a ,

*^_j "to translate".

Perf.
^ * o ,

Imperf. Indie.

Juss.

^ ^ o.

O ^J

O^

etc.

^4^

,;,^

^^

r^y
etc.

etc.

etc.

A*^^

o ^>

Part. Active
J

.x^
^ ^ o ^

Part. Pass.

r^j^

Verbal

Noun
r^j^
Imperf. Indie,

Pass. Perf.

^yj.

Derived Forms, (s*- T-e.^ru^ i^jjf^

i^jiM*.

a) JJixaj,

e.g.

from

j^^Ia.ll"to

appoint Sultan"

^^^laLMO
yjt*UA^
/s

"tq_ become Sultan".

J - o ^ ^ -

Imperf. Indie.
Part. Active

^Jl.m^
I?

Imper.

o -

^ >

^^^^LJu.;c.o

Verbal

Noun

G ,o . , ^^^LJUo.

/-^^^^
j^i^V^

*,

b) liii?, e.g!

from 'lib, J.Ubt "to be quiet".

^X^it;!
x

Imperf. Indie.

Imper:.

0^*-^!

Part. Active
Arabic Grammar.

cry-

Verbal

Noun O
13
he. -(r*

A-^ ^.

'

^'A^^. vr*

194

First Part.

There are
verbs; e.g. jJ:

numerous

onomatopoetic quadriliteral

"to quake", ijljj "to tremble", ^jj^ "to

'
-

o -

howl

(in

mourning)", (j^j^^ "to whisper"

The Verb Jjj.
^=
oi;;

etc.

X^;

2.

The Verb (jM-J "not

3.

to

be"occurs in thePerfect only:

L^y^uJ

Sing.
,,

masc.
fern.

,jm-J

Dual
,,

Plar.
,,

i^.^^

3.
^.

vi>.Avs-J

'iJ0>M-J

CT^
^Xwj
^.yCwwJ
^

,,

masc.
lem.

^.i^^AvJ

uj...^

51

nzJt^tA^

2.

c>-^
J

o ^

o ^

For the syntax of

this verb see

below

12.

The Verbs
^ ^

and jjj,

3.
^

These are known as the Verbs of Praise Lo^)

(*3)

,^^Ai/e

and Blame

and occur in the

"^?J^.^

3^*^

Masc. and Fern.

'l^J^.?-^'^'!:

^J;^only:
^/^
'^^'

^,

,:X^

go<^^"5

u-^, ^^^^^

\lhe
4.

Verb ^^li.
the conjunction
it is

The Verb ^^^^ followed by

^1 or ^i means "itjs^^os sible that:

\

to

be hoped

that; perhaps", ^.g.

^3

Q^s^

0)^

i5-^^

"Perhaps

(or "it is to

hoped")

that will be".

The other Persons of

the Perfect are rare.

Verbs of Surprise or Wonder.

5. To express Surprise are employed:

or

Wonder two methods

Thirtieth Lesson.

195

a)

The

3'-^

Sing.

Masc.

Perf.

of

the

IV.

form

preceded by
e.g.

Lo

"what" and followed by the Accusative;

beautiful
is

iJvJ
b)

Q-^i ^ "how
2^*3

Zaidl" (Hterally

"what has made Zaid

beautiful").
fol-

The

Sing. Masc. Imper. of the IV. form

;

lowed by a word with the Preposition uj

"how^ beautiful
Zaid").
is

e.g.

jo^

rv-^'^^J

Zaidl" (Uterally

"make

beautiful with

The Optative.
6.

The Optative

is

expressed by the Perfect at the

e.g.

beginning of a sentence;
^JJi

^4^^ "may God have mercy upon him".

This Perfect

may

"may thy hands

be preceded by ^; not grow dry!"

e.g. ^SlJv. viiJU

Note. In speech and in popular written language the Optative is expressed by a Nominal sentence with the verb in ~~ the Imperf. e.g.

>

-.

jw

ff

e5^.*.5>jj

aI^I

(pronounced allah yar^iamak) '^may God have

mercy upon thee".

The Verb l\y

7.

^j'' ) >-v-^w
\

#-*""

"y

Jli

The Verb

jl:

Imperf.

^31jj

is

used with the

negative particles U,

^ and (3|^ U or iljj' ^ or JL' ^'j ijy^ with another y^r b or wi th an Accus. in the se nse "is ,"J^ alilH-or "continues" e.g. ^^TJ^^LJrTf ^ xy-jr C-iJ}^ i^3^

(Lpti)

vI^A^ ^^'
i.e.

{3jj

p)

jlj'

U "Zaid

did

not

cease to go

goes

still".

(^li^) J,>J-iii
ot;j

(ijJijJ
is

P')

y't^'

"they

still

fought".
^

^ "he

still

alive".

(^uxussfcsd/t'^

Also:

3L2f Ij^
still

Ji

j^-^^"?

Wjj*

(*^')

^5;' ^ "matters were

13*

in this condition".

196

First Part.

The Verb oli.

^Jp

8. The Verb oU, Imperf. oyu "to return" preceded by a negative and followed by another verb is used to

express "not_again", e.g.

^ ..JU^r^
"be did not return again".
Lo

%^f.

(^Xxj

^) ^^ ^
jj)
ijj^c

.>y (jou

"we did not return again".

Also in the Imperfect:

eUuXi"
J.3taj

j^xj

^ "do not do so again".

^5

xlxsl

o_^t

"I will not do

it

again".

Also with Accus. but without a second verb:

ii

vX*j

-*.i

"the journey was no

^^

more

The Verb 3^.

9.

(^
it".

The Verb

ol/,

Imperf. oIXj expresses the English

"

almost, nearly
(xUaj ^1)

e.g.
ol/

<!dxaj

"he nearly did

'uf

j'

(oyof

^^^f)

o^f oJs^

"I almost died".

^;^^i^^/*'-f
10.

The Verb ^\'^(ci^^(U,i^jMAt]

^^^^"^

The Verb Jo preceded by

the

Conjunction U

"as long as" and followed by a verb in the Imperfect, or

i5ex^n.^

e^vv^
"-/t*^f^' ,
,

lyij

c^^

to

*<as
j^^

long as
stands".

^y^^
,-'.,^

^:>./ao
>

U
,'

"as long as I stand".

i;

'^

The Verbs

Jj5

and oLb.

jEu&*tA4Uj3.

/^a^v

the phrase
e.g. Lii^:?-

d
li

Js.*s

(also written Uii) to express

"seldom ".

^^^
;^'

J.i

(uli)

"thou hast seldom come to us".

dj.1^,

The verb i^, Imperf.

"to be long"

is

used

Thirtieth Lesson.

197

in

the phrase

JLL?

(also

generally written LJLb) to

express "n ot for a long tim^ ". e.g.

\jj3j^ (U OLb)
for a long time".

ULb

"thou hast not honoured us

The Verb ^i^ and

12.

its

Sisters.
its

The verb ^K used

in
,..\^

as a copula takes
(see

predie.g.

^)
).::>j

the

Accus ative

Less.

12,

4),

Jo:

"Zaid was a merchant".

other verbs

Certain

known

as

the Sisters of ^J^

[^

o5jj>l) have the

same
(see

construction, e.g.

^J^ "not

to

be

2),

which may

also take

a predicate with

10).

...a.n^ii.^SP-^'^'*-

^
raj I
/ r^"^

to remain.
to continue, last, (see

d\j

u not

to cease, (see

7).

/6/

J^
...\AAol

(Imperf.
to
to

^j^

to

become.

be or do in the morning. be or do in the evening.

be or do in the night.
Jva*^
->^^yt.vv

= to

become, i^

^^^

j^^^^l

(^oIj

((j;)

to

(or

jjjj)

IjsJ^

(j^ Said

is

hot a boy.
not dihgent,

(or j^^^jcjf^j) IJs^jc^

^j^

Said
I

is

\X

UiLw

oy^

remained well

^:

we
^

Ltms: are getting (become)

tired.

198

First Part.

13.

The verbs ^uo

"

"to

become", SJ^\ "to take",

and

jsjt> "to

make" used
to

before another verb in the

e.g.

Imperfect
-X.VO

mean

begin to"
[i^ or

IjlS^I or

{jlx=>-

we began

to

travel.

nJ

or

Instead of the Imperfect of the verb the preposition L-) with the Verbal Noun may be used e.g.

.A*m

^j

Ijj*^!

we began

to travel.

Vocabulary.

JU
IV. to reform.
aim.
i^^-^'

'^
v^oxc,
so.
J

IV. to

make
t7
^\Jl>o
vj^f

excellent.
loaf.

5^j
ol

lY. to make bad, vile.

^^

home,
small
.

(sf-^jitw^^^

lb*

^T l^ ancrSS

since (conj.).

other than (follow-

e>^
^
.

kind, sort.
lent !{. i
I

ed by

gen.).

With

J^

ly. to be siwith eyes

cast

J^
.ol5

adjecfollowing negative. Itive

down.

^i

incapable.

^J, (province,
L5j^

rrn^ j.
^.

^b' able

to^^^^^-

mnocent.
(pi. vi>uoL:>i),

attainment (w. J^).

ii.jLb

power, abiUty.

narrative,
storv. ^
'

.JLb star (in astrology),

j
i

5*/
xi^L^

part of the night. Gf-iLt,

*^

(3)

to blame.

^iai ir. to cut to pieces.

,. .0. ..o. .

KJaJI KJ^jJ;

kingdom. the Turkish I

(

1^

^
^-o..

;;

I^' *^ P^^^^^'

emnire empiie.
to

'

"
l/^

^^^. ^^

murmur.
withdraw.

occupy

,.c

oneself. t^^"'**'Vyi^a:>* to

'

Thirtieth Lesson.

199

Lot

before.
(

*b'

III.
(

to resist.

-, '

(J

to

attain
'

;H
ilL

(withV)-

^ " "^"^^

loneliness
suffix

= alone).
IV.

(with

xJLc victory.
building.

8wX>^ he alone.
II., HI. and ^^ -^ lyto help.
I

/^f'

CJ

^ "f

yy

V. to jconverse.
6 raisfQrtune.
',
^
f

^
lo

(pl.p^) care, anxiety.

class, kind./
.

'^^
T
^

(-'Xll. to pitch

r^l
^''

atent./
.

^^^
'i;:^'

\\\

thousand

(plur. see

curtain,.

^^4

I^ess. 32, 2).

6vt/-

*""'
'

A^<L,<^M.^.

^'-

A/.

o*'

tiUb> very black.

^ j comfort, joy

G.

W^yQ
y

ship.

Xjt.^ nature.
j^Jij human.
^_^^Lj

(^

^^jo
G

-y^D.-y<^^

without,

ioo rudder.
.

despan-.

^J^
n^J

^Lb

outer, external
G^ OS

'J^

VIII. to expect.

3l^ attainment,

"^^-^-^r^

^
f

medicine.

C^\
Go^

to wish.

a:sH &<*i^'^""='

Go.
belly.

v/ (^j.^ except.

^^:^ death

^
'\^'''
!

-o grave.
t '''T^^T*'

he died ied)-^^ ^
^

^>

^
'

r"

to

commit highway c^-,^-

robbery.

,^.

Ijti

to curse.
(pi.

*j^o

to

speak angrily.
\jJo

,J^) breast.

j^3
ijisi

to wail.

G -J
KJ^

G.
(pl.

/:/*/X:-

ViU

Us

-iJUiS)

goods.

VII. to rush,
like, able,

9^

equal.

m\

to mention,

remem-

ber.

^\^)

200

First Part.

Josi25

goodness, nobility.
cup.
(

.x^wow
,<io

camp.
III.

(v,l^
,

b'O

to defend,

^t^'

ij.s^

Vv\*^^
**i

ty^

Exercise 57.

,)o^ ^';^;^f^^

'

Si,^\ ':i^

^. \M

fS.:^^\

-^ im !)Lw.

cO-o

^ 0,0

o ."

3 3 o .

JJ^OJ

s-JOJ

UlXm:>1

o .

ys^
1

&

-Av^aj

*_^i

oJn.3>5

lv>wot.v-

liUtJli?

r)>^ o^

Thirtieth

Lesson.

201

^o

o-

6,

>

^./L>^A^^3

iiUL^i

s^'laawo

JuJJ!

^-o>

^Lii.iis/0

^;^^i

oJsy

y^^ijAli

c>^J^^

Ov^

^^^*

^c*^

Lf*^

*^^

'J^

OotJ *J ^^^i

^j

^j^

OjJl \>U

i^\ sX.^r

^^JJx: Ijoi^

202

First Part.

Cr

u^

(J^^

L^"^ Ojs/j ^j^^

i?

LojJl c;A4ibt

Exercise 58.
/

^^ILj

l5^ hgi
/^
'^

The Emir died (Pass. V. of ^^, may God have May God prolong your daysl mercy on him!
f
.

L5 L5

May God

reward

you

for

(^)

us

^x^,

The woman

^^^
/i>^
"^j*

'yii^

prepare the food. God curse his father died from fear (Adv. Accus.). Satan O pupil, translate whispers in the breasts of men. I have already translated them. these words! boys, be quiet! Good is this boy, be quiet! girl, how beautiful she is! Bad are these goods, Good morning (May God do to how vile they are! thee in the morning good), my master. We still

began

to

They almost

'

Jkji^U^ remember your

^ /

y^^S y

^^

'^li^Vjv)

^
3
\

are not (^j/^) heros. As long as we live, we shall remember your kindness, Thanks to God we are still well (sound). boys, will not do it again. do not do this again! I have not seen you for a long'time. had almost

d kindness./ You
'

"'

We

We

drunk (pr> V.) the cup of death

(^_jj^). ,,7^

.They
of

continued travelling untU they arrived at the

^v >j6

camp

the enemies.

We oecame [^^a\) incapable of defending.

w^,

^>-^

So long as

remained in
i^-

this city,

we

continually
'.

saw wonders.

'!ki-.^jsr-

v*^r?!-'.'

Thirty-first Lesson.

Relative Sentences. ^^*^

1.

f^^^
is:

^^

The

Relative Pronoun (i^o^l ^^lf)

.J'tZ^
"who,

uSt^jtyt^Sm*^

Sing. Masc. ^jJ\, Fern. j3\ (in all cases),

I

'^"^^'^ which".

Thirty-first Lesson.

203

Dual Norn. Masc.

,.,l3Jll

Fern.

^..iJl

,j

O''^

Gen. Accus. Masc. ^JOul

Plural Masc.
(in all cases).

..

,^\
j.^5
'

^^ >^^^
or
Jty^'t
'

^^1
'
^

^^
'

Note.

The pronoun (^^)

is

compounded of the
alwasl),

Article

'i*

Oi (therefore the haraza is a

hamzat

the particle J and

^y**^'^

the Demonstrative 13^

^^O

(see Less. 9,

1).

Notice that the

and

th Q^Plur
^.

withJjVO.
2.
^y^

common forms of the S ing. Masc. and Fe rn, Masc are written with one l am, the other forms ^Jfa/ *-vj Frt>6^.
.

Other Pronouns used in Relative sentences are

Lo

"he who",

"that which, what", more rarely ,^1

Fern, iol (with following Gen.) "he

who" and

its

com-

pounds

^^y^S

"whosoever" and

L*^^

"whatsoever".

The words ,^ and U

j^JsJI

are always treated as nouns,

usually as an adjective but sometimes as a noun,

it

when

has the same meaning as ^^ "he who" and

U "what".
y

o^oo

oos

3.

The

Relative

Pronoun

is

called

Jyojit ^i^^S

jX^
*"

and the following Relative Sentence xLoit.^ This sentence

is

treated in Arabic as quite independent dinate with the main sentence; e.g.

and

as coor-

sLi (^iJf Jw^Jil the

man,

who came

(literally:

The man

who

he came).

^f^' ^o3\ j^>^t the man,

whom

saw

(Uterally:

The man

who

saw him).

204

First Part.

Ijbiy

^x/

(^oJf

j4-P^

ttie

man
who

to

whom
I

wrote a letter (literally: a letter to him).

The man

wrote

^LT
(literally:

vi^jfj

^SS\

d^^j^\ the

man, whose son

I

saw

The man

who

saw

his son).

The Relative Pronoun must always be caught up again in the Relative sentence by a Pronoun (called
JvjLx:

or

^\j)

either

imphed

in the verb (as in the first

sentence above) or manifest

Note.
'J
4.

(as in

the other sentences).

is

After

q^ and U
Lc

the

JoLc
I

often

omitted;

e.g.

U ^

for iOul, *"^

"^'J

"that,

which

have seen".

If the
is

noun
is

to

I attached

indefinite,

which the Relative sentence is the Relative pronoun is omitted.

^xe.^^*-***

Such a sentence
bJ.^^

called a -xs^; e.g.

(y?-^

^^

^^

Slq>.^

o^i

met a man, who had

gone out from

his house.

^^ v^L^ \^
in

kLa.^

j.Lij|

Damascus

is

city,

which are many marvels.

5. Certain constructions of the Participle Passive are to be explained as shortened Relative sentences; e.g.

sijof

f^^

s^j/lXII

o^.^^il

the

witnesses,

whose

names

are mentioned below.

Article here

may be regarded as a shortened pronoun, the following clause as a whole depending on it; e.g. "The witnesses, who (mentioned are their names)". The following phrases of a similar nature are much used:
The
Relative
b.jj\

,mf

or \Jl

Lo^i the above-mentioned.

Thirtv-first Lesson.

205

the

man

above-mentioned.

l.^[ ('^^XO

.Lim
.L-:U5

'i\^A^\

the

woman

above-mentioned.

;^l

(Lo^l)

oL>yl the men above-mentioned.

Vocabulary.

.o

-o^AJt Jwc=-

Mt. Hei-mon.

^w

I.

and VIII.

to hear.

^LiJi (j^^^^o

Damascus.
(

P
s

(p].

^lii) melody.
to cut
J

(Elative of ,3^)

1.1.

m
^oC

pieces ^ir^Lf^t^
<J^,ifl

^^
.==20

highest,

(plur.

oLi't)

liver,

summit.

^^
a

(used metaphorij
I

cally
II.

IV. to deny. (^)

to
I

heart).

to soften.

iu^
^'bS

embrace. surround.
^uyjl

o^>
i^

hard rock.
(i)

-i^^^H Uy.har^M^

o
'

f(pl.

or

to be tender, soft.

"l^l

Vj^O relative.
answer.

^L:^ giant.
js^>Lii

^i2>l

obstinate.
I

-^
I

' ..'

to

o^Li

cold.
(

d^'
be
like,

\
^^

be certain, V. to be convinced of.

'

III. to

correspond..

^}^
^'^llli

\n"

^^'''''

^
'

ii^t ^^-'
'

'15

^-o>vj

tender.
as,

(i)

to break.

^^L.&iejfottn

j^L^=>

as

if.

*jt to determine (on j^).

jJii

^^
*^

%h
G'-

(pi.

\s)
]

IV. to deliver.
oppressed.
-=>

..
(pi. bI.j)

[misfortune.
j^^ili

-^\o

|oU5 ^^jjjjj

206

First

Part.

'J -

IV. to seize (with ^).

Ki>-AO

cry.

J^
Cm^
^s-*.AO

to fall. <.^?Ji-:J::X:tU
veil,

/^
;^^3

^V. to disturb.
(pi.

j*^
II.

?1^^4^
-^'jp

Ji^^) wild beast.

fresh.

( ;^^^^

u^ tearing, carnivorous.

4'

(^)

to adorn.

\^^

((pi.

of

^
.

"fold")
-'
'
'

(^o.^ rosy.

meantime.

[^
ii

beautiful, shining.

rj
;'
^'i

jIV. to advance
(t
\

languid.
to rain (trans.).
(collective).(^4lJ

^)-

p;. IV.

^''''''fyX>^^
(pi.

^]j pearl

- 1^

^ni}
*.

,%:> inflaming. r3'>i^-''

^
-

^iC^)

partridge.

quantity.
I

''"-.. ,^^ piercmg,^splittmg.

,....

(,

c)

to

be absent,
/.^.'-

V^^ T^stant.

JJli
;,,3.<^,

exalted.

Vr ^^^^"-^ ,U^
wretched.
'

^^

VIII. to prepal?.''"^"'

^^^"g-_^
Jli;
(pi. i^Llft^!)
=i'

*L^os
.;;

sup-pe^^r^fj^^
|
j

the

day before
x^J".
i*^*^'^*^

'

Li'

;>^"^^
o'
.

(pi. ^!J>^i) strong.

'

u^^
^

^3^

yestei;day.

^y

^'M'^'*'-

J^L brave.

'^

^L^ Z ,

struggfe.

^^3,i^>,.
(P^^^-) ^^

/ 7?.^
^^^*-

%
Jo J^

refuge, escs^p^.
delightful, agreeable.
free. L-fH^-f)

^^

^^

^.-*^ '^^"l^-

^^-^^.i;XX

IV. to c>^:f'fe (jii

^/ok.-^

* l^e into'xicated.

J=LiJi ^iif to shoot.

li^ death.

flowmg.
blood.

r^
'xlLw-j

^^

to cry.

courage.

^
--,

[to carry, induce

1

-''-

to (Ji).

o^--.

^I^^^'^-^.ivL^V-^^'^ /-^''7'
,

|V.
'

and VIII.
^

to
j).<''fc
, '

'

-.o."^

j^
V
i^

consider (with

^o.
j;*-,

flowers
^r
x

(coll.).
-i

'

,:.'

Nftj^ method.

"
^ <

A-SM.J

V. to smile.
(pi.
|

means.
swiftness.

e.^
1 I
^

JjlIJ) mes-

6^0,
'3

^
J

sage. saee.'

^^,

jJll Jsli Mt. Lebanon. ..^o* ^^os entrance, approach. JJb>

,

i.^^_^l
=

-^1

Mediterranean,

J^t

death.

^ols
*

^r,

y. to enj^- {^]i^^''^i<^

jUj, letter, note.

i<!f'i'*^ ^.^1 (pl.u.!) prisoner.

^^
w\

hidden, absent,

'^
*i

bone?.^'

Vtl^/-/^^

number.
V.
to

mouth. 4^*^^*
'"^-^^'^'^l-

^
3L^

endure.
/

^^
OS
S^rtD
4?.

-''^

'''T:^
last.

((^) to

measure.^

^-x3*t

^Exercise 59.

oL^I

u^

^cJU.i;

g^JO!!

v^aLJII^

i;^l_^l

^\ ^

^A5i

^^^

^^!L


208
First Part.

^Ujif (^Ooi \x^Li^3

^IxXi

it\p

[i^\

^odLoji

^>ai^

^j^

'u^i

c;^JLii5

Oljiit

(3/S ^W^^5 ^^-^

c>JJ|

^U:^

l_^J^i

^ijW

^=^

<

w-o

il

Oil

w|

>

'

w^

^0.0

;,o

^^o>o

^ ^ ^

-^

i^-^OfO

'ijiareHMt'T'.

'_

'

'

^^

330^

03

s-o^

O)^

^ ^ ^ ^

o^

w^

J^^-

G^^

^^ oS

^ cSo-o

^ o

Thirty-first Leseon.

209

i^T
\r
-

jj/i
*

v^
<

i 1-^
^ ^

r^' f

*^r^
iiA^

(^^-

^'*'

^)

yLTl

woLJ

JlJ

J^l

^iUi

sit^

4^

-^^_jJ

J^^l

L^i >iM^ uf*^"

^3

4-^V^3

(*^^^

p-laJJi

,^3

Jsj\

^i^Jiji

,5"^

OS ^

i
..jl^

>

So^ ^^
^^"

iJuL

j-v^5

8)

w*
(^^i

^*^

i ^ o ^

A^f^ y^*^

j^*o sX^-i

, ,

,j^
dU^

^^jNjdli

(Less.

44,

kJuv^I^

x^l:^;^!

OLX:>i

^iK

dVJo

(Jwf:

^5JU.>

^yjc>^i
.JOJ

Ki'yili

Jl

L^-iJ^i^I

Jw'O^
J.^

--

(^jJl

e.-^j^^

cr

LT^ ^/^

;^^-I

^^

ij^
\.

iL:^^^l KLi^t^
' '

^.^^

^i^i
'

'

^
-

^<^^^^^^* '

^^ J^^^
a-rr:o,,

^^^ -'^!^ ^^

L-^

dVJ3

y/^

L^

o^i! jKJI A.cu^l e^j

V^

J^J-^'^

aljjyio (all

that) Uii

tJJUot

j.lj|

aJs^

'^y^

^^
J^

Arabic Grammar.

210

First Part.

UExercise

60.

Those men, who are in the market, buy and sell. Those women, whom we have seen in the street, are of our family. This is the boy to whom we have given the money. He, whose tongue is long, his intelligence is small. The girl, in whose hand

(was) a flower, smiled.

(it

saw

girls (oLb),

in

whose
to us,

hands were flowers. must be addressed

the

to

All letters,
is

which come

name

of)

necessary that they be in This youngs the director of our jourgal.

cleVer.

man, whose father we know, is from the summit of which you

is

/Mt.

Lebanon,

':!

J5<j^s<i

After the enquiry cona very high mountain./ cerning thy welfare (conditions) and the information concerning thee (thy informing) (as to) which I hope that thou art better than could be wished (thou art in excess of what is wished), I ipform thee that thy friendly,^ letter has reached me arid I rejoice over (^3) thy health i

see the Mediterranean,

/i

^^^

and thy well-being^(soundness), which ^m ay est thou continually enjoy. -^1 saw soldiers, with whom (were) prisoners. I inform you thai I ana still in the conflog met a dog, in whose dition, Svhich you know. The a rove-mentioned Marshal mouth wKs a bone. The above-mentioned persons are is very reiwvned. ^^^ owners ol this house.

/
i
>,

s\^
Thirty-second Lesson. zT
^

S-

^^f
A.
1.

The Numerals.

The Cardinal Numbers.

are as follows;

The Cardinal Numbers

a)

From 110:

Thirty-second LesBon.

211
Arabic

1.

masc.

.x>!

S\gM.

0,5

fern.

2.

O^i
I, 0-.

--

also

o,i-\

.','

r.

3.

xii

0--05
4.

O
, o ,

^^y

6.

"

u"

6.

7.

o,
, ,

also

G,

,\

8.

Go

l^

lA / also Vwritten^/

-^

9.

Go
10.

b)

From 1119.
, ,
, ,

11.

masc.
N<

^xisx:

Jo>i

fem.

.;!.

^.i^i (--.A^-^

6-:|

12.

^i
Ji^
jmkc.

C;i^
, , O ' ' -

13.

Xi^
XjoJ

3 ,.;:.

cy^
M*i5

14.

,,

^ , o

o ,

15.

wiXi

16.

yi^fi 14

212

First Part.
--,

Arabic
^ , o ^

- o ,

Signs.
Iv

17.

masc.

J^
-.w^

fem.

18.

XaJU^'

77

iUi
^ ^ o , ^

Ia

19.

c)

?7

j^

From 20100.
JO

20.

Q3y^

masc. and fem

JO
^

21. masc.
*
J o *

jo>t
..o

fem.

j^^^Acj
*

c5"^^^*i

^'

JO

22.

etc.

30.

oy"

masc. and fem.

o-*^^'

40.

O^j'
O-

50.

60.
>

o ^

70.

80.

90.

o
o.
(also

1*

frequently
alif

written
is

iaLoj

100.

GXX^
I

but the nounced).

not

pro-

d)

From 200 upwards.

^^Uio
(^.^li^Lp)

200.

Thirty-second

I .eseon.

213
Arabic

300.

id/

viii

also \ written

>

- -

400.

f..

500.
CftUfZoA^ a>.^v.uJx.*U4.
*

d.

600.
-

*|^^

^;^;^^^,^j^,^^^4

5-/0

i'jax*.

^1^v*

700.

800.

A^

j'w.^*

A.

900.
Go

i..

1000.
-OS

!..

2000.

r,..

3000.

oiT
etc.
=

iiii

^mf ^A^^

^K:^

^
J
1

r,..

to

10000.
-

OS

- - -

11000.
OS

etc.

It,..

100000.

000000.
0.

uiil

JJ!

or

^^y
''

Plur. ,^^Jii

Zero, Nil

J^

J^'J^^'^^

-"'*"""'*

-f^.-'L-^

Declension of the Cardinal Numbers.

2.
B

^'

^' "^
pL^|
0-.-0

The Numerals from

^-O

1 to

10 are declined:
O-O

a)

and ^udi[ as Dual with Gen. Accus. ^j^[,

b)

o^^i

the others as Singulars,

e.g.

214

First Part.
-

Accus.
G- -.

Gen.
ii:^;

??

idii

Fern, e^ii:

&:ii:

11

oii,

The Numeral
11
is

^.^Ui is

declined like ijJs,

indeclinable

(^^)-

12 forms Gen. Accus.

yi^

^y^l' Fern. Jix: ^oJo[,

13

19

are indeclinable.

The Numerals
Plurals; e.g.

20

90

are

declined

as

Sound

Nom. ^^yi^; Gen.

The

Accus.

^Jj^ii-c

other Numerals are declined as follows:

ii^;

Nom.

Accus.

iwo;

Gen.

iwo

^j'^.i^;

and
UJI;

(jyi^

>_iJI;

>_aJ!.
s

G ii> *^ has two forms of the Plural: o^i andoJi. -rti r the latter being used for "thousands" in an indefinite i^cI^p }T^^j)f sense. Pti^^ ^ is6^^ hThe Car^jistsd^umbers from 3 to 10 are used in -^^V$^^= i-i^-^" the feimmile form with masculine nouns and in the ^i: masp<-^ith fern, nouns. ^"cS
,

^1

G o

^^/''^

U^br'^^'u^
j^^^5

Formation of the Compound Numbers.

3.

^/

Compound numbers from 20 on

l

are formed
^.

by

i^fi*-^^^

joining the units, tens and hundreds by

The
21

argest

number
G
.

is

put

firs t,

but the units are

put^ before Jheleiis;

e.g.

^^3j^
'^

^xot

(U^

tJ^

4
..

r^

)
Thirty-second LeHeon.

215

189(3

^yXM^^

aX*5

KJ>

J^Mj ^^^

^^'^'^

Such an expression as eighteen hundred must be expressed by one thousand eight hundred.
In

the
e.g.

compound num b ers each numeral

Accus. ^j-i^^
|js->i

is

de-

dined;

etc.

Syntax of the Numerals.

4. The Numerals are joined to the qualify according to the following rules: a)

words they
e.g.

The_ Numerals_X_and^ are adjectives;

i"^-

%s>\^ lJ!d "one heart",

...Lot is

^^"^ " *^^^c.

a no un,

seldom used
itself

w ith

because the
it

Dual of the noun

so used, the
^^^\J^[

can be used, but when

is

loses its final

i

nun

(see Less.

7,

1)

and the noun

follows

n the Gen. Sin g.

b) The Numerals 3 to 10 are Substantives and are followed b}^ the noun in the Gen. Plur. e.g:"'^
;

JL>, xa^- Three men.

Note.
apposition to
xikjLii

gw^

^^

Ten women.

They are more

it;

rarely

placed after the noun in

e.g.

0L>-.,

j>wM.:

^LmO,

c)

uoun

The Nu merals 11 to 99 are followed by the in the^ AccusT^ing. e.g. l^t^iXfiiffUi 27^ 'iy^r*^
;

^^ ^^ j^>i Eleven men.

:i>^ ^^^xl^j: Twenty men.

d) The Numerals from IQO on are Substatiyes^ and are followed bv the noun in the Gen. Sing.; e.g.
.

o ^

Jc>j '^ o^^- Three hundred men.

jJui

^i A

&2

lousand nights.

216

First Part.

the

e) After Comj)ound.. Numerals the nouu laws~regulating its relation to the last mentioned; e.g.

follows^

numerar
b).

jL:>-j

iCi;^3

A.A/1

A hundred and

three men. (Rule

t^>, ^j^-ci^j K.w^i>5 x^x

five

hundred and twenty-

men.
5.

(Rule

c).

The

Indefinite

Numeraj/^'some",
B and lO,
is

when

it

**^

used for a number

-i\e.tween

expressed

bv*

Note.
(jiflxj;

This word must not be confused with

e.g.

Tlife

word
^ji^JU

Avhich means, "one of some, a certain" or

|-*AJ|

"Some poets"

"A

certain poet".

An
word

indefinite

number over 10

is

expressed by thr

^iui; e.g.

^j.^ ^-axjj

v^t

iwa

hundred thousand and some

(more) souls.
.-

.-.

-.

Method

of

denoting Hours, and Days.

6. a) To express the Hour of the day the Ordinals are generally used (see Less. 33); e.g.

idJliii
KaJLaJ

iCcLJI Three o'clock (the third hour).

Kfi'c^J
i

^ At

three o'clock (in the third hour

e.g:

But the Cardinal numbers are used predicatively

Xi^i KxiLJt
yilxc
It is

three o'clock (the hour

is

three

J^^"l

x&Lw.il It is eleven o'clock.

J

Note. oL:Lm
'11

o^'

would mean "3 hours"; X^Lw ci^ JsJ>i

hours"

'

pX-/ f>*M^

-S"^

Thirty-second Lesson.

\
>^

>

217

"What time
Note.
b)

is

it?"

is

expressed by KtLJt

or

^.^52
V

The hours are counted

in the

East from sunset.

''^^

The tim es
'*at

evening",

of day the '^^rftjrff-i midday" are best expressed oy the Accue.,

*in ,^>>ft

otherw ise by the preposition ^\

L:>LAd

e.g.

(S^\

S) In the morning.

sL%^

(sUm

^)

In the evening.

gi (JM S}
7.

At midday.
of the

The names

Days of the week

j._^

are:

jo>^l

{jLf^)

Sunday.

t^:^t
(.bJliiT)

r,Lp)

j._^

Monday.

^
er^ Jr -

^Giiil

(^l4i)

p^ Tuesday.
j.jj

sUxj^i (^L^)
^w-^-v^l

Wednesday.
Thursday.
Friday.

r,L^)

j.^

\^

<

y,^'

^.M^S

(^4i)

^^

c^.JjT
*
c.

(JL^^)
- ^

^jj Saturday.

The word
Tuesday.

je^j

or ^^^
J - o

is

often omitted;
oi>o3

e.g.

iuioj

JOS

"The week

is

'a^\ or

p^_^>-wv^i.

The Months
8.

of the Christian
is

year.

>

;i

The
year

Christian year
or In-^s^^I

called iCjoXdt KJL^t "the

bu'th

iu^l
year".-

"the Messiah year"

or

i^-^^MwCcJf

iu^i "the sun

218

First Part.

The twelve Months

a)

are
:

named:

usually in Egypt:

^jLo Januar5^

^_^

July (also

^_j-5).

yl^
^'-

February.
,,
,

/^^Ja^^t August.
-x^JO^ September, ^
*

l^^tji^j^"^

y^Lo March. Joyi April.

7).Aa*

-^:

j?j^^ October.
r*-^^ November.

_^U May.
J
>

t^H'ir^^^t^a^

_^_^ June.
b) usually in Syria:

\i

jA4^o December.

>/n*^/'2>>^'^**^j'||^

J^UJt

^^1^ January, ^peptt*

j_^*

July.

^u^
e

^,

,'

'

February.

r^

.^

;.^J.7PV

^^1 August. ^

March.
J ;ic o<o

o io v3_^t
J

September.
October,

^^L^
^bt
G
*

April.

^^"^S

^,y^

May.

J,Liil
J

^yiJ' November.
J

so.o

>

^iyj> June.
B.C.
is

^y^S

Qjj'*^

December.
^-iS.

expressed in Arabic by o^i>il

J^jJs

(abbreviated

A.D.

,,S^S^x^\
Mohammedan
is

j.^, or simple J.

The Months
9.

of the

Year.

The Mohammedan year

year"
"the
(abbreviated

called Xj^.^\^| iJuJI

''the

flight

after

date

to

p)

or

iLj^jlIt

KJ^ww^jI

moon

year

Thirty-second LeHsonH-'fJ

219

^j

y^^^

/^.rt^o-o

/i

<>/.!

ta^
'

i>^^,

[
I

Dates are reckoued from 16^^ July 022 A.D., this being the day of the flight of Mohammed from Mecca to Medina. F-^vt^ i^n-^^AH ^ A:J^Jz^Ay4^

Every year has 354 days

1909 A.D.

(a^d ^ i^zy^ aJ^^x^^ A-i^y^

The Mohammedan year 1327 began on 23"^ Jan.

W2^

'^j^

The year
months:

consists

of the following twelve lunar

-^..i^t^^^r^.^^'.s

**^'**'^*'

\^^,.u^

n'f^'^^'in^-^

(^-^f^^

^i

niM-

^ J^i

.'txj,

/M^-'^^i

(the

month of

fasting). ^'7C

'^^ ^

y>^t e5^U:>

.='

"ici^t

.3

(Month of the

^.>).

fiecial

Some namej names

of these months are often used with

attributive; e.g.
rij^i

S^^iU.

TT^"^

'**^^jX>t Ju3

^,..

^yUl

^^'uAi2^^

etc.

Mohammedan

Feasts.

The Mohammedans
1) jAXAoil

celebrate

two chief

festivals:

0^^\ "the small

festival" at

the begin-

ning of the month

the great fast in the
y

^\^

immediately
^*Ui^J,

after the

end of

month

, 0,0

2)

^AxXit

Js^l "the

great

festival"

also
10**^

called

jMi^
month

sXxc "the sacrificial festival"

o '

on the

of the

iL^I 30,

when

the pilgrims offer sacrifice in Mecca.

220

First Part.

Method

of indicating

Date.

10. To. indicate Date the Ordinal numbers are generally used. After the Ordinal is put. the Name of

the Month, with or without the word

before

it,

and

after

this

the

numbers indicating the Year with

or without x.x^ before them, in the Genitjy e; e.g.

.. .o.

oJ.

> J

.0:0.

the 3^^ of

Muharram.

;piti

uit

(5u)^uu (^) ^^ ip\ ^^\

is

1896.
I

On su(5h and such a date Accus. or the preposition ^

expressed by the

v*^

)..^^^

r^^

Indication Of

A^y^...,,'^^
'expressed by:
life
(is)

11.
'iJ^

How

old art thou?

^y4literally

is

^
s^
^

"thy

how many how many

years?" or:
-

c>ol KA-w

^
to

^jf

literally

"a son of

years art thou?"

The answer
s ^ ^

such a question would be of the form

^ '
\

30

.V'

'

".

'

uf

"I
I

am

twenty years old'?

J.^, ./^.(H ^^/J )

Kiuao minute, i^^'^t X iU^I equipment.

Vocabulary.

,y^^

J^
>w^ ",
^yc
'

place.

^.j
5^

value, price.!
-1

t:/^

t'^Mf j^NJI

XI

the

ri

VIII. to subscribe
(^^

first.

^y

K^..^,

^^A

expiration (of time).

eUl^s franc.

'a-**' 1^^ h

Thirty-second Lesson.
(of

221

o-

H^

dire^ou, part

0,0
xxwmJ
relation.

the woitl).-i.mut'

^
J;.
y'C

price.

JU
/'Y'*/^''/*^

world.

Zl|'^
^^ ';^*'i>l.*A-^

iLklj copy.
(pi.

LuJij about. L^

J,/) Pi-troi'C) para.

cost.
-4^

^i-L P^-

(3^^^^"^'

zone.

(pi.

i'^'*^"

ay^i

reward,

y>

heat.

.L> hot.

y
^
of

J^
x:^\^A3

IV. to advertise.

-, (moderate,
[

'^^U 7-^

OJOx^
page
(of a book).
c-Aoii <3j

temperate.
the

.o,os
iiiii"!
I I

land

Jxw Hne.
,lo

Egypt

(J to revolve.
-7^

(Jwxi

southern.

8,o revolution.
O ,0

J^xftJi

*j>-yi
(

Upper Egypt.
Mudirlya
(a

,L^
'

axis;/WA''''*''*A^^"^''

0=

name

i^j^ 'L'T:J:^-t^n^^'^'^'^-j^.^
(pi.

some progiven to soE

j

vinces of Egypt).
as for (see Less. 46,

^io
-

yl^o)

circle.

.^

to divide,
J
I

f*""**^

VII. to be divided.

2f).

U
5

i3^ beside.
^i5

P-V?

5^*^<^k.^

ic5-^o

degree.
yi
(pi.

^iyo) centre. r^TfJ,:^,^

iUi'j

a second.

^ ^

iiiiLi'

Muhafaza (a name given to some pro\dnces of Egypt).

[f^^arthj

surface.
(pi.

Jsjyo

oLyol)

mile.

_tyi>

tribute,

-jyo

square.

.uJ^ guinea.
o

n*-^ dry land,

i^y^

yearly.

222

First Part.

(Persian)
jl5
list,

register.

thin cotton stuff.

6-

iwJCo library, bookshop.

title,

xLumjJ post.
"*

address.

'

^\u

'

'

Alexander

((Turkish) of full weight or value. \

'x^iXJw^iJ Alexandria.

ioLj narrative, play.

ttaIc-

^v^
r^
v3w-ii

(pi.

^L^) wind.

iJb>,

travel. *^ J^j)
(

"^^^^
'

north.
^'A

s* <

A^. ")

IX ,
/

st^in^

r-^A
^\
(

Ibn Batuta, an Arabian traveller,

v-Jv^:^ south.

(i^j^-r-

'i^^^

who
.

=
(^ Jo ^iLu

died 778 A.H.

^^
'^

east. (.r;r*tutA)

^Xi

1377 A.D.

^J:

west.

-^

^oiyc^ geography.

heighth.

^^\ Amin Bey

modern Egyptian
OJ&

^J

slumber.

Fikri(a
writer).
J

v-i-^ to

spend

(time).

0.0

^j^^^l

J^if

jui Vin. to be strong.

"the
trusty

guide" (name of a book).

viLo
i^ji'i.

iU'w^ washerwoman.^

Rifa'at Bey,

(mo-^
O

^;^
o

(pl.

^^Laii)

shu't.

,c/^

dern Egyptian
o-Id

writer).

(plar. JuoU/j)

hand-

packing.
'

kerchief. ^iSiii?'
r

(II.
f

iJU>

total.

to lose (time), be slow (of a watch).

/
,
-

Exercise 61.
-

JO

-.

-.

XJuJjj ^^-.ciKj:^

cis^

Js^-I ^5^^*^ KtL*Ji

^
I

^
i^^i

o -

J-

x^L**J5

^ 3j^

^^

fi

.>

vi^:^;

sjiiii

pj^

/^i

o^j^^i5>

Thirty-second Lesson.

22$

J^.^^!

j.<

LlLoj o!cLs

(j^^^'^'

^*i=^ *X*J

oJcL^

;cj.l

Uc

-xis*

^sv^Ui

oLg^t
''(*#'

-jL%m

^3 l^ijS ^Ac

iou.l

a^Lm (^or) q^.

^^

&

(J

C ^

3 y

>

^ r^

'

o>o

b w

o ^

.'

>

^O^

*J^

M^jb

^ bb>o

O ^

(J

^ ^

JO

^-b^
'

*<*

*0

^b*

C i*

b*

i^b* *

--

b*

o ,

so*
Gs

O-

o^

**

bo

*-b<o*

*y*
;;

o*

o-r

5b5^^t*
^-*^^

boo

^^IXol^
>

S^L^ 3Js^-i^
^O*
O
*

/JfijJwo
b J

^j'^-*-^

A[
^^
*

C*-^^

0^^5
-

bo

**bo*

*0>

w O

Oo

J^i

JO* Oo ^^j-M

*b**

<"

b**

b
i

***
AU-iij

J*

0*b
o^^^^**^

^-^^siius

(^y>;5

J^

^3?^^

224
i

First Part.
O^

Cj

vM

0,0

O ^ Oi

Jiff.

p*

J >

o^

^ -

o,o^

o ^o<

i 0,0

i^

*3/^Me >e^^^,j/^^^^^

^iLo

X^liJ

.vw0^5l

uX^if

1*0

..

JO^^

rfO

J 0,0 i ^

(j

^^

Ow

^ O ^

O ^

wli

* O

Exercise 62.

The
3

earth revolves round

(^)

the sun once (one

y^

S^

\^

and 6 hours. The Moslems which was (and it was) in the year 622 A.D. Wilt thou hoqpur us with a visit (thy I will /vi^it you on Saturda3^ coming) on Sunday? Wilt thou come in the morijfind or the evening?
revolution) in* 565 days reckon from t&e- Flight,

JL9

r^
Thirty-third Lesson.

^t^/Jj yi
I will
will.

225

the afternoon (after the midday), if God the Great came to Egypt in the year The number 332 B.C. andJ built the city of Alexandria. How old are of its inhabitants is now 231396 souls. you (two)? l^ I am 25 years old and my brother has How old not reached in age more than 9 years. Next (on the coming) Wednesday art thou O girl?

Alexmder

come n

,^

'\^,

The winds come to this shall be (reach) 17. mountain (Accus.) from the four directions, the North (and) the South (and) the East and the West, and its Trul]^, my eye has ^ot height is 11000 feet.y^
I

//

"m^
,

tasted

['i\c>

[u])

slumti^er

for.(sinee)

four days.:

We
^J^
/
,}

spend about three "^months in the mountains,

The washerwoman brought heat is strong in the city. us six shirts and two nightshirts (shirts for the sleep
Go..

for the

Hasan Fasha died i5/-^ *^) and tw^elve handkerchiefs. ^^:> in the year 1888, may God have mercy upon him! It ten minutes past nine What is the time? is ^ - .(nine and ten minutes). Thv watch is slow, it will o-^i^

'

soon

be ten.

How much (^)

is

this
is

book? -j^Ji

Forty-five piastres,

my

master.

me

This

dear\jLc), I

will give tl^ee twenty.

Give

thirty,

and enough!

Thirty-third Lesson.

"

B.

The Ordinal Numbers.

are

1.

The Ordinals

generally formed

from the

Cardinals according
exceptions:

to

^/?e (tft^ra

the type J^li but with *ve $^^ri4 .

some

J^liii
Arabic Grammar.

iwoLiil

the second. -^Ij^^r;;^^-*?"^'^

^

/
.

I'*

-r^'l'j

j;;t/'A
^5-f*-'^'*''
\^r^/*,

UvY

226

First Part.
J- a KijLiif ia

eJLiil
3

fern.

the third.

the fourth.
3

.0

the
>

fifth.

the sixth.
J

the seventh
J

^^

the eighth.
J

>

the ninth.
3
,

.0

3^

^o

the tenth.
All the above are declined fnlly

The Ordinals from

yi^c e5^^5
yixc
j,Lii|

11 to 19 areqndedinabl^J

fern.

yi^

iCjOL^I

the eleventh.

,,

yi^ K-oUil
byi^
iCiiLiil

the twelfth,

yi^ ^Liil

the thirteenth etc.

For the higher numbers the Cardinals only are used; except that the Ordinals of the Units are used joined to the Cardinals of the Tens to express the Compound Ordinals. The.. Article must be attached to each numeral used.
,.._ioo!

masc. and fem.

the twentieth.

^yiotil^ ;^^Lsi| fem. ^^yl^jtJl^ iooL^i the twenty-first.

3 o

Co-

^^yijti!3

J,"aJl

^ o-o^ } ^ > o a ^^yiijtJlj NAJLiil the twenty-second.

^3^-c;;jtJl3

eJiiil

^3y;x*i!3

iCiJLiJ I

the twenty- third etc

Thirty-third Lesson.

227

iUit

masc. and
fern.
y
..

fern,

the hundredth.

_^Mt
s&S
k.r

K_=>^t

toe
vr

the
I

last.

Note 1. For the use of the Ordinals in the indication of Dates and the Hours of the day see the previous lesson.
Note.
Plur.
2.

The Ordinals have the Sound

^

Plural, e.g.

J^^l

^^y^^l.

The word Oj^l has

"t he
first
partfl^'

also a

Broken

Plur. JJI^t^l

meaning

just

as

^^^1

has a Plur. f>\*^\ "the last

parts".

parts",

and Ja^y^S "the middle" has Ja^t^^l "the middle

These terms are sometimes used for the three decades of the month.
2.

The Numeral Adverbs

"firstly,

etc.

are expressed by the Ordinals, e.g/M<^^a-*^*'*'/

^jl,
Lo'j,
'lii'j,

Adverbial

secondly, thirdly" Accus. of the

?4^

'w*j|^,

'uvoL>

etc.

^
^

3.
etc.

The Numeral Adverbs

expressed
usually

"once, twice, three times"

are

by the word

Accus., e.g.
by* "once",

'^

^-^

in

the

^^y "twice", oO

e^^ii "three times" etc.

is

(Once
o^ ,

"once upon a time, one day"

U^

or

twice
H

Sometimes the occurrence of an action once or is expressed by the Verbal Noun with the ending
a
'

> o

(the so-called y> ,^^\) e.g.

^yo'^o

3?

8^3 j>

.^Jyj

"he turns round once or twice

16'

228
4.

First Part.

The Fractions

(with the exception of "a half)

Jots

are of the type Jots or

with the Plural

jlxs]

h
"3

,,

G -o

or
G^j
//*t,
.

Piur.
G
-OS

^ T

/4

OS

LT^^
G
LT'
^.XAV
i
y

(j^'^.^f

oS

S^

G .o

5-*^
Gj:.
/8

cU^I
G .OS

^*
Go
ni6 ^)
^

G G,

;Lywo|
,

or-

/lO

If a

whole and a fraction are united, they must

;

be joined by I
4^/6

e.g.

^^iCAS^**.^^*

^oE
/Wvi^X^i
V-i

j^o-.G^^oS^
^*^j'

^ \^r.^^
<;
2/4^

^
^

Lt/

iiiA^'
p^^M^ ,>e#^

Note.
5.
'^.J^'
^'

is

often written,

Va,

<.

The MuUijplicafee

etc.

are of the form

=--

adjectives "twofold, threefold" G ,^ G s. > JuJ^ "twofold"; ..irJii^ Jota^; e.g.

^ G

w^

..,";-

'

-'

^
-

-...- i*-"-

.-

"threefold" (also

"triangle");
is

^cjyj "fourfold" (also

"square").
6.

"Single, simple"
^^fiMmtttS^

o^.
"two by two"
etc.

Thft

adjectives

are expressed
a)

by

repetition of the Cardinal

number, or

Thirty-third .Lesson.

229

b)

by the forms i'^ or

Jsjt^oj^e^g;^.^^^

^^y^\

0^^5

^3*^ or

^yJL/o

l^iL^^they

come

tjeo^

by two.

7km(u>t.^',fffi>''^<i^^^
T

V'^

** e^'*^

\y-r^^

cu^v ^'j^ (.^ o^y9

in twos
7.

passed by people (walking)

and

threes.

Numeral

adjectives
is

expressing the^joumber of
2
/,
,

parts of which anything

s

made

are of the form

J,L*, e.g.

.,

Jl>o Biliteral.

^^^^11.

Triliteral, or

3 cubits long, or high.

Quadrimeral, or 4 cubits high, or a quatrain.

Vocabulary.

^*JL*j

doctrine, teaching.

jyi
->':>
^,

eastern.

^o.
(

,Ia<^*;

Zanzibar.
[(fem.
I

wv.o
.

lesson.

-^

Jxv.*) central,

^^^
:<I1

noble.

i-,1
So.

mid^

tradition (in Islam).

(

^Z
^

western.

^. ^^
-

Shiites,

(a sect

of

Mohammedans).
VIII. to comprise, contain. ^^ ^^ ^)
o ,, -p^)

^-^

^
'

southern.

o.

Ij'

cape.
to follow,

^*^*-^
1

1^.

r.

^'
branch.
-'
-

belong.

c^
c-

(pi.

-^--^

V^Maghnb.
yU^i
,

jj

b-

continent.
f

^^^^

11. to

date, (Verbal

Algeria.

c-^
[

j^tory).
^^^' *^

'

'

agree, corre-

;^i^two

Morocco.

I
I

(i^-s

spond with.

r/'i^

230
First Part.

/i^^j^ rising
o
,

^>^|
1

(pl.5U^|)noun.

^f *^^ sun.

^^3^

setting
)

^^^-^ to

be

spoilt.

^^5^^[ Frankish, European.

^"^
-ilJOut
,

^
beginning.
Spring.

J-^

|(pl.
1

o,oE > ii <Jy^\ and o^^.:>)

particle.

':t

letter,

i.^J^K^,

^
r^

(pl.

Sl^i) part.

^^ 3^ ^^^^^^ -^^
'

sura, (chapter of
I
I

'

, ,^

.,

;>^

the Koran).

^^i
^
-

idal^
,.

^'J)kfnf ^

'.. -OS

ftheFatiha(nameof
the
lt

^^^M

sura).

>^i^

^o^^^-

Exercise 63.

f,

ixz-cJt^

o "

s-o

o^

^ o ^

>

wo-c

- o ^

>

o5.

KjJbjsl

^^y^3

J"^} ^^3
^oL>vwJi^

K._.J5^/iJl

^i^^j/l

^i>.JL>:ji

^3")yj

K-Oj-L^f

iUftjjSt

x-u^iil

i^A^Jjit

^.^LJ-I*

^^^>^_J

sJliiT 8J^i.j

icijlil

y^-J^ ^jLlif* ^!yl

oi

lloj

Thirty-third Lessou.

281

aJuLa^'

LJLo

Ai'js^

^:>ULi

^^^'t

XA/oLiLlt

A^LmJI

'^cLmJI ,j**.^1

('^ij^

O-^^
A3

^
V

'^'^

*^^ ^3^^ '*^

j^il^

^^

^js^ji'^S

yj^ytit^

/jfjijj

iLcLJt

(Jj^-^

1^3

i<o^3

isotAvLJl
^

XxLmJI^

iC.Lw
5

^Juai

^^lliiAJl
^
..

^
,

vi^^iVJiij
-

^.3 ^

Exercise 64.

of this letter is: Tuesday the 1^* July 1890, corresponding with the IS^^Dhu'lqa'da 1307. The 114*1^ Sura of the noble Koran is called "The Sura

The date

of (the) men".
of

In
(sing.)

the
will

first

days

(Jol^^t) of the
(will

month
^'Juu

May you

receive

come

to you) a

from us and, if God will, you will send us the answer in the latter days of June. In this night I have not slept a quarter of an hour. I will return to your dweUing after three quarters of an (from the) hour. Take seven eighths of this stuff and we will
letter

'^^p
^

,j-^^

2^^

232

First

Part.

take the
spoilt.

:J'^|J'

life. I first (and) second and third chapters of this book, and to-morrow I shall read old art thou? the fourth (and) fifth and sixth."^

My servant was in the Yesterday read the

am
in

last

eighth.

Two

thirds

of this food

is

fifteenth year of his

s^^''

\-^

the twenty-sixth year of my life, for I shall be twenty-six (reach the twenty-six) on the -^1^9*^ January.* The beginning of Spring is on the 21^^ March, and the beginning of Summer on the 21^*^ June, and (the beginning) of Autumn on the 21^^ September, and (the beginning) of Winter on the 2P^ December. The doctrine of the Relative Pronoun is contained (is found) in the 31^* Lesson of this book. There are three kinds of words in the Arabic language: firstly the Noun, (and) Secondly the Verb, (and) thirdly the Particle.
I

How

END OF PART

I.

233

Second Part.
Thirty-fourth

Lesson.

The Noun and

1.

its

Derivation.
are divided according

Nouns

(f^^[

Plur. sUwi)

to their Derivation into:

a)

to be

Primitive; e.g. ^_y,]j "head". Such nouns are found in the dictionaries under the verbal stem,
-

s^

ahhough

in this case the verb (j^L "to be at the

is

head of

a tribe, to strike on the head"

b) Derivative:
a)

derived from the noun.

Derived

from Verbs

Most nouns are of

this

class, e.g.

"killing"

from

JocS;

,jJL^ "session, council"

from

,j^Jb>

"to sit"; jk*S "great" from

;

"to be great".

P)

Derive d from Nouns

there
are
lions"

e.g.

yjs^Lo

"a place in
-^^--l

which

from

j^i "a

lion";

"Islamic" from
2.

*^ts r

"Islam".
the verb are
:

The most usual nouns d erived from The Verbal Noun

(
.

a)

j^>a/j)

which

properl}' expresses

the verbal idea in the form of a noun, but sometimes has a more remote meaning and is then known as the o ^ Jo

'"^/^

b)
c)

The Active The Passive

Participle (J^UJ"?
Participle

^p.
^j^).

(.3^1

234

Second Part.

These three forms have been treated in the first part of the grammar, but the following facts regarding the Verbal Noun of the Simple (I.) form of the verb should be noted:
a)

The form Jod

Jots

occurs

especially

in

transitive
Jsjci

verbs of the form

kill";

and

Jjti; e.g.

Joi from

"to

A^ from
b)
Jots

"to understand".

in

intra nsitive

verbs of the form

Jots;

e.g.

^'

"joy" from ^^.

c)

^yh

in intra nsitiv e verbs of the

sit".

form

Jots;

e.g.

y^^Jb> from ;jJL> "to

d)
xJj.^.yw

idjjts

and kJUs

in

verbs

of the form

Jots e.g.

"smoothness" and xiL^ "easiness" from J^^ "to

be smooth, easy".
e)

xibts
'

especially
G.
^

Trade;
G.
.

e.g.

ioi>

verbs denoting an Office or ... "Caliphate" from ^jJL> "to follow";

in
'.

iLbLi> "tailoring" from j3Li> "to sew

f)

Many
mim;

verbs
e.g.

Go.

form their Verbal Noun with a

.

prefixed
intend".
g)

Js^koiu

"purpose"

from
g

Jwis

"to

G. o.

This form of Verbal

Noun

is

called

^^^^ ^^.^oj^.

Other

common

forms of the Verbal

Noun

of

the Simple verb are:

\\i

^
G
o

e.g.

^^

?^;. J^

uu.;r..." "business"

'^..,..

from

'("to
J^i.^
;..::i

occupy

^^"^^

^
^'

"part"
f

"to divide",

"smallness,

J*^

youth"

J^

'to

be small"

Thirty-fourth Lesson.

235

jUs
o
->

(e.g.

yjij

"meeting"
"question"

from

^
i^
-rr o^^*^

"to meet".i"IJ ^^***^

Q S
K
'

>

v5L*i

o[^

"to ask".
f

JL*5

,,

(jo^L> "deliverance"

"to be deli-fttjj ttu*^ vered". W^p<*^

^jli

^jli

"call"

j "to call".

"forgiveness"
" O^JT

^
L5jr^

"to forgive"
i-ipv "to deprive". J'^'f?

"privation"

u^

^i*ij

(rare)

^'^li "flowing"
^ ,^

'to

flow'

^,^
^i^xs

e.g.

iyj^ "acceptance"
,}.^^ "journey"

j^

"to accept".

J^
^iii
0..0-

jwi-^ "to

journey".

,\t2

5x'3

^1/
xJUi

"hatred"

y "to hate".
3l5

"treatise'

"to say".
is

/J^*^U^&w
~
""

Note.
each verb.

In the dictionaries the Verbal

Noun

given for
G
o .

Sometimes several forms are in use from the same

verb, either with the

same or

different meanings; e.g. ^X^aS

and

Go*
J^^aii/8

*^^Go*

G-

"purpose" from^XAaS; ^^o^^^description" and aaao "quality"

from ^Juoj "to describe".

of verbs whose 2"^ and are the same, of hamzated verbs and of weak verbs are of the same forms as above but subject to the rules for assimilation etc. given in the earlier lessons; e.g.
3.

The Verbal Nouns

3^^ radicals

from

"to think":

^
*

(for

^^)
G
^

"opinion";

from ^6 "to stand":

j.Ls

(for ^ij^)

"standing";
.

from

' G ^"#1 S^ "to say": xiliw (for i^jm) "treatise

236

Second Part.
It

should be noted that the verbs, whose first which drop the 3 in the Imperf. (Less. 26, 2) have also a Verbal Noun without the first radical; e.g.
radical
is 3,

from

J^ASj

"to unite": xJUo "tie" (beside

)iJuo

^^); from Uoo^

"to describe":

"quality".

4. The Verbal Nouns of the Derived forms are given in Lesson 18, 7. In these forms the Part. Pass. is often used with the meaning of the Verbal Noun;

e.g.

,^Ai2XilLi

"that which

is

necessitated"

instead

of

^Ua^i^) "necessity".
5.

The meaning

of

the
it is

Verbal
both;
it

Noun
Go.

is

either

Active or Passive.
or

Often

e.g. Jjci is "killing"

"being killed", sometimes

"being

is

only Passive;
(Active

e.g.
is

o^:>3

found

i.e.

existence"

only

^iicLj "finding").

The meaning

of the Verbal

Noun

is

not in any
G o.

way connected with

or future.
6.

Jji means "killing" or "being killed" either in the past, present

the idea of time,
e.g.

In
it

its

syntax the Verbal

of the followed

characteristics

Noun and
by the

Noun

is

partakes of the As a of the Verb. Genitive, subjective or

Noun

objective; e.g.
JKJ'

Jj6

may mean

"Zaid's kiUing (someone)"

or

"the killing of Zaid" as in

J03

Jj:aj

^iUIl
kill

yoi

"the king

commanded

that

(someone) should
If

Zaid".

however the Verbal Noun has both a subject and an object, then the former is put in the Genitive and
the latter in the Accusative or has the Preposition j
;

e.g.

"^i^:

Thirty-fourth Lessjon.

287

j^4^>i or L\-^ J^i)

J^

"tl^e fact of Zaid's killing

Mohammed".
So also ^j-Ii w*> "the love of
(one's)

country".

^yi
(his)

or

j^ylj>il

vjwiJt

^:,o>

"the youth's love of

country",
suffix:

and with a pronomhial

Ij^^^ xUi "his killing

Mohammed".

^y;
The
is

^jx>

"my

love of (my) country".

is

preposition j

also used

when

the Verbal

Noun

employed

indefinitely with

an adverbial meaning,

e.g. /(

7.

verb can always be strengthened or specialised

(cf.
J ^ o jc-o
}

in

meaning by the addition of a Verbal Noun

y

o^oj

Less. 12,

5).

This (called in Arabic tyhiS 4^*all "the

is

absolute object")

usually derived from the same verb,

e.g. [.tJhr Li- j _-5

"he rejoiced greatly". (In this case the

used
"for

absolute

object
also

is

distinguishing"

;xAl;dLi)

:^[2ci
^
\

but
U^^rr

ma}^

be

derived

from

another

verb,

e.g.

L^ ^^

"he rejoiced greatly'.

e.g.

It is also used with the Passive, "he was struck violently". Sometimes the Verbal Noun

ijoj^
so

Ly^s

^^ia

is

used without

an

adjective,
it

e.g. \tyo

v^jyto

"he struck a striking". (In

i.e.

this case

is

used jy/UJli

for emphasising.)
is

^^^^^T"

Sometimes the Adjective alone

the Verbal

expressed and

Noun

is

understood,

e.g.

IjsjO^ ^^.xo "he

struck violently" for

iOoj^

Lyto

vy^-

238

Second Part.

The Verbal Noun may be used thus with a Genior a Suffix or a Relative Sentence, e.g.
tive,

Demonstrative

Pronoun

or

..L^l

^y>
\d^
Liyto

^i>va3*

"thou fearest the fearing of the

coward"

i.e.

hke a coward.
j^u:o "I struck
L-;i-jto

v-j^iJi
i<jc>-^I

him

this striking"

i.e.

thus.

"he was struck a striking which

pained him".
8.

The Active

Participle (J^Uil

-.^i)

may

also

be

as a Noum in^^isdiich case it is followed by a Grenitivei_or^ as a_yer&)when it is followed by an 1/ Annnsfltiyft q^ j.hfi Prftpn5|^;^|,inn A if i t 18 USe d in the ~"^ ""~' "~ sense of t he Imperfec t, e.g. [2.

used

^1
'
/

' -

'

'*one,

who

kills

men".

^^^^ U^Ui! joUJi "he, who

JLxJli

kills

men".
knowledge".
'5

v^iUoii "he,
if
it

who

strives after

But

is

used in the sense of the Perfect,

after
it,

it

^fi^Mf
$^u4^

can have only the Genitive "he, who has killed men".

e.g.

^j^LJl

Job*

-^

Exercise 65.

The tvords in'^the following exercises are to he fotmd in the Vocabulary at the end of the book. The trowels of the Article and some common words are now omitted. JOol-^Jj-^ ^j-t:^ 'jj*^ O^l xSjIo ;j^^ J^ JJCS ..li'

s^sO^-O

Thirty-fourth Lesson.

239

:\>a>JI

sA^

^y
^^Xwl

_^j

Jsi

'>s>j{jj\

i,\

Tiy^A^jS

^0^\

LaJLs

IXi;

^-^b

'"^jrifr^

j^jv^ J^ rj^^

^bUJI^

iCA:$\i!

eUlJv^l Joo

^iU^Lo

^iy^ A

^iUL.^1 ^j^ ^juit*^.

|bi

xs^

OsXfi jtaA

iuusXi K^bLuJLi

c>J^3 ^ ^1

i)-*->l

/ /
'^

Exercise 66.

'^

We
y^^
one's

rejoiced greatly, when we received the books s^^* (your sending of the books). The love of

land

is

a part

of

[^

faith.

>

V"^
^^^
,>

I praised this

youth's love of his country. We rose in honour of the prince. They have done this deed from hatred' <^f their enemies. After bringing excess of greeting we inform you that the inducement to write it (i.e. this letter) is to ask concerning your health and your ['circumstances. I shall leave the city (my leaving of the city will be) on the 15^^ of November of this year. I rejoiced greatly that your Excellency has perfect health and security (I rejoice .... at your Excellency's possessing the perfection of etc.).

^^
'^J-'
^.^'

^
(Jyil\

i,

J
.

o
i^>

t^it-i^

240

Second Part.

Thirty-fifth Lesson.
y

^^

PC ^

^^<i

:^

t.

Nouns
1.

of Place

and Time,

Nouns denoting t he Time

^L^CLi
j^[),

or Pla ce qi an action

(^uyi^

when

derived from the

Bim pie verb

('-^-^'^-^/tiS^)

are of the forms JotLi^

,;beyf>iV

Jsjtl^

and k1^^,

e.g.

from ^jJL> "to

from

sit": ^^JL^'

"place of sitting, assembly";

"office,

w^ "to write":

u-AjoCa

school";

from

"to bury": ^>iU "cemetery".

is

-^-:^

The

Plural of these three form s

J^Lax, e.g. j^iL^,

Note
(tti/

1.

These nouns, when derived from verbs, which

have kasra or fatha in the Imperf. are usually of the formjota^*

those froqi verbs

.^'

^ o ^

w ith damma

in
'

the Imperf. are of the form

Jota^.
/*.
/

But there are many exceptions such as

*)J^

"place of sunrise, East",

^f^ "place of sunset,

in the Imperf.
is

West",

lX^Uvs/i ''place of praying, mosque," ,^^il^/o "dwelling place",

all

from verbs, which have

damma

Note
from

2.

From some verbs raoretKah one form

"to write":
*-^A>iU '^office"

used

e.g.

^.^^kJS

and

X-*JC)Co '^library,

book-shop";

from

^-wsj "to place":

^^y^ and

^^^
G
^o
is

"place".

Note
^

3.

A
first

r arer

form in use
is

^Lxa^ (especially from

verbs whose

rad ical

^ or ^^),

e.g.

^ ^

G^
ot^Lyj (for

G^o
0^_^) "time of
birth";

from --XJ* "to bear children":

Thirty-fifth Lesson.

241

from ^Xc "to promise":

promise, term";
SO
also

'->>-*-v

(for

oLt^) "time

of fulfilling

from the noun vi^ij "time" oLiLyo

(for

olsj^)

"appointed
2.

time''.

(Less. 28, 1) are subject to the laws forms of the verbs, e.g.

These nouns formed from verbs "not sound" which control the

from

^
s
-

"to settle:

^^

[^ov
S -.

J^) "al^e";
G .o(for JJli*)

";-'y^

^I^-''^^

from

J^

"to alight":

J^

"place" and

<il^(for

^U^)

"city-quarter";

from Ji "to
from
3.

rise": |.ULo (for ^jaa) "place, position^'**' ^^tj^

^jiyo

(^

"to pasture":

"pasturage".

^^'

->

is

In the Derived forms of the ^ verb the Part. Pass. used for the Noun of Place and Time, e.g. <>>.i4'^-^

^^^^^

7^

from

,^siJ|^

"to meet: ,^ftiLo "place of meeting"; "to collect (of water)": jii;Ly^ "marsh";
i
-.

from
from

^iU;c-wv[

(^

"to pray":

ju^a/)

"place of prayer",

c^ 5ftv> /? j.3j>

Nouns
4.

of Instrument.

No uns which

denote the in strument used in a n

G -o

action ("xl^j ^t) are formed after the patterns: v5L^, j^- *^* ' ' G^.o
Joiftxi

and
from
from

xJL*a/5,

e.g.

^\:C5

"to open":

Jjaa "a key'

jj^^j-T

"to sweep": iC^^jX* "a broom";

--'
.

,.-

G.
G
G -o Jota
y

'G,o
"a balance"; "a ladder".
^^

from ^j^ "to weigh":

^ ^

^1^ (for q|;_^)

G- ' o ylSyj (for iLciyo)
-o

from ^^ "to ascend":

ir^

^1

'G-^o

>

G ^o
J'uta/):

The
v>*.tU.

Plural of
J
^ ^
.

and

iULxa/j

is

J^U/>; of

/^
16

e.g.

mo'l^, ^xo'la*.

Arabic Grammar.

242

Second Part.

The Diminutive.
O w
<0

JO
is

5.

The Diminutive (jjJu^\ ^^)

nouns according

formed Js^,

from

triliteral
"little

to the pattern

e.g. ^j^^xb'

dog" from vll?.

the case of words derived from Doubled or verbs the usual changes take place, e.g. from

In

Weak
J^

"shadow": jlib;

from
from

^L

(for v^jj)

"door": ^-aj^;
^j^i.

"youth":

From
is

quadriliteral

nouns the form of the Diminutive

Jjlii, e.g.

from

\^jii:

"scorpion":
J

O ,

Or

if

there are

more

letters,

the form jJLotj

is

used, e.g.

from

._^a;^ae

"sparrow":

^^^a-yox:.

is

If the noun has a Feminine ending, this ending attached to the Diminutive, e.g.

from

KjJjj
^ o ^

"fortress": 'sJuXi.
^

o^

>

from ^JJ^ "Salma", (name of a woman): ^^.-JU. The following Diminutives should be noted:

from

vl)l (for_^'?)

"father": ^^1 (for^'i) "little father";

from ^1
brother";
G
,

(for

l^]) "brother":

^t

(for

^\)

"Uttle

from vi>^i
G
o

Gs.^ "sister": 'xjj>\ "little sister";

0-(for

2 -J

G
(for

from j^[
from
'.J^[

_^)

"son":

J^

,^t^)

"little

son

^^

or ^:>^ "daughter": KjJj "little daughter'

II

Thirty-fifth Lesson,

1/

^-^

"^^-t^

2i8

from

9^ "thing": ^j;^
little

(for

^^) or more

frequently

iu^

i->

"a

thing".
are often used to express endearis

Note.

The Diminutives

ment or contempt.

The form J^s

often

used with Proper

e.g.

name s^

at the

pr eseat time to express^endearment,

9 ^*/''"5'#l' hlrli
j^^ias
f*' *

|>>-"

from^iULlj; ^3 Jo from

jOUil Axc;
Exercise 67.

O^^

from

aUI

Xj.x:.

j>*<xei

u:

;^_^vX^l

iUJ!

U^S

^iw

^^ c5y^l

jr^=ia^5

'^^^^ 8/>LaJ|

p-A/^/^'H

\ o^t^
^ '
I

'

'

^Uil

^
^Uftii

. ,

\j^

vxi'wiJl

(Less. 30,

/ 11)

'"^'^^\.^\

"
JovAt
Lj

^^
IvJN^

^i^^^a j;^?r
\i

}^\

V-)LJl

^^^^1

Ji*^yt^

\f,j,,^^

li5

^^\ \^

iJ^i jNlalf (Accus., Less. 16,

16*

4)

244

Second

/Part.

3 ^ ^ ^ ^

^^

<3^^^^

|.LIi!t

iy^U;:j

^^1

i.?*^

o-^*^'

This little dog is very watchful. I This little sweeps the room with the broom. -/- I went to my house and opened the door with the key. Beirut is the residence of the Wali.'.,-|7r Boy, weigh the wheat The visiting'*'' of muisques and tc^bs >-:*- in the balance. 1 saw the 'j^;:^ is not' allowed during the time of prayer. dear Fatima, give me a horses in the pasturag^ ^j^jjj, 9*J:Ta^ little of this bread. v^The customs of the East and When '^^^j^iSir^ those (the customs) of the West are different. the king arrived, they fij^ed the cannoiie. little I^ bought this book son, I ask success from, God. in the bookshop.

man

.^

iil

,j^_J^,ijY

X^

Thirty-sixth Lesson.

The Relative Adjective.

,,

^ O

V,

-o

1.
^

The ending

attached to a

noun denotes

that a person or thing is related to, or connected with land, city, business it, generally in respect to a tribe,
etc.,

e.g.

v^yi "Arabs"
ya/>
jjlc

(collective);
g
o

^^

"Arabian, an Arab";

"Egypt, Cairo";
"science";

^j*^ "an

Egyptian, a Cairene";

^^s.

"scientific";

^;. "day";

^JJ

"daily".

Thirty-sixth Lesson.

246

If the

noun has the

feminine

ending

b.

this is
e.g.

dropped in the formation o f_the.Belatie,Adliective,

N "nature"; ^}:^
Oiu.1

''natural";

:L^

"art";

^iLo
^JJ

"artificial";

ixi "Mecca";
Letters

"Meccan".
the
radicals
in

added

to

the

formation
J^j^o

of the

noun sometimes

drop,

e.g. iLuvX/) e.g.

"city";

"pertaining to a city", but not always,

JsjJn^ "iron"

J^Jojs^ "iron"

(adjective).

G
"father"

The words ^i

and

^| "brother", take

back

their original tvdw again

and so form

f^j^\ "fatherly",

^^1
If

"brotherly".

a noun ends in a or an
is

(t l5- ^~~
,

^^
e.g.

f^f

^^_!_), this
so.

changed into waw before the

^

2.0tj;j^ow

.o>'
"abstract";
Lov3

r^ow "meaning" forms

[forms (j:_^o "worldly".

"world"

The same
i-1-,

is

the case with the hamsa in the ending

2
--

^^\

e.g.

sUvi

"heaven" forms ^^^L^ "heavenly", but

^jI^jj^
'

"winter" forms
-

"wintry" (without
2

cdif).
.

o..

o.^

o,.

From
2
-

LwwJjS

"France" are formed

-.^jS,

^^^.wgJ^ and

^J3LwJ-^ "French".

The
e.g.

Plurals of these adjectives are usually regular,

^_Jyltf "the Egyptians".

246

Second Part.
2.

adds
e.g.

to its ordinary

The Feminine of the meaning

"man",
J,LwJI

Relative Adjectives often that of an abstract idea,

isLoL^i "humanity".

^*j.^l

"human",

"God",

^1

"divine", 'Z^l "deity".

^
wages".
3.

"month",

^M

"monthly",

aj^

"monthly

Adjectives.

JO

The

following forms of the Adjective {xsuo

(Less.
10):

^[)

have been already mentioned

a)

J^b Active

Participle.

b) j-otj (sometimes also

used in Passive sense,

e.g:

J^

"killed').
c)

dyfi,

e)

Joel (for Colours

and

Defects).

f)

^_^
The
Joe

Pass. Part. (Less. 17,

4).

4.

following forms are also of

common

occur-

rence:
g)
-)p)')'

especially

from intransitive verbs of the

"difficult"

form

jj^, e.g.

^1^
Q-w^

from

ZJuo

"to

be

^^'^'^ difficult".
h)
Joti,

e.g.

"beautiful"

from q-vw^ "to be

beautiful".

1^*^^^^

i)

Jjts especially

from intransitive verbs of the form

Joe, e.g.
j)

"joyful" from
e.g.

^/

"to be joyful"

^1,

If^

"naked'.

Thirty-sixth Lesson.

247

k)

jUs

(intensive)
lie".

e.g.

^Ijs^ "addicted to lying"

from uji^ "to

Note.

The verbs whose second

radical is ^ or
e.g.:

^^ change

the form J-oe

--

into/^^-^which becomes ij^,

(j)

y
,j-*-fe^

from

oL>

"to be excellent"

^Xx>
,

(for

Jo_j^ and
,

v>^a>.)
,

/^'excellent";

"
(^^) "to

^^ ,^-^ '

from vjLb
"good".
5.
*

be good" v-/-^

(for

v^^ ^^
who
"to

The form

G a. jL*s is also

used to indicate one

e,g.

exercises a trade or profession,

G 5.

jLr (from
G

^^
i -

carry")
tailor";

"a porter", and so jL>-> "a baker"; -bLc> "a

9Lm.

"a water-carrier".

Th ese words
etc.

use the

Sound
6.

plural, e .g. Q_^Ji^,

Q3jLi>

The

Elative

(J.A.*na;Jl

^[

see Less. 10,

e.g.

37)

is

always formed from the three radicals,

Jo_^ (Root
-^^ 1

v5^) "long";

i^?

"longer";

lli

"excellent" (Root J^^)?'*

Oj^t "more

excellent".

Some
Elatives.

adjectives,

such as the Parti ciples of the

^a)

Derived forms and

w ords

of the form .UsI cannot fomi^iS)

In these cases suqh phrases as the following are used: >Kt.^>/^*-^- g&r^^^^f// j^^-^
'diligent" j^-ij;^ "diligent"
lore as to diligence.

loU;c>t loL^;c>t

yiii'i -ii'i

"more

diligent' diligent"

Ut.

j^^l "black" tol^^ j^I "blacker"

blackness.

lit.

stronger as

IQ(

7.

If the

second part of the comparison

or

is

not a

noun but a whble~sentence

an adverbial determination.

248

Second Part.

it

is

preceded by
o

Ux

(for

with a

verb or the
e.g.

Preposition ^^ with a suffix of the Personal Pronoun,

jj^J

^li

U/i

j-Jl
it

>_ftkJl

i\^\ "the weather

or:
it

is

pleasanter to-day than

(j.^^
iO/a

was yesterday"
^tj^ llit.

^j-Ji

^^jtkJI

"than

yesterday".

>

K^S
jo,i

Exercise 69.

/^

jJl^il

er

^i

^^
'j^^l

^>5

er

o^'

Lf-'A-^

^^f^'

\}^\
*j-Jl

SO^

(Proverb)

'^^

G^Vll
^'^-^

l^^ ^j!;
o-3--i
,..^i

Lg^

jj**^^ "-^^^

ool^

r^-lr^^

T"

*^

i^
*****

^^J_5
v^i

^"^li

-^5^
i^^A^I

Ijl-:^

^^^
^Is

^5^
^i^l

^^

-9^

^-^3 tJ"*^

j3 J

Ij

,3j

Ij

ij^

wJiiaJ^ ^.*'^^ ^S*^^^^^

Ij^.^!^

2sJiJl

^Jl^ iM?

0^^

*^'!.

j^5 C^^^^i
cr
1

--LiJt

iou..^

~"

'ujb
J ^

t^ ^^
o
o

Jotftj
^

qI
,

^
*
.

J^"^^
^

o'^ "^^"^
y ^ ^ ^
it

5JoJc5i ^

J -

7t

o^^

(Proverb)

J^il

^ b'ijJ

J^l J-l^L

'iJLkJt

^T,!

Thirty-seventh Lesson.

249

''^<>^'

Exercise 70.
is

more diligent to-day than he ink is blacker than yours (thy ^ The Egyptian o% |^ We arrived in Cairo by rail. ink). If God will, the weather ^Cf^^ is cleverer than the Syrian. This *^^ will be better to-morrow than it was yesterday. ^^^Englishman is prouder (stronger as to pride) than that "^Jj The pojigrs^^are^more diligent than the ^' Frenchman/ The crowa at the festivities was greater than ,/ / ; tailors. We went furth^ away than we inwe thought. This wine is excellent, it is more excellent tended. than that, which we drank yesterday. ^ ^^-^^^^z^^i^
This water-carrier

was yesterday.

My

f^^

Thirty-seventh Lesson.

.^\ Cyf^meapin g
(^JL*il).

^
'j

1.

Words may be divided a ccording

names
^^^J-S

to their

into: a) Class
2.

^!):

b)

Proper names
into:

^^

The

Class

names are divided

a)

Concrete {^^kc

^t), whether Nouns

or Adjectives as
.

as

Jc>^

"man",
.

^^

"horse"
^

^\\
h

"riding",
/*M>'-'*''-^

^^b^
b)

"sitting".

.ILt

Abstract

(j^-ow

Go.
science",
I

J^^:^

" "ignorance"
o
i

^i) whether Nouns

or

as
G

JLc
JO,

Adjectives

as

(._^^

G,

["understood",

..^j^s^o

"concealed".

Abstract nouns when used in a general sense and rithout further determination always take the Article, e.g. G, >, , s S idL>^5 iCcljfUiJ! "bravery is a virtue";
JO

also with
^^cs.xA

names
i^AnaJU

of material, e.g.

^^pJ^M

"gold

and

silver

are

two

"
letals".

o-'^r^'^

250

Second Part.

Proper Names.
3.

Proper names are always definite and so can

e.g.

be the subject of a Nominal sentence,

*'Zaid is a

J^.

joj

man". Proper names are

either Simple or

The Simple may

e.g.

consist of three or

Compound. more radicals,

Jo: Zaid;

^ixs>- Ja'far.

The Compound may

a)

consist of:
e.g. ^iUJLjo
jy.x:

a^^^

T wo names

placed togeth er,

e.g.

Ba albek,
Abdallah,

or

b)

A A

noun with a Genitiv e,

I

*JJi

^^5>y jy^ Abd-errahman, ^j*^\ ^^t Imruulkais,

or
c)

sentence

e.g. t_xi JojIj

i.e.

Ta'abbata sharran

(lit.

he carried mischief
4.

a sword, under his armpits.

Personal names are of three kinds:

a)

The Name

in the strict sense

('^-o
)

(*-wl)

as jo;,

f*^.
e.g.

b)

The Kunya

or

name contammg
mother, brother

a term

of relation such as

"^faither,

etc.",

The Nickname (v*^) usually given to a man, when he has grown up referring to some quality in him or
c)

event with which he has become associated

kIx} (properly

etc.,

e.g.

"a duck"), XiS (properly "a basket").

Note
c>jL>-l
(lit.

1.

Some Proper Names always have

the Article as

the ploughman).
2.

Note

The name *Omar

is

distinguished from ""Amr by

the fact that the latter has always an otiose 3 at the end in the

Nom. and
For

Gen.,
the

e.g.

3 j4^ and ^j^^.

The Accus. of both

is

j*^.

Declension of the Proper names and for exercises

see Less. 41.

Thirty-eighth Lesson.

251

Thirty-eighth Lesson.
> ,

a ^-

z.

'OS

The Feminine.;^^ uir^^ht^^/x ^/"07 f-f1.

For the formation of the Feminine see Less.

2.
,

Certain Substantives are feminine without a special ending:

G
(IB-

(j^t eai-th, land.

Jtil

staff.

viper. (
well.

"^

^.

9 ^' ''^*^

G 5,
i^Lftt

eagle.

Go

G .o.
v^jyic:

scorpion.
axe.
[

T.i

^^

"

'

war (sometimes
masc).

(j^b

^jH>
.|o

Go.o

Paradise (masc

house. /^>e^'*>w->'
coat of mail (sometimes masc. always masc. when used in the meaning of,

\^^^^
'

I
I

wheajt means
"p^k").

G.

^^
^
-

cup.
r

jO

<

o .

(^^-^^^
I

"sniock")^^?,^"'*

catapult (sometimes masc). ?^^^^<

^f'-^^^

(bucket (sometimes
I

e^y^ razor.
G.
^li
fire.

masc

).

J-j
Zr-^

mill.

27^

G o.
Jotj

sandal.

fwLttd (sometimes
'

masc .).
G o.

soul

(wjth

the

a
G
J

^
\

hyena (sometimes
masc).
^f^' irk frT^'^Kd
G

meaning *^person'Mn coun ti ng, it is masc

.

G
is

--

^j^

"breath"

to^^
2.

foot (of verse). -^

masc).

The
'.''

following words are of

"^
^

Common Gender :S^^"

(

^o

(L^l

thumb

mtm^ii*^

(usually masc).
fern.).

"

j\jl

veil.

f^h^s^

V v^^t hare

(usually

^^^i
I

^^^S^^. ^^^^,h^/2>z./..-^.

252

Second Part.
^

o.
v/

yio man.
j^jo breast.
o^ v_JLxs
,

_<uo morning.
"'5'
.

^
^
>^

Q
i

*!

pL-b natural
G
'

disposition.

fox.

^
'

fV

t6/

4^ i*^^

^,

^T^
^'^^

^^3^*

C^
%
,

fwing (usually masc).

I

,.

i^
^
o
,

^^^^^^ P^^*( {

\
1 '

condition (usually

0l=>
.

f^^

i *^-/
A
'

trr*^

'

(^sc. ^^Pt^^lj with the meaning "bridaljeast").

^3> wine, G..

ivn^"'
'

^"^

^'^

'/

><C3^
G
,

or
f

\
G
Oc

^Is'o

shop.
spirit.
/
.

o.

(Jf^ spider (generally

^

iieck.

^3j
.

,,_

^ ,T-

J.^t- path. ^'I'f^-

M ^??^l-)
/^

r*-^

tiorse.

Vo,
eo
| i

/
/
^

^^^

night journey.
knife.
.

^
^

^^
G : ^^i^M
'

kettle (generally
f^--)'

'^:

/
^

'

ux^^X

lis

neck.

weapon.
j

/rS^a /wyn.ji/^*
"'-'

^^ ^

^.^<j^

might (masc. with

meaning^'Sultan").

,;;.> bow. ^
^^^

nJ.
-3
'
(

^*?

^^LoX^
I

^ *k5 people.

fJ^ peace.

^ 5^
^

liver.

^
I

^
^
"

ladder.

'^^1 meaning

^^^^ heaven (masc. with I

"roof).

^fj- shank, g .

^^k)^^^
^^
(generally

Xp"^
eU^o
^
''

tongue.

^
^

^
^,
'

barley.

'nn.v,^

musk
|

^lasc.).

e^
'
'

fa measure used { for corn etc.

*-

(intestines (general1

X l^
gl*
^
,:

ly masc).

^:d

\.i..'i5j/^ way.

salt (generally fern.).

f j

GoS
gl^o peace.

people

(generally

(j^^

masc).

Thirty-eighth Lesson.

253

3.

Collectives denoting irrational living beings

y

and
Jot
'
,

from which nouns of unity ending in

cannot

(Less. 2, 4)

be formed are Feminine,

e.g.

J^ "horses"
e.g.

"camels".
4.

,^

Those Collectives from which nouns of unity ^^^'^

can be formed are of

Common

gender,

"bees'*,

jr^
-^^"^

L^ "a bee"
rally

etc.

The names

of the Letters of the

alphabet are also of

Common
e.g.

gender,

but are gene\*"

'

used as
5.

Femmmes,

rijjj^\ v^aJ^I
^^
6,

'^-y

The Feminine ending

(the sUil ,jjcij

^I

or -^.y,^^

^t

see

Intro.

Note

2) is

used in the

following cases:
a)

So me Substantiv es have

it,

e.g.

^/^

"remem-

brance"; Cjo "world" (properly fern, of the Elative of

J,o

"low";

LojJt

is

used

for

"this

present world"

contrast with )ij=>^\

"the future world").

i

^ o -

b) Adjectives of the

form ^^ats take as their Fe"angry", Fem.

minine Jxi,

e.g.

qLI^

^jj^

(but not

uU^.

adjectives of the
*

form ^bUi (with nunation),

xiLoJo).

e.g.

qLoJo

'repentant",
c)

Fem.

The Feminine

of the Superlative

is

of the form

,>^ "great";

^^i
I

"the greatest" (masc);

^jSlS

"the greatest" (fem.).

&

"high"; j^:^

"the highest" (masc); LUil "the

highest" (fem.).

254
d)

Second Part.

The

following should also be noticed

Masc.
5J

"the

first";

Fern.
?

"the other"

??

"feminine"
(no Masc.)

e^
6.
L>5Js.^
___
_

"pregnant"
(the so-called

The Feminine ending iUL

"the lengthened
alif") is

^J

used:
^ ^
^

a)

with some Substantives,

e.g. ^l^;s\Ad

"desert",

^L^

"greatness, pride".

b)

with Adjectives of the form Joe

2),

denoting Co-

lours or Defects (Less. 10,

- o
.

e.g.

c>^\ "black", Fem.

7.
I I
I
'

Some
"

Adjectives have no sp ecial ending for th e

Jots
'^a

F^ainine,^e.gS those of the form

O
-

when they have

s";o'^--^--,^^__^--'xXj[

a Piissive meaning as
those of the form

J^aas

slain

girl" f^also

k'i^yy^^'

j^

when they have an Active meangirl";

^/'
ojsn/>n^^

ing

as

y_y:*a

A^l "a patient

can
only

also

certain

AdJ^al^

jectives

which

refer

to

women
y>(c

as

^'^'af^g^'jii

"pregnant"

^yj "one who

e.g.

gives suck",

"barren".

f>j;jtA.

Note. Foreign words are treated as Feminines, even when

>Oi
i O ,

it

they were originally Masc,

"protest"
(legal).

j3'%>aXi

"consulate",

yL^^j^
^^^ ^"^

Exercise

71. ^i^,*,..^^..^

^^c> ^^

(Less.

15, 3

a) viUi

(supply:

JJU>

b)

lis

Thirty-eighth Lesson.

'^i^n/a^

255

^^^.**ss>i3

iu-^^toc.

^^^CwO

LP-x> (^j>

J^ viiO^Ij
^jA*^

oJo^l

Iv3j

p3x2

^^;w>^i

jx*!

qI

i'^J-^*

^^

^^

s^iAc!

jkJt

a*.

-oEE-U^^l

Ui

ois

s'umJj

b5'L:>-,

j^^t^

^
G

i>
vX3

*w^'

wo

J^

ol5

sO

*.

E--

To^

oE

cvayi

aJLmo

iuJLc

J^l
v3ls

*i

^Ijt^l

fi^
Js^l

(*^^

^^j*

('utiail

fci^jl

Jo Uc

Jww

Oy'J
*

lo

^
^15

&jyoLJJ

>^l-j-

l^

O^Sj

'

y'

J-E
ikiiloi

(^Aii

Us

jls

oU

.o*>
cUjt

-,
Ols

^' 01^ U3

dU
:^>-t

o*>oj

J-E

0-,

6o-j

-*

256

Second Part.

'

Exercise 72.

'

'^

ilii^----^

went out of the city, I met two women, the one of them (was) white and the other black. The lazy girl has not done what I commanded her. This world is the house of transitoriuess, and the other world is the house of eternity. The sheikh gave me
I

When

many
lasting.

horses.

'J'ji

The memory
is
is

of the friend will be

No

tree

found in the desert./

not (jl^) good.

The
soul

condition of
/

my

friend

thy meeting). Hind is a ^ The pride of men will be punished. '\^jrJO patient girl. The minister has received the highest grade of this order.
yearns to meet thee

(for

My

^W"
Thirty-ninth Lesson.
(^^,

Ji^ii^

^ilil u^j^O

Number.
1.

For the three Numbers Singular (o^), Dual

:

cJJ^] (^

and Plural
2.

(^^-^.z^-)

see Lessons 3,

4 and

5.

The Sound

Plural

(^'^

^^^
(except

Masculine

is

used

for:
1)

Masculine Proper
),

Names

those which

end in

e.g.

^^^^j.

Thirty-ninth Lesson.

257

2)

Diminutives of Proper Names and Class Names

feationfti)

which indicate
III), Plur.

beings,
"little

e.g.

^^^^

(Dimin.

of

^^3^;

ll>j

man", Plur. '^J^j.

their

3) Participles,

which form

Fem.

in

g,

e.g.

Zji

"writer", Plur.

^^^^;^^U
^^^y^.
"G 5.

"official", Plur.

^^^'^U;

^y^yi "believer", Plur.

4)

Nouns
trade

of the form JL*3

which denote workers

36,
5),

at

or

profession

(Less.

e.g.

-bLc>

"tailor",
5)

Plur.

^^L3s
o

Relative
,

Adjectives

(Less.

36,

1),

e.g.

(^ya/o

"Egyptian

Plur.

..^^a^.

(^ f '^jJJ',,^.*.-:*,*-^/*^^.

^^Xil/
-^^v

6) Adjectives
e.g.
Jii'l,

of the form

jJijf

denoting Elatives,

Plur.

o3j^^5.
G-^

The
Go

following Plurals should be noted:

^
i ^

^o%

^l
G OS oo^i
G &
Jsj?>|

son

(for

^i

Plur.

^.^jja

(also

9UjI)

G,, ^!c world,

o;^^

earth.

^^_^^3l

(also o^lji)

family,

i>

^^^f

(also

Jit)

J^i
>

goose,

>?

>

y}>

master.

>

Also the Fem. iu^ "year", Plur.

6
, ^ -

q_^

(as well as

Ot^AAw).
Arabic Grammar.
17

258

Second Part.
3.
1.

The Sound Plural Feminine

Feminine Proper Names,
ending in
,

is

used

for:

e.g. jol^,

Plur. oIjol^;
G ^.:

also for Masculines

2)

3/. e.g. io J^, Plur.

oli^.

Many

Class
G
-

names ending
-

in

h,

e.g. BjL5> "city-

quarter", Plur. ol^L^.

3)

The Feminines
Masc.

of Adjectives, whose Masc. takes

G
. ^

the

Sound

Plur., e.g.

oLol^ "female writers",

G^w^
4) Adjectives the
\

Gao
Feminine of which end in
6),
,

oLbLo*. "tailoresses", ou^-^a^ "Egyptian women".

^
(fern.),

or

^1

(Less. 38, 5,

e.g.

^y>S

"greatest"

I ^

G^^oJ
Plur.

^ o

G^^o^
"green"
(fem.), Plur. oUj-Aii^J^'^'

oIj^
5)

(rare);

hS^^az^

Names

of the

Letters,.
',

ol,the_alphabet and of

the months,

e.g. ^_aJl

"ahf

Plur. ollll;

J^ the month
G t^ ^.a-Jbr

Muharram,
6)

Plur. oU-i?.
e.g.

Verbal Nouns of the Derived forms,

G
.
:.

Gi.

/
"disposal",

^Af4,"v

"written work", Plur. oUJlj";

013 .JkOJ.
**

o-aoj

Plur.

But the Verbal Nouns of the

have also Broken Plurals,
-3*Laj;
\Ji\j=^.\

11.

and IV. forms

"picture",

e.g.

jJ^aoj

Plur.

"false new^', Plur. ^juo-SA.i-f^^^^^'^'^^^^

irra-

7)

Diminutives of words denoting things^nd

tional_beings, e.g. w^-J^ "little dog", Plur. oL-J^.

8)

Foreign words, even

when they denote male

persons, e.g.

Ul (Turkish) "Aga", Plur. ol^l; (L>l^)

Plur.

ii|ji> (Persian) "Sir",

olii^;

Jki

(v^)

(Tur-

kish) "Bey", Plur.

ofj^.

Thirty-ninth Leeson.

259

Note.

yjOLoJLS

(Less. 38,7, Note)

makes

Plur. olJiXaJL*.

Another form

is 'uS>^iXi,

Plur.

oULoaJj,

Note the two following words: ma^x*^.

0^ ^^Ui
Note
daily of
e.g.

"bath", Plur.
cf.

oUui;
1.

iC^
>c^

^'heaven",

Plur.

ol^lfw (or ot_j^)

1.

Less. 36,

oUU>^
oli^Ls'
"created
1^,

The Sound

tV^ft

P^flLiF^^*^^^ is

Fein. Plural of the Participles (espe^, often used with a Neuter meaning, ^a3^/<
''existing things",
.

oLol^
'

or
<f,

olOy>^^

things".

^ \jj^ ^ ^^^^ ,j^

Note
typical

2.

Of words derived from

Fern. Plurals are: from

verbs'' that

ij^

"Jj

^y^^ ^

V^'^

end in

or ^^
s^JLo

Sound

6,

BjLo

(also

written

cf.

Intro.

Note

8)

"prayer", Plur. ol^JUs; from sUs *^oung

girl"; Plur.

oLxs

or

oly3.

Broken Plurals.
4.

The most
Go.

frequently used forms of the Broken

are:

G 5 ^ J Plural (yy^Xa

^4.15*)

A.

From
1.

triliteral

nouns.

G o.
Jois
.

(rare).

From

G G . Jx:b;e.g.

^oU)

Go,
"companion", Plur.
v-,-^^?.

a)

From

jJtsl

(adjectives denoting colours

and

de-

fects),, e.g.

* J G J G ,os o^*w; yja^S "white", Plur. ^ja^ jpiv

.

^^ ^f

"blue", Plur. ^^j;

op
G
o^

"black", Plur.

\j^'
e.g.

b)

From

i)di

(fem.

of the preceding),

ili,J

"blue"

(fem.), Plur.

^^j.

260

Second Part.

y
Jo
(for

c)
.^S)

From J^,

e.g. jJS\
cf.

"lion", Plur. jJLl;

"house", Plur. ^^o,

Note
G
.

to 5.

3.

>i.
e.g.

From kUs
"'"'^^

(rarely

icLe),

iuLs
G
'

"piece",
G

Plur.

Ga
'1a

'g^o

Kh'i;

(for

idLo) "religion", Plur.

JJU; ^x^

"manner

of

life",

Plur.

!L^;

^^li

"tent", Plur.
G
.,

^.
G
,>
;

4. Joe.

Q^oi
a)

G^oj
e.g.

From

aJLxs,

xoV,
J

"rank",

Plur.
G
- J

v^*

Gs> xaj

.,

G,

"dome", Plur.
b)

v^;

'^j_y^

"form", Plur. ^^ao.

5),

From Joe

(cf.

Less. 38,

e.g. ^^^-i*!

"other"

(fem.), Plur.

^|

(without nunation);

^ySl\

'*the greatest"

(fem.), Plur.
j^

^^t.
iJLxs

i<4y^A^

From

(especially

from words with medial

"village",

G^ J G*o^ G^o ^ 3 or j^), e.g. xljO "dynasty", Plur. j^o; i>uy>

Plur. ^;5.
d)

>l^^^,iZllU^^

From

ii*s (rare), e.g.

iclli

"beard", Plur.

^.

G iJ 5. Joe.

G
a)

From

^3L9

(but not from words in which the

second radical
G

is
.

doubled or from those that end in

G
, ,

^
"V.

or

^^),

e.g.

^Uy

"book", Plur. wOT.

the third radical

5*^

^3t

b)

From
is

J^ (but not from words,

of which
c)

3 or ^^), e.g.
G^
^

From

/ GiULoe, e.g. xjuJwo "city", Plur.

^^

"way", Plur.
G

^^.
^ ,

qO^.

Thirty-ninth Lesson.

261

d)

From Oye,

e.g.

o^^

"messenger, ambassador",

Plur. J^^.
e)

From Jots

or Jo6

(rare), e,g.

Uuim, "roof, Plur. uuum.

(see
1),

Note.
"lion", Plur.

Joii is often

met with beside Jue

e.g. ^Xjm]

J^ or

J^-w-l,

6. 5l*j.

a)

From
Plur.

llh,
-Lo^; '&

e.g.

vlS "dog", Plur.

"wine-skin", Plur.
G
G

vizis';
xl5^;
^
'u^.

^Jj

"lance",

xj
-

v^^

'

"garment", Plur. ljLo; ^%^ "wind", Plur.

b)
c)

From

jii,
G -^
Jots

e.g.

J^-^ "man", Plur. JLi;.

G^..
G
. ^

From
G
'L>3j

and

G^ 3L>;

"neck",

^G-GPlur. USy,

xJUs, e.g. J^^js-

"mountain", Plur.
G,^
(for

^to

^^S) "bouse",

' G ^ Plur. JjC> (with the G .

meaning

"land"),

d)

From
e.g.

J-06 (but not

when used with

Passive

meaning),
e)

^S
G^o-.

"generous", Plur. ^\S,

From

G^o' G^oJ G^ id*5, e.g. ^^ "piece of paper", Plur. cls^.

kJL*5,

f)

From

e.g.

G, G^oiLs^ "sheep" Plur. ^L*i.

G
7.
.

J^.

Go^
a)

Goe.g.
js^xt

From From

G\
I

Jots,

G
b)

^31*5,

"slave", Plur. Joljx:. -' G G e.g. ^U5> "ass", Plur. -v4J>.

G
8.
,,

a)

From

^ oi Joe, e.g.

i_^. Go^
"heart";
"troop",
Plur. Plur.

GjjOo
Gj> oy^;

wJls

'Gj^Goj
"science",
Plur.
j._^; jsj^

^^\

^
S-

(^

262

Second Part.

"right",

Plur.

"house", Plur.
b)

^_^\ o^.
Jots,

ltI;

"bead", Plur. ^^ly,

.^
^^i^U^

From

e.g.

j^l

"lion",

Plur.

o^^t;

"king", Plur.
,

^^.
J^ls

c)

From

(but

not

when second
is

radical

is

doubled, or the medial radical

"witness", Plur.

^ or ^), e.g. vXPLi

o^^.

Dy/^>/

From

Jctl3,

e.g.

^b>

"judge",

Plur.

*jC5>;

*j1j

"sleeper", Plur. !y.

10. JUi.

'^'pLP
i

Only from
'

J^is,

e.g.

^'1^ "writer", Plur. ujUi'.

11.

KJbti.

Only from

J^ls

when

it

denotes rational beings

and has not

G..^* Plur. )>ujS\

or ^^ as third radical, e.g. v^^'K "writer", ' G.^ O ^\j "seller", Plur. K^L (for Kjtjo).
^
-

12. idxi.

Only from

Jscls

when

the third radical

is

^ or j^

and the word denotes

Plur. 3^^ (for iuJ^);

rational beings, e.g. Jl^ "governor",

c^^li'

"judge", Plur. Uai (for 'iU^.

13.
a)

Si;^.

l-i^^t-^-it""''^
e.g.

From

Jots

in

words with medial ^ ov ^,

Go-

G,

^_^ "ox", Plur. H^-.

Thirty-ninth Lesson.

268

b)

From

Jjti

when

the third radical

is

^ or ^^,

e.g.

1! (for
c)

^])

"brother", Plur. b>i>L

JIj6,

From From

e.g. Jl^;^ "gazelle", Plur.

iJ^.
3 or ^^,
e.g.

d)

J.a*s

when

the third radical

iUxAO.

is

^Ax?

(for _^jwo)

"boy", Plur.

14. Joel.

Go,
a)

From
>

Jsaj, e.g.

Go"sea", Plur.

G^oSGo,

^1; ^^^

"eye",

OS

Plur. ,.v^l.
b)
c)

From
From

jls, e.g. J^-j "foot", Plur. J^-j^ jli, e.g. jii "bolt", Plur. jist.

d) Fro m Feminines, which do not end in , and ^' which have a long vowel between the second and

GG
Plur.
*

GjoSG,

third radical, e.g. cLJ "arm", Plur. ^jOt;

oS

^^^a^j

"oath",

^t.
15. '^1*5 (rare).
v

a)

From From

G .G^Joe, e.g.

'

G,

J^^f

"stone", Plur.
"friend,

bv,L:^.

vr^ti^

b)

J^S,

e.g.

1^1^

owner", Plut.

f;

iol^ (and KjL^).

G- i> 16. aJjas (rare).

^
]
I

G o^

^A

From

Jois

when
^

the second radical

> >

is

dou bled,

e.g.

S-

G-

"uncle", Plur. i^^.^.

G -o 17. 3L*rl.
G
a)
o ^

^
when the first ___
j^), e.g. (juasi*

Go(jJis especially,

From

Joe

radical

is

3 or the middle radical is^ or

"person".

264

Second Part.

Plur.

u^L^I;

c^csj

"time",

Plur.
(for
cf.

ols^t;

^^^

"colour",

Plur.^lpl; ^j: "day", Plur/^Cf

^ o

^0);

$^ "thing",
Go

Plur.

^U^t (without nunation,

Less. 41,

2 a);

J^aL

"suckling", Plur. 3uJb1; ^^j "spirit", Plur.

G^b)

^0.

G..
e.g.
>_-.-*..w

From

G^osG,
"cause", Plur. \^l^\; ;Jb>

Jot,

G^^
(for

J^)

"condition", Plur. Jl^>l;

G^osGo ^[

G^^
(for ^Jb)

"son",

Plur. sLbl.
c)

From

J^'i, e.g.

.loLi
'

"friend", Plur. v^Li??.

G
d)

'

From Js^

G . (not with Passive sense); e.g. wOj^^

"noble", Plur. JlZ^T;

e)

Z^
18.

(for

^_^) "dead", Plur..o[^f.

Note specially ^js^ "enemy", Plur. 9tJ^I.

G- oE
iJLxsl.
- ^

G .d
a)

G
e.g.

'

From

,3L*,

j.L*L

"food",

Plur.

G^ o5 ^^ '^xh]; st^^
G~^ j.U[

g/oEG^
"physic", Plur. Aj^ot;

G^'oE
Plur. iC^^U^f; G.' Gw S
(for

^Xw "weapon",
Plur.
G
->

"Imam,
'

leader

of prayer",
G^*^

x*jI

iU^il); 9b[

"vessel", Plur. iuit; ^^Lj "dust",

G
-'

..-^ G^ oS Plur. io^"|.

b)

From

J^ (especially with Adjectives,

is

the second

radical of w^hich
is

doubled, or of which the thirdj:adicaL

or

^),

e.g.

Ui^j

"loaf",

Plur.

Kac^l;

J-Jo

"proof", Plur.
Gs * G^ o

Sot

(for Sifof);.Jjj^ "valuable, dear", Plur.

y^t

(for bj^;^!).

Gj^
c)

G>^
"column", Plur.
G^ oE
^

G-oS
8Js.*jtt.

From

iyti, e.g. Oj^x:

d)

Note specially

o|^ "valley", Plur. 'xjo^I.

Thirty-ninth Lesson.

265

19. iii!.

From
ra dical, or

J^ (especiail^Jrom roots with Hnubled second

wi th
final

,.&

a>^

^ or ^),

when

it

refers

to

male ^T^^^Xtl
jui

persons, e.g. (JjJwo "friend", Plur. iUjv^l; v^a-mI^ "physician", Plur.

l^\

(for ^llXf);

Jri

'^rich", Plur. iCj^S,

|^j

20.
9
a)

J^.
with Passive meaning,
e.g.

From
9

J-o6 usually

9..
9

'.,0^9^

J^ "slain",
...

Plur. Jj3; f^.f>' '

,

-o, "wounded", Plur. ^<^^',

^ o ^

c>^

(for

vi>o^) "dead", Plur.

^^.
"idle", Plur.

b)

From

'^,

e.g.

^ll?
iiiti.

^1?.

21.
a)

From

^^

(of

male person s^but (not^n words

with doubled second radical or ending in ^ or

^\
>

e.g.

^^

"minister", Plur. ^I^j^; -o "poor", Plur. ^Ua.

9
b)
c)
.

'

-.

From

J^lj, e.g.

^U;

"poet", Plur.

^|^jt.ii.

9/ . Note specially XixJL> "Caliph", Plur.

22. ^il..

.,

>

iUJL>.

,f^

o>ii^'

9o.
a)

^^V',^*^/'-

From Joe
(for

(esp ecially
"fire",

from words with medi al

Plur.

J,

e.g. jl3

Jy)
9
&J

^J^-, ^1

(for

_^f) Jt!X^^

"brother", Plur. ^jl^l.

9
3),
'

/^-^^
>

b)

From

Joe (medial
'"

e.g.

o_^

"large

fish",

Plur.

^Lo>.

Second Part.

c)

From

^Lii,

e.g.

5u

"gazelle",

Plur.

^?j^Ji:;

^bU

"boy", Plur. jjj..

d)
e)

From

Js-oti,

e.g.

^^x^o

"boy", Plur. ^^lxJ^.

From

J^b,

e.g.

liSLi "wall", Plur. J'jlk^.

*J

-o>

23.
a)

^iUi.

From

Joti,

e.g.

vXb "district", Plur. ^tJJb.

G b)

From

J^cli

(used as substantive, but not medial

"rider", Plur.

3 or

j^), e.g. ^j^lj

^L^/; v-j^

(^^^

v^^)

"youth", Plur. ^lli:.

c)

From
J

Jlis,
-05

e.g.

pli^ "brave", Plur. qL*:^.

*
.*

OS

d)

From
- o
J

Jsjtil

(Colours

and Defects),

e.g.

^| "lame",

Plur.

^L^^.
Exercise 73.
a--oOil

*w

.>

o,

jJ

>_0
^Ujtj
S
'

o--

--0

^j^
3 3

,<t-4jc>t

U^5

Ui

-^>Aiu

LXi>J

sLax:

(J^c

tf-^^ _^%

s-

J-Oj*w

O-^

*^'.

s*o-

J-
(^^^

s-s-oLess. 38, 7)

--'-o5
iij-JO

iCs^ i ^^'^^
-,

XcL> iC.^

j^yi^l^

-I

--^

s-

wf--'

J.JO,

aj

*o^

ThirtHr-ninth LeBson.

^*^'

'I

267

->

'

oS

^ ,

^ it-

x>^Ait
J J
ft

oLiijiUlU
s

iU^-tt
i!

X-o^lj
i
\j

iwLwgi^l

oLiv5^lj
}
\j

i^Ajjla

'

uV^

^ J

<

e ^ J

^-

^ ^ ^

Uaxil

sA^

^j^

^1^

(supply: "good!"

Less.

47, 6)

"^visiiorffey

^- ^'^'

iu^l^' il ,yuiu Q^ ^tj>

Exercise 74.

L\J>

JsaI

^Is UJot

to the kings.

The Commander of the Faithful seut ambassadors The governors are the officials of the

Caliphs.

worlds.
years.
\

Praise (belongs) God, the Lord of the have not seen my friends fee-^a.*^ There were ^ny vegetables Tn the market.
to
I

*l^^

for (since)

l^**^

We

sat

down
^us

to take

(Jli

VI.) the food

and drink

'^j^y

(what was with us of foods and drinks), oh^j^^ Five'^^ayers on each day are incumbent on the'^^'S^ i ^ ^-fi 'Moslems. The highway robber (cutter of the^ways) demanded money from us. anner of li fe The iA^ (Plur.) of the first (Plur.) will be a warning to the last'^--^! [ 'Plur.j. A preacher wished to say, "Improve your -^^^ hearts", and he said, ^'Skin ^^our dogs". We said ^* o--ir 'are well to oui^(the) d elirtrie'n ds. 4- Kings have pages ^^ ^ '(vouths) and ^slaves. In Beirut there are inai^y

we had with

>

^^
*

CI100I4 for boys.

^^

"rJ

\'2^<^S)

J.

"1v-^-

^^

mM

268

Second Fart.

Fortieth Lesson.
^^oo^

JOS,

Broken Plurals

of triliteral

nouns continued.

G
a)

From

Jwcls,

24. J^5>'. G e.g. ^.^^li "rider", Plur.

-,

G
J.j>1

^j\y;

-^-=^"

^^coast", Plur.

J^Uv.
G, '.

r^'y^
b)

G^
e.g.

-.

. ^

From

xJUlj,

iooL^ "novelty", Plur. ol>!jj>;

iwKoL> (for &jka>oL>) "nobles", Plur. (joly> (for ^ja^Sy>)\

iujl:^ "slave-girl",

Plur. jt>r* (for \^jSy>)

cf.

Less. 41.

25. JJLii.

From F emin ine

~ ^

nnnns^ ^whinh

havp

a.

long vnwp]
G
J,
-

between jihe second and thir d_ra(i^^-^^Si

e.g.

_y^ "old

woman",

Plur. ^JL#; iCiL^

"letter",

Plur.

JoL^; Kxa^

"wonderful thing", Plur. v^L^.

Note specially

^^^

"pronoun", Plur. yu/^.

26.
a)

^Lii (with Article iliiil).

From

^bUs, e.g. iSj^Xs.

^nr

"maiden", Plur.

.IJvc (with

Article
b)
c)

\o^%

\\^ (V^;,^.*6f7

_^

From
Note

jotj,

e.g.

j^jOs "legal decision", Plur. ^Us.

Gospecially
-

*,

'G o5

J^
-

"night",

Plur.

^LJ;

^\

G o S "people, family", Plur. JL^I "inhabitants"; {jo^S "earth",

Plur. o^i^l "lands".

Fortieth Lesson.

269

27. lU3.
a) Is

used with 26

a,

b; so fJ^j\J^

and

jjr^Us.

b)

From Joe
e.g. jlss^

(Feminine, but n ot that of the

Su per-

(,

"pregnant", Plur. iLj^.

e.g.

c)

From From

^Sli,

J^ili

"idle", Plur.

iUS.
"gift",

d)

iJLxs (with final ^ or. 1^9)1 e.g.

"fate, death", Plur. GlLi;

iux^

Plur. Gtjsi;

iui

i^J

"flock",

Plur. Cu: "s'll^'ects".

e)

"-^^^.^^ott^vn^e^^^and also
final ^ or j^)/'?.^^2!!^

From

ijUli

(with medial ^
Ul^j.

e.g.

io^rj

"corner", Plur.
B.

Broken Plurals of quadrilitera! nouns.

three forms that occur have been mentioned already in Less. 5.

1.

The

28. Jjlii.

vliy' "star", Plur. l<S'\jS yils "bridge", Plur.

;

li>Us.

o,

Nouns formed from triliteral roots by prefixing and take the same forms of Plural as quadriJ

literals,

hence the forms: J^Uj,

JwcIa^

and

J^ljt,

e.g.

iuy^' "experience",

Plur. v-j^'uF; v*-^^

"school", Plur.
^li? (for JJli?);

^AjbCi;

JJ^

(for

^')

"place", Plur.
^I^^^l

^^1

"the greatest", Plur.

"the nobles".

29. j^Lii.

From

quadriUterals

which have a long vowel

e.g. ^liaJL-

be-

tween the third and fourth radical,

Plur.

"Sultan",

^^i^;

^vxls "lamp",

Plur.

joolis;

,V)^jJ^

270

Second Part.

"coffer", Plur. (jjSix^; v-^L^

"window", Plur.

J^l^;

^/
Plur.

"throne", Plur. ^^\/',

(as

S^

"desert", Plur. ^^^^J.

So

in

28)

from

triliterals

with prefixes arise

jJ^a^j "picture",

the forms

J^axiUj,
(cf.

J-u^U/i

and

J^xclil, e.g.

^-j^'uoi

Less. 39, 2);

LiL "key", Plur. ^"Ui;

X^I\^ "crown", Plur. J^l^l;
(cf.

O^

"letter", Plur.

^\J^\

JliJi^ "false news", Plur. Ju:>.|^l

Less. 39,

2).

Th ere

is

also a

form

J^xfti_^,

e.g.

(j^^L> "buffalo",

Plur. (j..^|^>; ^^_^l5 "law", Plur. Qxiiy&.

ote

speciall y:

jLoo "dinar",

Plur.

^lio; qJ^^

'diwan, collection of poetry", Plur. ^jjI^o.

30. SjLii.
a) 2 o.
e.g.

From many
S
-

Relative Adjectives
G.

(cf.

Less. 36,

1),

^ybo "Moor",
.s"
o.

.^ S .o Plur. Xj^'Jw; ^^oo^I

' '

"Armenian", Plur.
G--

G.

iwal^l;

(^olJJb

"man
certain

of Bagdad", Plur. soolib.

quadriliteral

b)

From

nouns

indicatin g

persons (whether with long vowel before the last radical

G s.
I

esp^ally from Foreign words, e.g. .L> "giant"^ ^ G, . . G. . G ^o^~~" Plur. h^Lj>; 3L:Cvwi (Persian) "teacher", Plur. joL.I;. G^ Gio^ G^-o-' o^aJLo "philosopher", Plur. 'Ju^\ ^j>su*.\ "bishop",,
or not),
Plur. KiSUl;

'

ixo

"angel", Plur.
that^ contain
fall

^Xo.
more than four
radicals
Plur.

Note

1.

In nouns

the extra letters generally

out, e.g.

^i^ySs^ "spider",

v-^Uc, but not

always,

e.g.

qUj>-jJ "interpreter", Plur.

{:Ji:*^^J^*

Fortieth Lesson.

271

Note

2.

Many nouns have

meanings
person",

different

forms

of Broken o o^
2),

Plural with different

"eye,

(see Less. 5, 3,

Note

e.g.

^At

spring,

notable

Plur.

^^^-^J

and

^^%^y:^

"eyes,

springs",

^X^^ "notables";

sXax:

"slave,

servant",

Plur.

^Xxxc

O i OS G * and Jvxtl "slaves", oLxc "servants of God".

Note
G^

3.

From some
G

Plurals a

second Plural o e.g.

is

formed,
Plur.
-

sometimes Sound, sometimes Broken,

,

,J ,

^"'

ifj-b

''way'-,

'^'^

^""^

^'^jh, Plur. of the Plur.

olsja;

Jo

"hand", Plur. ^,\, Plur. of ,^'^i^"^i

^"
*
.

Plur. oIjI;

S:ljt

"vessel", Plur. iUit, Plur. of Plur. ,.J^

2.

In

magyRelative Adjectives
^
of the Plural.

gives the sens e

~ Collective

the Feminine endi ng (Properly it is an

S o-

jj* ^

a bstrac t cf. Less. 36, 2), e.g. j^-^ "mariner", Oa oS 'Gs > iuys^ "mariners"; ^i^ "Sufi (mystic)", X-o^ "Sufis".
:

In

like

manner
is

th e Feminine of
G
5.
e.g.

some words of

the form
G, s.
'xamI^
3.
Vi>
j.i

G a. jlj6

used,

y^lyj

"bowman, Cawass",

"bowmen, Cawasses".

The following Irregular Plurals should be noted

G
^^i.

7.1

"mother", Plur.

oL^i andoUI.
2),
.

^
^
1^ ^

"mouth"

(cf Less. 7,

Plur. M^f.

G
(for

G^^

G-o
Plur. sl^l

G^
and

^;^ G^

9U "water"
G-.

U fo r
G-o^

),

wyo (for sl^).

Xi^ "lip"

(for iL^), Plur. 9U.^.

_ _^

GG.
"^

G.^.
^

*^-

Gand
G
sLoi.
'

bU; "sheep" (for K^^), Plur.yUi

ioci

-7^

.,

"maid-servant", Plur. 9Uj and ol^i.

^

H
;'

G- o Hiyo[

'

^ o

"woman",

Plur. 'iL*o

and b^.^ and

qI^j--^.

"

272

Second Part.

^L^Jt Go.
>

"man", Plur.
2

^Iji

usually
S
^

^j^lj.

^^

"bow", Plur.

^y^ and ^^^.

Exercise 75.

^.
G
xXJjj
. .

o.

i>

g ^ o ,

j^:F^^

^iMj

J^ O-^

^-*i^

UV-*J^^

^^

^ J^>^'

oS

o.

O.

O.i.J
a
7

*
^-yo|

o .0.0

^LCvi^-Ji

J^

%\l2J

{^Os^\ yaftii

^L-ii
OH

^\a5|

Qjyl^O^I

.OS
i

a^^^ti*'^^

.o.o.o^

oj

OS..

. O

i:

v^^l^l

tiXJlj

J^

--ft^ ,J^:>

iObO J^ jUaj

^^cXil

^Uixit

Ua-*-***-**

aJ^L

"^f3X)

(r

*"^'^^*^ liesson.

J^^tX

273

^^1^

(^3^b

j*^^^!^

0^=^!^

j^!^

^i>*;^3

v^'^

y^!^

^l

J^,^i.i^ Exercise
A
certain philosopher

76.

-^

;6.^^,:i^

had a slave (from the slaves), and, one day the phibsopher said to his^lave, "I wish tojLO to one of th? baths." - The soldiers bound the**^!^ I This man was,^n,e./)f^*^''|^ y prisonggwith (the) chains. ^'^ the d^^est of his friends. Who will pay the expe'nses of the journey? In this land I saw many schools, st'^^-J^ *^ in which the scholars learn the sciences; and their

'

Inform me soon of thy teachers are of the learned. condition (Plur.), for thy friendship, is dearer than all existing things. -^Kiss the hands^bf the brothers-and-

^.

.sisters.

'^^^ %^*(,
,

The most honourable

^~"
-

ruler a^jc^^the

most
->^*-^

Jaoble Sujt^an, possessor of the greatesj;^ happiness, and

r
-f*r^^

^-iff
t>.

of the highest (Superlative of

xiate his

*'uw)

rank,

r^^*^

God

perpet-

x$d'

/the

All days and raise his standards! Amen. "f^.t v both men and women (what was betweeu the ^pen and the women) were smitten with seasickness. V- The rains pour down hke the mouths *ywli ^
travellers

of the wine-skins.

^*
^ i

.y)V;\
,

'>^^'
ly I

Arabic Grammar.

18

274

Second Part.

Forty-first Lesson.

Declension of the Noun.

(^^1
;^^^r

VL-*"!) ^^^

Lessons 6 and

1*J^
e.g.

1.

Nouns

are either Indeclinable (jjr^),

.tt\>

"Caution!", *LLi

"Qatam" (name

of a woman),

or De-

clinable (uj^.sA^rwtf4p*w</.
!.<rA#r.ie,*^"'*

The Declinable

are

either

Triptotes
a),

(^5^xi;^)

i.e.

having three case-endings

(Less. 6, 2

e.g.

A^.

"a

man",

or

Diptotes
(Less.

(v-i_j;^a>L/i

-^)

i.e.

with
1),

two case3 ,

O ,

endings only
"idle",
wtff^i-5*trtMa/
*
'

6,

2 b and Note

e.g.

^^X^

1;!

"Omar".
are Diptote:

4
y.^"^ -^
i^lxsl,
''r./^

2.

The following

^*

a)

Broken Plurals of the forms

J^Ij^',

jots,

h^^

^cT^y ;J^!^,
j^i

i^',

1M^

aiid

^-t^'^

also

the

Plurals

(from

j^t

"first"),

^i

(from ->| "other") and ^'u^i

(from

9|^

"thing").
^Joe,

b)

The Feminine forms i^^^

Jots

and

Jjti

(Less. 38, 5, 6), e.g.

it^^ "desert", ^Uaxl "white",

,^^1*^^

"angry",
c)

^/S

"remembrance", \^jjS "greatest".

3

-o

Nouns

of the form Joel, the Feminine of which

is i^ljts

or Jjc (denoting colours, defects or elative), e.g-

0^11 "black",

^7

"greater".

Forty-first Lesson.

275

On

the other hand

J^l

"widower" makes a

Feminine

^J
which

"widow".
d) Adjectives of
is

the form

.-j^iljti

the

Feminine of

Jj6, e.g.

qC-^

(Fem. ^Icst) "angry".

(Fem.

On
at table".
e)

the other hand

^U^Xi

ioUJo)

"companion

The Numerals which end

e.g.

in

when they stand

xiis
t -

alone as pure nunabers,

the half of
f)

^JCww
'

v.juai
^

"three
.^

is

six",.

^/,

/^a*^*^'*^*
io

ing
'iJo
e.g.

all

Most Proper names (see Less. 37, 3, 4) includthat end. in whether Masc. or Fem. e.g.
iiXo;
all

(masc), x,Mi^

that end in iJ_l or ^^JL

e.g.

c^y

iG/j,

^^tS^.;

those that end in ^^1-1,

^.^UJL, d)

^Uic;

also the Proper

names

that correspond in form (^

e.g.

with a verbal form whether Perfect or Imperfect,

^4-ii(nameof a
4.c,

tribe), j^.^j?*!,

^jj;

also

many

others

as

v^Uj:

(name of a woman),

^^jt^v*>>''t ?>-- <u^ 3 ^^-^^

>er

names on

the

other
Jsje^

hand

are

Triptote

when they a^e^

"Zaid",

of the forms

Jots, J06, e.g.

^^
jsIp

(O

3!^ "'Amr'\^^^>l"Noah",

JLI^ (but also

2)

and so witA other names ofx^omen);

Participles
fill"),

originall y

fti

br Adjectives,

e.g.

^^j.w.^:>Nteoperly "beauti-

o^-ot^ (properly
'
I

"happy"),ol^ (propeHy "desired"),

G 5.,

0^4^
G,ojft:>>

(propfrly "praised"); 3) certai n single Thames as

etc.
18*^

y^otxiluL

^i

j^^

/4^.*^-

'^

^-^

*^<Y^Wuyii/cJU

276

Second Part.

3. All Dip totes, when they are made definite by the Article or a Possessive juffix or a^following Genitive are treated as Triptotes (see. Less. 6, 3), e.g.

sU^ii^i

Q^ from the matters,

^y,

\jL^I
jjjj
4.
I

from his matters,

^L^l

^y,

from the boy's matters.

in
in
.-

The nouns, which end

e.g.

(arising

from

iwun, iyun and uyun)

(for

clo (for _^\Sj "caller", ijoi

^Is), "judge",

^-

(for

^i

"wish", change:
in,

iwun, iwin, iyun,

iwi, iyi, uyi, into

iyin,

uyun, uyin into

iwu, iyu, uyti, into u,

i,

iwu, iyu, uyu, iwi, iyi, and uyi into Note 2 and Less. 28, 2) e.g.
^'J> "judge"
iLisLs

I (cf. Less. 6, 3,

Nom. and Gen.

Accus. Sing.

Sing.

^Lytols

"two judges" Nom. Dual.

QtV^Li

Gen. and Accus. Dual.

.-_^li "judges"

Nom.

Plur.

^^^ii

,,

Gen. and 4ccus. Plur.

With

Article:

j^^S

"the judge" or "of the judge"

Nom. and Gen.

Sing.
-/toUJi
,,

Accus. Sing.

The Broken Plurals, which are Diptotes and are derived from verbs whose third radical is ^ or ^^ have
as endings in the Nom. and Gen. in, in the Accus. iya^ G. , e.g. from iLj,b> "slave girl", Plur. Nom. and Gen. ,l_^^

Forty-flrBt Lesson.

277

^ -

Accus. (^j!>^; from

^^

- o -

'legal decision", Plur.

Nom.
u/i/Lj^

and Gen.
5.

^lij,

Accus. {^^^.
in

Nouns, which end

_^Aac),

an

(written

'_
I

ov

_'_)

[^

as Lac "stick" (for

(^sX^

"guidance"

(for j^Js^),

^Lua/0 "Mustafa"
the Singular;

(for ysloLj^

are alike in all cases of

as ^<?4^3
"re-

so also are_the Diptotes

membrance", Loj "world".

6.

The noun

^j

"son"

drops

its

ahf,

when

it

comes between the name of the son and that of the father. The Proper name preceding it loses its nu nation, e.g.

^^^^
/

3^4^

Jo: "Zaid the son of 'Amr".

to begin a
if

But

if

the,^ "
.

,.jjj

happens

new

line the alif is

retained

7.4u.*r**

It is also
(cf.

retained
11,

the word
e.g.
is

^[

is

used predicatively

'^

Intro.

b),

-4.C ,v^ vXj:

"Zaid

the son of 'Amr".

77.

Exercise

l^ qUxJL^
(see.
S^^
^Uv.
\

\xi>l

^^3
-\Xm
^

^iUil

Jy^ qJ

^^J-^^ QtV? 5^
/

Less.

7, 2)
^

slj

iwoi

^ Off-

(J^^ y':' o^"*^ O-JOJ^i O^^

^iUIi
_4X.

^^
J^

J^^
>

O^

*-0

^Jvfc

^iL^^voli

;J J*i^

Jo.C

*-*-A^

^ lv3t

X{-CfUJ

,.^yJ|A.vJl

aIj

ii)^t

qjI^

^j->!

Jy^ ^t u 0^5
o*

iuUJi^

S--

J0^>

-o^

278

Second Part.

so

stoK*^
a

y^ '^
o^
vi

-;

^-

uit:
4t/^4^IA>

'

"

'

'

'

^^UAj (C**^ v^tv^'

^ o^j^^ j^^

'^i

*^^3 oyjii ti)oy5

-i^lj

f^
,J^
^'^

Exercise

TS.',

Strike
ten.

him with

the stick.

-^^
Five

/J*'

i^.S",.
the^half of

is

The Cahph el-Mu'tasim was acquainted (^L? and Imperf.) with 'Ah, the son of el-Junaid el-Iskaft and el-Mu'tasim said to the son of Hammad, "Go to the son of el-Junaid and tell him to prepare to be-a^ ^ ^ vi^'^T^ guest to me" and he came to him and said to him,
for to

/^(u^<N / ^^
I

"Prepare to be-a-guest of the Commander of the Faithful, be a guest of Caliphs is a great thing (is great). It was said to a boy, "Does not thy teacher clothe

*^^^"

^^^ ^

answered,^^;yerily,
rfeMles,

if

my

teacher

and Jacob came and as intercessors and the angels ^ji^^**^ as pledges, to borrow from him a needle with which to sew the garment of his son Joseph, which was torn, ^ iK he would not lend (Perf.) him it; then how should| he JfjV^* clothe me?" ,,)h*^ ^./*A y.

had a house filled with eMj^L^^ with him the prophets

l/^

^ ')V}j,('f orty-second
The Use

/It>iii>

*^*'

1>>

Lesson.

of the Cases.
is

(A word in the Nominative

called

p jiy^, in the

Accusative \^_yaX^, in the Genitive ^^^^ or ^joyi^.)

Forty -second Lesson.

279

1.

The Nominative The Subject

(i.) is

used

for:

a)

o in a Verbal sentence (j^li)

($|jsJCa^).

and that
6.
(jxi>).

of a

Nominal sentence

See Less. 11,

b) The Predicate of the Nominal sentence See Less. 11, 6.

c)

The word following

the Particle of Address L^J

(in

(always used with the Article) and after C

the Sing,

without nunation), when it is not following word. See Less. 48.

d)

made
in

definite

by a
to

The

Attribute

of,

or

word

Apposition

another word in the Nominative.

Note. The Predicate of sentences beginning with qJ^ or the
kindred particles (see below 2 h)
is

put in the Nominative.

Go.
2.

The Accusative (wu^)

The Object
iJo:
(^u
j_^*a/>),

is

used

for:

a)

e.g.

<^y>^ "I struck Zaid".

*

sX**i

^\5 "Thee we

serve".

Jiij^ "I struck

him".
"'to

Note
transitive.

1.

In Arabic most verbs denoting

transitive
}

come" are
J^xail, the

-^-|^

The
*,

verb
I'.y

is

called
>c' j"^
,

^^>JtXil

*3^^'
p^^.

intransitive

JU

jouj

).

<^ ih

^^^^

Note.
b)

2.

For the government of theAccus. by the Verbal

Participle see Less. 34,
6,

Noun and the

8.

The Absolute

Object or Cognate Accusative

(^1
c)

^^t)

see Less. 34, 7. jii^'

--'"- *"'^Go.

""-^^'

Determinations of Time and Place (o^^) see

Less. 45, 5, e.g. Ijllt "to-day", Ijvi "to-morrow",

l^Llo

"in the morning",

1^

b\x*

"(during)

a whole year".

280

Second Part.
O -^

^U^5 Lu^j
**he travelled

Jai

"he looked right and

sea".

left", \,^.^

i.

Si^

by land and
class

To

this

belong

many words
"behind",

in

the Accus.

used as Prepositions,
c>c^*
It

e.g. ^^aJLi>

v^^ "above",

"under",
d)

etc.

Determinations

of the

Aim

or Purpose,
(cf.

e.g.
,

^.aJ

LotJ^^vi>^ "I rose to honour him"

e)

L ess.
for

34

e).**^

Determinations of Condition

(^3L:5>)

'

which the
e.g.

Participle

and Verbal Noun are used

generally,

L/L

L> "he came riding".

f)

Specification
e.g.
^.^

(;aa.*j)

with the meaning "in regard

to, in",

3^4^
to

uJlc

^I

Joj "Zaid

is

greater in regard

knowledge than 'Amr".

U^ai

v.^ "be good

in regard to soul"

i.e.

"rejoice

heartily".
g)

The Predicate

(^x3>)

of ^1^

and

its

sisters

(cf.

Less. 30, 12), e.g.

^is>..

Jo:

..jl^

"Zaid was a man",

after the following particles:

h)

The Subject
"truly",

^t

^1

"for",

^
^r,[

"but";
^T^LT

^1 "that",

^^

"because",

"as

if";

_^

,JaJ

"0 would
^~t

that I", jjj "perhaps"; e.g.

"truly, Zaid is standing'

^15 iSJj
i)

or Ijoj ^bafter
':^

The noun

the

"i

that
denial

denies
of the

absolutely
class)
cf.

(y^J.1 ^yll

i.e.

for

the

Forty-second Lesson.

281

Less. 45,
!i^

3 p
is

3.

The noun

loses

its

nunation,
is

e.g.

"there

no escape", eLi ^ "there

^)

no doubt",

^Jj|

(or 'fiJLi
i.e.

Jo ^ "there
is

is

no escape from

the matter"
j)

"the matter

absolutely necessary",

The Noun
by a

after the Particle of

e.g.
^^i

Address G

if it is

followed
.y>J^l\
k)

Genitive,

j^xs L

"0 Abdallah",

^\
The

L,

"O

ruler of the Faithful!"

after

N oun
e.g.

the Conju nction

^,

when

it

^w^.,

means "with",
1)

8L>U jo: "Zaid with

of,

his

brother" /^'^^^^--C^

word, which is an ^Attribute sition to another word in the Accus.

or in

Appo- ^^^^^^
ifi

Note
U-^X5>
I

1.

Many

verbs take two objects in the Accus. Q.g.McoMi.

Jo:
2.

c^^A-ii? "I

thought Zaid

(to be)

a physician".

'^

especially Exclamations
s o , ^

Note

The Accusative
,

where a verb
^

often stands in single expressions is to be supplied, e.g.

o

bl^^

^1

"welcome!", where vi:AA>

to

is

understood,
place";

i.e.

*'you

have come

friends
is

and an agreeable

^1^

"slowly",

where

^<

"go"

understood^^,,^
2.

jt,^
Go.
is

/.e.

^^'e^l^^t;^^
in

.f

3.

The Genitive

[^
is

or

|j:Ga~>)

used

the

following
a)

A Noun
G.
.

which

connected with another by

Annexation
Note.
force of

(xiu^f),

see Less. 6, 4.

Arabian grammarians say that the i^^xot, has the

< or t5' -g-

one of the prepositions 0,

i

^\
o.o-o
J

r*^

'*^''''*^

JojJ j^tXJ
..

j.t^

"the boy

who

(belongs) to Zaid";

jJj^
I

^j^
*

nu^i^'al
pUf*<^in>

^^
^

G o. jj^ ^^_^
o

"a

garment

of

silk";

Vj**^

^>^

==

<jj*Xl

B^JjoJl "the prayer of sunset".

"

282
b)
c)

Second Part.

A Noun

after a Preposition (y^i <JjS>) see Less. 44.

A Noun

which

is

an Attribute of or
a)
it

in

Appo-

sition to another in the Genitive.

In

connection

with

should be noted that

corre-

some nouns combined with a Genitive in Arabic spond to EngHsh Adjectives, Adverbs etc.
1)

J/

"whole",

i.e.

"all,

every,

the

whole",

e.g.

^^ J^
whole

"every day";
city";
^_^lIjI

j^t^
JcT

JJ- "each"; ':LJujd\

JJ' "the

"all

men"

(also

^f

y^Lil);

^^

"everyone who"; U

ji

"all that (Rel.)".

Similarly
e.g. ^j^UiT
2)
w
>o

m^

and

^s^ "whole" are used for "all",

Kil^

j^jM^ or y^lllf

"all

men".
"one,

u^axj
7

properly "a part",

i.e.

some",

e.g.

|ji>iJI

;j:axj

"one of the poets"

i.e.

"a certain poet" or

"some
3)

poets".
Jsji^

."likeness" corresponds
O ,
7 o

to the English "as.

<sij:^

like",

e.g.

Joj
'

JJoq
'

"like Zaid",

"like

him", or

"as he".
4)
jJLxiJ

j^^^ properly "an other" means "except",

e.g.

^^_^ "except science".

5)

properly "an other than" often corresponds

un-,

to the prefixes non-,

OJ
> o ^

im-

etc.,

e.g.

^^-*il
'

jac "a^

non-Arab"; q^U^ j:^ "im-possible".

6)

^.^ir
o^

Fem. ^Lik
o ^o

"both".

Gen. Accus. ^^jJS Fem.

E.g.
(cf.

^^v^

^^^^/\ "^ "both

Less. 7,
1).

the men";

Up^T

"they both"

'

Forty-second Lesson.

288

7)

^.

"a

many of
Noun,

i.e.

"many

a" always followed

by an

Indefinite

e.g.

^^^S^^

o^J
I met".

f>^./
' '

J^j ^j "many a
*

noble

man have

Emphasis.
(js-^Ui? or JsJ'J^?).
4. a)

noun can be emphasised by:

(^^^^zaJJt

Repetition
^-^^l^

j^bJI

"literal

emphasis"), e.g.
(quickly)".
3).

Ua^t^

^1-=^

*'^

came running
(cf.

SU
b)

^1^'

'i

saw thee"
of
special

Less. 43,

The use

words

(^^yJLll

js-J'LxJt

*'emphasis according to the sense").

,j.^ (Plur. .j.^1) and jjo^ Go^
ic^MAJ

Such words

are:

^^^

(Plur. ^^^1) "self, e.g.

js^

1:5-

"Zaid himself came".

One can

also

say kmJu^ of ^Lou.

S'j

The words A^,

-ca.*^^-

and
1 ).

KsL?

are also

used for

(^^8t-{o

Emphasis ( see above

3,

The Permutative.
>

^o

(o^l
5) I

'*the substitution").

The Permutative must

which
it

follow immediatelv th e
(aa/>

word

for

is

substitu ted

OJs-jII).

There are four kinds of substitution:

a)
(JJCII

The

substitution

of the whol e for

the
is

wh ole
exactly

^y.

JjCSI

OJo)

i.e.

where the Permutative

for

eq^uivalent to the G o^ 4 ^

word

which

it

is

substituted, e.g.

^y^\ ju;

1:^

"Zaid, thy brother came";

284

Second Part.

^^iJboj ^^\f^ iUjXLi

the
city,

j.>i

J,'^ "the

people

of

the great and the small,

part
is

came

to me".
(ijisxxJi

b)
JjCJI

The

substituted for the whole

jjo

^),
J^^i

e.g.
^lLs "kiss

him

the hand"
loaf,

i.e.

"kiss his hand";

it"
i.e.

suol ^JuJ^^S

Js/I

"he ate the

half of

"he

ate the half of the loaf".

c)

pos session or quality

is

substituted

for the
e.g.
i.e.

name
a^^yi

(J'uJC^^I

jjo

i.e.

Permutative of inclusion "),

his

^\

^y-*:^\

"Zaid,

garment pleased me"

Kk..^s^

"Zaids garment pleased me";

praised Zaid, his beauty"
d)
(JaJLxit
i.e.

Ijo^

^,i>j>jw^

"I

"I praised Zaid's beauty".

word

is

used to correct the previous one

"), e.g.
^

d^ "the Permutative of error

by a dog
(no, I

y,z

wJio

o^yj-

"I passed

mean) a horse".
79.

Exercise
*LiJ|
,.*jJ^Aol5
1J..AW

olk^X^
J-*^
fjoo'j*

^^SuyCwJi

\i>-i^j

JO^i^^O^

Si

^ ^

S-OJ

>

^
j

. U.

^ XjM

A</U^M4S4W
Forty-second Lesson.

285

u^lPuNil

Q^

^ ^ ^t^
^O^^O^

^rv^*^"*^

^"?^3 (J^
o

ajo"^!

vi>^Liu#

^tM ^-r- o^

^w>

>

^l

^y^' UK ^_^!
J

_ ^,

_^^

yii(

;^^

>

, ^

^J^

Ljj

OljAJI

Xj>^^

Li

vc>^ Qjt

LgJ

c^JlJis

;jr>^*

jty^5

^"^^

^^ttuut*^)

JS

Oil

o.

*j

liii^

^^ ^r^i

^1^

gu^i

O^ ^/i^. v^it

1^

o'^

i*^

286

Second Part.

.^

0:0^^1
,J.c

'u^

'uLiaiU^

Oi_^i

Jj

L*^

b^S

^^ 6y^j
^^ J^=>

(used as

an exclamation)

^*Ja*it

aUL

t^J^

It
is

(be comforted!)

Uxc y^

Lwvaj

w^

Exercise 80.

necessary to go

from going away). It what thou demandest.

astonished at what
,

is

away (there is no escape necessary that I give thee The captain was extremely
to

(O) hai happened

clear

me.

The

sea
still.

was calm and the atmosphere

and the weather

I travelled in the direction

(3Lv)

of (making for juaS

of Syria.

Egypt and you traveMin the

pray

direction

God

that he

may

bring you safe to your

^
J,

,f

^(% ^^^
N

country. wept bitterly and that hour was a That man was intelligent, pious, very grievous hour. of noble character, of noble soul. Verily calamities do not cea^e. following me, since I went out from the city. Sh^ sighed in despair (the sigh of the despair- ^'^ ing) and her sighing was increasing my pain ana I have no sorrow (me as to pain and sorrow).

We

withstand calamities. We have only death a>^ i^f!!^\ bei^re us (there is not before us except death). Throw us both into the sea, or preserve us both. 43 ^^ ^ 1^ Since the main purpose (most important of purposes)^, of our high dynasty is ,the rootjng out[ of the cause^V;; of encroachment and of evi^' sea and land, we are legally and morally compelld (that we) /make war

^ower

to

on! all ships of/ the Corsairs.

id:

>H

Forty -third Lesson.

287

Forty-third Lesson.

Pronouns.
3.

The Personal Pronoun (^x^-c?)

is

either

Independent

or Suffixed (cf. Less. 8, 1), native or the Accusative.

and may be in the Nomi3, 6.

For the Independent Pronoun see Less.

Note.
fixed
If the conjunctions , "and", :^fTiMMM^i

mm

(i

"verily " are

^

p re^

to_^
3.

or

^ the sometimes loses its vowel, e.g. _^^, ^^ etc.

in the Accusative is
p. /-jo x*c. ^(,. ^cpHtlyjit
i.

The Independent Pronoun

t^

as follows:
3. 3.

d'^A-x*^

to-*^- ftr^a*^^.

Masc.

Cj

him.

'^^J

them both

^Jj them.

Fern. LiCt her.

CfCi you both

2.

Masc.

^\j\

thee.

^M you.
^'i
'

2.
1.

Fern. ^;
,

"
^-

ctj

me.

ULt

4.
a)

The Independent Pronoun

With a verb
to

in the Accus.

is

used
e.g.

emphasise the Pronoun,

sXoti

viiLj

"Thee we serve".
two Pronouns are Direct Objects of a verb,
..OS

b) If
*

e.g.

^LLttJ

"he

gave

it

(to)

me";

but

it is

also

possible to say ^uiUj^:!.

It is also
e.g.
sCt
"^

used as the Object

after_a_
(to)

Verbal No un,

^yLllcl
'

"my

giving

it

A ^-^^
-^'C^.

him".
c)

'

Independently as a Warning, without a verb,

2.

e.g.

dU

"take care I", see Less. 48,

288
5.

Second Part.

For the Suffixed Pronoun

1.

see Less. 8, 2, 3.

Note

The

letter

(^

is

often omitted in the cry

Note),

^j

for

3, "my
^jjijj
'

Lord!"

(cf.

Less. 48,
''fear

and

in the

Pronoun

J,, e.g.

(for

J^jJiJ*!.)

me".
y

Note 2. The Pronoun

^ = ^
.

often refers to a whole sentence and

. it is

0^

Ld>

^^^ called a ^.^UcJ) jX#-co;

translated "it" or omitted in

is

6. If the Personal Pronoun is to be emphasised it repeated in the Independent form, whether it has already been contained in the verbal form or expressed

as a Suffix, struck me".

e.g.

Ijl

c>o./i5

"I struck",

ul

^c^,jo

"he
ex-

The Emphatic Pronoun

pressed by the use of ^.-^
^^^jycl)

"myself, himself" etc.

(Plur.
^j^^l),

is

q>^

(Plur.

or o|l> (Plur. oJ^i) with the Pronominal suffixes

b),

.5
o,
(cf.

Less. 42, 4

e.g.

acvw^i
<0

J^:

or

*..w.sa>a

Oo:

"Zaid
this

himself"; so also
s ame

^^^\

{j^ "the mat ter ^self,

matt er".

UiR. |afeu^.t.<|,wKi4tt8^~~l,^
G
o ^

7.

The

Reflexive Pronoun in the Accus. i^ also exO o^

pressed by ^jJo^ ^^^^ ofi (with their Plurals) and the

Pronominal
If the

suffixes, e.g. ^s.^.^ Jjci

"he killed himself".

it
3

Pronoun

depends on a Preposition,
e.g.

is
s.

o ^

enough
8.

Pronominal suffix, "1 took somethingjEFmyserr'"."

to use the

L-^

j,

ot>j>i

The Reciprocal Pronoun "one another" is expressed

e.g.

by the use of ^jaxj "one, some", "we have helped one another".
After
peated, e.g.

L^

Liju^xj

1jJsj:Lm

Prepositions

the

^j^axj

need

not

be

re^

Forty-third Lesson.
o

289

o.'O
^yt

J
>

^ ^

O't

^.^.Aisxj

J^UoJl

Ijo

"the

soldiers
'

approached
>^.^
"'"^'''
jf^i^

oue another".

^^
;

iy^,,

9. For the Demonstrative Pronoun and the Interrogative Pronoun see Less. 9 for^the Relative Pronoun see Less. 3L ^J>i ejttiua.
,

Exercise

sf^^S^^'^*^^

'

'

'

?5^

'

'

'

-ik^^

Cr3
^i]

o^^

L5^>i^

Cri^

S^'^^l^

^.^

^^j^i

,^5--ftJ

j^'iA*!:

^^^

^M

j^i

1^

^i^St j^

'^ ^u

'4tJ

8-0*1
Arabic Grammar.
>

8-aJ

'

*.

'
I

19

290

Second Part.
Exercise 82.

You have
manded
this.

struck us.
it

The beggar demanded an alms from

it

^j^tO You
x^b^^'

.us and we gave

will

offer

We ourselves have comhim. My giving was good. yourselves to destruction. You

(a)

have demanded the sarpje;.matter as we have demanded. / The two parties were e&tangled with one another. c^Those shepherds asked me if I was the person sought. ^ '^ uf^\^\^'^^^ began to com|ort' ^y^xJ^ ^^^ cheer my spirit (raise myself) with vain hopes. Truly, what has |^..X**^-^ /^ / befallen me is by reason of my deceiving thee. Let lili us throw ourselves into the sea and ifiie at onc e. The captain commanded a sailor to sejparate us from one another. Remember my freeingi thee from the hands of the robbers. \ ,

Forty-fourth Lesson.

Particles.
1.

The

Particles

(oy>) are divided

into Prepositions,

Adverbs, Conjunctions and Interjections.

Prepositions. ^uU^i^
2.

^
the word go-

The

Preposition

is

caUed y^\
is

<Jj:s^,

verned
with
its

by a

preposition
is

..^y

and the preposition

^^yfUl^ J-^\, A. Inseparable, consisting of Prepositions are: one letter always attached to the following word; B. Separate, whioja stand alone and are either true particles or nourP in the Accus.
^^Z.u*s-

noun

3.

A. Inseparable Prepositions.

his^Y^^^'

1) 4-J

"in, by,

with"
"to

etc.

Verbs

denoting

adhere",

"attach",

"seize",

DNfk^aif,

"begin", are construed with

ijo "to begin with".

e.g.

/kc

"to

hang on",

Forty-fourth Lesson.

291

"To

believe in"
:

is v->
'

^^,

e.g.

aBC

JJiT

"I believe ''^^'^

in God".^

"To swear by"

swear by

is

iw)

^llsi,

e.g.

^_^U

si^Jl^f
is

"I

my

head".

Sometimes the verb

1"

omitted.

A fter
Behold a
In

\\ "Seel Behol d

lj

is

used (but the noun

vXi

tj^^
^^^nHfcHk
'2*^-

alone in the

Nom. may be
(or

used), e.g. x\
ic>[).

J^t^

i^^

man came

Jo^

vj

is

negative sentences, if the predicate often prefixed to it, e.g.

is

a noun,
^y^'^*^^^^^

U..IL

>'
J?

jjlJ he

is

not a rider (or

Ll.li).

^^L*j

U they

are not aware (or ^jlic).

7.4'^

Many_ intransitive verbs

tive,

of motion
o

wTien they are followed

refers,
it.

become transiby uj and the object to

/
is
.

ft-i&P

which the motion

a thing,
X
I

e.g.

^c^

^5 he

came with xf^.^wu;

'*r^.

Ml"- 6.

i.e.

he brought

(This lj
(3^

called ioA*;:il ^.)

"at the price of

<*^

Note. The expression c>J)

art to
.o

means

my

ac*

f^

father thou
vthat I

"thou art so dear to me, would redeem thee at the price of my father". (This is

be redeemed",

i.e.

OS

called X-jvXiiJi

^L,

the bd of redemption.)

Vlf
oath, e.g. aUj SLudgh^ojif^
If

2)
aJJi^

and

3)

o
is

and ^ "by" in an

"by God", (o occurs only in

this expression.)

C.f^'^

however a verb
4)

used in the oath,

because of".

must be used. ^**;5'

i "for,
is

to,

j
sion

used to express the Dative and denotes posses"have", see Less.

8,
5).

(=

it

(with the Subjunctive of the verb) denotes "in order that jo that".
,

As a Conjunction

19*

292

Second Part.
It

denotes the English "of",

e.g.

when

it

follows

an

in-

determinate noun,
to)

jo^

ujLcT a book of (belonging

Zaid";

i v^s>Lo a

friend

of

me

i.e.

one

of

my
e.g.

friends.

i
^'^^^f::?^

It is

used especially for the editor of a book,

^Lxi^^l
^;cua5

^^>I*i]]

The

Stories of the Prophets

of

(i.e.

written by) Tha'labi.

also

denotes

"for

the

benefit

of"

(opposite
e.g.

of

J^) and so denotes a creditor (J^ the debtor),

^jC>

^
is

lAxJlt

i thou owest me a thousand dirhams.

to

It

also

used

denote the Purpose and the

Cause,

e.g.

iOo^ijtX

c>^

I rose to help

him.

"
,

lor this reason, therefore.

Note
Passive,

1.

o
call,

^
is

"to say to" often means,

e.g. aI

especially in the
called.

*^to

name",

(JLftj)

J^

be was

(is)

Note

2.

i3

changed to
e.g. aI,

before Pronominal suflSxes

LgJ etc.

(except with the

to
(3

1st Pers.),

I t is

also
''0

ch anged

after the particle of address Lj e.g.

v^^^
Zaidl).

l^^

wonder",

JsjJ

L
5)

"0 Zaid!"

(i.e.

come and help O

is
it

"as,

like"

usually
is

counted
a

among

th<

prepositions,

although

reall y

noun mean ing

"sjmilarity", e.g.
It is

vX^

"like Zaid".

not used with Pronominal suffixes.

Forty-fourth Lesson.

298

B.

Separate Prepositions.
"to, unto, until".

1) ^t

Is

nearly related in meaning to i and serves to

e.g.

express motion towards a place,

iOjJsIl "
^

i\ g

L> he came to the

it

city.

In relation to time a certain point of time,

expresses continuance

up

to

e.g.

tL^^i i[

siJsJCj^i

Q^ from beginning to end.

J,t

(^.>U4'

id

Notice specially

^i

(abbreviated ;^[, see Intro.

16) "a nd so forth' V^eTca etera".

With

suffixes: ^\

"to him", X\

"to me", etc.

2) ^J^>

"up

to,

as far as".

Is
It

not used with suffixes.

is

exercis es

no

sometimes used to mean "e ven" and then influe nce on the case, of jfche ^ITowing
L^l,
^jjc^

word,

e.g.
its

xX^-wJl

v.i^Jli'!

"I

ate

the

fish,

even

head".
3) joi "over,

on, against".
etc.

With

suffixes: ^.JLt

"on him"; J^ "on me"

Used of
^0-0
s^ ^

place: f'j:ij^\
^

^ on

the way.

HJ^Ul

j^ u^J^

tie

sat at tabl e.

^
g^
^v
I

j^

iUjJ^ a city ohajcvver.^^i^-^ M*^)

Notice specially:

j^

^JCi to look (with pleasure) at a

t hing.

clT?

>

to

examine into a

thing.

Ml5^ ^^ ^^^ iyu..^,jl^

294

Second Part.

^^^.

NxJLfi

(or

^i^l)

^^^

lie

fainted

(lit.

it

was made

dark upon him).

^JlJU:

*^.vJi

Peace be on you! (the greeting of

aJCJLc^).

Moslems
^xJLc

to

one another, the answer being -bl^Jl

i<U:>-j

jOJi

God's mercy be upon him.

JLw3

.j1c

*ili

J^ God
16).

give

him

blessing

and

peace (see Intro.

Used
iwJLc;

in a host ile sense:

_^

he went out

(to

war) against him.

So with verbs denoting anger:

^^
lAxJLc

c>^AAi3c I

was angry with

thee.

Used with Adjectives:

,'ijirti^54.

Jwt

J^)
j^

v**^ *^^ *^^*

^^

^^^ ^^^^ (easy) for me.

"To
v^
i

incite to"

^ e>o;

"to induce to"

j^

^,

e.g.

-^

iOdr I have induced

him

to (do) something.

^
.

is

also

or debt lies
L%ot^

used to indicate that a burden^ duty ~~ on one, e.g.

(j:o

J^

j a duty incumbent on a man.

it is

.-is

j^
i

u^:>r.

the duty of such and such a one.

this (see A, 4).

iiUJU

js^

you owe me

J^ Jws22s Common Jl
j^l

a preference over.
expressions with jse are:

^
(j^

according to

\:>c.l>uJi*h^'f^^)
that.

on the supposition

Forty-fourth Lesson.

295

..jUto^f

jsi iu

J^
J^ J^
iJJLi

SO far as possible.

bring him here to me. J^ ya/^l^ fc>*

H^^** ^'^
(

(J-^b L^y'
^^^.

"'"u

^"u

*^ head and the eye) wiUingly, with pleasure.

dV-Jlx:

conjure thee by God.

4)

"from, instead of'.

JO.,
II.

With

suffixes:
us'*,

Js^

"from him",

J^ "from me",

Uc "from

etc.

Used of place verbs denoting to

fl ee,

a-yyay fr av oid,

pm and
^

so

is

used with
for bid,
/

restrai n

oneself,
^j^

h inder, defend
used), e.g.
(or
(or

(with

many

of these verbs

can be

^Js,
thing.
It

^^ ^^ (ja^ ^
^J;,

j^ to prevent from
to avoid
.

....
apmm.*sdt,

v^-^^^1

.^.

i^^

%h\^ to defend

someone or someto

reveal,

is also used with verbs^ meaning open and ^gk^ e.g.

uncover,
I

>

^.i; 3 something.

u^^i^

^ ^

v^aixy to
uLw-

uncover something.
ask

to

about someone or

In the sense of the Latin de "concerning",

e.g.

^UJLw
To

^jC:>-

it

is

told concerning Solomon.

indicate the source of information, e.g.

j^^slAil

(^ jci

it

is

told

on the authority of

ash-Shafi'l.

296

Second Part.

It

is

sometimes

used

of

time,

e.g.

v^jS

^
o

"shortly, soon".

Notice Rpenially
J^
Intro.
o

^\

^^
'

May God

be pleased with

him

(see

16).

^^^^^^,^-)

^
It

o ^

^^l>^

apart from.
5)

c^.o'JLu,^-^ru^''^*^* h^^^

"in". i\i^iy^Df}y>ux^''^tr
^5

With

suffixes: ^xj in

him,

in

me

etc.

expresses rest in place or time

and answers the

^|3JI

questions "where?" house, x^LwJl js^

(3

and "when?",
in this year.

e.g.

in

the

Sometimes
v^^l

it

expresses

motion

to

place,

e.g.

^ij

he

fell

into the cistern.

e.g.

It also

denotes "among",

Lus

^^^

who among

us.

3. to
k*^
X^f'Civn

Ke^-J

It is

used with verbs of speaking and thinkin g:

j
^

J[^* to speak about

<j^\

to think over

....

-^

^5

J^Ij to consider something.

^
for

Also after the verbs^_ofj[esinng:

^ L^j

to

wish

something;

j ^

to

yearn

after.

^ijs^i^f''^

AJtx^

i5

xi^

*!;^1 ii^ultiply

three

by

seven.

6) ^!,jJ,

^jj,
JO

IjJ "with" (Latin "apud").

J

With

suffixes

iOvXi

with him,
is

J,

jj with me
j^>Lc.

etc.

\jjj with him, j^jJ with me;

rarer than

Forty-fourth Lesson.

297

7)

(rarely

^)

"with'\

With
It

suffixes

ww

with him,

with

me

etc.

denotes association in place

or connection

in

time, e.g.

OS.O

^
f >

jlL he travelled with me.

yo

^ ,

^j*^^\ pjii? %f
It often

^i)j:X> I

came

to thee at sunrise.

means
I

"to have something with one", e.g.

i^tLw

^
\i^

have a watch with me.

the English
"

It also translates

besides ", e.g.

L-jji

>>

besides his being a stranger.

Notice specially:

(eUi
^^1

-*

in spite o f that

^ in spite of th e fact
8)

that, although.

"from".
L/j

t'^^.^?^^/
from us
etc.

With

suffixes xi^

from him,

Used of place
iUx^l Q^
It is

(often interchangeable with

^):

^*^

-.ji>

he went out from the

tent.
free,

used with verbs denoJ;ing to go out, to

to forbid:

y^\
me) from
^-0.0

(V^

aUIj

Ojxi

take refuge in

God

(to

free

evil.

Used of time:

iLm
_
^

ij^ "

rXj^S Q^ from morning

Ir'
..

to evening.

..

"

Sometimes used
^^^xX>L^

(like Jsju) to
i.e.

mean

"since".

ib)5r7^jc

^^ since two years

two years ago.

298

Second Part.
is

^g7r

j^

-f*

also

employed with verbs and nouns denotinfy

v^^'i

^^^''^'^^rs^ss^, as

lio,

e.g.

^^^
.*^^y4iiA^
pi>;^5 ,)/?^^

3J01JI

Q^
LLo

0^0

approached the enemy.

us.

u^yj near

j^Q^-^g specially:
^

he sold to him.
to

-i;

^^

(v_>^^*)

(^j.^

wonder

at something;

''

Jo with other verbs of feeling:

^j^
-s

to rejoice at

^
is

^^

J;;?j-.*.^

pleased at
after

The word "than"

^y
Ijy
e.g.

a Comparative

expressed

v..;JL53|

Q^ cy^l swifter than the dog.

o

we, |>ay^jtj

"A

certain"

is

often expressed

by ^^ preceded by

a word indefinite in the Sing, and followed by the

same word
.L>^Jt

definite in the Plur. e.g.

Q^ ^b' a certain merchant.

used partitively
to
((ji^jOt^jdJ)

It is also

followed by a

definite

noun

number
3\j\

in the Plur. or quantity, e.g.

^y^

indicate

an indefinite

^\A

jsji

he has already shown you some

e.g.

of his signs, and to indicate material,

v,;./wix3>

Q^

(tf-^-^

^ chair of wood.
OS
(^^^aaxaII)

It

is

very often used after u to explain

e.g.

what

is

intended by the particle,

Forty-fourth Lesson.

299

(3UJ

^y

l5^^^^

(^-jl^

^ what

is

with
have.

me

JB

^e way
to

of wealth

i.e.

the wealth, which

^y^

o^jtjt
us in the

LJj

^,y,JL.,r

U what you have done

i.e.

way

of kindness
us.

the

kindness,

which

you have done

9)

jou,

j^

"since" (for ^J ^^).

{cf^/^tS'

jx6
e.g.

p.^y^,^

Is

not used with suffixes.

It is

sometimes
r-^

foll

owed by the Nominati ve,

^i)jut, '-^
U>

JsJ>^|
- 0<

*^

(O^a)
^ '

^XkA

T I

X have not seen

1-

JCirf

Oj

JOJ
^^'^

you
^i^|i
!-

since

Sunday

J^^-^l

*^ (^)

Nouns used as Prepositions.

4.

Of the Prepositions, which

are really

nouns

in the

Accusative (^J?), the following are the most

1)

common:
^^^'^STutl^

^U

"before, opposite" (of place):

*Lol

H^

yojiJl

before, opposite the castle.

j-jtoUii
^

*lol

before the judge.

-.

o -

o-

2) Jsju
-

"after" of time or rank (opposite of

-

J^):

o^

o ^

obUtI jsjo after the birth (of Christ).

^

o,

3)

^^

"between".

When

two words^ are dependent on

^^xj,

then

if
/Tf,/5.

both are substantives the ^^ need not be repeated, but if one (or both) is a pronoun it is always repeated, e.g.
o ^

o ^

o*

^y^*)
*iU3"i

JoJ

^^
*i^^^

between Zaid and 'Amr. between thee and thy brother.

0^3
dU-^jj

,;^ between

me and

thee.

300

Second Part.

^^
meaning

U and
o.

^^
^^
U

U-o are often used with the same

as
Lo

^^.
and
so metimes

^^
*

mean "both

and" or
us.

'partly

partly^^^:

^^

^iis

^^
1

lisL^

both poor and rich came to

^

4)

sL^'
'-

/-|
6)

"opposite"
'

(=tJ^).

iU^^*v*ir*^rtA^

,y^ (5) sUJj I

i,:^^^'

/T.,:4

"under, beldw" of place or rank (opposite

to

0-

i.ji).
^ * < ^

/
o ^ /
^

'ij^ vi>^' ijrider a tree.

^o
i^iUXi

o ^

vi>^*

below the king

'\

(in rank).

7) ^7)

%\iss> "opposite":
stLX5> opposite

3L=*

iJoLc^v-^

c^^^A^n^J

.ijJi

the house.

8) J^5>

"round about".

KJjjsIi
9)

J^
v.aJL>

round about the

city.

Jli. "behind":
behind

^ys^
10)
.

my

back.

^o "on

this side of,

under, without":
river.

fifXtin-r

^\
^3^^ Js^
be under thy
^iU)Jsj&

o on this side of the

^^o may

the cheek of the

enemy

feet.

With the meaning "without" q^oo

or

^^^:>

^^

may

be used instead of q^o:

iiU3 (or

^3^ j^

or

q^ Jo)

^^^o without that.

Forty-fourth Lesson.

301

Note.
11)

For the meaning of

^iVJ^O

and /^^"^ see Lesn.

48, 2. *<'>ML

iL

"with, at":
place:

Used of

jOLc u>vaJL> I sat with (beside) him.

Used of time:
^j*..^\
It is

p_^

->^>^

^^ he came at sunrise.

often used with the

meaning

"to have'*.

jLo (or

or

j,)

^^vXjLc I

have wealth.
to

iRj

Note.

lcX3"

^cJsSA means "according

my
of,

opinion

It

12) (j:d^ (or

Li3^)
I

"instead

in place

of:

eUi
13)

(jto^
'i^^

lt\5>

oAi>l
over,

took this in place of that.

of place

"on,

above'':

and rank

(opposite of
^j>uiJi
^o^

o^):
Vjji
^ o ^

on the

tree.
(in rank).

tiUIt

Vjji

above the king

14) JsJj "before" o f time (opposite of Ooo):

---.,^

S>X\

Jcj.5

before the birth (of Christ).

^^-^

15)

*|jo "before" of place (more often *U):

jtoJi J.1JO before the house.

16) 'j,^ "towards": Ljytil

_^' towards the West.

Note,

j^

is

used as a substantive in

all

Cases with a

following Genitive in the sense of "like" or "about".

^; ^^

Jo.^

man

like Zaid.

302

Second Part.

Jc>.^ 'iXA

y^ o.yo I passed by about a hundred men.

on the
far side

17) %\j^ "behind,

<J

of:

^^

*PsL^ behind them.

jL^T
5.

l^3

behind (on the far side

of)

the mountains.

Two

case, if the

prepositions often occur together. In this second was originally a noun, it must be
e.g.

put in the Genitive,

^i^^

r^
u.

cr

^^^^ between them i.e. from the midst of them.

i.e.

4^

l^

^
J^
J

^^ from over

above.

VcKeY
^'

'^>'^ cr
Js^oi ^y,

^^^^ under from with.

i.e.

i.e.

underneath.

^'

Q^ from on
o

down

from.

03^ cr
V Jyji

^^

0-5^

without.

(^ before.
Q^
after.

jsju

Exercise 83.
i

w 3

<JI

^3

3S,^ ^

^^

(ju

J^>^1 oLm

aJ

iCiwLLw

Ij>J^>_j.5

20U^c

^J^J^il

^J

y'Jo

Forty-fourth Leeson.

308

J.^

\J-ww5

v^v3l

Jc>vj

aJ

0^

*J

^*^

^-^^i*

l-J

^UJi<

^>Ji:j:h\^

(j^5
^At.

<-V>'i

^^;:5-

lJt_^Jb-

/i^u^

\i5_

olsj

J^^t
is9
t^

^^\^\

(j^

tJc?-

^^.

^^1^^

j-o'Jj>JI

^^

o^-^

Sj ,,^i^*^Ji**tX^

AiL^i

LoL>
^-Jlfctj

U^
^L^l

^x-f^wlj

J^t^l

^.;./.Aiiis

(j^Uil

*lol

xjcixj "

]fe>uti4j

Kjijjijj

i?

'iXi;^

iOc^X:^!
O

.1l>

il

\j*-t^^

v-^^oLa^

>

is

^L^l
.\JLc

^bij ^jy?- UJ'

xxAiaiiiLi

ioJ^s.?

J^j^J ^1^1

/Ji^>;y*^b

,,.'^*u*^

ij\^ q1 Jo^ U^'^

:^3

v^j^oLo

^^1

^JL*s

L/i

^i:?--^

^iUi

(J.UJI

^1^1

eUi

^1

^^[

^^.,:^

*:

to

ui^- '.^^

;**, >-o^o-jaE

2.4 *****^

"^

^^"^"T^x^xy^

304

Second Part.

oit&tui*^

^ , b

,o

O ^

Om^^

OS

>

>

^^ O ^

ob
o
*.

^
i ^s-

^^

^e-

oi

Oil

>^o^

>v^'

o^ jJ^- ^
Jf^jJlfi

^^

^"^^

^^ o^^3
iiwiJLc

^^
^^i'j

''^^

^1^

^""^^

yL

^-.vOaii

i;i)J3

j>Uii

v^U

^-vc Jy3-lj

> ^

,j/*uJl5

itXP

je> ^X>5

i^^

i^lsj

*^

(j*-^^

iX^lj

UJ^JL

Exercise 84.
I

have

(in)

this
is

able joy
^
'^

(what

day experienced (js^L^) indescribnot described in th6~Vky of joy).

I shall

speak

to thee

about this matter

(^Lii).

J-tl

very disturbed on examining your

{6j*,

letter

I was which ^came

Part. Act.) to his Excellency our lord

and father
protect

(the excellency of our lord the fg^hpr),

may God

\\^
o / ')^/ %

him

^ijUuuset
j^^r;;^?^*

turned away (in spite of niy being I turned awayT'K'omr'the mind of his Excellency what disturbed him, yet I was not able to content my thoughts with the least (of what is) possible, and for this reason I find myself disturbed (of the mind), hoping that you will honour me (the being hoI,

and although

I almost_

noured

Verbal

Noun

of

*y^ by

giving

me

in-

formation (hoU]); and

we pray

ance of healtt and wellbeing. wellbc

for

What

you the co^itinnuI have learnt

Forty-fifth Lesson.

/'/*^'*.. 305

of thy indisposition has grieved me, and I h^ve prayed *j# 'V^ God that He will clothe thee with the garment of re- ' 5-^/, covery, for He can do all things (He over everything ^J^j Perhaps oar lord will bring thee what*^/^ > is powerful). The sheikh was extremely astonish- 1^^ will rejoice thee. ed ^t our^^nswer. (^ '>^

Forty-fifth

Lesson.

Adverbs.
1.

Separate, or 2)

Adverbs are either 1) Particles, Inseparable or Nouns used only in the Nom. or Accus.
Inseparable Particles.

'

^.'*

2.

The Adverbs, which

i

are Inseparable Particles are:

a)

a particle used to indicate a question

(= J^
when
e.g.:

^/f.

^v^

see Less. 2, 5) (called the j.Lp:c^^| ^j>')\ but only

^
"'''f*'

no Interrogative pronoun occurs in the sentence,

ij^
but
*t

(or

vi>Jl*5

J^)
^ ^ '

vciJLxit
o ^

hast thou done this?

this?
,/uv /^

I
tjs^

Jots

^j^

who has done

in a double question; see J,

^'-^O^
*

b)
id the ./

y^ a particle used to give a Future meaning Imperfect (see Less. 13, 4). It is a shortened
- o ^

l^*

form of v-i^^ "at the end".

3 i^Oss.
-.

{x\xi\

o^)

O -

Jf ^Oc

iXxi^

I shall

do

it.

c)

j a particle used for Emphasis, "certainly, truly",

e.g.:
r./
^

rten

omitted in translation,

Arabic Grammar.

^/O

306

Second Part.

^xJLxaj

truly, I

have done

it.

Especially with the

^iUJyi^^5 I shall

Modus Energic us

(see Less. 15):

certainly strike thee.

Also in an Oath:

^'^
3
'^h
is

by thy

life.

"</

^^c*^c^i<^V

j(^'^^')

often used before the Predicate of a

Nominal

i^^ sentence,

which begins with^^t

often

(see

below 3

e).

/^u,.^r^^^**^^^^^\^ is
^^/^'^^^^^-

used to introduce the apodosis of a

sentence beginning with

(see Less. 47, 5).

Separate Adverbial particles.

3.

The most important

...it

separate particles are:

to
-;

^ 'f

..

a)

and

Jot
,

(related
e.g.:

lot,

see Less. 46,

2b)

A4M*'m

that case, then

tot^

jj(^

-3^
^t

let

us go thwi.
t

b)
'
'

(for

and

^)

"not"

in

an Interrogative

sentence:
,

(:,<

^t
c)
*t

^1 shall I not do it?

for 1

y^*^
"^A^
I

So pi

and p.

"or" in a double question:

.5d*stt

^
d)

j.t

shall I

do
U)

it

or not?
in

Lot

(for

and

"not"

an Interrogative

sentence:
J ^

o , ^

-
Lot

iOjjts

hast thou not done it?

e) Jjt

"truly, certainly" (see Less. 17, 5).

Ua.^'
^IcTlk'n
1

,.,[

introduces

Nominal

sentences,

the

subject

^^^^owing in the Accus., the Predicate often strengthened

^^^))--^p^f^^

by j

(see ftt>ove

2c) following in the Nom.,

e.g.:

Forty-fifth Lesson.

307

verily,

Zaid

is

intelligent.

It

may

be used

with

Pronominal
e.g. 6[

suffixes,

the
J.I

pronoun then being a

subject,
lilt

verily he,

and

uil Verily
-

I,
s

ill

and
-

verily we.

^~^^^*r./A#*r'i-i*^/

'*"
hftgrinningr
tl^ft
'

f)

Ui^

(for

^^^

and

U) is

always at thp

of,

^ end
/

a sentenc e and l imits the word or clanae at of it bv its mf.amng ''only ", e.g.:
slyiall

ob'J^I U^\ the alms

*'i.e.,

are for the poor only.

^^.

g)
^h)

y
^!
i|^

that is"
-

(=

^).
(/-^^

''where?"

/l'^

^^^'^a^^^*.' jt^K.

^1
^

;. ''whence?"
"whither?"

^^
C
/)x>wt*#,^ >H4ft -

^^
Co'Xjlo^.

^^ ^^l^f--^^'

^^j

Uol "wherever".
i)

j^./u

9 ,<mc fy.j
'^3.

^^J
i

Jo "but rather, no on the contrary, but".

^^ST

j)

j4

'*y^s certainly"

as answer to negative sentenc es,

k)

^
JO

"there".

^A^ii^eix^^P^J.

1)

before the Perfect expresses the completion ac^

'

or certainty, of^Jbhe action and can sometimes be trans- ^ *^*-^'' ^ated "already", ~I>ut is often to be left untranslated. \^'^^^.

With the

I mperfect

it

means "sometim es", /^^<jjjj^

it
,

-^

m)

jpp^

"only "4 always placed afte r the word

modifies.

"^^Wiu^ i^ ^^^^rfy.u^^ifkHp^.i }>-^^b.

.

n) Jai "never", foll ows a verb in th e P^rfect^witli

a negative, e.g.:
w ^
3 3

OS^

(^^j^f^AP^'^^*^'^*>^^ ^"^LS^.

Jai xajL

have never seen him.

20*

308

Second Part.

0)

^
i
As

"not at

all,

by no means",

p)
1)

"not, no".
OS particle of Denial (^a>U]
)^)

before the Imperf.

Indie, with Present or

^
'

Future meaning:
(or I shall

^&X*i\
2)

do

it

not

not do

it).

As

particle of Prohibition

{^^

^) followed

by

the Jussive with the meaning of the Imperative:

J

o ^ o -

aXxsu 3)

^ do

it

not.

As

particle ^ofJC ompletfi,

i)

Denial (^j^\ ^_^

It
is

^)

(see Less. 42, 2

"there

is

not (no)".

followed
'
'

by a noun
...
Jbo
.

in the Accus. without nunation:

/'
there
is no^

"^

escape

(at allJL

6^^

^)

q) li
<3-.0.
^-

"not"
O

is

used before the Jussive, which then

has the meaning of the Past:

Jsjtftj

he did not.
yet".

--^

r)

UJ followed by the Jussiv e mea ns "not

s)

"not"

(see^.Ijess. 44,/

the

Subjunctive,

3 Note) is followed by which then has the meaning of a

Future
xUii

I shall
is

not do

it.

i^ >uc^' t)^^ "not"

followed

by

either Perfect or Imperfect.

c)

A T
[Vcj^-

Note.
'^n)

For

,..1

as particle of Denial see Less. 46, 2

Note.

V?I)

Conjunction. (J^ "when" also used as a

"yes" derived from
.

v) ijci (raj'ely aj^)

"(what

you

say)

is

agreeable".

Forty-fifth Lesson.

^^.

,.

...

309^/^^^,

w) J^ Particle of Interrogation (see Less.

x;JLx9

2,

5).

J^

hast thou done

it

it.

^ ^Uc
e.g.:

\"^^
^[^.^^^^

In an indirect question
^^Ia:oi

denotes "whether",

J^

J-j^^i

tell

me

whether thou hast

,/

^f"^^

expected me.
iLp (for

J^ and ^) "not"
"here", or
in

in

an Interrogative sentence. \
strengthened form L^lj>

Ki7v.

x)

J^

(sometimes written Li^).

-

.^

-^

y) >iU^

and

iU'aP "there".

[^

^^:>^J -''<^*>uu

S^

Nouns used as Adverbs.

4.

^'

Many

as Prepositions,

nouns, the Accusative of which are used are used as Adverbs and are then
u,

Indeclinablejnding_^ways in

^j%_,^^-.^
"where"
'

^
'^
'^

or

^^
'

^' "

("after-

(wards".

^,_!^not yet".

or'

ji
%'

;, "before".
'
'

^ ^
^

^i^^^A^Jji

1^
l-*^

tc^

^^X^:T^' ^^-.^-

^^^^^ o^ '^whence".

^l

"whither".

li

-above"

"wherever".
';;!

^-

:>^- :^ "below".
'

^^ *^^^ expression
else,

"not hing

only thi s".

5. Most nouns used as Adverbs are employed in \the Accusative (see Less. 42, 2, c, e), e.g.:

%S^

"little".
^

<ld>t3

"inside".

U %J3 "seldom".(

jp'
fj^

^j^
L*x>

"outside".

\j^ "much,
U

very".
^
.

"together".

}.

j^
r

"often".
u

ll.^> "altogether".
*

^^

'

"very

"
.

I^t

-f

"^or ever"

(with

^^^ "never").

310

Second Part.

Uj^
'^

1^1 "by
j

day".

^^H
.13

"one day, once".

Ux4J "on the right hand".

r^^
^jl}\

t^U-i:

"on the
(

left

hand".

"to-day".
'

"'

(sign

of Future

!}'^tt^aA^.

1^

"to-morrow".

"-V-

tense).

s*aorUa^

C^(^ "always".

SiS
'-'

"how".
/"often" (later "perhaps").
I

ill "by night".

^.>t^J

^^
\

U-v-

^
.

(for^Lo

^^
noun

"there
*"

is
^

nothmg^like")
r
-r"^

"especially

^^ -'^
^^^p^^

^J^

(from the

"time") in l3u:>u> "then,

at that time", so also

lX^^

"at that time".

iLiI "altogether".
^J^3

d^,yrdjj,,Yi,cpmc^bf^

r^0j^)<^^^''J^,
'J

j'^"

.tuHM-GDi^d)-

r,>^3

bV,lj'

at

one time

at another time.

jo>
I alone,

"alone"

is

used

with

suffixes,

e.g.

(^Jnj>5

js^ he

alone, etc.

Note.

For some Verbs which are usually translated into

etc.,

English by Adverbs as ^c***^

see Les?. 30.

'a

s ^JsjtJ

J^ and
f,

"perhaps" are often used with suffixes,

^CvJJ
I

e.g.

perhaps he, jjj (rarely

^i^)

perhaps I.jj^^^

}'f}^^

-'^^ "would that" with suffixes ioJ would that he,

^^^^uJ (rarely

^^)

whould that

I.

il-c&oif

-^y?

u-^^-

^:/.,^.',>'-^'''**^'^-^''^^
^^

aA^

5-t-t-

-i

'Forty-fifth Lesson.

311

*^5 i

l5^/ '^'^^

^!-

^^

o^ ^' r^"^ J^*^ J^-P^

icol^t

eU3

j,!
'^

^Ji3/>l
'

3>T^^

ciJi-
tr-

;W

^UUi?
/iti,

L^ v^i

j_^t
Q^

c>JJtt

ollil

o'lLI?

^!J

^1>1 ^
o^^
^^ft:S^'

Lil

jw>^t

,,3la9

5A3.15

>o^ wJXil

-.-'l-p-Oj

^ ^ ^ ^

Laa^

j-on^
li)oW

oLLlA^I

Ljl

cyl^l

j^j-i^'

vi>JL*>_5

3_H*^^ oJ'l3

Ujlx>1>-

.Jsjb

oLc^t

^3 L^U

Jyo

eUi

js^^

o^^

^^

t/"^^

Vr^^ CT^'

f iio:^

J^yCj j'Lfti^^o:^^ ^^yCj- .Jlf-

\y^\

si>JLft9 ,.'L*IJr

'^tjil^^^y^^ "^LJ5
jj;xil
^_^jatiL,

I^iyJJ^ ii-.t^i il:i^i j.jJl

W/^

s^jJXII

**>LI|^

iUjy-**Jl

(j^S^OJl^

1n;,aLiH

O*

OJ^JiJ

0-,

>

312

''

'v*'*'^

Second Part.

S^\
v>-^

^3

Jii

^^l^

tit

f*^;^ j^^'
^^-^'l^^i

Q^-^^^

L5^

^i^^*

^Xi'Xol^

^j^

cr

f*-^jr^^-5

Jwo'ix^u

^^l^yst

K^g^i^

^^ ^^

r^!^ j>^5 ^

*-it^'5

C5^5^ ^-aj^l
oc

j;;^^,

^<
'^'^'^

--"^""'^ V/
"^

Cr^^3

X.:S=WiJl

j^Os^l i^xi O^XJ

f*Jt^i

Exercise 86.

^^

i^j*i^
''ai'./f-

he can both speak and write-, ^e Arabic language (he knows the Arabic language speaking and writing). P<eyi^it me to see from time to time that
Truly,

o
^, X.

si

en^

v3^i^
^^^^
:f ^ ^ u\

You naj^^ather the true friend Sa'id. Jamila said: Art my friend. tiiQP- trusting in that O Sa'ij^^ apd^ he said Yes.^j > I nope^*^K'at (Perhaps that) the-^ourii^y will be pleasant to you, for the land of Egypt is a cheerful land especially^/! the head^ in the winter season. I beseech thee of thy father, that thou deliver me from this trouble and command thy men to carry me from this place whither you wish. He gave us permission to dwell, ^> One party of us travelledj^ wherever we might wish. ^ northwards and a party of us travelled southwards. How can that be? (A- The prince said: Is she the
trijsty slaye^

must nave

p*atience

princess

Salma?

He

said:

Yes

O
is

prince.

Then

the prince turned

pale (the paleness

the face of the prince).

to

The

best

came upon that we return

3

Ir-'

Bonaparte (o~iLijj) journeyed where we were. from Egypt secretly to his country in the latter days of the year 1799 A. D., then the Mamlukes and the people of Egypt prepared together to fight the French, and they were not able only to drive tl2fem out of it.

3 (j^ ^

Forty-sixth Lesson.

313

They two journeyed together to the place where he had prepared forj them what was necessary. Some of a/ J^j^. the inhabitants of the village came to us and began to ask us "Whence?" and "Whither?" I alighted ,^./V then from the back of my horse. I said to her: ./t^ What do you think? Shall we sho)v enmity and resis^^^^^''^ them, or not? Arid she said: No, we shall not resist- ^^v* them. And I said\ What shall we do (is the deed)? Shall 1 hand over to them my weapons and myself, that they may take\pe captive, and perhaps kill me?

Forty-sixth Lesson,

Conjunctions.
1.

The Conjunctions
are:

are

either

Inseparable

5trr

Separate.

The Inseparable
a)

and

b) 3

and

o "and" (called in Arabic >_q^^ o->

"particle of union".
5

joins

two independent words or sentences, while ^^^r[l-

joins sentences only, indicates a j^xp>f development in the narrative and may often be trans- ^^^tt^y lated "and so" "and then". It is also^generally jised l*^*i%^'7 ^^'^^ to join twa--seateMes.jdie;i. there is a chan ge of subje ct.
f-

^, which usually

With a following verb

so that
.

lie

X^^--^*^-^^^

in the Subjunctive^o means jj^*^^ ^^^^*^ ) 5*^ o'Uac^ ^-^"S^^r^

"

For

O
O

with the Predicate of Nominal sentences with Ul [CMfi^

8ee2f. ^..^
Foi
^Ji

'^"^y

in the Apodosis of Conditional sentences see Less. 47, 5.

means' "for".

with a following Nominal sentence or a Suffix ( l^i/J ^^

314

Second Part. ^ between two sentences, of which the second often means "while". Such
is

is

a No minal senten ce
'jIL^

cjU**^

sentence introduced by ^ tence of condition", e.g.:

(^Li
,

called a iUiL> iJu:> "sen-

'Jo
*'o

jPj Jo;

Zaid stood up, while he wept

(Zaid stood

up weeping).

also with
0,.o.

chauge of Subject:
57*^-5

"^d

'^^
'-'
1

Zaid went away and 'Amr

G0..00. Jio ^y^^ Jo;

remained
remained).

(while

'Amr

w^3

The ^
follows
^ik^s=Uiaj

is

usually dropped,

when

a Ver bal sentence

Jsj:

sLs-

Zaid came,

while

he laughed

(lauffhine:).

The waw

of Condition (JL^I

^y

is

sometimes used

before a Nominal sentence which has no Participle or Imperfect Go--Go^Ju^ ->-^3 ^.\ 2l-> Zaid came, and in his hand
,*

a sword (with a sword

in his hand).

For 3 as Prepos ition with Accus.

idUl^ f
^^t^fitk^-"
j

= "with"

see Less. 42,

3.

2K.

For 3 with the Genitive see Less. 44, 3 A,

c)
^3

"so that" (for the Prep. J see Less. 44, 3 A, %)

n^4;o<yi^

with following Subjunctive:

(3U
I

/Zt.t#ci^. 6.JL/7

v-JlIxJ

J,s'l:>

he came

to

me

so that he
|

might

demand

the wealth

(to

demand

the wealth),
o

o -

With the same meaning

negatively:

are

used

^"^5^

J3; and

t^, ^UXJ "so

that not".

Forty-sixth LesBon.

815
3^**

i with the Jussive (nearly always in the

expresses a
O
)

Person)

demand:
let

o ,

,.j,^joCJ

him

write

With the
2.

particle vJ the J loses its vowel:

v--J:^LJL5

(see Less, ii, 3).

Tne usual Separable Conjunctions

"when,
since, after, because"

are:

^j,

a) it

with following >^*^^. 1

'

Nominal

or Verbal sentenc e.

'^

1^.

b) lot

"when, jf" originally_used_of_time, but often

(see

of condition " ".

Less.

whether
3\

^l~-^
tit

indirect questions 47); *-^-^ ..jW4^-

in

y^

y^

and
is

also

mean

"behold!", in which case the

^^
^i^-^-^f/

'

former

latter, by. _a

always followed by a Verbal sentence, the Nominal sentence in which th_^,ubject is (see Less. 44, 3 A, 1): eitherJiL.the- Nomiaatiye or takes

J^J
.
o .
J

i^
:,

^11 /

^-

^"^ * '^**"-'

>

behold, a

man came

Ulv3t

means "whenever"
^
,,.

(see Less. 47).

^
c)

....

^1

"if,

whether" introduces Conditional sentences

or indirect Questions (see Less. 47).

I V
"

^
.,t

means "and if, even

"
There
|y>t
is

if,

although". .Jj

^ "verily if.
e.g.:

^.t**

4'VJ/
^^t

-.

^/y.>j: "*'*
kc^iw*-'

Note.
2^ 04.r^t

also a particle of Denial

I

^t,

0^

X
'

f
lier,

Lg-U vc^utj

have not seen anything of

*"^*"^^

that I despise.

d) ^] (for
1)

^^^[

and

^)

has the following meanings:

if

<^

^^

s^

"if not", Stl

"and

not"

i.e.

"otherwise".
(This ^^

J^'^'^
Uim

2)
is

"except, only" preceded by a negative.

i.e.

called a aUix^^i v-i^.^

"particle of exception"), e.g.:

>t**^.

^A

^ >^4

316

Second Part.

I
,

^1
w
"':

^t,

aJ[

^ there
O
^

is

no god except God

(Allah).

5<jlL0

e)

Lot

(for

^i and w) only in:

3^
s
.

'^b \
f)

- H H
w

1
)

"either

or".

c-^ ^

"as for"

with a following Nominative, the

Fredicate being always strengthened with a

j^^/iUi

o,

e.g.:

J^>

^
iOLJiJLs

^f^tA^^

Jy^

^5 ^s for Mt.

Hermon,

it

is

a lofty mountain.

/jj^l
him on
v.;>sJiJ|

j.

v-^J^Ji

Lof

as for the dog,

met

the road.

(According to Arabian grammarians

all

is

the Subject,

the rest

is

Predicate.)

g) ^\ "that" with following Verbal sentence, the verb being rarely in the Perf., nearly always in the Imperf. Subjunctive (cf. Less. 17, ^a).
o S ^

^1^

= "as

though"; ^^l
f\ (for

"because".

With Negative:
"so that not".

^" ^J

and^)

"that not"; il

^
^

h) ^1 "that" with a Nominal sentence, a later verb being in the Indicative.

With
uol or
Lil

suffixes:

Iji

"that he",

^\
!

or Jj "that I",

"that we"

etc.
is

In

iJf

the suffix

often ^;.aJ

^-^-^i^ (cf.

Less. 43, 5,

Note
...X-.

2).

in compounds*

^^

"just as if, "it is as

if".

Forty-sixth Lesson.

817

^^
as
^^1
^

"because

o^

_^,
0

^^1

^^ "except that, yet".

&

->

i)

3!

"or"; ^i

Ui

"either
! ^

or"

(see

above

e).

With
uniilJtll9<t''.
j)

the
'

Subjunctive
'

means

"unless
'

that,

^"""^

U^wo (more rarely Llo) "while".

a
j

k)

^
a
^

"then, thereupon" often followed

o

by

^^l,

^L)

1)

j_C-

"until"

(=

^\

j,[);

with a Nominal sentence

often ^t

J^.
or
Jil
'

^ Subjunctive
m)
.
V

"in
^

order
^

that"

with

folio wiugf*^-

s^

rr^vi::::xt.
not".
''"^l

With Negative il/ and ll^ "in order that

o
I

n) ^yCI

and j^^ "but", the former being followed by a

latt er

verb or noun in the Nominative, the

in the Accusative or
,

only
y

by^ ouns
"but he",

Prono rninal
I",

suffixes: JJ^
'a>d

Asd
o)

or

.I^d

"but

wiki or

"but we".

LJ "when,
usually

after"

with following Perfect to be

.

tr^slated

by the Pluperfecj

p)
a

jj "if" in Conditional sentences referring to a

(see Less. 47).
o ^

mere supposition

f\

.ji

nouns and pronominal

_p3

_^ often with the meaning "would that!" before suffixes: is-^ v- ^^<^J

=
U

"although".

f ^h ^0

f'

a/i-

With Negative: Up;

..

V;
JO a

Pi^'"i^ ^o*"^

q)
is

"so long as"

(i^^^^j^xil

U "th e U of contin uance"),

often used in

compound Conjunctions:

318

Second Part.

y^.

u Jou

"after".

> UJmO and Uxs

U jJi
It is

"while". "before"

(alway s with the

Impe rf ).

often used also to generalise, e.g.:

1

l^'*'^*'*''^'/Ui;
w
Us.yl*'

"whenever".
'if

J^

"whenever".
often as".

uiii

ever".

Uiy "as

!ln these cases it is followed by the Perf. or ) Jus^ijl^th^.. sense of the Present.

jtb e

r)

JOo

"when",

l^

joq

"whenever".

s)

O J JO J lX;^ or JuQ "since". 4^^^.;i^<3l^^'

Exercise 87.

a
ti)J3

^o^o
?^^-j
,m5

^^tJ

^x5>Lao

iiJL*

LJi

i^

CtC^

^Xac

L^Ji^

.^^

^.5

..-.05

J-*^

'

e /YA

Oil

O^

-Jfi>

o ^ o-o

^O

OJO^^

Forty-sixth Lesson.

^j^,
^^^^^^

31^

xJLc

^JLm.^

^^Uii i^ r'^^

(*^-5

'^^^***

^^JsJL-aJJ

i\^

vlJ^i^ BJcili bVj_^l 8lX^

/Jlcj

iiUJu xiicl^ iw^L> y*^'"*^

Kxxcib

BjajSt-^,

8j.wxi:

(j^JL>r^
o

^^Laii
^

^Xt

v..j^Aj

sXc.

*Ji
^ ^

-
Ug*Ir
io'U^l

o ^

y it

J>

'^

s.;^ouo

ijo^wCiJi

*i)i3

Jc>Jo3 &xa^' i3j>l ,jO->

iJoLol

^^i
j^
- - -

ViUi

V^i

Jotii

^^K

'ujls

^\Stl\ ^^

v-Jll3J>

A^^^j^^
o

2(^4-Ja*j

jtf^l
^'^*^

UJLs

i^l^ lW^^
i^*Z/i-*^4/c^

j^^toUil

iX^

)^jf^^

l5^5

w>^>-mJ!

Jjt^*!

jls

hJ^JSLA

w^A^^:>

J^

^^^UiJ i^^<.<^

jE

w.
S

...O*

jo.
^'rr.ls

..0-0~

JO...
^^^

.0..O*

OS

..S

^T^. o

A4A.<^

...O.

.w.jo2j
o

S>.ot>

JJS

...J.

J.. j

J..OJO..
'
{

'

320
\ff^3
- O .

^\3
.
^

Second Part,
w
^ J

y
,

J^*^

U^-^l^ J^l->

ioU!b5f

v,^>LAi2J

lot 5

iolc

l5^''3

IJoJ^ L>-i

IlX^j

ijc/

c^JJj

tikxil

'u^iju.^

IvA/j

Ia/ ^3

^i)j^>Li:

'ijul

9-*.
l\:5?

^^
tiUiUl

jo^^
<i>J>-C5

jo^^
ii)JCs-f^

o^
j.jiJl
O^^Lfc

^^oXJUJJI

-Uali

IlX^

liUo

;i5^

wv^O

-/isUJl

8J^^3
^

C5^^

'^'*^:4^

l5*^^

^^
3^'S.

^"*^^

JO^

jJS

^^O^

t,

^^^^
^Ls^.Aa//

'Exercise 88.

.r^M-r^ilS^^ci

.,>/^\

she went out of the hall info the inner court, and behold by the side of the door of the hall a large door. No one sees him without being
for Jamila,

As

.'

Forty-seventh Lesson.

'

821
j

and he is at(tached by hi he was amazed at the princ/( because he had not seen during his life a man Ute *''ls>>^ CAnd when the prince had determined to jourhim. ney to Egypt, he called his two sons to accompany. . in li > And wnile they were so engaged (were in that), '^T / him. there was a knock at the door (the door was knocked) j^'^ (fjI have not seen anv good and behold the servant.
attracted
love).

to

Him

(except,

As

for Sa'id,

coming that (o) I should retorn. And the who were with them continued travelling, until they came to the pool of the Ezbekiya, and Pi^>^ ii^^ ^,^j behold a park, which a canal encircled. Andi^was, when he rode his steed, as though he and the'^ saddle ^^y<i^ ' While I was examining one of the were one piece. ^ books, I lighted uponTIie following sentence. After "i^-r*^ all had left, I went to my chamber. I had not finished my speech, when (until) I heard the sound of the firing of a gun, and I prepared to defend myself 'i^^ L *
in

my

two, and those

,,

!.*

^^
^
.

a s soon as I should see the first person of them, because it seemed to me that there was no deUverance possible (that there was not of anything which was possible to us in the way of deliverance) except that. I do not permit that, so long^as thou hast not said _ to me what thy name is. Before I finished my speech, I saw my friend. Inform me when thou hast returned hither. Then I commanded Hasan to bring me large stones that we might build for us a fortress safe from the weapons of the enemies. Joy came upon me until from the excess of what rejoiced me, it "^^^^ ^ ' . -r made me weep. /

/'f

^.a^^
<=''"'^*

^^'ij*

^^\^^

Forty-seventh

Lesson.

Conditional Sentences.
Conditional sentences consist of a Protasis or sentence containing the condition (J^yi)
or

and an Apodosis
"answer").
21

main sentence
Arabic Grammar.

('iii:^-

or

v-jIjj=^

322
2.

Second Part.

^
is

The

Protasis
^-,1.

is

introduced by the Conjunction

if

(J:r^j|

^j=>)

or
;

|l>[

the condition

regarded as

possible or likely

by

if it is

purely hypothetical or

impossible.
3.

In both parts of the Conditional sentence

the

perfect or the Jussive may be used in the sense of the nglish Pr esent or Future.

E
.

There are thus

a)

Toui'* possible cases:

is

The
*

perfect

used in both parts:

^^l
'

^fi

\*/j

c>sx^^

^A w^o "
'

if
.e.

Zaid goes

I shall

go

u!^^....Ve

with him.

..a4M.>...n-^

/ojj^w^^

it'^

b) The Jussive in the Apodosis:

3 , ^

is

used in the Protasis, the Perfect

O ^ ^

c)

The

Perfect
'JO

is

used in the Protasis, the Jussive

in the Apodosis:
^ ^

o^oS

^^ s-^31 Jsjj
d)

v^^
is

o-'

The

Jussive

used in both parts

''^'

.-;"**) Note. After

131

in

a Conditional

sense

the

Jussive

is

iTC^'iX^'^llc&rcely ever used.

is

With _^ the Perfect

(rarely Imperf. Indie.)

used in both parts.

4.

If the

press the
Perfect

meaning of the

verb in a Conditional sentence is to exPast, it must be put in the

qi/:
,,^i5^ s*^o^**

and be preceded by
vi^O^'

c>^y>.J

^1^

^JsjtJl

j^
^

excuse (me),

if I

have

committed a crime.

The

Perfect

is

used after

in the

sense

of the

English Imperfect or Pluperfect Subjunctive or Potential.

may

When it has the meaning of the Pluperfect ^1^ be placed before it:

Forty-seventh Lesson.

323

at\5>l3

'iJ>\

(j^Uii

Joc>-

^ib,

sl^

if

thy Lord had

people.

wished, He would have ran 11, 120.)

5.
sis

made men one

(Ko-

If the Protasis begins with ^1, then the

Apodo-

must be introduced by ^, 't^^f^/*^''^J^'^:.^^:*l!l^

a) If it is
aI

^^

a Nomins^l sentence
.jt

^
then the

^-^^13

kiUo oljl
(i.e.

if

he

wishes that,

matter
^

is

his

b) Jf it is

to do as he likes). a Verbal sentence expressing a Wish,

beiiii;-

6mman3
*J

or Prohibition (the verb

in the Impe-

rative or Jussive):

J^

Ijs-^

c>utj

^yj

if

you
,

see Zaid,

tell

him. with
o ^

c)

ILitis, a Y^jbal
^

sentence which
O ^
I

begins
"/
.

o ^

o ne of th e particles

^j^^-J,
jsJii

v.),

jo,

(not),
if

or ^^:
steals,

^
12,
77).

^^

aI

p.i

V)^

,V)j-^

j;,l

he

one

of his brothers has already stolen

before

him (Koran

Instead of
times occurl
If

the particles

v3t

or ioj "behold" some- c^^o/^'

the Protasis begins with/^, Ithe Apodosis

may

be introduced by i:
1

^^
,

OS^-,5

^ ,S.

iJ

^;ooj

u-^^
to
its

j^^5

^^

^.,>^.

Jiji

>

if

he

had wished

be treacherous, he
entirety.
is

would have taken

omitted and must

the purse in

6. Sometimes the Apodosis be suppHed from the context:

eVJL:Jij

oyol

bit

3 tiUyj

o ^

e^Jt:?-;

qI.

if

you go back
that

on your word, (good); otherwise

shall be killed.

command

you


324

Second Part.

0-0
7.

- o

"If not"

is

expressed by

bit,

^ ^^[,
J,

b5

_^i

or

^_^.

If

N ominal

^ntence

follows

one can use

o -

jj

is

also used with the

meaning

*'if

only" to ex-

press a wish.
8.

A
is

sentence introduced by any of the following

treated as a Protasis:
'

words

cr
- -

anyone
"which,

Uix>
.

"wherever".

if

any"

U-^ "whatever
c:

^^
Cr^.^

....
doa

"whoever".
"what, if anything"

..

"when". _. f"when-

LoU^
\

(^L^j

ever".

^^1 "where".

^^/

"everyone who".

-^^ "wherever".

Ulr "whenever".45:.<^a.>

11^
when

"where".

j^ ^^

uj^^^..^

"however".

In both parts of such it has a general sense. sentences the Perfect or the Jussive is used in the sense of the English Present or Future:
-

o -

j'j

;5L> (y if

anyone seeks, he attains

is

(will attain).

Note. Sometimes an Imperative

sense as a Protasis:
-

used in a Conditional

"

bCLo
tented),

^^jCj

LxJcJ

(jiix;

live

contented

(if

thou livest cpn(^

thou wilt be a king.

'-^

-^^
f

>?,

^V^ ^^"^ , V

.-

'-

^^^

O^j)

Exercise 89.

0--

iO-o5-

o-^-

\''ypi:>' --^ogj

'^i

'^'^'

'X'^:cMu.-

Forty-seventh Lessoi^j

^
>

/t**^**'^

325

oLi

^ dUj^j

* o 5

o^

a-^

*t^t^

cr

(J^^^

o_^'i

^U
^.,j

l^-o

LL.mj>

c^I

j^i^^ ^^f>\

^*,

^-^-o

x,-J^i

^s>^
^_5_^| ^"^^^^

^iy
'1:0

>5

Lob ^xoiJt

i)jJl3

Joti

(*^

^
jjy^

c^ol^

dU JL^/

j^.^1

V^-=^:5

r^^^ i^oli ^/>1

^ JO.C
>

^LiiJlPl 'uLXii^. ff^'

o^

^wAj
ij^r,

^iivj:>
*

^i)jisl^i

^^ycjij

ii)jlj

IsjLo

t^-ix:

j^jwNJ>!c

^^
JOS

c
^.^1^

jsj>i

i3[ ^jii-Lj

ijs^t

j^^wi c>.i^

^.^j

V6
^

ji^wS,
^^-X.^^

^iU'Uajj

^5

OJuu^

e^JCxj^XyOj

d^J^

Qt

^<->y^

^_.

326

^'^'' Second Part.

jjLi
'^'^i-k

(jrUoL^.

^.j5

jOsJb

H'l:P\iaJJ

LxAAoi
^

2dJl

^*wj>

.J

ifUuauit (ft^^-^

>

05

^-H-*^

ij^

(^j^j*

*-^

j-^

""

""^^^^^^Jj

J'i-^

lool^ _*J^
(

'f^r^

<J

..

^ ^

i,

3 ^

O-

r^t

J^l
O ^0.

0^0^

liLs

J^-

^^]_5

(good)

^Li

^]

U^Ls

,3
1

,V U.<>Urfa-^

3...

03

C^j^^^

^ ^^

^j"^^^ ^^'^ o'^'

''^-^

Exercise 90.
If the matter is so, I will

J^i

honour thee greatly jknd If a man passes thee chief over all my men. by you, tell me, and God will requite you with good. rJ-^'vi I said to (in) myself: If God makes easy for me a ^; ^^ t^'^^'j] way to escape, it is well; and if not, the matter is his oi^ When the hght and He will do what He pleases. the morning h^.dawngd, my ^irit was refreshed, ^"^^Wt^^
^g^K.

make

^
^

although

known
I

ji^
vjj^

{jpi^j
/i*f^^

thou fulfillesi: my need, I shall be indebted to thee such a pleasure, that the kings of the earth could not pay the weight of a grain, of it and if you reIf I ject my request then thrust rate into this sea. demand thee if em.) from t/iy famer now, there is no
If for
;

had d^aifed ^f deliverance. If I had happen tajgeet thee i^ i^ place. would have expended all my ^M-gy in receiving thee. y^
I

that I should

'V^

/fAy^

^'

Forty%hth

Lesson.

327

me back disappointed. When age thwarts us, then there is nothing for us but to ta ke /refu ge 'in (the) fair patience and to rely on God./ When she shows rebellion, he shows Istubdoubt that he wjll send
(the)

^,

boriiness.

^ !*

"

O^

"/

Forty-eighth Lesson.
, (ic-iKi^
y

>

Interjections.

1.

The Vocative
'ui;ui

is

expressed by
is

the

particles

C
I

and Lut Fern.

Fern.) or iZl
Lgj|

(but the Masc.

often used for the

^"^f^

/><^#n^. A*-^'*^
L are followed

o^fi^-^y^,

and

Uj!

by the noun

in

the

Nominative with the Article:

Js<JL:cii

L^l
c).

scholarl

(see.

Less. 16, 4

and

Less. 42, 1
C
is

followed

by

the

noun

in the

Nominative _^.i.

without Article (and without Nunajion in_the_Sin2j if ^C^l^ ^ the person addressed is preseiat andT^ the noun is not-* /*4<w^ determined by any following words, e.g. jl^^ Ij

JJ3
but
o^^^l

Ll

boy!
boys!

i^
J

Mohammed l^^*^
^"^^

^"0

^
m 1

If ihe person addressed is abse nt or the noun is determined by some word or words after it, then the noun is put in the Accusative, e.g.: i.*.^ww/i^f^->5*wt.

ili

careless! (not addressed to

any one

par-

ticular person).

^
328

Second Part.

J^l
Jl?

Ui'J^ U

thou,

who

climbest the mountain!

-Abdallahl jJ^ C .... <k

Note
following
j^i>lj

1.

i8

sometimes

written

without

alif,

when the

word begi ns with

alif, e.g.

my

brother!

^Ij welcome!

Notice specially:
.
.

vi;/oi

l^

my

father!

Ui

mother!

L-^j

Lj

my
2.

Lord

(see.

Less. 43, 4 Note

follow s

1).

Note

The noun that

[>

often takes the

y ocative

ending_^l:5:^ (see below on

I3).

V I

'

13^

Note
2. ^
1,

3.

For

Lj

followed

by

seelLess. 44, 3

A
'T'

4 Note).

Some
~^
i,

of the
-v^

commonest
2
i,
o

Interjections are:
*$ * T" ^ 1'^ i,[^[[^^/^
'''7'

'?'

^
oH\

OS
i,

o-^^

i,

i,

i5^

^hi

LlILIL

1^

OhI

The

following

noun

often

has the ending

iJL Oder
>il.l

k_
1^
I3

in pause, e.g.
I3

^-^-^-^-'^-^^^
Z'*'^.*''^'''^^"^^^'''

or lil?

sorrowl

IL-..^^

grief!

/
sufl^es: ^^^

ALas

^^^ Alas! also

with

Alas for
^\jj e.g.

thee

Notice also the Substantives wo^,

and

Joj,
"

used

(also
;iUj^

with suffixes) ^s Interjections,

Woe

totheey

joj

Joj

Woe

to Zaid.

The form ^^ with

"be used*
L^

the Voca^xa. ending

may

also

See there!
there he
is!
.t- i^,-fh^<^l

\t^ See

Forty-eighth Lesson.

>o?^^
let

'

Lp Come! with

the Preposition v-j^Come,

us go!

)L^ Far from

I,

ol

Fie
;.^

uf
Bravo!
:?^^

r/>^>.

;^ and

;io

^
.,

(Fem. of the Elative .^^^'l "best") Hail!

vIU

j^o^

i)L^ or

i^
the

Hail to theelulL?

,J^'

l:!^^^also ty>^_^
^i<rrc i^Lp (properly
'*give,

and

in the Plural

1^ ''Hither!"/^
r

Imper.

IV.

of xi "to come").^.
sSi

'^t^

bring here!" also used in the Fem.

W'**^*^
see

liU^o

and
4).

^^o ^

"Beware!"

(from(.^rfy ^^^

Less. 44,

>?*^'*- >^^ii/*>/^
(see Less. 42, 2).

uj^c

i)U
3.

and

^U

"Beware!"

Interjections

Certain nouns are used in the Accusative as (cf. Less. 42, 2 1, Note).
ti^l

i^^

Welcome!

)r.w^-^**ec><A^my>.;;[*^Md^-i

ll^ Strange!
s o ^

bL^ Slowly!
s:

>

O ^

Lj>yo Welcome!
eVj

U>j^ Welcome
*"'

to thee!

l\
f

*^^^3

*'if'

^*^

/
1

Pi^-

"Hearing and obeying".) At your

service!
for thee!

^^ lS Alas
4.

-^,^^,

^|3^-^'

Many
or
^JJI

rehgious

expressions

are

used interjec-

tionally, e.g.:
jJlM

Lj

or very

Commonly

^\

God!

l\i

4' ^ii By God!

330

Second Part.

i SZJ\
'IM
s ^
lo

Thanks

to

God!

kx^ ^l If
J

God

will!

s -

^
^

o
f

^>y
'

O^j^^
'

^^
'

r^^
'
'

In the name of God the Compassionate, the Merciful!

'

k
:

4^1 -^

or iji
^

iu;

d
I
I

forbid!

(lit
).

"I take

reiuge

m
!

God

There

is

no might and no

power, save in God the Mighty (Expression of astonishment and alarm.)

^
JO

'
,

What God

will

(Astonish-

^f

JJclJ,
-'^

I^skpardonof God!(Used
I
\

to decline a compliment.)

Praises constantly appended to the

name

of

God

(Perf.

IV^of

^)

^^

.^

^^^j^^^,

i\uLytuo^^<^

isJL<^^,^

Praised be He!
91.

fv^-VJ

\
Ux^jsJb

Exercise

.,

Vj*^^

V^ ^^

(Proverb)

(jo^\

^^^^c>

%i^

"^^)

^^^

'

s ^

>

/fl.*.

-eigpth Forty -eighth Leeeon.

^wA .^JwA'

33 331

^j^l^

l5^^ (3h^*
(J^>i

j^-^->^

"^Ij

0L>JI oAjLj ^tJo oJLii i

^iVJUt

^"'^

Vj^^ "^
(.'ul

^b^

sijr^

cX^3 wx^ (.l^t

jKAi\

X^w^

^j^

^
u

^i jA^^l

IlXJ5

jjOJ ^Jlk^ V**^^

js^i

j^

LjLai;

iJvcp

bbCj ills

j_^

,I>^li

...L>^<w

^iVjul^

(JNJ^ '^j^y^^ oyi'uw

e5>v^ ^

'^^

iyjPljJl

j.

LiU
,cjJI

^1:^^

^'uaailj

JS\^\ ^ UJi

^^Ait

^Ql
,L^^I

jiii

,.,t^

;i

JJI

JU

^j-^Ij

^iU

iJsS

U oU>

ii^
*u^"^

KJb

lX3>I3

(5^^^|}

n^

*^A^I

(j^^ ^ ^-*^y

U>JUs X*-/^|

K-i^OtJi JJ5

Q^ ^-^^b

'-*^J^!5

^i^l^J ji^

Ij

^.,

<

^.ihyJi

idiL.

5[ b>i ^^

3^

^3

li^

^!

1^3? (li^X

;V
-^%W

'

382

Second Part.

^ r^-^^ **4.*4*<^

rr'

i i

^ ^

s^

OS.

.IwcExercise 92.

i^^

Hither,

Arabs, and follow (^L.)|in the fracj of

'^Lac^
'\
\

this

bold mah.
!

garden

Ah,

my

Come, let us tak e! a_ walk in the God, what is this strange chance

^^f

^-^^ jk^^
*j\^^'
'^^'^'^

"^if ,c*'^(ji<

which has united me with my friend in this raging Woe, truly misfortunes come upon me atitd sea? strike me; Ah, why dost thou threaten us, O sea? / O would that I had been slain among the Arabs l/ Praised be the Exalted^the Mighty who has^ protected us from dangers and guarded us from trembles /and brought us back to Beirut safe from ];^arn/(Plur.).

Ah,
place?

my

precious,

who has brought

(to

Alas for his

him

thee ip this from) disturbing areaml

^-

'

Forty-nffl Les^son?

'^

Arabic Verse.

1.

Prose
is

is

called

in

Arabic

J:i

("scattering"),
is

Poetry

Jaj ("ordering").

Rhymed
has both

Prose

-c^.
3^
.

Go 2. Arabic Poetry ( jt^)

Rhyme

(iUili)

and

Metre (^j^ or

^-;s^.)

the latter beiog quantitative.

closed syllable long

An Open
(see Intro.

syllable is short, a
13^
1).

Forty-ninth Lesson.

333

Note.
Lit

The Pronominal

suffix

and the second

syllable in

may be
3.

either long or short.

Every Verso or Line

(c>v^ Plur. oLoI) consists

ciya/>).

of two Half-verses yxi; or

Nunation

At th e end of the Verse i.e. in Pau se is propped and sometimes the vowel
In long poems the the poem.
first

(^Jljj)

the

is

omitted
in the

altoget'EerT

half-verse

must end

rhyme of
there verse

Sometimes in poems in Rajaz metre (see below 5, b) is no common rhyme, but the first half of each rhymes with the second.

They are 4. The number of Feet in use is eight. indicated by means of the letters <J ^ ^3 (as in the forms of the verb):
a)

Of

b)

c)
o

>

d)

e)

^;-iua

f)
J ^ ^

^ i

g)
Cj

^ , >

b)

These Feet are subject

a)

to certain changes, e.g.

cr^y*^
jtjU(3

becomes

o>*s

_
^

b)

J^

334

Second Part.

O ^ O

c)

^JL*aXA^^

becomes,

Cr^
o
>

d)

^^^LjtU^

o^^
,, i

^"^^i
e)

D^'ls^l

51

oii
>

- J o ^

f)

> o^ J ot^jjta/o

,,
i

O^jJtS

_ _

V.

O J^ ^

^ >

g)

^yO^iJw ^

~; -^

(!^li^
O
J"

(rare)

^ ^ i

o ^

^ O

h)

^^^JLsiLaA/s

^^^Ua^
(rejection

If Catalexis

of the last syllable) occurs

to
^

at the

end of a
to

verse, then ^
etc.

_ _
is

_ _ is changed These are also subject

to

_; the

changes given above.

A
or
5.

verse

formed by repetition of the same

several feet.

foot

by a combination of

The

sixteen Arabic Metres are:

Forty-ninth Lesson.
The rtc^'T^^''^^
a)

335

y^UxLl:
o i
t

>

J-

&>

o>

>*

crl^**
->

cr^^ cr^^

o^^
sometimes

*..

>

>

'

J,

a^^
usually

crl^ cA^*^ cri^

Catalexis

with

_^

in

the second,

also in the first half- verse:

"How many an evil hast thou warded off, and how many a dominion hast thou protected so that it
became
b)

firm."
^^j}\ (especially in didactic
sj^j^^i):

poems; such a poem

being called

,.yUr.aX.M^i^

.'yLx&A.VWwO

yAjeilX.M^i^)

e.g.

__

- -^^^ -

"Said Muhammad ibn Malik: God, the best Ruler."

In

praise

my

Lord

(Beginning of the Alftya of Ibn Malik.)

this

metre Catalexis of the

-^^

last

foot (change
is

_ to ^ _) is very common. rhyme common to the whole poem, the

-^

If there
first

no

half-verse

also has the Catalexis, e.g.:

336

Second Part.

"Says he, who hopes in his forgiving Lord, Yahya ibn Mu'ti Ibn 'Abd-unnur". (From Addurra al-Alfiya by Yahya Ibn 'Abd al-Mu'ti az-Zawawi).

^
"Poor
The r^-n-n/Tt^
is
^

cr

J^

e^
^ ^
^
>

the greedy

man^

rich the contented."

d)

J^ J?

(usually with Catalexis in both half- verses)

. o
O
}

(J

^ ^

_ u i

Cj

e.g.:

o ^ ^

o ^

o >^

*o-e

to
ji^ocxiiitvixtutr'

"Thrust away the world, for it is of its customs humble the exalted and to exalt him who is low."
e)

jsljJl

(almost always with Catalexis):

O
3
3 ^

3 ^ "

^ 3

Cj

^ ^ ^ 3

O 3

>-

O 3 ^ ^

^ 3

- O 3 ^ ^

-3 ^ }

e.g.

^*.^

vi^oi^

jl3^i

fl^'

qIs

Forty-ninth Lesson.

337

is

as

''When thou surpasses! men of whom thou art, it if musk were a part of the blood of the gazelle."
f)

J^jJl

(also

with Catalexis of the second half-

verse)

qJLcUx>o
^^jJLcLix^

^jJLcLiX^

^jJLcIaa^

oJlcuftX*

^2^Ua^

o ^

o
J.I

V-JjtJ

^J

-oVi>i^ ^IJO

L5^*-^

"My

my

soul

is
it

heart tells me that thou art my destroyer; thy ransom, whether thou know^est it or
not."

knowest
g)

rUmar Ibn

al-Farid.)

u^j^S:

OJ

^-

fj

3 ,

O 3

, ^

3 ^

At the end of the

O 3

first

half- verse

the

^^^JLoiU^

is

usually changed to
Catalexis
half- verse.
e-g.

-jJlt'ia^.

may

occur at the end of the second

o ^ ^
^

i.

^ ^O

*'Stay (both of you), let us weep over the memory of a beloved one and a place at the edge of the sandhill

between ad-Dakhul and Haumal."

(Imru'ulqais.)
22

Arabic Grammar.

338

Second Part.

The 5iy'ft
h) f^.y*S\ (sometimes with Catalexis of the second
half- verse):
a
i

o ^ o

(If

o^o

o ^ o

(J

b o ^ (J y o }

**
e.g.:

^"SSs

SIjI

oi, o y ^jJuSS

o^cjjls

JO

JO>'

..OM.O

^/Ji ^jj

oi}ii

j..*^.

"The soul said to me: death has come to thee, and thou abidest in the house of rebellion; provide thyself with piety; and I said: cease, provision is not taken to the house of the Generous." (Abu Nuwas.)
3

^0

'

i)

Jax.^1

(often

with Catalexis at the end of the

second half- verse):

'

'

c 3

O 3

O ^ O

0^03

0^03

03

OJO-OJ

e.g.:

^^0-0^

^ O

Oo^

J O

JOS

o^

^Jlaji^

(j^Lbyiil^

v^aaa^JI^

^.^.-.vJi^

also the

"Night and the horses and the desert know meJ sword and the guest and paper and the pen.*]
(al-Mutanabbi.)

Forty-ninth Lesson.
'

339

j)

vi>JC:pUl:

e.g.:

-jx>

^ 'i4^

"Imagine not that thou in the future wilt be in

poetry
**'

as

we;

for

the hen has feathers but

(I''"

it

does

ll?>^-""ft

ad-Dahhan.)

^^JLat&XjwwwC

O^^Jt&/Q ^JL5ti>LMM^

,.JbuX%%wo

o^^^Jti^

.JLxax.'.^s-*

As a
^

rule the

o^jju becomes o^^Ui^, and the

^^^JlsuCa^.

o ^ o ^

^JL*a;uw<i at

the end of each half- verse becomes

o^

^ ^

"The furthest distance of the fair maid is the miserliness (of her affection), which consists of a distance such as no camel can undertake to travel."
(al-Mutanabbl.)
22*

340

Second Part.

1)

JusJ^\:

o^o^o)
^JlaiXAM^

o J

^'^L
,.JjbU;Li

^'^Ls

^JL*ftA.w^

^*^^li

e.g.:
^j,^^

iwJi

l5>S-^^

-/iL>

131^

Js-Jo

^^^ JXI

^aJL*5

"And when passion pervades the heart of a lover then every ,eye has a proof of it." (al-Mutanabbl.) ^ ^
7Ae /V./''^ri, m) Jujsll:

O*

OJ

OJ^

o>

oj

o>

e.g.:

"The youth has intelligence wherewith to live, in so far as his foot guides his leg." ^,,,^-ro,,,^ r^er^.f-./sr^
6e'/y>;*^^

The other

three metres "c^Liali,

poets.

i^ij^ijcclt

and

y^;^.,:cuAi\

yu>j)

are not used

by the older

Exercise 93.

Examples

of the

more usual Metres.

See Less. 30,

5.

Forty-ninth Lesson.

341

, -Ci/O

^.

>^

o-

o sf^
,

'

**

'

^o

LI^

used parenthetically "strange!".

triptote

Used as a

by poetic

license.

342

Second Part.
,o^
^

- o

^^
^Js\

^jS\ 4

j^'
>.

J^
.OS
i

O-

J ^

^Uii oydi

^.,l^i

cr
J o

xO

'W^
^ilT

r^^i

JO* ^

<

o*

^ o ^

"
>

,iSs^^

gXf^

u o-^Aj

tJl

} }

>

OxO^

X-

>.

J(

-o

X O

--^V-r."-

-o.^

^ o

}o

See Less.

7, 2.

Forty-ninth Lesson.

34S

(Riddle.)

(Solution:

jt;i:)

o *

o s

O *

iw

-o

J f

Exercise 94.

collection of four letters.

1.

See Less. 44, 3 A,

Note.

344

Second Part.

^ ^ ^

im

--

^dxju

yjli

8ji;c^li

^L^l ^\

8U*^3

J^^Li

LXftLu
*

*:i

i^ ^ ^ ^

-0$3-e-

345

Supplement.
Selections.

From

the Koran.
1.

Sura

Sura 112.

(
.

>-

'

v^

-.3A**e.

.0 o- ,.

Sura 113.
i>0>o

346

Supplement.

Sura 114.

ikj^LiMU w^ f^i-^ufi^

Fables.

>

U/

U^^l?^

^_^J^ i^-***^

!^y

^^

;T^"^^^*^^

O^

[ji^_y*^\

>^oS

, ^

o^C)

vXj-j Ji

jgJflj

_5^3 iuLU^Li

L-A-i; ^U/>

Ac>l3

jxi'bJt

^^^^

*^5jiy

^:^

^.jLXkiiil *)

c>J'Liii

*^^^Li

.^Aj

J>K'-*^;^;p>

IlXX^^j

IJv^

Supplement. )plement.
JOS
*> o

^^
X4.-<*Jiil

847

U;CU3,
-

'l^JoI

LmIa/ !i| jJis

*'

iUx:>-i

U^l3

stXfi

^-^yto,

81

Jo

5Jj*^j Lo

j^i
.

is^jJ Jii>o

^ ^^15

*] o'wiis

jCo

lyj

U!

a.j^-Wk"

J%>s*<)

ji^-.^o2

e>-

*-oE
j.

iJJo

w
Ij

^-aj.

.i^JLiJl

vXi>'j
jii***^

J-jJJi
j;_;;s

slxiJt

Jw^
liUJ

J_^^!

\0^

j*-^<5>

aI

j'Jis

;j^uji

Joti

to
-J

iJU

*)

J^

JO-

S-O^
J^jw-i

vu _^^

eU..^*^

(J-.

,iiJUii

UJjS

-.-O^ ^iU^ai

OOJ"

>o^

f>

_x>!

xjs^Jixi

Ooi

O-o^
wJL*i

0-S
J\^i

vw^y

\.^j

-*^i

^Lsij

uU-O

*WJi woJJJ

sX-w*^l

oJis

*-AAi?

^J;^^

1^^
,^j-o
t

,X^N; ^lax:^

J.

c!-^b

"--^J^*^'

^-^j^l*

J^^

jw*.^!

'ji

348

Supplement.

^UiJ^
i
f-

,Ui| ^-^1^ JSi

'

Cl^^lil
' '

L?
-OS

Ij

'

.*x

to vliof olJ> *-*

-h! fife

i>U-UiiL
' '
'

'

OS--

jO-

Lo

sX^^t

&i

jLfts

^iUi

i^-o

'u-o ^^_;^1j JJbsPj (^Uijti (^^A^l^

>

:-

V~,

[ji,\X)

"

^---O*
0,Jv:^*li

."drt^,*^"*

Oj'L^^i

LJ-^

Oj LJL*ii

O-

JjJt

^
X^l\

--JotB

o-

o---

,.,W->

xoJ:>

Va^*****^'

v^JjiiJL

LaxaXJwo

sUl

,t

.^Jiii

0-j.ajb

>,i>jtJLL'i

^j^AiaiJ

jo2
<3iii

jo^
wAi^_5
c>.ili

--JO---OJ.
liU
Lgi^oi

^tv'^

viii'ij

Jb^

i^^->>5

l\^

^U

Il\^

*]

^Lj ^i! Ja^

^5

Lxaxil

UJi c5j>^5 y^^^

'^

05-0

--*

05^-

-'j'-oj-

c^^i

v.;,^.>U3

j^b
kjCj

j'u^i i^'^^

(From

idli^

v^"?).

See Less. 30,

5.

^i-^

Supplement.

.u***"^ 349

,x*^

a^aJLjiw

j,^ 'uii_^yo

u-Px*
g*Hj^^-^

8.X>.j3

^U^i

qL^

i-i

^^5
^'f^
^'^t*''

XxT^
IjisxJ

063^1; ,jaJ
(3
,mI^

^5

-^5^
^-^jrb

^5
*^

J^j^ Cri^
O^j*-^ ic>'^

ui3

aJi-5>

j^

Xj-^-'^o

0^1

it j_y^\

>-^^'rf

/f^.^^^

;\A/oLi

tj;v***^

't^

^^^

J^^

j._^l

*J'i.5Co

^j=>\*)

jj^^

O^ jU^I Ai>i3
j._^I

J^Jl <^jS
^ks^^

xiy
Jib'

ov^
lly^

^j^^Lnaj
^U.:^!

(J^

jj^i sXii j4^t j^t

jJLs

uli
^j^

^aJLc

O^

^iUi

wvxXii

i^>l^t

c>.^ jU:>i

aJ

3Us

->^

syCi;^

jj^i

xLowaS >.^ajucit

sXiJ^

ti)jl:5='vv2J5

eV~Jix:

^ajL>

liij

Laloi

8jJL> J*4AJ

i^:srv>uJ

^ii>^J^

350

Supplement.

^y>3

^_^ii LXj>i^

ijij.^i

i^'Ls?

LJj^j

^Jixil j\C>

i] ^^jsj^

J,|

j^^UCii

^JLjj ^JLc gJLj

p
p p

v3jj

^
^

LfJl
~

^
1.

(J^ ^i

iil^\*i2j
^

^/i^'JiS!

yca^i

J^i^
w

aO^^I

yca>li '^t^^

*-^
^ ^

vi;^^^
.

j^ji

~P

WP

WP

Q^
f-

^^ Jo
S^

i^.jbij

jbi^i
P

p!^

x^x.
P

^i:^ L^^ x^-Joc

w

WW
XA-:5J'

Lj.*^.

Js^lj
^'LJii

'LgJL^i

5^*>
w

jAto^l Jwww^i io[ ^'

P
<WP
vJli*

K-Lww

^yi^5
iO

KjU
jlsj

y4sl\
\j^l:>

oU

j-w

(J^ J^^*^

(jr^^

^Jlj

iiJubC^"

,>Ui|

jc-*^

wJi aJUc
P
iS^

,.,l^^

K.:i*u>J
w

,.,

-^^*.4->

^A^*

^:*)oJ aJs-ls:

Li>.>Lo5 q'i-^j^ u>oi

.^J5J1
j!c^

4y^3

^SV*-^^3 dVjjJi

;^^^ ^%
o^Ui
oj.:.

u^Ji^l

J^i 'AiJ

v^^3

wJ.<iI

eUjJl

gol,

Supplement.

351

dLjjJl

j.ti5'

^^Uil

^-^

Lois

vJlii

i-^^

Qt

a)u%mJ

y:>jju

^^

J^lO ^^^3
J^^yliXj

O^l

^^I^Xax:

'u^

ii5

^.,J

Jou

y^;
Jls'^

'.^JLr

^3 ^iU JyJl

^c^ 8^1 J^tO ^Uj lJ

S^^J

(From
^_julial!i

oCji

it

jt_^l^t

^t i

t^sXxi,

^JL^^l

ouLLis^y Madame Rosa Saliib.)/^^!^,^/^^

:voOL^ J^^Ji
vi>^t

Jli"

*iUo Jsju

,uC2:>l

A^J^'t

OL\i>t iUOc>|
(j^LLji:;
^.,|

. -

j ^>^^5
K>L^t

;j.L^t

*ii^

t,^*

^.,t

j^Lojt

/ii^

v^^3
IpJvx^

a^

JjLkci _j^3

\j^^^ ^^^^ sAi>t

J^>^L (j*.L^t
Xi!i

^,i

J^^
^.^i

^j*^b *^^^^

c>otJLl:is

aJ

Jwojt

tJ\P i^e^!^ J*T=^Ll Vi>^Axit (J^LrP

t_^

ViU^l W^^'3 vAi^

(iJjs^s^
U-.ji

y>t u--^Awo> X^o'w^t c>Jl*a5

^^JCw^

O-^

J^yj

352

Supplement.

Jc^^^Jl
,^

J4^ AS^ y^LjpJi Q^ crt"^ o^-^f ^"^3 ^J"-N^

P

>-

SS

O^^l j>^f
^ji_^_5

bJ^aJi cX^

Jwo^i

tijlj*

XjJuiJl

^iiyij

'^JL/J

80^

xjoIc

^^aww>

c:/wAJi

v,;^^s>'uo

j,i

^yS

^5

K-oLiil

.(j:oLc*iJ

(j^L^i je>| (3^^ iOJL^I

(^lXjI K^j'uj-t aOjI^I Lgj

j.i

^jjn

oy^l
i^J

iw^-^'u^

l^L^is
Iji

^o'lii!

(j^Ls^Jl

HJJ A^'j (jN>

l^je>^ y:2>

JLb

Jv*J3

iX-vwoi^

^^h

^/to'u> jJ

ijjj

KAJLiii 0-aii

CSJ^

'^colil

(^Olj^

^a225>

vJU^i
(^j^.

^\y^j3h
_^-^

^pji

LJb

J,U^I xJuJb

\J*y^\

it

Q^-^2-Jijt

iUol^^il

(ci>^AJi

c>Jli

Js^^ U"^

j^'"^

^^

C^^M^t

i_^iv--j

qI

U/^Ui
Lo

*iJs5

r.y>^^\ ^^Xj^

^^^

"^

iJ'bJ

(^jOcgJl

^jlIicL ;^^-^i

isibsj_5

Kx.IavJLi

L^Jyy^

j^^

iOaOL^i

Oj^'i

iu^LJ jj^ q^

Lr^L^

O-Aoil^ ^'LX:$m

LPl\3*15

Jj?>jii

LplLci^ io^^o^

qI^

Supplement.
.

353
**

iiL^jL^t

Jo: j^oljj o-vt-Ji w^^-Lio y:o^^ ^] jtV>3 *^j?

U^

(*^^

iUAiJiJlj

8-*^^ *il^l

vij

^^^^
P

^^^..

lP^ U^^^
~

j'<-*ia=*'S

est:
UJLLw
lj^>f
c>>.i*j
Lo

Ijl

jj^lIxJiil

JU3

liUiJ

'^Lo^

iTJ*^^

b^j'J-l

L^j

vi^olj -xftilL slyo^l

L^f

^\

^^

'1:4s

'^\^\

O^^

\jIwoJ

/jJLb QlLixiiil

^^ 'iMJ^^

v,-J5Jl

O^^i

L sJ>.^

Description of Kairo.

Jjl^l

(From
i|

^jAS/j

iv^lj*>

_jAaXi^

by

qI^

l^^t^)
^Jaib
^5>.4-iJl

Vy^^

Cr b^

j"^^ '^i^t^-

^j*H '^^j^

s-P'Uiii

(3j^ V^y^ WHj^* CT^3^-^^^ Cy^**~^ i^

p^ijjJis iiwOvX^j
*^.OsJJ q;^^.^*^ j.|

'^

*'

^ ^'.^

Hj^Uil

p^ij-ii

'*"^'**^i

iiLijJs^l^

*iw>

iAo XjLw

vi,|

^^l

'i^^ycXS

iu^J^t

(jii;*

ivj_^ijut

^J^\ I^^aO

^5 it^

iCoJ^t

o'j'uLJIj
s.

cjtj^CcJl
*

j^i

q! ui'

Arabic Grammar.

23

354

Supplement.

wjLi J^.-lc

^.^xaJj 'iLj3j^\ AjJ'u*.Ait

iCjjl

Jl OOvx: iCxJLM^I

\^\j

q^

Jo^i Pj^^^

^"^ O^

y^

^-^^

B-^lail

05^>

ji>! ^5 Hl>L*^

JJsi

c^U: ^^LiJl li>^ Juj L^jt^^

i>UjjAil^ ^jy^^L^Jt^ jOaamc^!^

l^^-scj

iCjytAil

Ljlj

Pj^3

JoiJf ()J-^
I

iCjCwJl^

x^JJiil

c^l^JiJl ,)y^.

l-

KJuJ^I c .l^^i Q^3

K-.j^3.jj^l

iC>Lw

Q,

tjs^jli

l5^^^^

.VjAif

i| Vj*^^

syo

j.JJiXil

pj^-i^i ^'i

i^^ 5^3 dU

OjJ^

c^'wCi Lg-Uj

See Intro.

H'^

Supplement.

355

A.4^

p^^3

'^^*^-

C)^

tJ^^

^"^

T^

l5^'^

(Jfj'w^'I

.j^i

j^

^J'

aJOoUx^J

^5 ^.,K ^jl

j^l

Ls^

>:;a..^^3

L5>^o

j.jsii:ci!

c^l_^l

^:?v*^^

IajJ^J*

A-y-t-ll

c .IjJiJi

y\A>>3

ji^*^=^

^j^^

O^J^*"^^

(^.|y>

^.^i^

Ij-^ ^->^i

Ui=*^J5

^
mP

,^^3
w

iC^:^
P

jl^\

'Ut_;i>i

qI^jI

^3^

j ^U^i

eUj

vi>ol^ Jo;5 iUjJsIl

Q,
P

5,^1
w
J

^*-*Jiil

23*

356

Supplement.

K*.Avo

J^

^y^j^

^'^

*^

^^

(t'J^

^""^

itstJLftil

lij

xJi
j.{

NaSlXx

xJSj

UiLl JvS:

wX-*.^

JoaJl

^ij^

(^'ii

5^3

ijij>

O-^

"^'"^ iw.J>vJiil

j>^a^

j.

,<c-L:il5

l^_/0

j.JsJi;cll

J^JU

L^^_5
B^Lftil

H^^'LJiil

^1>^

^1

W
^^^

|i

(j^JG* Kjw'l:^ isLwjJ^

2!*>i^

^Lo vXXc

^
VLr^

I^Xgi

Jsju

ov^

L5^^ ^l?^

^i)Up3

O^^Li
^

LgJ'L>oo^' Jsju ^'u*J| j,

'4-^^=^

^^ Lpi^AJJ v.^...*.:^^

'lp^5'l>J SyAc ^3fjJ

4^^^^*^*

^^

Supplement.

857

C .Ui

J>\^\
p^^U:

V^^
^y

VL"^

r-_t^*i V"^ -^-^

^jy^LsS^Jl

^ 0)^3^
MmJI

t''"^*
,*^Lr*-3

ft oiji^
^

^\^\

^'^

j^:i^

j^^ yJa'A
5^L>5

iotUil ^J-5

i-^-'***-^

ii^JiJ^^

^^y*3\SJ\

^4-5^ ^^=^^ '^.^y^^

?J^ ^

l5j-^*^^

C^^-^ ^_^^^

,^^^

From

the

Romance

j^wi:Jl

^jLd\

by ^1^^

^^^^
r--t^i

-._^l

^j^ ^^'5 l5j^-^

*L*Iii[^

^'/"^

ch^j^^

Z7^

v5^

v-JLb

^>r^^

^J^-*

^-^3 ^J^V^^
^3

-ailvCy-l

^^^'-^t

lO^'i ioj:

^jJl ;j^jJ

C>\JSi\

Js^l

S^\

5l\55

U^

Jvi3

^,xa>o

o:ij

^^

^^

w,'!^

'L;>i_j>

Q^

358

Supplement.

a^UJi

'sjtXi

'iUAO^S\

K-UvJi

iciX-J'uil

s^\y!)\

^3

Jo

xJi

JsJl>i

'iC^jcLl liU-J

Qn SLpJl

pUoAjywl

/*~^

10V5|

...1

^C4~^

io^^l /LvOtil C^w>3?

^1 o'l^

J^

^ ^Lol

^j.

20>iX-^

iiwoJ^l

",^^^^3

KJSlJvAoil

j^l

U'!c

^i>^_5
i3l^l

^^!^ Ojll

20>.3

(j^

otxa^ Q^ <dr

L^otlo;:^!

'v^

LU^.^

A^

Jooo

j,

c)^j^

(i)JLj

(J^ (wJj^sJl
KiL.***^

iUjjtAO

jtV^J
jr^;>

l30Je>3

La>jL>

^XI

LlLo^
Lc^

iLojUi qX;

'jJSjti

Ja>f BOjjCUl

aJs-x^vJl

ibJt ^Lj^f

l3^
'LAJLi>J

^3

^;J^

OjJs.^

^ ^>

-.IxAoii

Al

a^
Lo

\Lx=>\
jXAwJl

^3'jCo

it

L^Jtlix^l

Jc5^ Ui:

s Lie j^_jJL/^j

^:i)U^

^Ulj

'OwO

Bji:

HjJb

LJjLs

3/t

Supplement.

359

^y^Jj iJU^^

v5 S;Xfti|

LJUcl

^/O U/

0^_^t

Vii^' 'wjb

iJolsJit

PS
a^Lail
jji;wai

i\

JLamAj

v:>Jjl;3

.!_^i

->^l

^U^i
P

O^

ii-i

(jl>

Ijs^ou

^^.^_^^ikx*j

^^

^5

LJLc.

{*

Nw /o

J^ O-^'
p

L>J>

iajST.

^^

v_3^ii

L^i J^lj
'uXc

^Li
J,i

i^^iy JvA*il

AJ'b

Lg^i Ojsiis

%-^^\
^J)Ji

AJtAlixJ

Uj^joj Jsju L^ls

iUxX^m
p

wS-^3 L/^y^ ^'^ *-Hj^ ^^^^A^ Tt^^J

\UiX4
'
P

Ijyoi

v-iLccjCi^
Si

'^-t-^j
H

[j*^^ ^'^j^
s^

j^^
p

tjr^'^

J^

^^i

^X^X-v^

ool^^

*j*^-r^

cr
^*-JL-

*-r-?*

S^^^

q^

C)^^
j.1

^^

xJLb O-J ^ sjJl^

vi'iiU

*J^

LjjOu

UaUj HJ^

ijlai

^'jJl^ vi>oLs

iU^

^)'w5>JJ|

wJL-is

X^^'

^j-obo

o^Jij j^.^\

360

Supplement.

lit

Qj^l qI

(J^ii

*J

viiools

'u-J^

lis

g^^i O^

^^

l3^^

v^!^
3
//
v,J.^J>|

,./
J^J^

Jo
iiJl^

kU

jc^t ^Jja

^iUJ! ,5;^
'..^sl^^

^.,!

v^LsJt

oluN-r^lii

*|J^j^^a^!

iuUilwj *j*l^j>

eU3 ^^

jy

i
.

.__^

^3
LaJJuO

c>.^Ji

ii

I3JU.3

r^^^ '^^J^
J-^jri

J^

j,

LA^^

SsXCiwO

q^ ^^y^^ ^j'^

ij"*^^

c>wxxil

''J^
j.'l^II

V^*J^

(^iiil

-7j>

f^ji

Xjt^OiO

^iU3

Jot>i

v^^yti

(j^^

^^

^i^^tVi^^^

i5

o"^i

^'L*il

^^^L^

PS
_iJ-*^5|
iOCSLXftS

iC>t^l

KjLgvQ

^3

iiw^v^Ai

^j^.

^ V^
_

^'^^^

LpjJ^3

L^/w/A3

v-JJsJjj
P

f^it>^
P

^::j^X:>-^i

HjJijJl

stX?

Lol

(jnJC^mj j,

oAi>l3 jt^

v5

^^3

^t^

l5^^

(-^^^

LPj*^

^;^=^ii;

Supplement.

861

UxJLc
81X^3 ^JJJI^ jjjli
*

b^Lij

iiU3

0^3

'jwol

^^ Ui ^V-j iJL^
s

^:S^\ 'jCt Ij^Ouis

eUi

^L5

ol^^^3

r->^^

o^
Lot

^^^i

en

j^^^

^^^

LuJLc

^Up^

tjs-yo

.UJlo^

pj::?^

^-j^il

'u^i

^w<iXi>'^^

Q^ jj^\
iijj^
Jwoi

iJAi>lJ

O^
X^ls^i

^'^r^ J^^^
Jsc

cr

^S^'

'^^ 0^

L>^>Lo

jj)i^

L>U.4J^ ->^

l5j^^ ^I "^^
0">:5^^5

J.C

^J^\

_L*jo

Ij^aO

^-j^I

\Xp it

^cyu

JJcJl ^j-v^ OjJd 3I

*

^^
Q-

(5^/*' cr*

y^^
p

'^-^

^^^*^

^ ^'^ ULo
c

'J^ii

J^l

JjxJl

'uL^Lsj

.lIiA^^

Q^

>^^^

oJLi^^i

j^ ^^)^J*^

L>i^^ -XiV X-^.^'lJC/a

--jJliilj

JoJ^

^ji-^'^ ^^'"^

J^

362

Supplement.

VL- ij UL03

UU

J.Ai=ail

^3

LULi

^LjJf ^_^j:

'uJ'iy

J,^5

Jwij^l jr*^5

'4-i^3

XJLJCam-LI

lXP (^-*j
'UJCLii

qI
loLs
p

i'^JtJj

aoL^^A**

UXiLs
p

'ujCs

U^*i bjs^ ^

iOals^l
p

Uil^l (j^ ^ ^
>

^_^'l:c^*

Lo

J^

^U^

jsjt;cw^

J,l3

^f^ KaaJI^

v^^j^^ qU:^av

^u

liUJ

::iAi253

j^\

jo>i_9Ji

*i^i

jyju LxA.*^

^^

Supplement.

Extracts from Journals.

1.

From

the Egyptian journal Jj>^\.

LLJ!

Xi-JL>

^UJUr-

3-^

^'l:^^!

iuJuJuO^y^ail

q^ ^-Jat V-J^. ^wiJl

LoUt
LLu^'i bVj_^!^^l

O^

iLUJl

^^Aj

(^jw:>i

^3

,^1^

Xihl^i

M^Vll

JLiil 8-iIl

U*o

L^Jli'i

^Juol3 O^i;ol_^|

OjAxj

jAx5'

oLiLoo LjXyol^-

10S.XXA0I (As^

L5j^^ i^

O-^J^ L^i-^

364

Supplement.

iu^^i

J^

PJ-t^'

^^-^^Ij

L^Jo^

iCjJsJL.il

oyj| J05 ^ijJl

'uJli:

Js^ k::^*^ Jo^ ^fyiaifj ^w^lJUi^

^LwjtU 'i^m ^3

sLo

Jyk^j

eU

Js-*.^

^jAi2:>

l3^Js.;j

j.i

(Lxj^^l)

(j^/^l

*Ai&

^.^U-JjI

Juj

^5

*J;'"-^5

i3U^^i

-^-pt'ij

L^l.>
^3WI

j.'J2;ol

^^

ai^

LpjI^:^5
p

j._^

(jis^-^i:^!

[^y:^:!

(j.:>^>JJl

0^2*^

q5 siOyJ

Kj-jJsJJ

i^ *^l

J>^^
p

KjO_^I

(Jj^-^iLl
Kf:'uwJ|

'l^jJb

j,i

U^^-y.

Vjj.^
*-Ua:>"

^
i^

^.^'^

'jl^

X-0-:

X-olii|

j^

^3

^^|-5jJ|

iCjLv-^l

^^^^^^l^

..j^Lx/Oj

<-ij^

^i'yo

jj^^

sws:2:>

^^_^ ^^3 pj^^^

^^

_jJjO'ux/iw

,..|

Q,

'laxU

Lo

Lg^l

j-j-^Al^/a

'uP^(Ai

jCw,iLi

s-jJsJ>-

ioLi

i^yL/0

^^yj^xh^\

'U-^Av

"^3

(^^^LilLl

oly:a> ^^^sjo
fJisCi

KJ^U^

J^

iCAi2sl>U.iI

iOoJJili

oLJixlJ

^^,1^1

t*

Sapplement.

365

j^yj

:^

i>'!c

^^

^,Xs:s

j^

|^vi<^

i^4iy^l

J'-i*^!

lL^'j==d If

O.Lo

'LgJCLo^

^^\^

'u-v^

"b^^

Uj

j^_7^i

^J-^^

-^XAXjI

^'la^I
xJa>L/9

L^*lol-j| sOoj

Xc23

j.L*i|

IlX^

Lg-^?iX^ *j'^'

^^js^l

vX^^ j^2>

*^v*^5 L-j'wiJi

L.jxLi^

0-5^

o'

(*^

'XJ^jJ J*j^^^

U^^

*"^y^j" cJ^

AJ>Jo.2/)

*-^j^ >:y^5

*^^^5

366

Supplement.

Q^

H^y/:^^

^5

bOs^xi

U xL^

^5

7i-^

L5^^

q'lC^JI

ItXgJ

j^JoJotJI

aoL^I

j^.^

iiJU:=*

>wJIai

'^jW^^

^^J

O^^^^^^

a!

o.^ qLi
Q-

q1j-J^1

XJoLiilij

^iyywwjJl

Os-cil

isLix^^l

i^LfiAJlj

t3js-*j|

^jV^

V^'^ U^^aj

\jj^\

oUj^^I ^y^l Q^ ^jt^i

^J^_^ ^U3 ^v^^^

oLl-^^

oU^I^
^-^^l^

0^3^15
xb'iiiJl

Jb-^l
0'uL&^iU

j^*

Hi^L^I
Jowai

J00LU3

qUo^

i^lxiJi

^^IjJi

iCa-X:^.

^'uLXc^lj

'l^Lst^l

s^^^-^ ^~^^^^^

jLi2>J|

o^'

Supplement.

367

iCxxIill

oLij^Jill

Q, ^jt^^ V^'^
sLyLi^l^

o^-r^^-5

^^V^^

V^j-*^^

oU-:^3 *Jt^5 /*t^^^ '*^^

(j^Jj>-i

ioLotJj

Jsji^ XjtxIjuflU

jtVr^^ ^ijJi

lM^^

^3

^X>^J

(*^

Q?'^->J^5

HO'uJj

(j^'uL>t

bLsi25

eUi

Li^^l

J^jul

cr***"^^

Kx^^-J-^l

Jsju

'^jAJj

L^Lo

q^*^^

4-^^^-^

CT^^^^

"^J-g--^^

J^^J

Js^.

^s-ii

(j^

JJo

\am^\ BJjLj^^

iC/53c>l

(^)^'5^

XiuIjuJj

IlXP^

iCJio^'li

jJ'j^Ji

'^L^5 (*T^^3 l5"^ ^^y^ '^[^^

368

Supplement.

2.

From

the Syrian journal ilJ.\

^LJ.

(lAi2j|

(Jf-^_-^

d^^M^

'^^J^^

^i>y^3

^5

^5*^^

^i>*t^^

ci*^

lX>5
13
f^

J*^UI

v^y^
cJ'*^

L?^^ jj-*^^

(3ir^

^^-5

^3 J**
ti.Vjy>l
j I

(jMj^^
p

aJJs^

C)^J^

TTJ^"^

l5^^V^

&

bit

^X3

f'^J*^^

Oj-O

..^1^^

iiuJLc

UAiw

0^3,^1

(J^

^^
j^

^j\>5f:^-lD

^ulyolj

(^j^^to I.J^:>-_^

iool^l qLX/> i\ (Ji2*^i yii:s\5

^^xTj

l-jLl^
^5

'^^r^axXJl

^i^^JLcl^

vi>^l Up^JL^oIj o^^l

<wJ-xJi

oUjj^I

cXxxij
s

j^l^

l5^5

jJj^

ti)_j.:^\JLj

^i)o

Js.*^

^lXJuI

2!uiyci^

0-5^ '^

^b^J^

(-N-=>i5

ioOL^l

v3ijj>

J-^3

U^^iljw^

xijyilj

Q3^'^

*^37^

^^

-r^tV*^':'

^^

(^JvXwl

Supplement.

869

s:iA.S^

iotxoji

J^^t

^
OoLi

H't^*^ Q.*>gylt

Js^>l5

Jc>.

^i3^

k,.c>-^A^I

ioJt

Lojii

iiUJi

vjU:>-

alj^t

Ui J^'l
^j^"*^^

wA^aJuw*

^IjI

xs^iAj

xiOL^l
,j.lj5

j^i

v^>*.jN*J|

j^3
ji'yo

*^1^^
j*5so
^;Ai25*"

sX^^I
..j
.'wo

p_^
lot

03-5

J ^ ^^J^
8v3v^

A-o^xa;:It

V^t^
^;iV.,M>o

Lcsjt

KioL^t

iJJsj^

i-lAnftit

AJ5:Uait

j^

*J^AiJLi

tJ^^-t

J^4^t

xULi

^'tj^t^

olitjiLj

"^3

Q^tt

^c;>

*J>Jt

ov^' Q^
Jo:^t

A^

t*.

JwCiJat

Jo* '^^Jo

<^yiit

it

^t^JJt

tJ^

J03 er^Jyi^
Lcsjt

o-j^
(Jf>'^

^^>*

X^Aj^r

tjt^t

U-i

'"^j^^^^

KjJsJb
i*Jt

oOtjJ>
Ijyo
*T^'%

v.y^>Lo
y^Jbtji^

Ja-yiJJt
tJsjoLjJ

Sja22>

jJo

iou^t pLn^
(j^^"^^

*'uXiJt

^^,^-^

i^i^*^

^W

'^^-^

i
Q^
j^^UixJt
j^LiijJt

^A>>>
;jtit

j^

j^j^^

'^Vlj*'-

^-^^*'^'

^j^JoL^^
^tJyjAO
IPJs-c*^
^Ij't

^^J^-Jit

8j'u^
^5

wO-L:> ^'uL> it
iU^t
^2r

,<jtjit

^AJUait

J-i>t

i^'uxi^t*
*-JLJt

j^'

iSi^y^

byjli:

K-o'JjJUJt

SjAia^t

oli'u*J>t

oJh
24

Arabic Grammar.

370

Supplement.

JuO'jJ&^

^\i^^

Hja-w*

KJjLbj

aJoUl

J^l^l

^j-^

^-'^f^S

j^^^

Uj

LgjJLc

c:Ai_^

'ugj^xx^-l

^_cCii

yA|.lwX^3

v.j^'lX<3

QijJbAJJ

.iuX.:^V5

,3j*i5

JaiLi

LL^I

L^JLc

j._5Jkay>

U/i^l

^jL

(.>*i5

xjjc^l
^3

j,l

v^

.iuwl^l

iu:c5lL;

LiJ=>Lo

.JsJLa:Jl

^^ jiAs^
'Jut)\J.[

B^'u^l^

iubdJl^

Hsljiiii

^^***^.

j*^!^ *^>^

5^3

\jiXS'

_|j^>jj|

j^JsJil jl-^i>

f^!V^5

_^i^Jt5;

V'--^

^J

^ ^ij

.OoJ^I

^^^Ji^^

'^jl^ul\ oUaXII^

g^U

f^^L**

Supplement.

371

^^J: 'S^

J^*^

'S^S^\ AAxLlIl XaaX^.

cLo

NJj.>MOAit

oLlJI

i!Lww.J^

c>^

V^^

X-oUJI

Vj*^^

('^-^^

oU-Jt

A^J^

j^.jl

iCxiUAill iCj^-J^bli (j^iJsil (j^^-^j^ _^JL^i^

^ jJCT^I

3I

^3ji^

v5

Jo K.^

J^

o'^

L5^^

(5'*'^*''*>

(^J^l

u.Jui,_^

^^sV^^

Jof^

(*tS"^

B^Lw-Xil

HOl^

*-i^^5

N^

Jjj^a:;=UJ

bLu-^^Oj

See Less. 34,

4.

24*

872

Supplement.

o^'

Kaav^I

Xjt>L;^i

iUii^LLl

jLa:2>J|

q^

Lgi'^i^-*

pl>J^i

>-^^

^Ail

^^^LiJJ

KJisi_yj jl*>ywLi

*-U>Li3

()j*^'j

^r^^5

U*^5

Letters.
Invitations.

j./^i jc^^i

^Lc^

Ai

^^ijJ!

^^
V!>^i
;.y::sa!

U^j ^

U}iy;=Ls?

^!

cP
o^
j,_j

'^'>^'
xe'Jailj

r^i

(j/ (^J^:^
vi^\AJlj

O-Aaj

(^*ll

^.:>J5^I

sj-jJi

Jo

(i

bis

Supplement.

87$

w^AJj

x^'iLiL
*i!i

^iLo!

-JuLw^j

^UioJI

Hyo'util

^Ijo
Qtoili

^^JiJj
vi^JJyL

^^|jJi

;:Li:

^y\

jj^'^i

*^ J

^*-UjLj

n^
iJbliic.

Private letters.

<Jy^'^ "T^J*

O^

i^

^^

J>jl^y^'<'

q! 4^>ji

374

Supplement.

.HJoJ^i

K.AjM.il

r*^'-^^

X^J^JCil

lJJii

Lot

a^j

K^XmJI^

/ijJsjuJl

-^^UJl

v-;L>^!

y^*,.>

J^c

'uJ

JLw<5

^ij^i^ Jj->i

oiyi^

c5^b l5^5

oJ>Ji5

^ya:>

*^^J^

Business letters.
f^s>J^\

JJLi> jAi2> -J^^i UibJvjOj ^"l^l

IjjJjc

Supplement.

875

Vii^-O*"

^IJLm.^

jiXL^

J*A^

^^.^Lxhc

KJukC

uj

I^JL^jJ

qI

r^l^

^L:Fbli3

iw.yj;

iJLi'uiii^

j./^t (*X^I

LL/.^L,.

idJt

\l2ft5>

(.jii^l

jc?-Ut Lj'^;^ il
S^\.>^\

U^

C>v^^ Jo
>J*^^

j,l

oi='jt5

r^/^b pbUJl
cj'uAiiJl

JOU
Ij*^

X.4J^1

KA.'^M^i

'xjjjju}\

^J^

iJXoj

376

Supplement.

^XJJs

iw-U

Lm-1_5

l5^^^

tC--^^ cr

^^^

^J^ j^^-*^^

f^.j^^

j-vc

(j^

!0s^3

liM'

ti)oL-w*.>

^5

X-ol^i iJLx
ItM'^

jjii

p^y^^r

iilXiJL^

U^x^ ^^1

iuto^l

Lo

lAP

\SS

iu\

^%x:5\Aaii^

Receipts, Leases etc.

2ij>nr>.

Kxiji

iot^

^.^t^

_5-y*^

iUai>y5

TiSj>

^\J Tt^ "^

_^_5jj

yn^.

i^jyiJl

[i}J^\*>

^\jd\^

Jc^-'Um-LI

^L

^l^\

Supplement.

377

gu^!

IJ<^3

BtiLJl oljl^t

yts-

^.^yo

H^yi^ 'i^.^si\

x>^

liUo^ ^Jiy5 xj'Uia^

jJLy

^t^ O* ^5"^^ ^^^^

i^

^1 (^y^j^^

jW^

^.>^>? ^^^-*^b

kn ^^

O^^

O^yiir

o^
8-:2*l

^iUJ>5

(jiyj

KjLo

iJLyo

^.^^

^j^

lF^3

^^^''^

^
^! ^y>^\
jL:p'

(jiyj

UjUj v-^i iaas

jJUll
jtjg-

^^:^ yobJ

jiJo jJ^\
^-t^

xi^ j5;^

J^

Oyii

Jl^ W^'^^ *-*^

s^Jol U*'j* IajL3 viil

378

Supplement.
q4^'

^.^^ Q^i^^

Kx.Ll2^

XU

(^vXJ

lil

vi^Xo^

*-*-^'!5

'^^-t^

Q^

;3I

i!

o^

iUxiiil^ isi^'txXil

OjilJl

^^ (ji^

xiL...*^..r>

s^JOj

stici

r^^j^^

sJsJic

\j'*^^

Oyi25>
JJix:
9

iC>Lww

j^

^3

*Jl

^^Oo iCx^3
9

iC:^

J,^^i ^^Ml CT -5j^ 9

^^^

^^^^

<j:yiJ!

i^iyilxilj

AjuLil il xJLaxLI

o^'

y^

^J^ xJLiJCcm b^\

tiU^.

L^^

KJLs

'i^^^^

\d^

0J:

v.:;/^*

Kj>j-%^

K.yh<?'If^

ii]

j-P

/Jf,>

J^3

^J't^UxA/Oj

^jIsLaIs^^j

\A:>ijJj

iwtjtyij

wijl^^j

Supplement.

379

AAo'wA^ l,^AA}

Uias

'u.^jMsAJ'bi

U^u: xpJ^ ^L^! ^y^ C)^

iUX:<Ut

/AjJw^'

tJJs^

i:|JiJl

JoUJi

^^.j^^

AJuLJt io^li

0-a:25>

... j

xil

i'uu

^t
pLiJJ

^1
;_5^'^

(^1

^.jbOi)

^^^

^IJo

Ly^

^.j^

^iJo

liyii

H05J^:5=m

^b

i^Lo

'4-0

380

Supplement.

'^jj^ J>^t lX^

iCJUjCcIX**

JwoUxLl

'x^\J\

OjiiJl

jj^

^jiiji

^^y^

'^^^S^

i'^5

^L5>

iOi3^.Jw ^\

j-^^5 (J^

Jsjic

^j-^

Hjxxxil iUUii '^i^lj

io^-*-^A^^

^J-i^-^b

V^-^^ J^

'^jjfjd^
iuLww
. .

O j ,g,M;,i|
.

ja:2^
^3

^-jy^^jj'

5^^
^L?^':'

cJ^3
s

^j* O-J-T*^
p

^j^

V^^

L'bt^lj

^-O

^^iU-wmJ

381

Vocabulary
of

words (arranged according

Exercises and Selections

to
in

roots)

in

the

Part

II.

NB. The vowels in brackets after a verb indicate of the 2nd radical in the Imperf. vn. proper verbal noun. n. pr. name.

particle of interrogation.

f>-\

IV. to let

X.

to hire

tJo! (with negative) never.

->| andH^l:>| reward,

hire

price,

0^1
>

plur. jj]
lo

needle.

jif^^ hireling.

M^j^.l Ibrahim, Abraham.

Jo^i period,
for
O

death
of),

JaJ camel

(coll.).

(the O

sake

J^^ that
of.

J.>i

(y% for the

-

sake

qj| son
O

>J^[ daughter, girl

fern.

(see _5-^).

Js^-i

(3^>^*|
Sunday.

one

S . U)l (jji) father -(jr_^l fatherly.

J>j>^|

^l^

U^ljJ

^\

n. pr. of

the courtLXii (u) to take,

get

(with
III.

fool of

Hamn

Arraehld.

-
^iji

imperf.) to to blame

begin to

VIU.
vn.

(a)

to refuse. to

to take for O o

- f ^^i

(i)

come

oneself

0^^\ taking

with

vJ to

-i>l

kX>u

conception.

bring
-ii

oi
to

following.

V. to be late
plur.

j>l

fern.

II.

move

V. to be
plur.

influenced
ruins,

G^
Ji\

o^^ jut
Bjil*

[^J^\
G

^
and

OS
-A^l

j>l other
last,

-3>1

end

antiquities

notable matter.

A^^l

to the last

man.

382

Vocabulary.

G ^ o G. o aI (_^?) plur. >3-| and qIj->| G ^ -S G o^ 5-I plur. oi_jrr>l brother

sister.
i>_jOl

v^i;t hare. e ii> G ^ ^X^l plar. Oj-a^I G o

j-wwl

lion.
o oE (*^j^.

II.

to discipline

captivity

^^^

<J^^
entirely

G
training

trained;

to

jty^i prisoner of

v,^jO|

war.
v.Juwl
(a)

cultured
training.

be

afflicted

,30!

of

good
to

vex

oneself

G ^E

-? (^Ol n. and IV. to transmit,

carry out, accomplish.

vexation.
iCjjJOsXAw^i Alexandria.

3j when, since
at that time.

(conj.)

^I3

3|

^
G

j plur.

SUwJ name,
the

(see

^^.*w).

to

behold!
then.

\o\

when,

if

iCJLiiL^^I

Ismailia

(a

U(
^

quarter of Cairo).
o -

-"

^^31 to permit (with v^)

"

- IV.

lW^^|
*jE

stall.

to

announce

Go

'

X. to ask

Jwoi X. to root out

oj-jgin

GoE
Jwol

permission
G
ii>

^^3| permission
injure

5U>t altogether.

Go^
i o'

horizon.
(aoBEvci)?) sir

^3!
-E

IV.

to

^6]

i^j^\

(.jJil

damage.
:; t aim.
II. to
3

my
3

master.
October.

O^

yiy^\
date.

ZJ'
{j:oj\

Jv/I
plur. ljo\j\ earth, land.

II. to

assure

V. to be
G^^

assured.
.^S.

jjl

(a)

to

be sleepless

vn.

j^J (u) to eat

vn.

GoE
J^l

Ji^U

^,

food.

G.E
G

.,

(jA^j^pjyj clerus.
h-^bs.

Jp^lj;! arnauts, albanians.

the definite

article.

Vocabulary.

383

j^tXil

fern.

j_5dl

plur.

^^y^^

tj*^^

yesterday.

who, which.
Jwcl II. to
y^^sJ!

hope

V. to con-

(a) to

become accustomed
to

to

II.

edit

sider
III. to

to

Jwo| plur. o'-oi hope.

be

familiar

with

Jiil

o^l

(a)

be safe

IV. to

plur.

oSlI and

O^t thousand

believe (in vj)

VIII. to rely
G..s

^{
6 ^o

wAt^lj"

book.

on
pain.
2 -o
i

G oc Q^l safety
deposit

ajU^
G
2

reliability,

[j^S
G i> [y*y>

^U
6'

German

J^U

German
true,

*i]
vX| to

Emin

(n.

pr.)

i-oUl Germany.

a god

*.
AJJi

believer

G.,i^
^^y^y^ a reliable

God, Allah.
until.

person.
^^i

unto

- qI ^I

and qI
if

that.

0
ft

or (in an alternative).

lt

mother
for.

J^,]

-\

if not, else

- 5] that.

*^

plot

before (prep.).

only

qI ^] except

U! as

q]
j_5-b|^] emperor.
yo| (u) to

truly, verily

Uij

only.

command, (with
<)

accus.

^^^

^^^

of the person and

thing)

of the

^J^li^l

-a

Anatolia, Asia Minor.

Goc y>\
plur.

-
'

plur.

j^l^l
:;.ol

fern.

si>Jl

thou

Uxit

.f.

command;

jj^l matter
Prince

you
-

(dual)

^\

you

(plur.).

j-yot

Emir,

jj*ol III. to

be friendly G S

^j*^\
man

G o^

(J^-U^1

j-yoi

Prince of the

amiability

\j^\ amiable
G
'.
(j#<lj

faithful

KSjt:^^ imperial
'
'

^ o

qL*o| plur.

G j^

j_^Lo an

official.

G. ^ o xi'uA^I

woman.

584
e
o

Vocabulary.

Li5o] English
English

(coll.)-

c5jt^|

^5^ that ol (Jo5

is, i.e.

(adj.).

i)

II.

to strengthen.

X\ V.
iLo
i

to be slow

$'o| plur.

^5
^J

^^g^^

and gi^i

vessel.

where.

C.i5 V.

to

equip

oneself

^5^ ^^m.

^\

(with gen.)

what

K.^i equipment.
^^

;q j j^.^ ^^^^ j^^^^^ 43^

^

3^^

j.ii

II. to

greet

^
plur.

d^\

q|
^

^^^

^Liifamily,population,worthy

.|

^ ^^

^^^^.^
-^ m

^1
ability,

welcome
^^^ worthiness.

--

i^y^'
",

.^u i, through, UJ with, xu

SU Xa

3I

without
^'^'

o^

Uj

since

(conj.).

Europe.

P^P^'

%,/ factory.
j^l
goos
oc
n. pr.
(coll-)^ o J

J^; P^^^'

J^
(a

^"-

B^Li

para

turkish

coin.).

O
Augusta.

^
'[,

IIxm^^I
Xi

yslus.
to

instrument, machine
first,

fern. i*)\

O3) beginning
day
before
first

^a

.'

r.

(j^j

be bad

G .

y^v mis-

fortune.

ij^I?

^^T

the

^
^^

P^s^^^*
(^) * ^^^^^^'

yesterday
P^^^^'

- JJI^^l the
come

'

/^
(of time)

VII. to break out.

^^^ ^^ ^^^j^

J
!

(^3?) to

^^
^.

^^.^^^

^^^
sea,

O^^
and

^^bl^l

plur.^L^ and j_^.

ah!

river (the Nile).

^^U

place of refuge.

J^'

t^^^

"

^J^'

*^^^-

'

Vocabulary-

385

g*^. low
.J

(in price).

OJijji oranges
* ^ ^

(coll.)-

Jw^. avarice
^
_

J^-^.
'

'J

avaricious.

-jJ
-JO*

III.

to

leave
-J

^ OS

rj(adj.)

Jo

V. to be scattered
"^ it

yesterday.

Jo
be.

Jjj cold
escape ^y% Jo

J;L cold

must

?..

'

tJo VIII. to begin elements beginning,

^ijs^o] elementary.

9.0,
lJo./

JijjLi

powder.

^
-

jjj

(u) to

come

out.

* * o ^

-bo to move

about, bo restless.

^Jo vm.
full

to hasten to

- j Jo

-^o

(u)

to

lighten

U-^
lightning.
*;f)jj

IV. to

moon.
extraordinary thing.
"

send forth lightning

VjJ

cJo an
-J

in. to bless

ii^jJ pond.

J ^

v3Jo

substitute

= ^

^-y*

^Jo
of

Go.
(j0.j Berlin.
2

instead
clothes.

of

xljo

suit

.0.
n. pr.

^^ji

Barmecide.

qJo

body.

Ijo to appear, seem good S . Go * Jo Bedouin (coll.) (^3^ G- iojlj plur. Bedouin (adj.)

G- oJ A-^o space of time.

G
. o J

.*.U0aO garden.

Ja-vo Vn. to take pleasure in JO. G

J3^-A*^A^

contented.

Jijj desert.
G. ^

&JL*o courage

v}-m.Ij

brave.

fiAj
jij

(u)

(J^l)

to Strive.

-^
G.

II. to

land

iojJ plur.

j^^j?
X. to
.

bring good news G

rejoice

yt:^. and
-

desert, plain J.ijJ outward,

external.

SjL^iij n, pr.

^^--io

human.

9 -He! -j

diploma
^

^J^

creator

j*ju IV. to see.

^^Ji innocent.
Arabic Grammar.

dJ

(u) to

stamp.
25

386

Vocabulary.

some

(3 to 10)

KcLLj

S^\i early, in the morning

Jsj jji n. pr.

plur.

^l-*^ wares.

Abu
o

Bekr.

jJij hero

XJLLu idleness.
conceal within

Jo

(i)

to

weep

(over

,.JaJ IV. to

Jo
but, rather. to be

vh.

^^^
J

belly.

(a)

to send.

jo V.

wet through.

^:
to

(u)

to be distant

VIII.

^^'

remove

.X*. distance
distant

nightingale,

^^^ ^^J;
g
^

^.^^^.^^

_
S

'^^
.^

Jyjo

far,

Ova? tumi^tX
r'T'plur.
after-

o,

after (prep.)

,. o.

^;)^^* land

(^-5^

^X*J

wards

qI
8).

native

Kj jJUi
reach

^O c
\

the natives.

^Xx? after

(conj.).

Jail
5 - O -

one,

some, another (see

j^
to

(u) to

II.

to

make

Less. 43,

reach
^ ^

vn.

^_^ 'J
.,

iOlij suddenly.

o -

^Uaib hatred.

ebb delivery of money.

/aLI piebald.

^^-^-t-*

siina

JJb mule
Lab

(coll.).

Vn.

to

be desired.
thin

ib
cotton

(u)

to

put to the test

TTT. to

be anxious about

iCCaj

(Persian)

iUJb plur. Ij^ misfortune.

material.

N
.-U.f7 finger-tips.

yb
Jis

ox.

(a)

to

remain.
9lJb

IV. to
life

j->^

seaport,

retain

stay,

(j^) q^|
9Uj5 son
plur.

plur.

qj-^
and

and
c:^'^

)1j

and XjJb remainder.

'>^l

^^

Bey.

oUj

daughter,

girl.

Vocabulary.

387

J^

(i)

build

VIII. to for oneself VLo plur.

to

build

^jtri Beyrout.

{%^

i)

to

sell

vn.

j^

iuuol,

iuLo and ^c^<^

JiC
of.

build-

and 5-^^
'

^'"J

^'

plur. Xxli

seller^

ing

sLij
'

on

the

^iV-o

(Turkish) Bey.

ground

--

^jLo

explanation,

proof

,i^
o

cheerful.

(JO clear
fine, brilliant.

^^^ between

^^^ (j^)
lj

L4-L0 while.

(i^) V. to take possession.

dU Lo woe
^jLi
(v-^j-i)

to thee

plur.

Vl^?^

^^^o^'

gate.

^-o
IV. to

(a)

to follow, belong to

^ij

Uj-?

u) to reveal

V. to pursue

;cxj

plur.

allow.

O -oc

O-

cLol follower

isjulj

plur.

^
Xi^

post.

^tjj* issue, consequence.

9
o

buffet, bar.

-o tobacco.

U^_^

police.

Q-*J*

straw.

_^l-o piano.

,bp'

business
(adj.)

(j;,!^*
J plur.

^ *=^^
^ ^ .^

oL
^ f

(s:>wu a

and

i)

to

spend the
O J> o_j-o

night
house.
w
- O

to

Goy^^*^
plur.

business

jL^
become
white

_^\
merchant.

(jist^l

o^'
Oo J

under

(prep.)

J>Lxs=''
'

^^;U

lower.
(ji3jol

white

(ji^^:^

tinner

OjX^
vi)-j

soft, delicate.

(ji^l-o tinning.
(u)

to

leave,

give

up

o-jO beer.
>i)jj'

n. pr. Turks.
23*

Vocabulary.
Go JO

JOoyjjj thermometer.

^e&.
jlj'

fig (coll.).

G r. 5-wu ninth.

revenge

^y*

j^^

>-X:>i

^.f*^ to
'

become

tired
- -

IV. to
6
.OS

to take revenge on.

-^

weary

c^ti" firm, sure,

W.J

^r*^

plur.

oLxjt
liji

weariness

Go.
g^-otj

o'"^

tired.

Pleiads

(stars),

candlestick

G .o.
v.JjLa fox.
Go.. *-,o^

misfortune.

G.o
^Lftj] solidity

qA^

G.o^
solid,

yki boundary
J^AJii

strong.

heavy.

iCx^* plur.

IjL^*

monastery of
G.
..

dervishes.

xa^
G. . sjwoblj

fem.

O^
G oj

..

three

j._^
i

G .o >^fjxLj telegram.

^.j_^-^ thirty
pupil,

slj'^l
a third

Go
lN-^JLj

plur.

Tuesday
G
. >i>Jlj"

^i^

scholar.

third.

^*
aj

(u) to

read

&i

following.
,isJLS

plur.

(i)

to

be complete

^_^

snow

^sdi

11.

and

IV. to complete, finish S. G .. j'j' perfect, *Uj* perfection

cooled with snow.

*S"

then, thereupon.

complete.
Go.
-4J*

G .o G .^ ^.J; plur. qUS1 price

eighth.

^yii

dried dates
July.

(coll.).

iO.o:

^jJ3

IV. to
praise

praise

((J^)

JJ^*

*^* IV. to
suspicion.
uj'u
(v-J_5J*
y

suspect
'

SUo
.o

.0

A-4-P 9\J^\ fold, interval

^j^
'

plur,

*-^ ^

t<rKt>v.vif^/

u) to repent.

during
G

^y^l
G.
*-^lj

Lot ^ two qU

'?^

UJ^* mulberry
'ijj

(coll.).

second
(.'*)j^ u) to

a second.

long

for.

Vocabulary.

889

\^_^

plur.

v^Lo garment.

\^f>'

(i)

to

rup, flow,

happen

IV.

to

carry out

jy^

ox.

L5jr- and
.uj>- giant, powerful

vn. ^^b^ " J^

current (month).

S!^
J^A>
plur. v5u*j>- mountain.

plur. $lj>i part.

H^;2>- plur. Jt;.>

X>U:>- cheese.
n. pr.

island (also

of a palace near Cairo)

iCi:> corpse.

new, exert one-

ytj^i Algeria

j^fr

lX>

(i)

to be

self

V. to be renewed
1

butcher.
respectable.

Jw>- grandfather - Jw> very

Jo.X:>- new.

reward ^l"^ (L5i^)

payment.

jiJo>- wall

jJ^X>

^j*^ V.
worthy.

to acquire

nformation

11>

^y%f_j-wc>-

plur.

iJoL^

spy.
strife.
(u) I.
.
.

OIJ^
I
..=-

and VI.

to dare

oar.

0.

HjL^c>- boldness.

G
jar.

^-**o-

body.

3j>

V. to dare.
try.

G.

ujy>- n. to tempt,

Jot>

(a)

to

make; (with

followto.

iU^^
o
.

plur.

(*^5j> bud.

ing imperf.) to begin

iCot-i> Geography.
wound,
(i)

.!->-

re-'*.

H^ys-

to dry.

plur.

Jo!y>- journal.

oL>
p

(_^i>)*hard, rough.

j>

V. to drink in draughts.
Jc>(i)

Oy>

to

be exalted
ft

IV. to
exalted.

excavating.

show honour J^Ai>

jljy^ journal, announcement.

Vocabulary.

wJL>- X.
brought.
jJLis(i)

to

have

thing

jj i ^
'

*'

'

crowd, public,
-

to lash

i^j:>-

and XJj> demon

II.

to

bind
garden

(a

book)

jJ^
sit,

to

^^jS^ mad
avoid

plur. i->j-L>
^-.^-o*

skin.

V.

[j*'^

(i)

to

seat oneself

and v^oL^ side

;j/.J^ session.
or
Oj-*-L> hard rock.
s

beside (prep.)

v-jU:> Majesty (title)- ^j-o*

Jw>- clear.
S'-

South

t^y^

southerly

^t^ numerous. 60 . j.*.> burning coal.

J
^..

^^.A-o>-i

plur.

woL>l

strange.

7-

plur.

iA^U^i^ sycomore.

Js-i::?*

plur. ^j-*^ troop.

^-^

(a)

to

gather

IV. to

j*^-o^ plur. y^Lo^l kind, class.

determine VTII. to assemble.

unite

week

assembling

iOwL:^ guinea (money),

Xy

..

>

^i ,L^
totality, all

l5^
j,.^

^* * charge falsely.
zeal

Friday

^^m^
whole
o
.

^^f^l

industry

^^5
company
mosque
sembly.
e

Kx:U>
,

_
- - -

Jv^;::^ industrious.

.'
'

5>^^*- plur. %-a Ij^

o'^ ^ ^

f^

to be ready

II.

to equip,

^-^-^^ union,

as-

prepare
, '

ca

o.

'i^.j^^

g..o. X^Jvo
t 0_y^
^

G ^ . J-*.> plur. oU^r^^amel

',

uU.:>n. pr.

'

'

^i^^ school.
'

Jx*^

><4tf*i^t j^wd^

J^-^ (a) to be ignorant

very ignorant.

beauty

is.i*.*.">

xUj^

sentence,

sum

total

_^> firmament.
ujLs-

*l4^lj wholesale.

(VJ^) ^'

*^

answer.

Vocabulary.

391

corrreepond

S^!>r^ plur.

(i)

IV. to love
*-s:^

vn. wO>

x3y>l answer.

and
plur.

love

w^aa^*
beloved

ot^>

steed

aOy>- excellence
^ .

'w^^-'^l friend,

(in

the poets)

w^^l more
(fern.).

wXjv?"

(elative

^j^O
loved

xi^--^

beloved

excellent.
.L>^) ^^ ^^^

(jJ^

wrongfully
III. to

^-j.;>

ink.

towards

(J^)

be

-Xi-jJ^ Abyssinian.

,^ -neighbour to
-^

j_j^

tyranny
neigh

J^>
(jfC^-

plur. i-'-t^

pregnant

jL>

plur. i^^jtP?-

until, so that.

hour

:l>

jly^ neighbourhood. (jj-r* u) to ^ allowed

(p>?"
u)

w::>.> (u) to incite.

,-s>

(u) to

make
.iSs^-

the pilgrimage
l^* pilgrim
(:.

VI. to exceed.
cL:5*

to

vn.

be hungry

pj-r* hungry.

hunger

^>^

^L^\:sl n. pr. al-HajjSj, governor for the Caliph 'Abd

al-Malik.
(u) to conceal.

^iL> (^3j^ u) to ramble about.

^j^
l:>-

Plur.
gZ>-

j^l>>
1)

jewel.

b^ stone

room.

fp

to

come

vn.

J>^
Js^>
"

plur.

Q^^*^

partridge.

(u)
'
>

to limit

J^>

plur.

A-c>- plur.

^^A>

pocket.

O^Js^* boundarj'
to

-J vX^ op

^j-ci-

Gizeh (near Cairo),

JoJ^^>
II.

iron.

oJv.;>
,ji^c>- plur.

to narrate

to

V.

J^ytR

army.

to relate

^^. to converse

J^jo- century.

392
narrative,

Vocabulary.
conversation

sj^

burning.
II.

<i)jS>

to

move

movement.

J >.X5>
jJNj>

VI. to
(i)

come down.

^^
'ij

VIII. to honour

X. to

to surround

.Jo
^

esteem forbidden robber,

thief

^^'J
for-

glance

to

*jbj.^

^y^

plur.

bidden (by
iwJiS''

religion).

/AjiJs.5> park.

party.
(a)

jl\>- IL

warn

ji<-^^^-

O.

to

be sad

sad.

IV. to

take care!

make sad qj^*

and
S

plur.

^j^^

y^
o.

II.
. .

to

write

j5>

sadness
.

\^.^
to
feel

Hjlys* warmth,
hot.

heat

J-^

JLi
o

IV.

(^)
sense.

"wJjj^ III. to

make war on
V^J^*

^^
Ijj5>i3

plur.

^^
till

iU-L^

plur.

tj^[^

reckoning,

regard

ah!

^^

and wA^

0-5>

IV. to
tillage

cause to

accordance with
friend.

l-J^.**c>

"^f^-

o^.

n. pr.
Jw<iv^:>(i)

to envy.

o^L^i ^1 name
^ - ^
(^wv

for a lion. y***.^ sigh

o
^

lj^-w^.>U alas!

j>

(u)

to guard
o
s
>

^j-^
watchman,

*Lwvw^* sword.
J

plur.

L/'^y^

Q-Mw^^ IV. to be good

tp,

to

watchful.
[joJ>'

away
letter

know
X.

V. to improve find approve, to

O
o
>

n.
(i)

to instigate.

pleasing

"^jj^

to turn
o
, ,

^^f^
(of

CT^*"'^^

beauty

^.-^M.^ beautiful, also n. pr.

iu^Lw.:> a beauty.

plur.

05..5>

the

alphabet), particle.

Vocabulary.

anguish

Lao^-

vi\3

to

a-.X>

&Juft>-

truth

JLtS^-

make

oneself comfortable.

real.

Jw^a^" (u) to

happen

IV. to

wisdom
(j
I

^^

plur.

get (money)

iy^^- acquire-

-bo**

J^.^X^* Persian) ruler,

ment
result

((j*)
'"'

^
Cl

J^^^
products.

governor,

judge

iL^o^^^-

o^j^ka^
appear,

government, court
physician,
court.
^

i"-*^^^

(u)
II.

to

come

wise

'i,.^S^

to

make ready

converse with

j^jjCc^*
yo^js!"

IV. to presence

III. to

bring
-A:a=>
title)

Jli

(i)

to

relate

m.

to

presence (also used as a

imitate
story.

XjwK^* narrative,

present, ready.

Jw>
i^Lu^ railway station.

(u)to loosen, settle, inhabit

vn. to be
j*Ii>
o
(i)

loosed

o>JL>

to smash.

entrance (of a period of time)

-b^* happiness.
va^(u) to

S^.^ a thing allowed

o

S .-

a..
place

surround.

J^
Jc^

plur.

oi:^

(jaa>- _jji a

name

of the Caliph

KJL^ quarter (of a town)

belonging to a place.

Omar.
i^p'>
-

(a)

to keep,

guard

vn.
(i)

to

swear . X. to

Jiaa:>

make
XJisL^ Muhafaza

to swear.

f
(province of Egypt).

io^l>- shaving.
r,

oIaX5>] solemnity, festival.

eUls^ dark

black.

(3:> V. to be verified
to deserve,
plur.

X.

^
_^)^="

P^"^-

r^=^^

dream,
present,

be due

/Jptruth

sweet

qL^^

,*^jA>

right,

gift

^^_^i>-

sweetmeats.

394

Vocabulary.

-0
(.15^

death

^^
n. pr.
^

fever

Sis>

(i^)
to

Vin.
to

III. to tempt be cunning X.

i)U>ywjAo

typhoid fever.

be

impossible

u^

Js.^

(a)
J

to
*

praise

vn. CsJT
, ^

oS

0^\
O
J

0^.-.^ n. pr.
round
O
^ o

O s

power, year

jTI

^y=^ (prep-) about S^-^ plur.

condition,
state

Ojk*.^ n. pr.
to

ij5jj>l

become red
ass.

j^l red
kJLs> condition

'^is^ (adv.)

J It
J^
(i)

immediately
carry, vn.

UJl5> as soon

to

induce

to

as
(cJ^)

iL^ present

i*^^-;^

J^

J-*L:>

cunning
bearer,
porter.

pregnant

J^j^' exchange

jUj>

vJ'Ojsi?

artful

iJu:^

it is

unavoidable.
(i) I.

^^5^

(i)

to protect.

i^^^

and

Vm. to

contain.

OjJL> wine
Klxi> wheat.

shop.

o ^

^^^-tp-

where, since.
II-

,L> (-^)
to

to confuse

V.

La^ (u) to bend.

be

confused

"^j^
quarter

Jj^
(^),|)

(-7.^)

VIII.

to

need

perplexity

o*

^L^

of a

city.

ic^lj> plur.

ob^L^
Q-c>
time.

and

^Ussaxis.

need, matter.
^^-c>- II. to
let
live,

greet

to

IV. to
possession.

make

to live

X.
H

be ashamed
;jii^^>-

Lx^* or
quarter (of
tribe

court-yard.

life

^c^

city),

Jo^sj^

J;3jj>) IV. to surround

settlement,

OS

iiU^-

Jsji.^ wall.

serpent

q^j-^

animal.

Vocabulary.

395

L.>

(a)

to

conceal

VIII. to

iolji> cupboard
gazine, shop.

-^

J^

mar

hide oneself.
rascal.

<^i>>juc>>

jMt^
news

loss.

-*-> III. to get

IV. to

v.,^.ii->

inform

VIII.

to

test

wood.
2
>
>

;j*i>

(u) to

concern

jx>

plur. jLj3-I news.

yP"

bread

J^^

special

uo_
o

baker.
Bpecially.

^i

ji

i;^^

(i)

to strike, trample on.

^^

special.

^
' -.

(i)

to seal,

close

-^'^

J^
^
^
,

"''^^'

^ ^^'^" " JT^^

seal
|.Js.>

(i.

^-

compendium,
-AiL> plur. ,.,LAAai> eunuch.
^^ "
-

AJl.=> seal-ring.

X. to take into service. X^Je> service *0u> servant

u) to serve
*"'

- o

^.^./wcai*

n. to dye.

j*^^^i
ysi=3-l

become
green

green

a^<jL> maidservant.
S
'

jLa>

vegetables.

jjJs^ (Persian) Khedive,

prince

^^vX> khedivial.
v-;l

J-ii> line, writing.

-=> ruin
'
,

^j^,

ruined.
TAr IV.
*

ilii>

and i\hj>
III. to

fault.

^Vt^ f o-*
f>
_,

"

(u)

to go out

to

w^Ll=>

address

s-jii>

letter.

bring out
^

vn.

j^

yli
III.

to

risk

(w);

5->
y^-ji*-!

tribute -

jw.> outside.

jLiJ> danger

~ f^^

P^^r*

dumb.
-I:>)^3- heart, condition.

V^j3*

VIII.

to

pierce,

cut
Q.-f^V'lII.

through

to

snatch

for

vn.

^j=^.

oneself.

396

Vocabulary.

^JuJt^

light (in weight).

fern.

jjM--^

five

-J>

fifty

j*^^
=
of

-AD*

(a)

to

be hidden (from
fifth

g^^wcj> Thursday.

j^)
Jj>

IV. to hide.

V. to use a toothpick

LT
/aJL>

he who holds back

Satan.
III.

J^
,i$>.jS^

to quarrel

with

and J^aL>

friend, also

Vin.

to

choke

(intrans.).
air

n. pr.

L>ljj> (Persian)
Christians).

(used

canal.

\jais> n. and IV. to

free

oL>
to

(Oj3-)
frighten
fear.

(a) to

fear

II.

V. to free oneself.
sincere

(jo^-^l

l>^*^
'
^

Oj->

and

Xil^
worship
^

honest.

-^

qI^ (c)>^ "^ *^ betray, deceive.

x*-c> disappointment.

JaJL>
with

III. to

have intercourse

III.

VIII. to be mingled.
to

Jii

disagree

with,

j^ (jt^)
^

VHI.
,
,

to choose

contradict

behind

V. to remain - Vm. to go up and down X3^^Li> succession KftJj> successor. Caliph successor <S^:>other than aaII^ breach
vAli->

y^

^ r

good, better.

^^

-bxi> thread

^^-^

tailor.

j^i* (Jyp>) V. to imagine

Js-c> plur. v5j-^ horse

(coll.).

J[J> (*-o-)
to

II.

to pitch a tent,

of law

oii^j^

different.

break

(of night)

*--^

/JfJLi> (u) to create.

'

plur.

[^^

tent.

^l2>
to

(u)

to be empty be alone.

VIII.

iofo plur. v!^^ beast of burden,

j*-> wine.

jjon.

to arrange

j^O]

flight.

'

Vocabulary.
o
-

397

_L>0

fowl

(coll.).

ment

so
(^^^^ yours

- o

iJb>.0 Tigris.

obediently

^y*^

9^

^O
J^i>0

Attorney-general.

darkness, night.
(u)

i^
IV. to

rudder.
(of paper), book.

to

enter

J30 sheet
bring in

u_j->0 entrance

^O
Jo>!0 inside
(prep.).

(a)

to

pay

III. to

defend

o - ^ " ..^l30 smoke, tobacco.

(^
^X
- ^

of person).

mausoleum.

I UJ^O
'x:>-.0
ij^j'^

way.
degree.
II.
<kO

(u)

to

knock

f i,

ftiO

and

to

teach

(j^^

/axiJo exactness
plur.
/ Ajli'iJ

*JV^

lesson

K^Joo

school.

minute.

c j^ coat of mail

00
<ijO IV. to overtake.

(u)

to

show
proof,

J^O

plur.

Jo^O

indication

ApjO Dirham
f

(coin or weight)

^5^0 broker, auctioneer.

'iij^

Plur.

^1;^

money.
_jJO bucket.

thyrine (ancient remedy

|.Js^O to rush upon.

against poison). ^S'^*^^'*'*^'

.0

December.

js^

II.

to destroy.

LcO
i),

(u) to call,

name, pray
of thing)

(for

LiJi

/Jf^ii.A3

Damascus.

wish
to

*^

plur.
tear.

VIII.

summon
O
, o ^

9 y^^ X. to ^^O - ^^3 claim - j^k^ ^' P^- ^^ * ty in Egypt

claim

c
^.O

s^O invitation

pio induce-

(^O)

blood

898

Vocabulary.

jLoO

plur. j^filj^

Dinar

(a

gold

ol^H^

plor.

^^I^u)

Diwan,

coin).
^ O 3
Iji3

Divan.
to

(u)

approach
(3i3l

LxiJ

O^Oc ,^ $1^0 plur. XjjOI medicine

^i^jO cock.

world

lowest.

7^0 time,

fate.

^O
crush

and

Kj'jJ
jjJ

religion

^O

III.

to

^Ol

qJ^5
judgment.
O o

the

day

of

dark-coloured.
iixPlo plur. Li3 misfortune.

wo3
^Ajj

wolf.

9|0

(i^3*3)

sickness
(a)

O^b

to

slay

'i,:S^.O^

David.

slaughter.

j\C> ij^d) (u) to revolve

plur.

J\^

Joli languid.

J3O house

plur.jbo

^13
land ^-O^
j,30

=
(a)

eU3.
to keep, save. to flow, shed (tears).

turn

jjO monastery

Bj|^
j^"^^-*

^'^^

>^^
plur. -jf^^^

y>3
0^i3

(i)

circle

period.
editor

o > jJlX/>

director,

j^3

(u) to

mention, remind

V. to remember
iCj^Jwo Mudiriya
province).
iCJjJ

^^

and

(Egyptian

(^^3 remembrance

j^

kingdom

^-^I^J
last

K.ijOs.ii

remembrance

Jo

certificate, ticket.

the Turkish Empire.

j.!o (j.30

u) to

jic>

^^
*
I

(j^^) aroused

also

so long as

n. pr.

UjIo always.
before,

^ o

eUo

fern.

eUJj

plur.

^^iUJ^t

Q3O

on

this

side of,

that, those.

without (also

^3^)

^iUj^

beware

wo3

sin, fault

v^o3

tail.

Vocabulary.

899

u^j

(a)

to

go

vn. vjLPi

n. pr. of

a month
5-?y*

j^j/s

.3

>^^3
r,

gold.
.

square
mile.
,-'

J^

a square

fera.

o!i

master, possessor

(with
;

gen.)

oio

plur.

:..-

...

-ij

(i)

^ to lament.

person " ^ ^ one day.

u>5lX^ stall.

oU3

^_^. V^

^^

'

' '

^%:5*, /^

^ than.

(a, 1, u)

to

u weigh more

I^
111.

^j^

return,

withdraw

to
.

look through
u u back

IV.

,ili Cv,.3 u) to taste

U^

IV.
'

to give
'.

i.

"

, j^ return.

' '

to

make

to

taste

taste.

'^^ U

,,t x ui Oi:>i VIII. to tremble, ^

'

" t

(^v.l^headjbeginning.promontory

J^

plur. ol-^j
-

man
hope
-

o .

>>,
5l>j

^^^
L:>^ (u) to beg,

s^j;|
.

\j*^j

chief, captain.

request.

i^j^
IV.

to

see,

think good

. ^

to

show
jjjjj

VI.

to

V^^

comfort

v^^j *^^

appear

and Xj^ sight

^-"'^^ j

spacious

W^*/*

(^i^

opinion
^.,

^^f^
^'

welcome!

aspect.
o
^

V-J,
''

lord

J^

o ^

plur.

0^

'.^^

stage (of a

Uj, perhaps.
journey)
journey.

"

'',''

Xi:>^ and JmO>^

t^J
f

plur. ^V;i gain.

i4j
KjUj

(u,

i)

to bind.

'^) compassion -^*x:>Ji ^r^Ji

four

<^--oc
1

o^o
fem.

^,j

the all-compassionate
.-.

i.e.

God.

j,

^,oEo^ >oL*j^^i J.JJ

^'

Wednesday

'-'''

XAa>. permission, permit

..^
U^i-i^j cheap.
"
-

^^Ij fourth

fourth

^'c^

plur. ^l^i

^^^^i

^^5

f**i>, tender.

400

Vocabulary.

c>j

(u)

to

give

back^

answer,
-

Ju^
f^j

I.

and IV.

to thunder.

refuse.

j^
*^C>j

IV. to

make bad

(a)

to pasture

III.

to

^{^^j
'

bad.

pay

attention

to

clj

f^

ruins.

shepherd
correspond with

'^j

subjects

J^

III.

(of

kingdom)

^ yA
(for
,3)

IV. to

send

iJu^

pasturage.
plur.

(a")

to

wish

JoL^

message

O^-^

plur.

r,

. o

Kac.,

wish.
i^^f o.

^J
Q-s*^

apostle.

^j
o .

halter.

os
(^j^Lj) in spite of.
lift

qc L*^
Lwj
\Ji4j

(u) to

anchor.

^j
(u) to sprinkle.

(a)

to

up, take

away

o J

VIII. to raise oneself

^*5^

Jv^

majority (of a child)

w, upright

a raising
i-\juii

jJ^^'j^ Turkish
exalter,

J5
title

Harun ar-Rashid
one who leads
SLwj

J>wiij^

^\j ^'

leader.

^^^
/Jp^
III. to

aright.

accompany

'i^j
^^-^

o.o

(j^)
lead
II.

rope.

company
iUo'^^
bullet.

{y?j

plar-

companion.

^\Soj

^j

^^^

^^ ^^^ lender, soft.

^j
^

to set with precious

^'
*

jjj

^^^^^^^

^i^'

^^"-

neck.
^^^ t^ gi^gp^
lie

^^

IV. to suck (of a child).

3J^'

down

J^
to

(a) to

be content

IV.

^^j
<ij

sleep.

VI. to

make contented, satisfy come to terms with.

II. refresh.

II. to

patch

i^j

a note

(short letter).

v-^j

^j

(u) to write.

Vocabulary.
is understood G ^i o!wo wish, will.
it

401

v^i^

(a)

to ride

among

vn.

Vi^O

V^[; Pl"^- S^'^; passenger

v^T*
ii^yo centre.

ship,

Go,
c
terror.
.(J

\j U*)j u) to wish.

<ja5^

(u) to run.

G,

-3;

Rome.
(a)
I.

^j
iOoj

VI. to be heaped up.

,^5
'
,

and

Vm.

to

be
,

whole, totality.
e
^

sufficiently

watered

G,

^^li;

o o,

^j
(jwOj

plur. -^Lo^ lance.

narrative, piece (in theatre).

^^Js.*f^ Ob^ Mejidi = 22 piasters

sand.

o i>

30 paras.
(coll.).

qUj pomegranate
^^^
v-^t^
(i)

G *oS
v^ju.
Plur.

Ob^l

cultivated

to

throw

sO

^_5^J^

land.

projectile.

G, o J 8Joj butter.

plur.

qL*^ monk.

>

,oo

&-^;^l

the Ezbekiya (a square

^j
^1;
'

pledge

-e^^
*

pledged.
(coin).

".;

^^.^^^

%3j
fe^

) to

be current
^

^_^j
Go,
^^*y ^
and IV. to permit VIII. and X. to
rest, comfort -

pj^^

^-^
'

customer.

Cb
to

astray

"^
II.

p^jj

plantation

G a,
cl^j sower,
field.

rest

planter
f

g , ,o ,

A^jy

rest - x^l;

'^f ^lue
,
*

G
A^J3 plur.
,
,
.

-,Lji
,

wind

U^-^

- ^'-^-^ /"Z;-

name

of a
-

-^"^t,
\

G,,
odour

*uabout to (do somethmg)

J,,

(M^5 L) >

vexatious,

ici^l,

plur.

^-ol^j

smell,

i_5fj

C^O^ P^'

G ,o,

i^^j

spiritual.

oiji; earthquake.

O,,

G,oS
P^'^^-

or, (Oj^) IV. to wish

Arabic Grammar.

V ^t-H
'

oi3

o4;^

*^

26

G,,
O""-?

time.

402

Vocabulary.

vxJj modesty, asceticism.

v-.^>^ plur.

U^

cause.

J>j

plur.

Jl3]I

flower

^i^^i

jl^' Saturday.

^3^!
mosque
'.'
, N

^Ui
in Cairo.
TT

the

Azhar

^^
..,,

g^pj^^ber.

^13 (^,j)

n.

to

marry

"'T 5,^

^oL^^A praised be
"eaat

He

(i.e.

God).

husband

-i-;] wife.

^^^''

- iU^

fem.

iU

(0,;)

V. to take as provision
.
.

Jp

(3^

" ?>
(-:

^^'"''

jij

Oh

^.'

provisions.

C-'^^ ^
(i-

c kx^i plur. ^.ajL^) week.

^ ") to P'''

visit (,,3 u) to

- tj^
-

visit

- C5^

^^

,.

precedence

UbLw, earlier.

3i; (^^j
to

a,

u) to cease

IV.

make

to cease.

^ ^
r
,

plur.^J^ way.
^^

^
^.^^^

^^J^^
f^^j

pl^^

^^LL.

xj^lj corner.

j^^^

_ -^^^^
^^*^*

^^^^ gix

Oij

(Joj

i)

to increase

VIII.

O-^^
'

n. pr. '^ ^^^ ^ G G.. HOU increase >>Jj^ excess curtain. 'G^. 6^5^ 'G.
to increase

Go. Joj

G
f.^i^^
-^
'

pj^^_

^L1

Oo Ij

bidder

^ Ij^

oL^
^ ^ ^

prayer carpet

Jc^U./>
1

Go-

(small)

mosque,
to enter (in a register).

auction.
,

Jc^
^

n.

db

j?i3

^^

^^ remove.

g
plur.

:,

er^

Q,^^

prison.

ob

^O^:))

^^- *^ ^^^''''-

Ju:

n. pr.

of a

woman.

^"

3l1

(a)

to ask (after

^\ beg - S^
^
.

dam, stoppage.
.

G ,

-JoUrf ^35.^ question, request beggar.

^oLw

sixth,

'

Vocabulary.

408

j^
r-

(Persian) head, chief.

j^\a^ foot (of a

hill).

(")

^^J*'^^

- J^r"
couch

/- III. to travel -a^ journey

^ij- joy
secret

^
^^.^

plur.^l^.^.i

yi^

dining-table

^
make

pi^,.

^^;^ ambassador.
(part.).

o ^

^-^"^

J^tV^ low, under

o^
.
cr

Jo-A^* to dress.

'"^-^^^ plur.

r*a^ ship.

_j^

(a)

to

go to pasture in

the morning to go etc.

II.

to cause

- ^

ioilw

(u) to fall

IV. to
fall

My^
'

'

to fall
Street.
'
.^

VI. to

one after

another.
"'

' ' TTT X v PJ.W IV. to hasten ^ ' ,-j,-w swift. haste
i.

b^y^

A^ to
^

be sick

IV. to

make

sick.

^ plur.

^_^Aw
roof.
^^-

(i) I.

and IV.
water.

to give drink

^^Ll

^
JsjtAv
,

^_^
write
to

To
^^in,
^*

II. to

'

line.

^
^,

way-^oJoJ^

:^

III.

help

soLsuw
'

happiness

'v u OLx>-^)

"

.50

'v

v.:>Xwv (u) to ^

be

silent,

Constantinople

(Turkish) Your Excellency vXa*^ happy, also n. pr.

;'

- l^S^ j^
-^

(a)

to

be drunken

vn.

'

-^

IV. to intoxicate.

(^Jot^
eo
^acw plur.
rate.
5^^-w
(a)

n. pr. fern.

Js^L.
'

cr^-II-

(a) to dwell,
.

be quiet
^

fore-arm.

o -o

to

quieten

qXw
'

and
'^

J Lx^

current price,

-''^'

XJX^
'

dwelling, rest

(JN^

to
plur.

exert

oneself

to

dwell

g
'

o ^

^-JC^*^ dwelling

*o.
i^?--wo

.,
pLw.^ exertion.

G-

Gi>
26*

^^j5'Lw plur. ^Lx.* inhabitant,

404

Vocabulary.

quiet
knife.
^ ^ ^

(u)

tj>:^^ plur. (J^-5^Lx^

'
' '

.^*w

and pUw

xcLbj L*v^
^

at

your service.

v,JLwv

to

plunder,

rob

Oo ^ ^ye^ butter
Uv^
II.

^^J^S^ fa* (adj.).

v;_^JLwvl

method.

to

name

*^|

plur.

_^^
^ - -

plur. iiL5=\Xw|

weapon.
e

SU^I name, noun

heaven.
O
plur.

li^^

g^

,o
tooth,

(u,

a) to flay.

^^

^LLwi
plur.

age
of

.jLLJLw plur. QjtLXwv Sultan

O*"*^

iC-Lwl

point

O5
^LLJLv imperial.
tradition.

lance X-Uw

Sunna i.e. Moslem

(a)

to

be sound

II.

to

-^^j^

piur.

^^JJ^ and
S - (Jt^a^v yearly.

oIjjLvw

hand

over, greet (with

^^)
o
^ ^

year

VIII. to take over

*'^L>^
"

peace,

greetmg

,.

I
'

?.\\\

h^^k^
IsISm
.

oU-w ^

sleeplessness, ^
"''^ ^''^y

good condition

- 111

^^ " *"
easy.

"

^U-ww*./)

Moslem

a-ILw
n. pr.

also n. pr. -

^
^

^.^
^-^

arrow.

,^^

^^ ^^

^^

^^^^^

.^.^^^

_ ^^ n. pr. fem.-^^'uJ^
n. pr.

^o^

^^.^^^

^^^^^^

_ ^^

^^.^

Solomon.
to

1:

(u)

forget

n.

to

-^^

*->" >"ifort"ne.

comfort.
K.^Lv square. A-w poison.
^;^-v/

(a)

to

permit

0-w( to become black

III.

0*^1
o.

^ o

to
to.

make
o
^

a generous present

black

o
'-

Js.^^
5^

plur.
w ^

ol

J^Lfw table-cloth.
^-fw
(a) I.

and VIII.

to

hear

vn.

master

JS-y^

lady

IV. to cause to hear

o. , sOLywv authority.

Vocabulary.
Of

405

y^

wall (of city)

s^^-^ Sura

(Lii

and

j.^^ Syria,

Damascug

(of Koran).

^/^
Oi.
..Li

Syrian.
f ^

^.jy^ or '^jy^ Syria.

condition

CV

-b^.vv laeh.

concerning.
v-;Li youth.
(a)

Xx:Lv hour.

O^-w particle indicating futurity

to

be

satisfied.

jLw

KiLw^

distance.
eV-A-ii

Vni.

to be entangled

'.^^ u) to drive (cattle),

vi]w>-ii

window.
resemble

lead

.'i^y^

plur.

/-^L^^^

IV. to doubt.

market

Or.
Z*)!^^ driver.

iiw^
(^^^-w III. to

plur.

diflferent.

make

equivalent
'

,,,,,., V. to be like
,

^_y^
\t
-^

*Xi:
'

(u) to

abuse.

beside,

.J

except

'"
I

SiJCvl

winter,

U-v***

specially.

-^ajLm

(^?>*v)

traveller

'is^^.^^^
go

^^

plur.

J 1^1
to

tree

(coll.).

extent.

^ ^^
3 ^
jj

V. ,

take

courage
s-i**

Lv
Oo

(.jy.v
^

i)

to

travel,

Xx:L^ courage avarice.

brave.

JA.VV

and

-jyw-^

way, journey
life^

H-xjwv

manner of

^
J^

plur. (joLi^i person.

jjLwv rest, remainder.

(u) to

strengthen, bind

VIII.
vaA.v plur.

to

strengthen

oneself
Jsj-X-i-

<-3^:<Av

sword.

HJ^ violence 'as

plur. iiJciit
violent,

B^LXxaw cigar.

strong.

j.^ evil

jJ^

sparks

-jyi

oLv

(Jok.v^ i)

to flow.

bad.

406

Vocabulary.

vJ

J^

(a)

to drink,

smoke

vn.
wine

8-ii

IV. to

make known
-j^*^ barley

-auii
-J

hair

-cuii

-J)j^ drink,
O
^ O ^

poet.

V-J^^iX/J

and ViL:-^"* ^"^^

jii (a) to busy, occupy, distract

from (^^)

- V-j|j^ plur.
VI.

oLl-^
to

stocking.

J^*^ plur.

jljcvii

business, work.
-p.-^

(literally

be wide
isiia^

of the breast) to rejoice. C>jM

(u) to

compassion.
(i)

wander about.

-i^
/ 'iyS4

to heal.

-byi

plur.

-^3^

condition.

(u) to cleave,

be unpleasant

cjLC; plur.

pj!>^

street

>

brother

isJlci-

(j^y:; legal.

misfortune, hardship. S Jliii reddish.

^ o

^j^

II.

to

honour

V. to

JLi

(^jA^)

plur.

^uJi^l

be honoured

uiyJi honour

miserable.
G

iiUi (u) to doubt

, ^ ^

^i>J^

doubt.

v^ajy^ noble, exalted.

Jj^
jyUr east

(u) to

thank

Oo f jCi: thanks.

i^jX^

eastern

J^^wii plur. jlJwiii

form, vowel-

x^-^
^ ,.

sunrise.

sign.

^jX^ VIII. to subscribe to (with

L^
d^

' -

^
(u) to

"

complain

(of

q^).

V?,)

tiUy;;

plur.

^L5y:i

(pass.) to dry.

companion.

^
to

(u) to smell,

(^yi

VIII.

buy

i\j^

j^^--ii

sun.

purchase.
Js4-^ (u) to embrace, surround

j^-oUi plur.

Jo\jjJ:, coast.

VIII. to

J-^-^i

contain (with

J^)

wot^ plur. V-^*^

*"^' people.

union

oU-ii north

Vocabulary.

407

X^

left

Bide

iLj^

^i^

the ehiites.
plur.

northern.
is

character.

s V.'^^i grey.
' o

vX^
see,

(a)

to witness

_^'Lo salon.
III.

to

^\>wo IV. to be or do in the

take into

consideration

aoL^

evidence
witness

Jv^Ui

morning
o

,-UmO

morning

plur. ->j-^

vX^

beautiful.

honey.

-jjo patience.

Vin.

to

be renowned

iL^

correctness, health

^
L^
VjUi

^^
'
,

plur.

^i
'

and

jj^

^^^^^^^

month

jit%^ and jj^.^

v^^^^ VIII. to keep compatiy

'
^'

renowned.

with one another

VIII. to desire, wish.
plur. V-jL^i

v-.o>jo

Cj^)

III-

aocl

X.

to

ask

and v^^ master,

advice advice

possessor, friend.

IV.

to

indicate,

^1-:^ desert.
'ij^Ji^ advice.

jUi

)_^^) VIII. to

yearn

rock, peak.

^ o ^

oS

j^
{^^
(i)

OJvjcu concerning.

plur.

|ij-^i longing.

0[>w name of a month.

to roast.

,J^^

(u,

i)

to

go out from

Joo

plur. j^J^xJ breast.

s'Ji {s^J;. a) to

wish

5^

^.Xo

(u) to

be sincere

H.

plur.

^Uj^l thing

a
O

little.

VI. to unite to confirm O o aJs1Js-o sXo sincerity

o
man,
J*-*-^ "it.

o ^

^sA.ii

old

sheykh

sincerity

friendship
sincere

,^^-^iJl **

Hermon.

jOLo

^Js^

- o .

qLL^

plur. ^b\Xx3| friend.

satan, devil.

408

Vocabulary.

*Jsjo ni. and VI. to collide.

u^JkO

(i)

to

crucify

*-*-J^

o IV.

to persist in.

name
' > "

of a street in Cairo.
to

i^Xto

(u)

be sound

II.

^yo

II.

to

declare
o

expressly

and IV.

to repair, reform

V. = passive

f^.y^ obvious.

_^^
plur.

adjustment

^^La

Ayo

(u)

to

cry out
cry.

^^^

honest

-^^^U>

and f'^yo
<

^JsJl
interest.

Saladin

*-:^Uj^fl^

-bJjAO path.

O^

bUo
(i)

II.

to

to spend, use

pray

bXo

(or

V. to
j-Uo) prayer.

dispose of

VII. to

remove
(a

uJ^Ao;:^

Mutasarrif

^
G

n.

to determine.

turkish

oflficial)

o^yaJC*
district
(in

. ^

Os-*jo

eternal.

governmental
Turkey).
v-,ouo
difficult

o o v>jJs-ijo strong, powerful. O

J

XijJtJO
o

o J

>^Os-i>) chest, box.

difficulty,

o.

Jbo

youth, smallness

..

^ ^ ^
^;*-^

j:<*^

(a)

to

make, prepare 0^0

prepare
KxiLJ-o plur.

small.

VIII.

to

Lxjo IV. to hearken.

K.:5;u>o

work
art.

^L-o

page

(of a book).

-fiAoj

to

become

yellow, pale

wS-Uo

plur.

oUaoJ and O^-U?

class,

genus.

j^l

yellow, pale.
v;'Uo (UJjjo)

IV.

to

hit
3

^
>

rs^
Uao
G
i:iX-o

II. to

clap the hands.

X.
(u) to

to

approve
. ^

o^
'

^-i-v^^i^

P^ur.

be pure,
(in law).

clear.

v.j^Lka/}

misfortune

IwjLao/o

deed

accident.

Vocabulary.
O
o
plur.

409

O^
<J^
.'uo

o ,

ol^yo! voice.
to.

y>Jo opposite.

^'uo (;r_^) IV. to listen

soda.
to

Jo

(u)

to

injure

VIII.

to

compel
imagine

jj/to

plar.

jly^

{jj^) V.

injury

il-^o

damage

Hj jjo picture,

copy

^._y*^

^j^y^

necessary.

picture.

ffbo

(Turkish)

^Uo

(jJijC

^fo

(i)

to strike, coin

VIII.

a (gold) piastre.
to be troubled

^'uo

(q_^
(i.:yo
i)

u) to protect.

^^

Go,

blow.

^Dy^

(i)

to fart.

^Lo
3Lo

to cry out.

*yij IV. to kindle.

(Js-v^
i)

I.,

V. and VIII.
hunt.

to hunt.
^ o ,

Go*
J^j^AO

^Lo
O
o

(^j^) beast of prey.

J

|j^>-o Sidon.

v^jLJtXo

weakness

Ou*^

Lo

(with imperf.)
Go.
wA^yo summer. JaxX3

(y?y^

i)

to

become, happen to begin to.

weak

to

^^a*ao plur.

double.
J^xo
(i)

err,

wander from

path.
(i,

u) to correct

l^\jo

officer

G5 ' . 'xLuLto and X-JojUo G.

.

(u)

to

gather

VII.

to

assemble.

police.

Go Q4.X3

JO*

interior

>

j^A-Co

hyena.
unrest.

contents.
%\Jo is^tJo
to light.
u)

-^Uo

to

shine

IV.

^d-^Jo

(a)

to

laugh - vn.

^<i^^^Jo

cUo i^yo) IV.

(^
<-:^\X5

to lose.

(_^;5=U3)

afternoon
r^^lj^^

Xjp-ui: plur.

environs.

uJUs (v..AaX3) Go.

IV.
<:-

to
i i

add
guest.

<Jo^

plur.

^j^^

410

Vocabulary.

jLto ((3';y^)

V. to feel oppressed

Kibjl^
fashion.
^*aI3

plur.

(JfJ^^

path,

(Jf-^ need.

IV. to feed
o

^Ifth plur.

physician.

W^ o ^

S
food.

is.~bl

So.
,i;N-Jb

cooking
to

^s-xloyo

kitchen.

G.o
^^ytL
(a)

^^ ^-jia
^

(a)

print

o ^

to

pierce

vn. ^-*-b

thrust of a lance.

i'otJLA.lD

nature

KxaIo/o

if^
^*aL^

^^* *^ extinguish.

printing

office.

uniform.

/Jfxl? III. to

agree with

VII

to cover oneself,

be shut

v-aXId (u) to require, seek

vn.

G.o

UuxLj

in accordance with

and xJJ^ demand.

^-.Jlb

rise,

lj^JLLw

Ji^^^Lxj^iJ^ journal.

^Xb
to

(u) to

mount,
Jfi)

go out
to
to
.

Go.
q-:S\Id milling.

(with

VIII.

y^JblJ^
_^Id

examine (with ^^)

Tripoli.

X.
G.o

get information about

(a) to

ii*)!?

throw down or out

countenance
birth).

JLIp star (at

ff^.J^ prostrate.

oX
^

(u) to
,

chase away

- 0>
-*

C3^

^'^

*^

be repudiated

(of

parcel.
(jiijbf deaf.

woman)

repudiate IV. to set free, shoot

II.

to

aiia^ absolute.
o

9"
Oj-:? side, place.

5.

^^Ui?] to quieten oneself.

at

^jls

(u) to

knock

IV. to G
-

(a)

to

desire

Go ^-J?

cast

down

the eyes

('j-iJ^

greediness.
,-g-b II.

^ 3i jji? and plur.

G 0>
'ijb

way

to purify,

clean.

Vocabulary.

411

^j^^^LIj plur. y^^^lj-b peacock.

J^

II.

to give

shade to

J^

..,

cLb (p>^) rv.

to

X. to obey be able to do (with accus.)

KfiLb obedience
)

shade
^JL^

to

jJa^ shady.

IV.

become dark

'jt^vw

Go^

at

your

service

Au^

oppression

*^^

^^xio/o

obedient.
u) to go round.

darkness G JO -

^Jui? oppressor

*jJLla^

oppressed

(^jh

q!o
i}jD ('jj'^) IV. to be able to

(u) to think, believe,

esteem

do

j^
to

qI:? plur. ^^\_y^ thought.

'xilh power.
u) to

^[h {ijh
and IV.
length

be long

to lengthen

n. Oj-^

(a)

to seem,

appear

IV.
X. to G , ,

manifest,

show
hand Go^

get the upper

jj^

d^.^

long.

XJjlL) table.

appearance back Go> Gand jtH^ midday G ^

j^

j^

^_^

VII. to contain (with

(^)

j^ui? external.

-^

fold

to

^aI:>

enclosed.

ut (a) pass, to

be anxious about

v;ll3 (>w*.-V^

i)

be good, calm good

- -

G .Ui; woollen cloak.

oneself

VVj-'

Iaa in vain.

Jj^
jj^

hail!

...
to
fly

(^

i)

Jvac
IV. to

(u)

to

worship

o o.

J^^
Js-.:

plur.

>X;^^ slave

aUJ

cause to G ^
plur.

fly
o

-JsId

and

j^
n. pr.
-ax:

<3^
'

bird.

J^A*^ temple.
to

,^^^^^^

jLcbl

VIII.

esteem,

be ex-

^x^
G
.

gazelle.

-ajjb

^^) plur. i'ijb witty person,

perienced

G.o. '^j^ tears

G.

iijLxfc

expression.

agreeable, comfortable.

412
w-O^

Vocabulary.
3^
J-*-?
f*^-^^^

(j^Lfi

n.

pr.

[j^^^^

(a)
.

to
,

cease to exist, be

' the Abbasids. s ^^^ jjUWi Osman Turks.

'

deprived

IV. to deprive
accus.)

of (with 2

jJs^

want.
-,Lj^ raging (of the sea).
OviX:

plur.

^ OS Stj^ci

enemy

^
J

^.^^ (a) I. and V.

ed
at

to
o

be astonish-

(with

^
G
o
^

IJs^ beside.

IV. to

V-jAfc sweet (water)

G-

Xjj^Xc

astonishment

U^
G
^

adv. wonderfully

sweetness

v-jt(3^

anxiety.

o^

\-^K*f^
plur.

wonderful

jt\c

(i)

to

excuse
G
o
^

V. to be

^^tV^^

effaced

jlXc
(coll.),

excuse.

v^L:^ wonderful matter.

to

G ..
UJ..ii

arabs

bedouins

jj^

(i)

be unable

to

do (with
^ijl-fi:

qx:)

J__j^
G ^^

n. pr.

Jjij^i

an arab,

plur.

j^l^

old

woman.
G

a bedouin.
J.
b^"!^.

j^

II. to

do quickly
G

X.

to

lT^j^
G o^

^^^ng woman.

hurry

J^ and
J>

'^^i::^

haste

J.:^
^l^l^lfi

G 5-

paid beforehand

(J;^ throne. - '-

^Jof-

(i)

to

offer,

give

over,

adv. quickly.

communicate, happen to VIII. to V. to interfere in

v>^ (u) to count,

number
^

IV.

oppose
G

G o. [jof^ breadth

to prepare

G
G

oneself

X. to prepare . Ga OJs^ and b\Xf:

^

O>iij-c
v-i-:
(i)

broad.

number

JNjvXc

numerous.

to know^

II.

to inform

vJjs III. to be', equivalent to,

Go

VI. to be recognised VIII. to confess, grant (with G^ o.

L-J)

correspond to G ^
^C)\.s^

o.>vc justice

'ihjfLA

knowledge

just

G
- o J

> o ^

t3.XX*/>

>^3
G-.

jt/3

good, pleasure.

temperate.

'L^

arak.

Vocabulary.

413

tiSjXA battle.

Lot {y>^
rebellion.

stick

^.jLkAae

ic

(i)

to

be powerful

jx:

^j^a^ (a

and

u) to bite

power
*jii
(i)

jJjXi dear,

valuable.

j^xac IV. to support.

jjilic
(a)

to determine

on (with

to

be

thirsty.

\c) ^

^yOjjt dinner party.

-^

g-o

>^g,->r

turn, side street

^r. aa-^wc
^^^j.^^

'

^i^

II. to

comfort. ^^^^
difficult

Jj^^-

^^^^^

InIc n. to make
difficult.

^-^
to
^ y "

IV. to give

VI. to give
gift.

one another

5lLic]

^Uifc II. to

show honour

to

nr

j^>*sc plur.

^Lm^c

army, troops
aJm: plur. *liac bone
.*

cS^jM^
G
^ -

soldier.

Jw>M.i

honey.
perhaps.

excellent, G ^ o>

extraordinary

M^nA
AAc

greater part.

-^*^ii

chastity, trueness.

v-^wiXc plur.

LjUi^i herb.

Uc
III.

(u) to

pardon (with q*)

to

be in
- ^

company
G
o -

with

G-

jAc pardon
ten
health.
JJic
(i)

i^l^ good

'-iy^i^s:-

fern. j^iXc

..^^j-i:*.^

twenty.

to

summon

>Xftc

I LiXt V. to eat in the evening,

contract
knot.

G * > G^ oJ HJsJic plur. JsJit

evening meal-time.
G
J o >

GoJJif:

> *

plur.
,

Oyit
- - J

intellect

jj.9.A^r plur. j-o'uoc sparrow.

Jolc
I

plur. ^^^ASL intellectual.

"xMoli
J

chief city

^*a;>I

|^

^^^^

o- o Jo and (...^.iMa I n. pr. of Caliphs.

J^ ^^

5Jj

p^.l^^p,.

>

414

Vocabulary.

^sL:

III. to treat (a patient).

A^

II. to

make
G

general or uniuncle (on the

w
.Oo
>

vJsJlii (i)

to feed

v^aL: fodder

versal
father's

/*^

^Xx^
/

side)

manger.

^i

o-*-?

aJLc II. to

hang up

cousin, wife

IV. to
universality

V. to hold fast to (with ^), hang together, be

kindle

G ', ^ (.^^ public,

ii^Ui

u*'"-*--^

common
>^ S -x^^f:

people
public,

f^-t

and

dependent.

general

JLc

(a)

to

know

II.

to teach

Lo^-.t

generally.

IV. to Go learn

inform
O
plur.

i f

V. to
Jv.*^ VIII. to rely on.

G.

^ Go.'

^_^ science

...
jts^
(i)

*-JL*j

doctrine
G
'

'\| '

to live long

o J

j4^

life,

X>5^^
age

mark

J.^
-4X.

Omar

Go.
^'i^"*^

/JU: wise, learned

G 5.

-"^^ very learned

Gw.^
,*J^^

diminutive of the preceding G . Go .

-.*.i

Amr

-lii flourishing.

teacher.
/

4a4^ deep.

JU
^-^
^i
to

"

plur.

Q>J^

world.
J^.*^ (a)

to

do,

have

effect

IV. to advertise, inform.

to be high, loud

(u)

V.

IV. to hasten - VI. to transact business with one another

G
. .

o G 5
plur.

come near
highest,

ul-&
summit
Ali (n.

high

Jw^ plur. oUxii action, deed,

district

. Oil

j^l
high,

loud,

j^ pr.)
. .

J^U:

uUc

workman- J4Jt>J manufactury.

o .

i^j^
is

exalted

ALxj (God)

exalted a^ix/o plur. uLx^

G .o.

Qfi from, instead

vXvLc with G

of.

highest aim.

oUx:

obstinacy

j>Xi

on

q!

J^

on condition

if:

obstinate.

that.

Vocabulary.

415

/ fifix.

neck.

i)

to blame.

...i^jLc title,

address (of a

letter).

Js-^

plur. ^i-^t

feast

Jo^

J^

(i)

to concern, refer to

O^LIt Christmas.

VIII. to care for

-iUc; pain
J It
(^xt)

vX^

shame, disgrace.
i)

':Li\j<i

anxiety.
(jiLe

(iji^

to live

V. to

(a)

to

impose a condition,
earn a living

know

III. to make covenant

G
^

\j^*'t^

^^^
(pet

O'wc

V. to care for

Go^^H*^

Go
iiLiXxc
life

KJioLfc

contract, epoch.

name
become
of

i^ (jij-^) Ayesha

(n. pr.

(0^

u) to return,

IV. repeat

to

make to return, VIII. to be accu-

woman)

G ^^ (jil*^ wages,

stomed

v3^

return

HOLc plur. Jsji_^ custom

plur. ^jiijLjw provisions.

J^L^
.

cry, howl.

Lc (^2^

i)

11. to

determine

L>^

plur. ...IJs^^ aloe

wood,

^jAii plur.

Qxti and qJ^^

stick.

olc

(*3_^

u)

to

take

refuge

(with u^).
:Ui {\ys. u) to need, wish.
iiAAwJ_jx: penknife.

proof

- ^^^

a^

sick.

^^

after.

3Lc (Jja)

II.

to put faith in

J Jvc

to

deceive

III.

to for-

sake.

iUjlc family.
j.'Lc

iSi: V. to breakfast

5iJ^

(j._^ u) to

swim

J.U: year.

breakfast

^^

following

^^U (^_^)

III.

and IV.
for

to help

X. to

ask

help

day
ijsi:

i^Xc to-morrow.

o jLx/o

helper.

V. and

VIII. to

nouiish

oneself.

416

Vocabulary.

u;-i: (u) to set (of the sun)

v-Jjji sunset

U^

5'Llic.

fresh.

^y:
land

^j^ west western io^c. foreign

v^j^
P^'^^-

^w^Aisc (a) to

be or become angry

IV.

to

make angry

\.^/^^J2S.

anger.

^v^

Strang^)

^extraordinary

land,

plur. (^)l-S^ covering.

'

Wjibo Maghreb, western

--'..

...-.

'

'.

"J^'

.-

jaft;Xv t6 a'st paf&on.^**

^jC

^35jX/>

plur.

K^Lx^ moor.
'iilsis.

carelessness.
thirst.

to

sift.

J.^Jx.

^-'jS 1.

ana

xi. 10 iwiiier.

>w^)ii
i J

(i)

to

conquer
^

K-J&

ij^f- plur. (jiijj^ piastre.

^^

victory

to

<,^Le usual.

Ja^
aim.
^ J ^

(a)

make a

mistake,

Oi^^

be deceived.
iiijC plur. ui-ii room.
.ioJLc

IV. to speak harshly.

jji- IV. to drown.

(jii: IV. to bolt (a door).
^ ^

0^0
plur.

jc Gaza.
^

j.^

QUJii youth.
dear.
J

jjjc abundant.
<5

t3Li (_jii)

^^

0.0

j!ji plur.

Q^j^

gazelle.

^
j^

anxiety

0^

^_^4^ anxious.
overwhelm.

^jii

raid

to

^^

(u) to cover,

meaning,

moral.
(i)

x-jic

(<^

^ fainted

/Jf.-^
J^.vv^

be dark.
-.AC

VIII. to

seize

an oppor(coll.)

(i)

to wash.

tunity

^c^^
he

to cover

^^

sheep

*-^

l5"'^

-4-jJ^ booty.

fainted.

Vocabulary.

417

^j.

X. to esteem unnecessary
^Ui; song
<-sc

A^liit the

plur.

Koran
^JiXA^
II.

first sura of the O -o Lli* key.

^Lusci rich.

to seek (^^ith

or

oLc (cy^) X.

to call for help.

(J^), inspect. .-

viVj3 (u) to

rage

Go,
^i)J>3

act of

(joLc ((jo^ u) to plunge.

l-jLc

violence.

G,o

(w^)

I.

and V.

to

be
-

sedition.

absent,

depart

^kv^
j^aS youth
distant,

La9

absence

o
11. to

(^^)

girl.

V^
change

Go,

-^

dawn.

hidden

woLc

absent.

G o;j>As? scrutiny.

^Lc
to

(yjc.)

V.

be changed

Go-*

-3*b and

^J^

,o,

splendid.

other
^*-^s2

than, not

honoured.

jj<c.

(j^

(jt^)
s,

without

qI

-^ii

on the

^j

(i)

to fiee

J Li

flight

I
Jr

condition that.
>

.A* escape.

c garden,
.

field.

^
IL& (*-si:
i)

jS

V. to

look with
, .

pleasure
comfort,

to

be cloudy.

at (with
joy.

J^)

G,

G,,

jS

xjL^ highest degree.

wi and, and
for.

so,

then

^
^^

(a)

to rejoice

G,, -jS plur.

'G^oE -Lit joy

glad.

be

G-o,
and ^^L>o

3l^

heart.

Oj Vn.
Go,

to

single, alone

II.

to crush.

Oj
G
,,

a piece, parcel. G ,oS

P^ar. (j-'Lit horse,

j^^Xs (a) to

open
G

^i^ opening, c
,^

LT^

mare

capture

^j^

capture

ij^j\i plur.

(j^!^

rider.
27

Arabic Grammar.

418

Vocabulary.

oLuijA* (upholstered) furniture.

xojS opportunity.
c
.

Jw^oi

(i)

to

divide

II.

to

isolate, cut

out

Jw^as plur.

j plur. p3^ branch, tributary

(stream).
,.
o

o^^*^ section, o^ ^
J>x>aftj detail.

season

ff^3 to finish (with

q*)
^yc

IV.

g
x^iss

silver.

^ o

to

empty
e
.

out, (Os-^j) strive

JwCas IV. to

make

excellent

^jli empty.

jjS II. to separate, isolate

III. to

J^^
grace
J^Ai^ij

plur.

Oyisb excellence,
,
s

to

V. and VIII. separate ^jS difference

leave

O ^

^Uss besides

kindness

J<>toli

)j5 fear ^'^^ separation ^ {^^ party, division

'i.)^
fj

y -^

excellent.
- ^

i^i

(u) to

cleave

g . o. -bs religious

feeling.

^^
i)^'

parting of the hair.

^^

- P^- of

woman.

(u) to

rub.

^
^

^^
(a)

Go
to

"^ake,

do

- >5

^ ^^
...

^/^t plur. ,m'-* oven.

,

plur. uLjet deed, v verb. Pi"r. 3Liil

(^i
^^jj] Frank, European
(coll.)

plur.

cljl

viper.

JvJ to lose

lost

VIII. to seek,

-5^]
G
r

Frankish, European.

something
, o,^

Gs

G o,
O^Jis loss

- o.

*>-^-f

93.^^^ plur. Xjk.^j french. ^ -^ -^ ,

franc.

Jf' oyw^ wanting,

not on hand.

S o

eUlJ
G
^

j*ss) plur. ilJtt poor, needy.

o ^^ Jails only.

^?s.M*3

roomy.

Go

oJJ>
G
^

IV. to corrupt.
o J

^
w
^

jurisprudence.

J^LLu^

old Cairo.

;iU (u) to let loose.

Vocabulary.

419

Sb

V.

and

VIII.

to

think,

^5

in

U-^

while.

consider (with

^%)

-^ and
(jo\s

(\Jojp)

IV.

to

pour

Jo
o^
-

plur.

jL^i
>

thought.
..Lto-o flood

{J^^

interest

--

(on money).

xgylj plur. ii^i^ fruit.

^>jj bad, ugly.

-^
r?
J

peasant.
, o^

.a5 grave.

Oj-**JLo philosopher.
^ja*i
(i)

to

seize

(with

Jsc),

/iis dawn,

receive
(person) J^

money

VII.

to

^^

a certain

shrink

(j^a*^

seizure,

a certain Ai mouth.

(adj.).

receiving of

money

axqaJ>

handle.
LLxii captain.

cup.

-*^

(a)

to

understand

X. to

JcO
II.

(a) to receive,

take up

get information about.

to,

III. to correspond to kiss IV. to go to meet

olj (Oji n) to pass by, escape.

, olj

(Ojb) IV. to benefit, inform

advance to (with ^Jst) to meet one another

to receive

VI. X.

'

H^lj

plur. Jsj|_^ profit.

v3_^ reception
Jcjjj

aJLo south
jij (j_^ u) to acquire (with vj)

southern

ijs

(^j^^^aAJb)

to save oneself.

J^xiiJl

^^^i

upper Egypt

('*sy>)

X. to wake up

xUaS

tribe (of Arabs)

(prep.)

o^

'i.^ above, on.

J^

before

o ,

bLi

ijb beans.

before (adv.)

JjIj

coming

(rs^)

(only

with genit. and

(month

etc.)

(^aaX.***.^

future.

suffixes)

mouth.

420

Vocabulary.

JsOi (u) to kill

III. to fight

vn.

ast-i

O i-s
be near

reading,

o
^

JJIs killing
(particle

J^-yi killed.
strengthening

Koran.
^^jj
(u)

to

VIII.

J<Ji

of

with the perf.) already (with imperf.) sometimes.

to

to

approach'^

^Ji

neigh-

bourhood

J Jo

^r^^

near

(i)

to

be able
'JO ,JsJ5

II.

determine jIJsJw amount

to

value

^~^ji

Qt

shortly

vo-^

plur.

^l^t and

"wJ^lsi

relative

jOb* able

do (with
(a)

(J^).

4J;l5 skiff
o -

^J^

close

-Jo

to arrive

II.

to

oflfer,

to

J about.

present

V. to come
precede

forward,
*3^

Jy5 ape.

advance,
arrival

Jo
i'

Oo
(jio plur. fw5J>(=u*'T^) piastre, ^"^

^-r. ^.JO foot

j.jis

^^
O

"^^^

'

^-^/^

coming, next (month

etc.)

G ^o o fjoji and o^rJi:c^| loan.

o

*jJo

plur.

^UJo
of.

ancient

PjS
(a)

to

knock
to

(at

a door). 6 o>

-IvXs in front

Q^
^.o^

VIII.

marry

^J>

OiAi
-s (i)

(i)

to row.

century

'^^
j

spouse.

to persevere,

be refreshed
confess
lead to
to

(of the eye)

IV. to
X.

ajJs plur.

(with

UJ)
'

J> -s

^^

village.

"
..

confess

Q ^^ jtJJ determination
consolation

Ja-^
4

rate (of payment).

O JO c

o.
H^l5

^0

O ^

^^jytii

X-oLlixIiWiil Constantinople.

dry land,
residence.
to

continent

^..^
O
o

(i)

to

divide,

share
part

'

O
plur.

oE

JSLA

*-^
IV. to

*L.ol

\^

(a)

read

make

to

read,

send (greeting)

iU^o

division,

Vocabulary.

421

Lwsi III. to endure.

jloa

(a)

to cut, cut

through

"

.3

(u) to

narrate to (witli Jsc)

narrative,

V' ^
to

**^

^*y^*y

cut to pieces
off

VII. to

Kjkaa
-

story

be cut

^'f**..

ioiU5 piece

^'^
JvAoS
(i)

y^iiH flock,
to

herd

fcl>lS

aim

at,

make

for,
i

cutting.
m ,Oc

intend

to

J^xai

and J^xaito

,^^gli

the

muqattam

hill

(near

purpose, aim.
-Aoi
ir.

Cairo).

neglect
<3

-Aoi

Jots

(u) to

sit

down

sJ^lS

shortness
castle.

j^os

o^
plur.

J J

plur. wXtt^ji rule.

jy*^
j*s bottom
(of the sea etc.).

i
Lkoi

X. to investigate.

-M
\jQi VII. to rush.

plur.

,La5 desert.

^
,

J^
(a)

(i)

to shut

isiib*

caravan.

to crunch, nibble.

Lai VIII. to follow

Ui back

of head, neck.
ciioi
(i)

to

decide,

%end!
pass

complete

away

^^^. to

be judge,
VII. to
desire,

'.

J^

seek

sLqs decision, accomKada

district)

' t""" C''"' " ^'f^) Ub rarely iob

>
" ' .-.-.r
-

plishment, settlement,
k

smallness

J-Ji

small, few

(Turkish
affair

'^v^

^^

seldom

Jaa

poor.
(>ols

judge.

v*;^ VII. to revolve Jas cat

(coll.).

^j^
i,^-!^

plur.

Vi^

heart

cordial.

iaS IV. to
i
o

make
?f
i:iftJl

to

drop
jJli
II.

o^

^j^S
Egypt.

^ ? ^

to imitate.

the

land

of

&.0,
iotlS fortress, citadel.

422

Vocabulary.

/ flfli

(a)

to

be disturbed

IV.
j.is

oLito
(in

speech

XJLa* article

to disturb

a journal

etc.).

ili unrest.
(j._^ u)

to rise,

occupy one>wJ),

/JLi plur. (t^f

reed, pen.

self

with

(with

revolt
l-^^

A-viSj zone.

against (with
let

(J>:)

a^

x*J summit.

us rise! III. to oppose IV. to put up, establish, stay X. to be straight

-i moon.
(jA-^is dictionary.

j^

people

'^U^o

ALo

resur-

rection

value, price'

(jiiUjJ

plur.

x*ii-il

cloth

x^jlj

list,

catalogue
(Ift^

a-

(jiU.s

dealer in cloth.

*Lft^

rank

and

^.^Isj

<j> r

.*.''>

plur. ..jLo^JJ shirt.

sojourn

[LjujIs

Kaimakam

c^

(Turkish
district

official)

K-c^UUjIs
straightness,
^ o J

Jo.x;i lamp.
(governed by a Kaimax/oLjiX>yg|

%j<i (a) to

be content with (with

kam)

O
').

uprightness - A-JiiLw.^ straight.

syj

power,

strength

i^j^

J>\i

conquering

^Lftit

strong.

Cairo

j^-^

conqueror.

jj^LxJU measuring instrument.

-ii^' to withdraw.

J.

as

(with

genit.)

if
I

UJ^

as

o .

(with following sentence)

coffee.

j-^

^1^ as though, as

'

IlX/

cjyj plur. ol^st provisions.

'

'

and

JJC^ and ^^UlX/

thus.

HoLo
Jli'

(0_^) guidance.
u)

sad.

(j_ji

to

say

o^.
III.

to

(j^t^ cup.

get for oneself

6^

6o^

6^

and

*J^^

glass (for drinking).

Vocabulary

423

sXly

111.

and

V. to

endure

^^

IV. to honour (with i^) V. to do one a kindness

J^y
^ y ^

plur. oLi'l

and

^yS
8

mS vineyard |*jy^ generous.

J'
(a)

liver, heart,

interior.

^
or

to hate.

(u) to

be or become large X. to esteem great

great pride

or

important

face.

Oo

\^S
^ , .

slumber.
(i)

j*S

,.M*S

to break

-a<o

beast

jtV*^ plur-jLj" great.

on the
write
to

of prey.

L/

(n) to fall

Jwv^
idle.

idleness

Oy^

very

y^ ^

tilt I

(u)

III.

write

to,

correspond with
subscribe

to

^...A^iiJ^

(i)

to

uncover, examine

VIII. to

ioLx5'

v^fl-CiJ^

uncovering.

writing

L-jlxT plur.

w*^
office

Xil^ collection, all.

book,

letter

wvJO^

La5^

in. to reward
to.

y^ a

like,

a.

>.Aic^

K-yjCo library, bookshop

o
uj^aX^
letter.

- . o -

up

.^A^ III. to fight

hand

to head.
o^

^^
JiS
I
\

(i)

to

satisfy

'J^

(u) to

be or become numer8;i5'

satisfaction.

ou 9 ^Ji^ and

abundance
o
o, rich.

J^

every,

all,

whole
,

D/.^ec*^
^

<

^^^Jli'
'

very

JiS^
'

whenever.
o o. ^jJL^ plur.

^i^

+1^

^/

dog.
III.

Jvi' II. to

vex

jJsX

trouble.

II.

to

speak to

converse with
^J Jn^
(i)

V. to

to

speak

to

lie.

Go,
V-jJ
grief.

^ xJL^
"iS both.
o

speech, controversy

word.

oLoO.5^ cardinal.

^q*^J^

throne.

>

^iVJ

cy^

n. pr.

Clot Bey.

424

Vocabulary.

*y how much? how many?

bill

^5

(prep.)

for,

to

(conj.)

so or

that,

in order to

JJ

of exchange.

i^(Ai therefore X-M^ quantity, amount.

and
reddish brown.
vX-s^y n. pr.
i^LtS perfection,
perfect.
n. pr.

^, U

ioLL

why?

^^ so that

...^

because.

not, no, there is not.

n. pr. Lavigerie.

J-*l^

^^.jfuo^
iyi3

^3lJJt

Q^*^
(i)

January.

^^
*^

pearl

(coll.).

[j^

to sweep.

III. to suit,

be adapted

to.

^y hut.
J>1^

fj^.^^ (a)

to

put on (clothes)

Jo^

(O^

vn.
a)

(j*^

almost to do.
G
o ^

u^W^

clothes,

^^ (^y

vn. ^j^ qI-^ plur. (^Lol place

u) to

trousers

u^-^>Jl^ and ij*._^A^

qL^
milk.

G^ci^

be

clothes, clothing.

(^^

plur.

xjLCo in his place.

^LlJ Lebanon.
-*J
II.

^
in

^Lo^

cognac.

to

answer

the

affirmative.

(jA^ .wallet,
pretty.

purse

a.
\j*ri^
,iJ (a) to persevere in

the

>

ic>U
sea).

G
*3s o ^

plur. .iis^J
fj^fji^.

depth

(of

s> - ^-^

how?

iUsuf manner,

tfy'fxo^
.2.*?

contents.

L^'

VIII. to take flight.

*^ ^^^^'^^ ^^^^^
(a)

i^ (J-^
O

i)

to measure

if.

^
JjtJ

t^
-,

^^'-

^>
Go..

^^^"^particle of

J^
-

to lick.

emphasis
q-LI even

Ja^

Iir. to

remark

Ji^

perhaps

glance

KIx^

moment.

Vocabulary.

-425

f'j^

^
^
'

(a) to follow,

concern

(jyt! cursed.

plur.

^1^'
meat

appor-

^ ^^^
2
v,aJ
^ ^ ^

^^^^^^^

tenance.
r,

o^

Ojj

o.o.

fold

liu

included.
to.

*:^
1

plur. j_^^^

X-.:s=0

^
*J- o

a piece of meat.
plur.

c>^

VIII. to turn

^^Lki? melody.

T^'
^i^^

pi^^^

^e^^-

^yii

(a) I.

and HI.

to

meet

%
at-

l5-^
<-XJ

V. to receive IV^ to throw \^. and VIII. to meet X. to fall on the back

IV.

to

make

(sensuously)

I f

pleasant

-Xi

pleasure

9 La!

meeting.

So j^
j.^
(a)

pleasant.

O^

r;^

^^^

O^

*^

O^^

*^

to

be necessary

CT^^
r^
(^i*^

'^*-

necessary
need.

-1^;:^
'

plur.

I;|J
'

i"^P^^-

^^

^^

perf.) not.

^^LJ

plur.

^i
M
.
.

tongue,

Ian-

^
I*-J

^^^n,
to

Bince.

guage.
'

collect

IV. to haunt,

^
"t

^J>aJ

plur. (j^q^j^ robber.

III. to treat in
.
.

uu

infest (with v^).

v^fti:iJ

'T'tTxr

^. J, a friendly

iri ^-^^
O^^'
(*)

VIII.

to

beseech

(with

way
^
^

\,Jih} friendliness

JxLJ
-.

friendly, pleasant.

t^
ft

^^^^

"

I^'

^"^

to shine, deal with.

^
(i)

1^

to slap.

V^

III.

fi*"^-

vloul (a)
to

I.

and VI. play

with

v-i^ V.
-^^ ^^ (^

to sigh.

jest

v^

P^"^-

* P^' supposition)
if.

v-jL*J| play.

j^^ even

426

Vocabulary.

^^ Uj^

u) to

blame.

(^^.Xa^

oL}j)

mejidi (money

worth 22 piastres and 30 paras).

.._^ plur. /m|^5 colour.
liLs^ gratis, free of charge.

k:j^^ would that!

L^

(u) to

blot out, efface.

,j/^ not

to be.

J^
fitting;

(u) to stretch,

lengthen

V.

IV. to help, reinforce

x^

((

3h^

i)

^o

be

worthy.

VTII. to stretch oneself, rest to be stretched, prolonged

s>s/i

Jwxi plur.

JLJ

night

(coll.).

respite, space of
i

time

Os

.^

^U-J

house of correction.

oU
o

plur.

C>\^ material

JsjJ^
^oLjj-*jJ

extended.

lemonade.
II-

Go

'

_J^
jM^
,'

praise.

^\:S^)

to soften.

' -

U
Lo

and
that.

Il>U

^.

Lo what, what? (i-u.KC-..^-*^^/

,-

X-oJ^^J plur.
.

...vXxi

city.

3J,gince.

not.
(or xjLo)

^
hundred.

(u)

to

pass
r

by

IV.

to

isLl*

make
by,

bitter

j^jA

Gay
-* bitter.

G .,

passing

^^JOo

when?
V.
to

course

time

JJl^

court)

appear (before a Vin. to obey

fable

'ijA

once

JJU resemblance,
Go
G
^

oE
like,

JX

plur. ^JLi/ll

as

O "

9^ man
SL.wJ

Ge.. o

GSo ^

'^^j^i

or

'^iy*

plur.

woman.
,,

Go.

'

G ^' JUoo pattern

uLi4.J
G
o ^

, o

plur.
o .

-*-^ meadow.

statue.

aiwy.^.^

n. pr. Mercier.

vX^
to

(u) to

be renowned

II.

{jo^

(a)

to

be or become sick
G
.

praise

J^;^ glory

G . Ovj>Lo

noble

^^Js.jC^

{jo^ plur. OoJyol sickness G (ji3J^ sick.

II

. -

oE

N^ocabulary.

427

jiJ^U* Morocco.

^
-

with, in spite of

^^^

although.

"^ "

y^^

to

murmur.
to enter (in a catalogue

^
.

IV. to be zealous.

tf^^M*ji (a)

^ *

etc.)

^:t**^

the messiah,
^

^2'
Christ

^^jX^ IV. to enable, be possible

^y:>S>-^ a Christian,
(adj.).

_y

^^ ^g enabled to (with
j^j)C

christian
<i^S*^
(i)

to
to

^_
IV. to hold
seizure
^^^
..

possible.

seize
o

back

vi)c**.^

X-JLJCq

machine

^^xXl>. poor.
' ^, ^-AwwQ 11. II.
,

^
^ c
,
<;

(a) to

fill.

'

wish to wisti

IV. to

good gooa evening be or remain in

^ULo *"*^''' salted ^^

C ^^

sailor

the evening

sLm^ evening.
'

o ^ ^ isj>bU navigation

j-yM monsieur.
'*

^i)Juo

(i)

to

possess

'

^^j^;^

(i)

to go,

walk

'

give

possession

of
^

II.

to

o o \^Sa

V. to

^g

walk about O' -

^'^
A-oiwc gait
--

and
sion,

ii)Joo

plur. *i)^i
c,

posses^

property

i)Xc plur.

iL^-iiU plur. (jii'^^ cattle.

-xi^

Egypt,

Cairo

So
(^-^^

^^ king o
..
j.,^^^.

liU/o (i)X) plar.

iOsJXo angel
f

liUU and

Egyptian, Cairene.
^^,:aA
(i)

to

go away, be lost
/

^.^Aia^a

course
^
,

(of
^

time)

_ ^Jg^ kingdom ^^^ 'O ^O. _ ^^^J^ mamluke, white

slave.

,'

(Jo\a past, last.

JO.
million.

X^

(u)

I.

and IV.

to

rain

- O-^

l^A

plur. jLLirti rain.

q^ who? he who.

428

Vocabulary.

Q*
Q.

of,

from, than.

(3U

(0^)

plur.

^i_y5i

wealth,

favour
JO..

capital

yij-*

(or

Aij^) a

O-^^

death
kind of poetry.
G , Lyo water.

6a

iiAij-M-* obligation, thanks.

9U
G,

(syj) plur.
.

\\La since.

JoU

(Jyyo) table. to incline,

%J>A (a) to prevent

VIII. to

JLo

(J^

i)

bend

refuse.

Go.
J-yo inclination

G
^}-yo plur.

^..Jujh
J
->

Memphis.
-

G *o
(jLyoJ mile.

s-ijJ^

Manuf

(a city in Egypt).

Li

II.

and IV.
accus.

to

J>^ V. to wish
death.

(with
^SV*^
f'*^'

of person

announce to and
news.

vJ

of thing)

LJ

O ^ o J X-rfV^ blood.

G o, ^^xi barking.

Jw^

V. to be slow.

G^

G .J
plur.
t-N^o

(.\aJ

article

(in

journal

etc.).

aJL^ profession, trade.

^
oLo

(a,

i,

u)

to

spring up (of

(o^

u) to

die

IV. to

water).

kill

O^
death
G
^

Kt^

VIII.,

to

and

iwoyo

and
notice

oU/i
G
o ^

c>^
oE

pay attention, G. -. K.^Lo wakefulness

dead.

awake, clever.
wave.

--_^
O

plur. -r-l^^i
JOc

jbp
Muski
(a street in

joiner.

(_^^_5ll the
Cairo).

j^
G
G
J

.J
^^j^
G.
mode, fashion.
(colloquially

o,^

y^)
.J

plur.

J^
Go,^

IV. to complete. G ,oS plur. viL^I oflfspring, son.

^
plur.
-!

G ,o
(jA<lj-^i

G
star

w ..^

razor

\c**'y^ Moses,

^*^

p>:F

astrologer

^ r *:>-u clear

Vocabulary.

429

L^

(u) to

escape

l^ escape,
Xa<^*

o.
ikPji pleasure,

deliverance.
w*.^*

O,
;j:-^ he

o
i

death

relation.

died,

^>

-I
copper-

plur. a-^UmoI

and

^Lmo

^j^Lrs^*

copper

(j*^

smith.
Jw>'*

textile fabric, tissue.

bees

(coll.).

x^Uno

copy.

OS, o 9 L*o (plur. of 8 L*])

women.

^' ' iU^li (j^)

plur. -!j-i district

j^.^*^
(a)

v.^,*-^'

- o -

to

forget

IV. to

_j-:?

towards, about.

cause to forget.
VIII. to choose.
5
- o

IV. to
KJL^' n. pr.
origin.

found

UJJvj

(u) to

bewail.

vX/io

(u)

to

announce

IV

to quote, recite.

JoJJ^
*t\j
(a)

pockethandkerchief.
j-iiJ

Vm.

to spread.

to

repent

&^l^

JpLiJ ?Lij

liveliness, zeal li

^'

repentance

/^Jo confidant.
summon.

lively.

IJo in.

to call,

J-iJ (u) to take

away

jvXj vow.
O
o ^

.,LiJ order, badge of an order,

Ji-Xi plur. JIlXjI vile,

simpleton

lot,

happiness.

Jj<-No abject.
^^Aoi
(a)

to

advise

well

^^-^o^

narcissus-like.
'jL^^UA^i

plur.

^Laoj good

ij^

(i)

to descend,

dismount
guest

advice

o a?oou adviser.

vn. ^Jjjj

Ju^

0,0^Laaj and S^j*^

Nazarene
plnr.

^CJLai

Ojij^ dwelling.

Christian.

430

Vocabulary.

\.ju>aj III. to

divide -into halves

>

being
o .

is*j plur. |*ju benefit

'
.,

VIII. to be divided into

halves

Go - ou^i

, ^

(,

>

**i
JJ6
lAai

yes

'

/*^ij

tender.

half - v_JuaX-L*

middle.
KxAoij

G a. Cj\Ju blower.
(a)

(jj^) fore-lock.

to be out of print.

o ^

xiaJ leather mat.

II.

to fulfil (a

wish

etc.).

0Lj

X. to hear a case (of a

o. o ^ (jioi^Avwo

jl^
Go.

^^g^*-

^
P^"^-

f.^f

^
^^^^

f!

judge)

examining

L/^
,--

lT^'

LTJ^

judge

G..

soul, self

{j**"*^ precious.

Kiilxl.*

zone.

%J6 VIII. to use

^'j

'g

useful

A3

(u) to

see

- VIII. to expect
G,o.

Jaj and s^Iai glance, look ^1 iJoJ in regard to

G
.

G..

^^
JsJii

'^

""J^ expulsion.
^^.j^

plur.

>J>yiJ

cash,

ready

'

-^Ij

inspector

G.o.
Joa/o
\
'

ap-

money.
lAiiJ

pearance.
G.
. .

IV. to deliver

KiUii
G
u.Q *
. . -

cleanness,
i^.^

purity

ed Lwyi*^ sculpture.
G .. ,,

clean, pure.

KaosLa^ lowest tender.

G
l+iai 11.

o ^

oE

to put in to

order

,inr (jisUil ruins. lj^^2^ plur.

V.

^^

j,,

and VIII.

be put in order

kL^
G
^

point.

G^o.

*\Jaj order, law.

^li penetrating, deadly (poison)

'iL:^ plur.

Lxi

sheep.

G o.

G.

O ^ O

JiAX/.%-

marsh.

aju IV. to be kind to (with

^ ^

JJii transport.

(Jvt)

- o

**i to be good
'

/Jii

VIII. to take revenge on

o

G..

^**i cattle (coll.)

isio well-

G,o.

(with

^j^).

li

Vocabnlary.

'

481

^yii Vni. to choose.

OlJ

(wft-o) yoke.

'sX^ witticism.
Jfl^t

J^

Nile.

oyC^c unhappy.

li behold!

iJxi> thus.

oli> come
^-Xj IV. to

deny.

O^J^
-^
L%*.<=

n. pr.

Dlur.

vw4^ ichneiimon.
(^^Lm/.^"

*'

^>

<wJ_^ blowing
Austria
Austrian.
i. O

(of wind).

Oc

Go.
w*-p plundering.
Go.

->^l
Gjo

the flight of Mohammed

G .oE
river

from Mecca to Medina (622

A.l).).

-^

plur.

j^\ and j^-Jt

day.

>

..

jL^
(jia^
stir
(a)

G ..

(j^-w^Lp

plur.

^j*-^!^ nnrest^

disturbance.
to
to.

rise

X.

to

up

A,>\P

III. to assail, assault.

^i^j IV. to weaken.

J^

II.

to threaten.
(of water).

G -jjs^

murmur

L^
2
,

VIII. to be finished.

...
sailor.

^i^
G .,

*Js^

(i)

to destroy

Go

vn. j^Js^

G
.

G , > p^^X^
(i)

(plur.) clothee.

^LL/ climate.

G
light

j^JvP
plur.

to

guide

IV. to

jL^J plur.

J i_^l

jlj

bestow,
guidance,

present

^^XP
.^i

^^Uifire. G Go. '

wav of
'
.
I

salvation.

. o

.1

c^
jlj

plur.

ctjJl kind, sort.

\j^
v-^y
g.
^jp>

fem.

AP

plur.

*^_^

this.

(4^J a) to attain

III. to

(u) to flee,

hancf over to (with two accus.) V. to take for oneself

g
plur.

os

^\^\ pyramid.

i3i>3 attainment.

*b

(j._^

a) to

sleep

Go.
j>J

^.^
G .,

part of the night.

sleep.

OljP thinness.

432
^ ^
(i)

Vocabulary.
G
to

o^

JJoP

send

rain.

^j^^Jsi-p engineer.

J^

particle of interrogation.

-^

[^e.

J^
iUP

X. to

appear

first

(new

oL^
^

{^^)
3

HI.

to

moderate

moon), begin.
IV. to destroy utterly
destruction.
*

(price).

^^.^ see'

^^
_
,

^
hither

(^_^

u) to

be or become

J ^

easy

IV. to oflfend, affront.

*XS>

and

ly>- >*)^

come

(^_^

passion

Sl_^

air,

U^

they two.

weather.
^^-

^ ^

they (masc).

^5^

(i)

to be important,
v-J),

intend

"^

(^l5^)

^I-

*<>

prepare,

(with

be anxious about

U^
[^

(w^x^

a) to fear.

(with i])

Vm. to take e S great pains ^ plur. ^y^ care - 'i^ care - 1^ plur.
, ,

(^^^

i)

to stir up.

f^ ^r^
in love.

^^

*^

^ passionately

jLg>5

important

O JO

fy^^

anxious.
to be pleasant (of food

Li

up!

Lo

Lp

up,

let

us go!

^^^

(a)

etc.)

n. congratulate

^ and, by (with

genit. in oath)

^
U^

I3

'* good wish!

^^

but.

oh!

here

^i^U^^
O - J

and liULLP
oLj
little.

there
>

a.j^ a
of a

misfortune,

evil

conse'

quences.
j^p^g.

>XxP

n. pr.

woman.

Vocabalary.
O
.

48S
-

0J.

((Jh^)

^ t"i8t vn

/^j^*

LT'^^
*^'

P^"^-

d^^i
^|-

^^^^ beast.

iCiuS^ certificate.

,^^

^^ j^^^ __

friendship.

-r'^^ (v^-) to be necessary,

'
,
.
,

^,

incumbent on (with J^) IV. to cause X. to deserve

(only

(^j^) to lay down, leave in imperf. and imper.) n. to bid farewell to (with

accus.)

IV. to

store

V'"^-]

affirmation

plo* departure.

^-^13 incumbent on
ci^)

(with
accor-

^j^

^,^jj^^,

V**^-^*-^

^^

ij behind,

dance with.

-^

1>:

;l^.) to find

- O^;
finding

^-^'

(O^)(properly =
water)
to

togodown

existence

'->U^.]

to

arrive

IV.

to bring

olol^] revenues

0_j^j^

existent,

on hand

:>3 small.

l5^j3 rosy.

^
*

"
plur.

OS

paper.

^^

pI^^J pain.
y^\* plur. ^Ij;* vezir, minister.

iU:i- cheek.
'
'

'

^^
II.

i<w>.3

to

turn to

,^

V. to

5 ; ^^^
-,
-

II,

to share, allot.

make
.0.
*.:>.3

for

VIII. to turn

,, plur. >>.3 face, fashion

^^i^^ (^^j3) balance

^^^^^^

^- iJoij^
.

^,

xg^

side,

district

"
j^
o
;iv-w*

III. to

be

parallel.

^yj^3 respected.

dirty.

'X^-*

alone (with suffixes)

..

^ -

o vXs>l3
single.

one

-b--3

middle

o. xLxm-L means

^Xj^^

alone,

Jojw-jI fern.

J^^^* middle.
28

Arabic Grammar.

434

Vocabulary.
^- ^ Ka^w
bring into the world, edit
vn. j-Co^

^t.^)^

wide,

roomy

^^^
to tread

place.

width, comfort.
i-.

JwW3 V. to get the means for

(with X\)
^
y.

;^3 (^^
Q-33
plur.

on

^^^5

means.

Q 1-^3

home

o ^

ij^^y-"^

to whisper,

suggest

^_cW5

indigenous

o^-^^

(jA.I_^3 suggester (satan).

^ ^ ^
J

native land.

v.Jlo

(^JuaS)

to

describe

J>^3 (^*j)

I.

to

promise (with

accus. of person, L-J of thing)

'\suD attribute.

iJwOj
I

Jwcu) to arrive

tS-^)

IV. to threaten, promise

Oc*-y3

appointed time.

have received
III. to

with
lead

II. to bring enter into relation IV. to make to arrive, VIII V. to reach

oo^ e,o ^3 and B^s^j ruggednees

Jaxi^ III. to be exhorted.

to unite, reach (with

c-j)

Jsi^ (^Xfij) to reach.

0^3
ceipt

arrival,

reception, re-

Go,
J^A^j

r'3 abundant.
receipt

XlA3l_y5 union.

0i^
to

II.

to help (of

God)

III.
to,

be suitable, correspond

^3 II. to
mend

make

will,

recom-

IV. to

charge

agree to (with J^c)

to

KxAO^ charge (of parents to

children
s*/:::^

agree,

happen

VIII. (3^J^
^)

success (from God).

etc.) will.
vS-^

II.

to

fulfil

(with

V. to wash

oneself (in

religious ablutions).

V. (pass.) to die

^'i^

fulfil-

j^v;^^

IV, to explain

ment
f"^^*)

(of

a promise), payment

obvious, clear.

(of a debt)

c- .

G
plur.

.. .

a'ij

oLxi^

^'

i)

to set,

place,

lay.

death

i3 perfect, complete.

Vocabulary.

435

i^^;^,) to

be eclipsed (of

plur.

0^1 boy, son

jJl^

the moon).

parent, father

S.X- L

mother

ovij
- ^ ^

plur. ols^J time

Axxjjj

at that time.
>

o* SO^^ birth

jJ^ birthday
X-Jfyo time

^ -

J5

(/Jij)

to

fall,

happen

J^i-yo

plur.

IV. to

let

fall

^i

situ-

of birth, Christmas
n. pr.

A-y^'^

ated

Xjtii^

plur.

5J^5

to howl.

event, battle

u^L^i

Xa^L
i.

(jo) to be near

6
state

of

affairs

make

governor,

flee

II.

to

X. to

name
- ^ >

of a dog.
^

master (with
still,

,Jv:

of a thing)

>ASj (wfiiij)

to stand

ac-

Xj'^)^

province of a wall

quaint one with (with

IV.
j-j.)

(J.t)

(governor) - ji wali, governor

i*

to

refrain

from (with

master

i-^ master
suitable.

>^^*) experience of
,J>-)

(with
o'6\)i

^Jii*,

plur.

iyj]

0-5^

better,

more

pious

foundation

or

rf^ mentioned.

benefaction.
1^5 VIII. to fear

w^-?3
(j:j^' piety.

vw^)

^^ present

^Lp

wahhabite.
LKj]
(I^^)

to support oneself

*P^
plur.

^Lpi

imagination,

vXXx cushion.

prejudice-

J^

II.

to represent to
trust,

vice-consul.

V. and

VIII.
Aj'lij

rely

on

^^L^ alas!
J o! (particle of address).

representation

>^^

representative.

jj

(JsJb) to bear,

beget

^X-^

j.^

'(_^4^) to despair

^^-j

despair.
28*

436

Vocabulary.

lilj

Jaffa.

^j\-^

right hand.

j/^wo dry (land

etc.).

-jLo January.
help

'f

Jo

plur.

Jo

hand,

50 Ij
'J^^'^'i^

ripe.

\jJo

(vpo before

him, in his

presence.
J II.

OUwj-j Joseph.

to

make easy
easy,

V. to

be

made

possible

J.JJ plur.

easv, small.

L-{yi*j Jacob.

Jaiu IV. to waken

to

V. to be

Q-J^i day of judgement ^ytr^^ to-day ixij^ ^^. froni day to day U^ once
(.''jI

day

^y^.

o ^

awakened

X.

wake

up.

jjj

oi j one

day.

qAj

(a)

to

be certain

V. to
.-o_^ June.

convince oneseli.

Vocabulary.

437

English-Arabic Vocabulary for the Exercises

in

Part

II.

Able

to

be

able

to

jJ^

Arab uJjt

(coll.),

Arabic ^j*:

with (J^

arrive j^>o*

f^-^)

^^

(^;^)

about

aek v3l^

(a)

accompany (J^j
acquaint

III.

to
(a)

be

acquainted

astonish

V.
o

to

be astonished

V-^
attached

with ^J^\
after

atmosphere y^-

Jou

to

be

attached

age
Ali

/O

/Alt

11. (pass.)

>
j^

to be allowed

Back

j^

alight jjj

balance ^^ytr^

all J^,

bath (.U:?*

allow

jb^

be

'^

(u)

alms

isiJvAO

befall

v^Lo!

amazed ji^J^^ (with v^)

before *U!

begin

v^^^-I (u)

ambassador

jt'ja^ plur. i'\jS^

beggar

Jo*.%m

amen (jyi
angel

eOU

(^Xo) plur. K-<j^

Beirut

^^^^

answer V'!^^?-

to

answer

beseech p
i

4*

oc

best .-r*^^-^

438
^

Vocabulary.
O c

better .-r^^^i

call

Uo

between O^:
bind

calm oUj

canal iCcJ"
bitter
.a
i ^ OS.

O.

cannon ^^Js^

black O^^i
bold

^L^
^^jLcT plur. w^.X5'

captain

...uLixi

book

O c captive ->^f

, ^ o ^

book-shop xJO^

carry

J~*.:>- (i)

borrow
boy

^LjCCaw|

cause v^-i"^
,j.yo

pl'^r-

4-^^-^^^

O.J

j^

o ,o plur. ,')Ui&

'

cease
certain

ul; (u, a)

plur. (j)^'^t-o

a certain (jiaxj

Oo , bread j>.3>
bring Jwo*

O. o chain Kl^^-w-

chamber

's^^t^

bring back ^->'j\

bringing 'iiJv^j

chance KiJ^-o
character Z*)^^^
cheerful ^-^^

broom

is./-wJL)L

brother

p-l
^ ^ o

chief

\j^j

buy (jrJC^I
Cairo
ja^:i^

circumstance Uw:> plur. ulj^>l o.

city *.<LjJ^
,

o.

calamity o.

i^-tV^^i^

plur-

iLi/j

clear

(^[;

caliph iiix).^

clever

^^J^

Vocabulary.

489

clothe

'u^

(u)

death

Oj^
g^"^
o

come Fu>
comfort (J^
^ * c

deceive

deed Jw*5
defend

command

j^l

i-NJLJt

to

defend oneself
5lO

commander j^\
deliver

compelled |^^
deliverance ;jotii>

concerning
condition
-

^
jU->

demand vyJ-J
describe ^Ju^
desert

(u)

Ow>
-OS

content ^-oi

\j^
^j^-H

continuance
continue Olj
corsair (adj.)

despair

. .

despairing

^
J>'->^:^

>t *

G
destruction

vi/'^iP

. .

country q-^.

^^

determine ^j^
die
c^'u (dj
,

court

^^
(L>-Oj]

G ,o>
diflferent

v^aii:^
G
^

crowd

diligence

oUx>j

custom oLt

plur. vXjf

G disappointed v.*ow=
cut ^-i5
(a)
^

^ .

>

O c

disturb Jjci; - disturbing

-^.^

Danger ~.i^

plur.

j
do
dog
Jois (a)

dawn
day
dear

p."^

Go.
j_jj

v^
G
|-

G o,

jjjs-

door <'J

440

Vocabulary.

doubt \A^

eternity
g,

'ilJb

dream (U^>
drink L-yi

every J^
s evil

j^

drive out

exalted ,J^
;r-j->^

during

j,
,
i

examine ,^^] with ^J^

(u),

dwell

qX-w
iCi^O

vn.

0^ o ^ excellency j^22>-

dynasty
g>

excellent (^vV

Each
earth
east

except
J^

,^_^
w>o^i/o

6 OC

(j^^

excess

G
existing things

>

o *

oiL>^^_^

easy

to

make easy Sx^

} o

Egypt j*^^

So

expend OiAj - expenses oIsj-as^

experience JS^L
5

Egyptian

^j*^

^oSoc

encircle

-bL>|

\^

Ezbekiya

X^j^i

encroachment

Jou

Go,
Face ic>3 G
fair

enemy ^Js^
o ^

plur. $|J^I

uW^
*G

energy JX~p-

faith ^^L^j]

enmity

,..I^J^

G lj

entangle

to

be

entangled

faithful

Q^_^

farewell

to say

o . w7 escape ji vn. jtjj

there is

G father jJ!^

no escape
especially

Jo ^
iU-oLi '^.T'^^ffL^ Fatima

Ua^ ^

set.

f.3/0

Vocabulary.

441

festivity

oUa>|

go

w^3
^y>

(a),

(i)

go out

fifteen see Less. 32

filled

go away w^*.>

with

jU^

God

aI^

fight

^j^
^>5,
i^'j

good j-c>

o
find

governor *j

plur.

**X5>

finish

^j^l
- ^ o

with

j^;^

grade i^^>-^
grain
'v>j>^

fire first

(jibi
see Less. 33

great ^wjiic, ->->*>^

five see Less.

32
following

follow

^!o

oi

greeting
grieve

^^^
grievous

>-*v

q^;^

food

oV^ j,^^_,^^^
guard

J^

fortress (j^^^;^

guest

to be a guest of

<^^j

gun

Oj;!^

Frenchman

ij^**"***-^j^

Half
friend
v.:,^aa2>,

wa>^
6.,

(JfjJv>o

plur.

hall
i=liJ^>ot

w:^
o
plur-

friendship io!w\^

hand J^
over

-^^

^*"*^

from cr

|U-M*

happen
fulfil

e^y?**
sOlx.^^

l5^
O
^ o J

happiness

Garden

q^.^"^^

harm j/o
garment 'wJ_^
hatred
give
^_^^i:i^l

plur. jtj>^^

i^^/

442
w

Vocabulary.

health

X-^

ink

,.>J>-

hear ^<v^

(a)

inner
j:

^J^fo

o.

heart v-.^ plur.

intelligent JJsLc

high (3Lc

intend
r
i.

O^^sos

hither

^'>S>

J,]

Intercessor

5;!^a>ii

plur.

^Lxa^

honour

fT^5 -*
^

honourable
C'

f*-*-^ '*
'

'

!"^ ,

Jacob

'w^jJistj

o .

.^

"S

hope

Jwol plur. ol<ot

Joseph

^^-fl-^-^

horse J^^

(coll.)

^^s

journey
joy

A*/^

hour

iL&Lv^

j^y^
^, ' ^

house

t5

i;^

c>^o most important

-^

Key ^Ua^

^
*

Important

-,

'

kill

S^

"

improve

^;^J-oJ

king dU/9

increase Oi:

(i)

kiss

(}~*.5

incumbent

knock p

ji

know ^js.
to thee (j^c

(i)

^
O
.

qI^^
o

Land

^^

obb

--

by land

indisposition ol^.5^*]

inducement plo
. . o

language i*^ 6
large jt:*^
-^

inform r>3*|
inhabitant plur. ^L^f

last

3>t

Vocabulary.

443

lasting

^^
days f>^^S
o
-

matter --^^

latter

meet ^J^

learn

jJl**j

learned ^'^

plur.

memory
mighty

is^f'^

j^^

least J^^

mind

SJi

leave

^j^|
minister

y^^^

legally l^j-i^

o.
misfortune

>

lend juci
letter

'i^-ty-a/"

plur.

iyJ'Xo

money ^ijJs^i
of
life s-t^

(plur.)

life

manner

morally
ligh't

"&v3

vy^
upon

light

morning
with

r-^-t-^

j^

>

Moslem A-**^
little *-jy^

lord

mosque

vX^^^--^

"J

love

mouth _^
must

plur.

i>i

Make J.*>
make
for Os-cis

you must q^
>AaAfcl
I

eO Jo

Mu'tasim

& -

Mamluke

ti)jJU^ plur.

dW^-^
Name
-*-i^|

man J^r^
many

nay rather Jo
necessary
o
it

-^
,

is

necessary

jj ^
market
)j-**'

444

Vocabulary.

need '^\s^
needle j?]
(coll.)

patience j-yo

patient j_^-^>^

pay

^O

(a)

noble f*^y

OiJr^

people J^l
perfection 0>-4^

northwards

^L^
J^liil

November
Offer

perhaps ^f

CT^r^ rrpermit Xfw

^c^^
(a)

o^lt

(i)

perpetuate Js-L>
official

j^^
person ^j^i^
at once
b)t^s
J

once

- O^

'J ^

philosopher ^j..^Lo

pi.

Xi^^

one Js^>l3

fern.

^^J\j>j

one

another \Jox^

open

-;01s

pious j^^'
pleasant

order j^jLiX-o

(a)

to

be

pleasant

other j=>\ fem.

(j:^-:>l

please su^ 6

pleasure J^^v-*^
.^ plur. ^LU/i?

Pain

^\
.

pledge

Q^Uo

paleness

AJus\

O.o
pool '^y^

0. park KiijA^*
o

porter v3U:>

part of ^y%

possessing )Lx>

party (j^^J

possessor

w^:>Lo

pass by ya
0>^

possible

^o,

pasturage ^^j**

be possible q.<^5 J 1 pour down ^)S^ (i)

to

Vocabulary.

445

power xSwb
^ . .

powerful jjJcJ
^'

reason, for this reason

cXaJ

"

praise

^O^ - praise

(subst.)

J^

by reason of

w^-;./**-? -

rebellion

^u

prayer a^iUa

preacher hsS*

receive

0^\

J^-^*-^l

we

received LXo

precious

jJ^
recovery ^-aS*^
/

prepare Js^!
preserve

(intr.)

L^fi

refresh

to

to

be

refreshed

^^S
refuge

take refuge

pride ^-^^

prince

j^i

reject

^j
^^
(u)

princess

SjtyO)

rejoice ^jS,

prisoner ^-^^i plur. ^i^^l

rely

^\
So
(u)

prophet jj^i plur.

^l-A>-Ji

remember
request

protect Jaa5>

oU^

requite jj?j>-^ with 2. accus

punish *w^^^
residence jii^

purpose

Jvjcift/J

plur. JsoU/>
resist
j^^c*

Kaging -.i^
rail

return

XjwXj-JX^I

XXw^Ji

ride

v^j

rain jlo^ plur.

j Ltai

rise

j.is

(u)

raise Jw*:,

,0^

robber

^
J

plur.

lK>^

O-o

rank *Uw

room

Sj^

"

446
^

Vocabulary.

->

root out JwOiJC>^|

ruler iAjXs

servant *oi

sew J^Li*
Saddle
safe

(i)

Go.
j-w
sheikh

^\^
G.J
plj plur. Buij

/JL*v^

UV^

shepherd

sailor

l5>
genit.

G .o . ^ J ship v^y.-<5 plur. ^_^l-*

..
o

show

-2.2?

same \j*^ with

say jS
(u)

side

v^*-^

scholar tAx-UJ* plur. HJ^'^'S

sigh

^
>

S2

G sighing (j^^

since l\a^

school X-w,Jwo plur. (w^jjs.^

Go
science aX& plur. nee

sit
J J

down ij^i^
;;a)

[^j-^

skin ^U.wv
slay JJ^i

sea-eickness ->;ol

O^j^

Go. G . slave Jy-c plur. Jyj>^

smite

Go.
season
Ja:i5

LJ-^
G
. o .
->
,

- '

secretly \y^

soldier S^^m^ plur.

-f Lv.s.

Go
G.
.
. .

security iOot^AM

son qjJ pJur.

o
^
S

i.jj-*-?
.

see ^^^j

(a)

soon u.\^y5

Q^

J^Pi-ci

seek

v,/J-o

sorrow
J^(^)^^ay/,
/ Jl# >

,.i

-^^

seem eem

j^
.
.

(a)

soul ;j/^

OS

send Jo^5
G.

send
o i

^*** ^ s .

Go.
(u)

back

l>.

sound Oj.

-J

sentence X-Uj>
separate O^ajI

southwards uj-*->

speak ^UXj

Vocabulary.

447

speech j.Ui
spirit ^jmA^

this

tAP

fern. 8i3j>

thought
threaten

^-yy plur. ,'j_5--^

3Js-ij

Standard (Ss. plur. |~Ui

steed <3!^>
stick lx=LC

throw

-^

(i)

thrust r-y^

still

^^'^-^
r,

thwart JoLc
O^

'

Stone

j^

plur. S^.w.^

time

vi^Jtj

strange

wOj^

to-day

^_^\
^.ir.x.->

strike ^.^-^

together

strong JoJS-ii

tomb

(-^5Jv/i

plur. j-^i-X>J

stubbornness 5^1.^3
success
/

to-morrow
torn

IJvx.

'ji^j^

to

be torn

^
c^

track jii

Sultan ^LLiLw
transitoriness ^L;^!

sweep

u^'-*^

...

Syria ^Lixii

travel jsLw

^ >

traveller ^jL*^^

Syrian

-/oi

tree
Tailor i^ll:^

-^-"^

trouble X-3;3
true ^5^
truly
v3

-jJ^ plur.J JO
I

take Oji-^'
:.icher

^Ujw
(u)

q]
/Jp>3

:ell

S^

with

trust

len see Less. 32.

trusty (jyol

than cr
that (conj.)
,.^

turn

away 0.a3
o2.

two see Less.

Unite

think

Cr^

448
o

Vocabulary.

e.
w^

Vain ^jli
' O .. o . vegetables ol^yiii*

when UJ
whence qjI
wherever
^

verily

^^|

q-.

very

1^
O'o.
Cv.

w^-ifOs^

,o
fern,
,

village X.jjS

white

ijisxji
y

d^:^^

visiting B^Ijj
- ^ -

whither vi>w^
J
-

J.|

cc

^r-i?
'
-

>
C

Walk
war

to take a

walk

wine JooJ ...

plur. ^^J5

wine-skin

"^-

.J

.^l

to

make war on

^j^^
-

^^
'

o.

winter VwiUi
-s
^

warning
watchful

j*-

o'

uV^
M ^

wish o[;i
with
OS.-U:

^jH
|w

water-carrier SwAa^

'l^^l

way

(JjjXD plur.
o

^^ o
^

withstand
in the

flH
^^^^^1
LxiO

way

of o

(j^
'

woman Hi^t V
oE

^I^^H
'^^l

weapon J^i^
weather 5lj^

world

jLc

plur. i^^Ju-i

'^H

writing

jJ/^

^
J

^oH
^^Ul^

weep tjo
weigh
well

(i)

Year J^
G

^j*
C'. ^ .

yearning
yes
r*>J

vUl/i:^^

0 ^

jj^

well-being

i^Xw
^

yesterday ^-^f
yet ^^li

west ^^jbo

what

uo

youth iwJu^

qUIc

(plur,).

Index

I.

449

I.

Arabic Index
roots).
refer to the pages.

(arranged alphabetically without regard to

The numbers

27. 55. 805.

.

,>Lji;c^j 54. 305.

Kg

>t

44

f.

47. 49. 242. 245.

J
\

233. 250.

15

f.

J.L^a;Cww^l|

.w^l 54

ff.

,Vl

^^

11- 38. 47. 242. 257. 277.

oo

B,U^i
:-aJ^1

^1

53

ff.

Jl 1^?

185.

^\

241

38. 44. 49. 242. 245.

^3-5

38. 242.

1^=^^

^1

^^2^-

.c\i>l 198.

irw^T Iwt
197.

249.

ti^.or^l
^'uio] 122.

OJoiil

^]

210

ff.

J^lijT II]

88. 233. 238.

i| 315. 323.
^3*aIl

-wm] 90.

L|
lit

291. 315. 322. 323.

(^ij) 306.

C)^j^^3

g'^^
*-v-f

H
246

240

f.

pUi;:^! 315.

X.x..**.Jt

244 ff. 257. 270.271,

LytxAX.v.|

99.

)Uu3

^
-I]

57

ff.

ff.

>AiL|

95.

119

f.

e;"^

249.
39

Arabic Grammar.

450

Index

I.

Byo

^]

227.

(J^-**^i
^ ^ o ^ o

96.

s o ^

^-Oua

^\

J^]
249.

96.

23.

(3^_yi

^]

202

ff.

51
.L^| 53.

9.

78.

5]
^>A^I 197.
r,^

315. 324.

^^^^,-

/
ff.

iwJl
281.

310.

K5u^( 41. 44
o^
,o

;^L>Jf 202

ff.

^'3\
6
,

^Lc]
99.

274

ff.

Oiii

2f.

^3Lx;:t

lJ|
Jot;3| 95. 112
ff.
}

;_^Aii
O ,
I?

v^t
c
7.

7.

253.

^j^.a/j

^il
G S

253.

^Ui]

99.

3^1

96. 118.

'^^ ^^ 2^^
*0-o

6,

J c.^

jotif 95. 102

J ^

ff.

Lf^l-^^
^

^^
J

O 0

62 ff

-Jo^

oc

J^l

57

ff.

246. 247. 257. 274.

^L^l
4^^i^l

Jjtail 62. 71ff.

J.xA^l|

Joiil 58. 257.

89.

Jii]

96.

116

ff.

^] j^^
^_^1
89.

205.

^^
^ ^ o ^o

99.

jJLxs] 193.

^i
i\

U>^r205.

lU^]

96.

63. 293.

Index

I.

451

\^ 291.
.1

329.

305.

^\ 46. 271.

i^^jJtiJt

lit

291.

U?

316. 316.

iJ>iil

^1j

291.

U|

oL
luf
^1
299.
,

197.

IL

194.

62.

84

ff.

^.
5jo
^t
J,|
^Tj?

332.

283

f.

78. 91. 316.

jl^^^i
315. 323.
JjCii

v3w>o 284.

90. 280. 316.

^;a*Jl

,jJo 284.

^1
Ui|

90. 279. 280.

306 f.

Jaiiii 3jnj 284.

307.

63o: 283

viJtftil

99.

JaA.vo 338.

joUi)

95.

HI

f.

r.

j^
If 78. 317.

216.

jJtJ 299.

^
^^I

307.
jj:<2*J

216. 282. 288.

307. 324.

;^'
U.L.! 324.

197.

;^i

55. 203. 324.

jJ

307.

^^^\
L^i

203. 324.

jj
f.

307.

86. 279.

327

333.

452

Index

I.

^^
LLo
"'"'

299
317.

f.

LU*aj 193.
NJLxaJ-

131. 171.

317.

o99.

J^-otaj

o
o.

291.

sUJLj
Id
Sli-

300.

3.

,o.

jt^

237. 280.

^^

310.

o^-r'
^>^>

^-

OyJ^lj-

(J^ijj) 283.

283.

^ai
.o. S (^_yjt^

Js^lj- 283.

^
'

307.

1^ 317.

J^lj' 283.
'

o/o.
i'^--i^*

^'^
G

188.
g
^

29.

,c

j^j^^
^^'^^^.

j^

290.

>^40ff.281ff.
55^^
9.o
-

^^'

^00.

321.

O o . JvjvX^li

8.

^j^

6.

8.

29. 256.

J^Uj
JoiUj
J^xAisaj

95. 108

f.

^Lw ^4^
99.

30. 256.

..wXo
58
f.

,^>

30.

33

ff.

259

ff.

247.
i>L^.^|

iCJUjr- 64. 90.

Jotaj 95. 107

f.

Os

9^

J^aj

kJL> iUU^
99.

314.

Index

I.

453

iyjL*5

iJu>

64. 91.

5rV*^ 282.
vl)!_^ 321.

iJLci;:^

^^y^

3.

'sL.2SUA>
-

v-i^-^

3.

3.^

280. 293.

XU^
Jj^
fiJo>
78. 293. 317.

v-i.^

5.

^
i^

45. 49.

300.

300. 309. 324.

09. 324.
'

o!>

1.

290 S.

viJi
315.

Oo

*>

JO-

Lw^i^

^y>

^L^i^:$5i
I

o^

310. 305.

^i

vJ*U* 282. 290 ^jr322

J^
flf.

65. 90. 279. 280.

^vaaj> 281

ff.

J2^\ ^s^

f.

ii> 340.

327
1

flf.

sjdL> 300.

313.
*""

>

59.

^ ^

^;-

j.!i 196.
6.

197.

"^^
Js^^i Oj-^
KJLxi!

300. 329.

15

f.

,\^^..jO 317.

v-ij^
V
J

5.

li 53.
o ^
X<yiiVi..iiC>

>

Vw^*^*

5.

23.

ot3
Sl3

288.

iC^s^

O^^

5.

53.

454

Index

1.

<iUo
S.

58.

-^jr^ 321.

ii^
194.
45. 46. 257.
;:

333.

^3
.i

J*^
jXi;

382.

^(j

185

ff.

5.

^^b

204.

^U;
*

46.

:>

335
'

^'

i'/

Xi^
279.

57

ff.

204. 246

ff.

gj
J^^
^iij

40

ff.

'1j^ 203.

336.

195.
^.^^..^^

49. 287

ff.

^jl 73. 305. 323.

sLIv 187.

^.^lijl

1^

288. 316.

^3^1^

6. 8.
J.a:iX/3

jtV^^ 49.

i)JL>;v^ 330.

j^^c^;^
.

j^^

49.

5^-

332.

UiLi

196.

^j^

338.

^jb

329.

^y^
^J-1

6.

8.

Joji?
73. 305. 323.

337.

^^
sui
"lii

282.

vJ^

279. 299.

188.

^^
oLi

204.

59.

196.

T ^ Index

T I.

455

jJts 99.

U^if-

332.
.,

l^

tc 330.

JUs

229.

^194.
.q:ic:

3ii

247. 257.

313.

^.ii 229.

j^310.
jji
61. 94. 61. 73. 94.

XU

5.

j^

p[i 249 f.

^^^\
ji

jjti

61. 73. 94.

332.
jjti 94. 100
f.
fif.

41. 50.

293

jjis 61. 63. 64.

294ff.

Oy^l J^
50. 301.

143. 151

fif.

Sit
<j^^

J:^\
301.

jis

194.

- >

- ^

^
^
o^
i
vj
^

^L-j
283. 288.

J*i

193.

^L.
282.

Jo^

121.

^
J

^1^JO ^ ^-xt 41. 274.

g^
^L
^^^

^
>

121.
o

^^^;uJL>J

^^
o
*

121-

78. 313. 323.

Joti 279.

ji;li 95. 101

f.

jJoji.

>5
o

279.

J^U

63. 64.

86

f.

246. 279.
.

^Sjjo
,..0 313.

>5
'

143.

c-.o. iC^;^

5.

-??< O ^'

Jots 94.

456
?
^

'

Index
G
o
ff.

I.

^9 ^.jA

Jots 94

jJi

301.

J^L^
^
^ W J
i7
CI

^121ff.

144.

^65.307.323.
,.
I

Jo

301.

J-^Jw
C'

Jots 68. 122. 143.

ii
uls
<^

307.
196.

o .

Go
121. 129
ff.

j^4^ J^
L>^ij
Jots

143. 167

ff.

292.
196.

3^
Jots 234.
3

O^
57. 246. 253. 275.

iolJ 282. 283.

^^^^
Jolxs

>^
193.

337.

6yi

57. 246. 254. 264.

^^
n^

^ ^^
68
f.

'''

VJ^

73

f.

81. 87. 197. 280.

243.

^322.
o ^

J^
6
o , J

57.

246.

254.
'

260.

2f)l.

^J"^

^'

263. 265. 266.

J^ 282. 283.

J^
Co..

242.

^
5^

308.

r
242.

J^5

^^^
U^

282.

J-^Lots 242.

324.

iii
_j.s

307.

'^'

''"

45.

55.

iw/

250.

41. 296.

l/ ^^' ^^^ UoS 310. 324.

UiJ/
324.

A^a

332.

Index
- o

I.

457

NUi' 317

j}
305
323.

317. 322. 823. 324.

Zll. ^2A.

5
j

83.

90.

f.

0^>

41. 50. 76. 82. 237. 291 f. 314.

^
.

280. 310.
194. 197. 291.

308.

^ ^
^

11j

J^^
\^

81. 308.

^ U

(negation)

291. 308.

323.*^^

(pron.) 55. 203. 317. 324.

.

i^

'i

310.

.o;;

x^^^jJ^it

317.

Ji]

ilj

^'

^
280. 308.

'u>

300.
196.

*i3

i^

279.

ij:c>^

62.

^
^!^"^

78. 314. 316.

U\i>!^ 64. 90. 279.

(^r,b5)

78. 314. 316.

J^ ijSj<A 283.

^
^i

315.

^:K>./>

274.

Ijj (j^J^i,

^.jjJ) 296.

Jsiil 279.

joii 280. 310.

250.
Jw.a;Oo 49.

14 ^^^

^^^

^
P
JJ

(il^)

^^
78. 817.

335.

jsi
82. 308.
JJ:/.

308. 318. 324.

282.

82. 308. 317.

78. 308. 323.

j!^

29. 256.

458

Index

I.

.o,

viLi^

339.

v-)yw 274.
Kifi'is^

0^
j.ff^

94.

99.

278. 290.

0/x. 29. 256.

HjU

13

f.

Jjta^ 241.

jotii 229.

itf-^

340.
Jjtaxi

240

f.

^
s^J!^

299. 318.
227.

Jota^ 240

f.

JjiL
77. 279.

241.

^_^yo

idxa^ 241.

J J^>a/5
^4y8

69. 87.

233
234.

ff.

jJ^A^

iUa^ 240.
Joia^ 228.

^lyc:^ 333.
<3

(3^xa^ 90. 233. 246.

.
,

^J^^^
->

62. 71
^
^
}

ff.

77.

L$xa>3 279.

yj

^^^
'

"^

c ,L:2^ 77. 80

ff.
/

G.o

o ,o.

^JLi-w

4^xa^

287. 279.

^J^j'^

^_^L^

77.

^
ff.

55

204. 324.

v^j^Ao;^

^^^^^
41.

71

91.

^^y,

41. 50. 59.

297

ff.

JOL/i

299. 318.

xJt

uiusiax 41.

^r'^'-^ 389.

^^LLw

96.

^^xa>U

274.

297.

^^^'ka n.

278.

Index

I.

^^^

IJL:

49.

^
A^
o

27. 55. 305. 309.

329.

U^
Jo ^^-

324.
^co

332.

^^O'
"^

301

f.

'^

9ili327.

jJ^^9.10ff.
.

Ll^
*;

244

ff.

257. 271.

\^ (^^. ^,^)

^09.

o -

40
pj^i 332.

ff.

279

ff.

^
3

^29.

78. 281. 291.

313

ff.

lii 308.
i

fh

336.

194.

JJl

283. 288.
i
(J

^lS

^3

314.

^'

L^

280. 308.

Jsj> 310.

""^i

81. 306.

.!j, 302.

vJixi 216.

o.
336.

li 328.

11.

t^ oli
tuj^^v^i

Oo.
329
333.

1,

;]; 317.
O o.
C

j^

53.

*^^-

1,'i 336.

C 50

85. 279. 281.

327

460

Index

II.

11.

English Index.
,

Abbreviations 16. Abstracts 249.

Indeclinables 214, 226, 274, 309. Indicative 71 ff.

Accent

15.

Instrument 241.
Intensives 247. Interjections 327 ff. Interrogatives 27, 54. Intransitive verbs 279.

Accusative 279 ff. Address, Particles of, 50, 85 f. Adiectivea 57 ff. 246 ff. 254, 258. Adverbs 305 ff.

Age

220.
1
f.

Alphabet
Article 23

Jussive 77, 80

ff.

f.

Cardinal numbers 210 ff. Catalexis 334 ff. Class names 249. Cognate accusative 237 f.
Collectives 27.

Metres 335 ff. Months 215 ff.

Moods 76

ff.

Negatives 308. Nominal sentences 64

ff.

f.

Concrete nouns 249. Conditional sentences 321 Conjunctions 313 ff.

Nominative 279. Number 29 ff. 256 Numerals 210 ff. Nunation 7 f.

Ordinals 225
ff.

ff.

Dates 220. Declension 40 ff. 274 ff. Demonstratives, see Pronouns. Diminutives 242 f. Diptotes 274 ff. Distributive adjectives 228 f.

Participles: Active 86 Pass. 90. Particles 90 ff. 290 ff.

f.

238.

Dual

29.
f.

Passive 89

ff.

Pause 333.
Elative 58

Perfect 61

ff.

Emphasis 283. Endearment 243.

Exception 315.

Permutative 283 ff. Place and Time, nouns

Pluperfect 68.
Plural: sound 30
f.

of,

240

f.

broken 33

ff.

Feminine 25 ff. 251 ff. Foreign words 254, 258

Fractions 228.

f.

259 ff. Poetry 332

ff.

Future

73, 305.
ff.

Predicate 69; Prepositions 41 ff. 290 Prohibition 81, 85.

ff.

Genitive 41

Pronouns

Imperative 84 f. Imperfect see Indicative, Subjunctive, Jussive.

Demonstrative 53 f. Interrogative 54 f. Personal 31, 287 ff. Suffixed 49 f. 67 f.

:

Pronunciation 4. Proper names 249, 250.

Index
Reflexives 288. Relative adjectives 244 ff. 271. Relative sentences 202 ff. Rhymed prose 332.

II.

461

Subjunctive 77
Syllables 14
f.

Verbal noons 87, 283 ff. Verbal sentences 64. Verbt61 ff. Derived forms 94 ff."* Doubled 122 ff. ^

>:-

ff.

Doubly weak 184 Hamzated 129 ff.

143
ff.

ff.

'

Unity, nouns

Quadriliteral 193
of, 27,

fli

253.

Weak

ff.

Vowels 5

^^ >
:

Printed by C. F. Winter, Darmstadt.

.ya*.

"7

*"'^-*!^

-^AUjl^.

o-fc.w ?--^^^72 ^::^tr^-^-

'
i^ >7-r^.c*?-JX

*^

^^^-<_t.4,t/^ t.ty

tf

^^^^ tT^^^C?^^:

'^^^^,i^-^^^^'
c-^^^^^ /

SA^>^K^

^-t^^^jjco^^

^^^:^^

'"^'^^"^

r^^

'

W4

'

GOuJiUXafi^

6t^dt6tM-^,

6^ar^tA^ cUU4m4j4^ ^^kiu^kiA^

x777

^'^- <

^-^- ^'^^^

.).

<:rva^auM^

ij'f'^x^iU.' ^tu^4,

Oi^

s^ u^^

^
/Ui

->

w-r.

ix^

*><>//

>..... .A.

^ y A^^ M

-cXcAACAltU^

^ijU>''t.

Ct/^cA^ yt4^cLUJLM

C r444|#

C^^^Ja^-l^JuL.

SvuuxluuJLtt^ LA,-i^A^a^

'ii-rSr-^

"'^~;S:ti:s

\/